1 | // Licensed to the .NET Foundation under one or more agreements. |
2 | // The .NET Foundation licenses this file to you under the MIT license. |
3 | // See the LICENSE file in the project root for more information. |
4 | // =========================================================================== |
5 | // File: CEELOAD.CPP |
6 | // |
7 | |
8 | // |
9 | |
10 | // CEELOAD reads in the PE file format using LoadLibrary |
11 | // =========================================================================== |
12 | |
13 | |
14 | #include "common.h" |
15 | |
16 | #include "array.h" |
17 | #include "ceeload.h" |
18 | #include "hash.h" |
19 | #include "vars.hpp" |
20 | #include "reflectclasswriter.h" |
21 | #include "method.hpp" |
22 | #include "stublink.h" |
23 | #include "cgensys.h" |
24 | #include "excep.h" |
25 | #include "dbginterface.h" |
26 | #include "dllimport.h" |
27 | #include "eeprofinterfaces.h" |
28 | #include "perfcounters.h" |
29 | #include "encee.h" |
30 | #include "jitinterface.h" |
31 | #include "eeconfig.h" |
32 | #include "dllimportcallback.h" |
33 | #include "contractimpl.h" |
34 | #include "typehash.h" |
35 | #include "instmethhash.h" |
36 | #include "virtualcallstub.h" |
37 | #include "typestring.h" |
38 | #include "stringliteralmap.h" |
39 | #include <formattype.h> |
40 | #include "fieldmarshaler.h" |
41 | #include "sigbuilder.h" |
42 | #include "metadataexports.h" |
43 | #include "inlinetracking.h" |
44 | #include "threads.h" |
45 | |
46 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT |
47 | #include "exceptionhandling.h" |
48 | #include "corcompile.h" |
49 | #include "compile.h" |
50 | #include "nibblestream.h" |
51 | #include "zapsig.h" |
52 | #endif //FEATURE_PREJIT |
53 | |
54 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
55 | #include "runtimecallablewrapper.h" |
56 | #include "comcallablewrapper.h" |
57 | #endif //FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
58 | |
59 | #ifdef _MSC_VER |
60 | #pragma warning(push) |
61 | #pragma warning(disable:4724) |
62 | #endif // _MSC_VER |
63 | |
64 | #include "ngenhash.inl" |
65 | |
66 | #ifdef _MSC_VER |
67 | #pragma warning(pop) |
68 | #endif // _MSC_VER |
69 | |
70 | |
71 | #include "perflog.h" |
72 | #include "ecall.h" |
73 | #include "../md/compiler/custattr.h" |
74 | #include "typekey.h" |
75 | #include "peimagelayout.inl" |
76 | #include "ildbsymlib.h" |
77 | |
78 | |
79 | #if defined(PROFILING_SUPPORTED) |
80 | #include "profilermetadataemitvalidator.h" |
81 | #endif |
82 | |
83 | #ifdef _MSC_VER |
84 | #pragma warning(push) |
85 | #pragma warning(disable:4244) |
86 | #endif // _MSC_VER |
87 | |
88 | #ifdef _TARGET_64BIT_ |
89 | #define COR_VTABLE_PTRSIZED COR_VTABLE_64BIT |
90 | #define COR_VTABLE_NOT_PTRSIZED COR_VTABLE_32BIT |
91 | #else // !_TARGET_64BIT_ |
92 | #define COR_VTABLE_PTRSIZED COR_VTABLE_32BIT |
93 | #define COR_VTABLE_NOT_PTRSIZED COR_VTABLE_64BIT |
94 | #endif // !_TARGET_64BIT_ |
95 | |
96 | #define CEE_FILE_GEN_GROWTH_COLLECTIBLE 2048 |
97 | |
98 | #define NGEN_STATICS_ALLCLASSES_WERE_LOADED -1 |
99 | |
100 | BOOL Module::HasInlineTrackingMap() |
101 | { |
102 | LIMITED_METHOD_DAC_CONTRACT; |
103 | #ifdef FEATURE_READYTORUN |
104 | if (IsReadyToRun() && GetReadyToRunInfo()->GetInlineTrackingMap() != NULL) |
105 | { |
106 | return TRUE; |
107 | } |
108 | #endif |
109 | return (m_pPersistentInlineTrackingMapNGen != NULL); |
110 | } |
111 | |
112 | COUNT_T Module::GetInliners(PTR_Module inlineeOwnerMod, mdMethodDef inlineeTkn, COUNT_T , MethodInModule inliners[], BOOL *incompleteData) |
113 | { |
114 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
115 | #ifdef FEATURE_READYTORUN |
116 | if(IsReadyToRun() && GetReadyToRunInfo()->GetInlineTrackingMap() != NULL) |
117 | { |
118 | return GetReadyToRunInfo()->GetInlineTrackingMap()->GetInliners(inlineeOwnerMod, inlineeTkn, inlinersSize, inliners, incompleteData); |
119 | } |
120 | #endif |
121 | if(m_pPersistentInlineTrackingMapNGen != NULL) |
122 | { |
123 | return m_pPersistentInlineTrackingMapNGen->GetInliners(inlineeOwnerMod, inlineeTkn, inlinersSize, inliners, incompleteData); |
124 | } |
125 | return 0; |
126 | } |
127 | |
128 | |
129 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
130 | |
131 | |
132 | |
133 | // =========================================================================== |
134 | // Module |
135 | // =========================================================================== |
136 | |
137 | //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
138 | // This wrapper just invokes the real initialization inside a try/hook. |
139 | // szName is not null only for dynamic modules |
140 | //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
141 | void Module::DoInit(AllocMemTracker *pamTracker, LPCWSTR szName) |
142 | { |
143 | CONTRACTL |
144 | { |
145 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
146 | STANDARD_VM_CHECK; |
147 | } |
148 | CONTRACTL_END; |
149 | |
150 | #ifdef PROFILING_SUPPORTED |
151 | { |
152 | BEGIN_PIN_PROFILER(CORProfilerTrackModuleLoads()); |
153 | GCX_COOP(); |
154 | g_profControlBlock.pProfInterface->ModuleLoadStarted((ModuleID) this); |
155 | END_PIN_PROFILER(); |
156 | } |
157 | // Need TRY/HOOK instead of holder so we can get HR of exception thrown for profiler callback |
158 | EX_TRY |
159 | #endif |
160 | { |
161 | Initialize(pamTracker, szName); |
162 | } |
163 | #ifdef PROFILING_SUPPORTED |
164 | |
165 | |
166 | EX_HOOK |
167 | { |
168 | { |
169 | BEGIN_PIN_PROFILER(CORProfilerTrackModuleLoads()); |
170 | g_profControlBlock.pProfInterface->ModuleLoadFinished((ModuleID) this, GET_EXCEPTION()->GetHR()); |
171 | END_PIN_PROFILER(); |
172 | } |
173 | } |
174 | EX_END_HOOK; |
175 | |
176 | #endif |
177 | } |
178 | |
179 | // Set the given bit on m_dwTransientFlags. Return true if we won the race to set the bit. |
180 | BOOL Module::SetTransientFlagInterlocked(DWORD dwFlag) |
181 | { |
182 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
183 | |
184 | for (;;) |
185 | { |
186 | DWORD dwTransientFlags = m_dwTransientFlags; |
187 | if ((dwTransientFlags & dwFlag) != 0) |
188 | return FALSE; |
189 | if ((DWORD)FastInterlockCompareExchange((LONG*)&m_dwTransientFlags, dwTransientFlags | dwFlag, dwTransientFlags) == dwTransientFlags) |
190 | return TRUE; |
191 | } |
192 | } |
193 | |
194 | #if PROFILING_SUPPORTED |
195 | void Module::NotifyProfilerLoadFinished(HRESULT hr) |
196 | { |
197 | CONTRACTL |
198 | { |
199 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
200 | THROWS; |
201 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
202 | INJECT_FAULT(COMPlusThrowOM()); |
203 | MODE_ANY; |
204 | } |
205 | CONTRACTL_END; |
206 | |
207 | // Note that in general we wil reuse shared modules. So we need to make sure we only notify |
208 | // the profiler once. |
209 | if (SetTransientFlagInterlocked(IS_PROFILER_NOTIFIED)) |
210 | { |
211 | // Record how many types are already present |
212 | DWORD countTypesOrig = 0; |
213 | DWORD countExportedTypesOrig = 0; |
214 | if (!IsResource()) |
215 | { |
216 | countTypesOrig = GetMDImport()->GetCountWithTokenKind(mdtTypeDef); |
217 | countExportedTypesOrig = GetMDImport()->GetCountWithTokenKind(mdtExportedType); |
218 | } |
219 | |
220 | // Notify the profiler, this may cause metadata to be updated |
221 | { |
222 | BEGIN_PIN_PROFILER(CORProfilerTrackModuleLoads()); |
223 | { |
224 | GCX_PREEMP(); |
225 | g_profControlBlock.pProfInterface->ModuleLoadFinished((ModuleID) this, hr); |
226 | |
227 | if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) |
228 | { |
229 | g_profControlBlock.pProfInterface->ModuleAttachedToAssembly((ModuleID) this, |
230 | (AssemblyID)m_pAssembly); |
231 | } |
232 | } |
233 | END_PIN_PROFILER(); |
234 | } |
235 | |
236 | // If there are more types than before, add these new types to the |
237 | // assembly |
238 | if (!IsResource()) |
239 | { |
240 | DWORD countTypesAfterProfilerUpdate = GetMDImport()->GetCountWithTokenKind(mdtTypeDef); |
241 | DWORD countExportedTypesAfterProfilerUpdate = GetMDImport()->GetCountWithTokenKind(mdtExportedType); |
242 | // typeDefs rids 0 and 1 aren't included in the count, thus X typeDefs before means rid X+1 was valid and our incremental addition should start at X+2 |
243 | for (DWORD typeDefRid = countTypesOrig + 2; typeDefRid < countTypesAfterProfilerUpdate + 2; typeDefRid++) |
244 | { |
245 | GetAssembly()->AddType(this, TokenFromRid(typeDefRid, mdtTypeDef)); |
246 | } |
247 | // exportedType rid 0 isn't included in the count, thus X exportedTypes before means rid X was valid and our incremental addition should start at X+1 |
248 | for (DWORD exportedTypeDef = countExportedTypesOrig + 1; exportedTypeDef < countExportedTypesAfterProfilerUpdate + 1; exportedTypeDef++) |
249 | { |
250 | GetAssembly()->AddExportedType(TokenFromRid(exportedTypeDef, mdtExportedType)); |
251 | } |
252 | } |
253 | |
254 | { |
255 | BEGIN_PIN_PROFILER(CORProfilerTrackAssemblyLoads()); |
256 | if (IsManifest()) |
257 | { |
258 | GCX_COOP(); |
259 | g_profControlBlock.pProfInterface->AssemblyLoadFinished((AssemblyID) m_pAssembly, hr); |
260 | } |
261 | END_PIN_PROFILER(); |
262 | } |
263 | } |
264 | } |
265 | |
266 | #ifndef CROSSGEN_COMPILE |
267 | IMetaDataEmit *Module::GetValidatedEmitter() |
268 | { |
269 | CONTRACTL |
270 | { |
271 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
272 | THROWS; |
273 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
274 | INJECT_FAULT(COMPlusThrowOM()); |
275 | MODE_ANY; |
276 | } |
277 | CONTRACTL_END; |
278 | |
279 | if (m_pValidatedEmitter.Load() == NULL) |
280 | { |
281 | // In the past profilers could call any API they wanted on the the IMetaDataEmit interface and we didn't |
282 | // verify anything. To ensure we don't break back-compat the verifications are not enabled by default. |
283 | // Right now I have only added verifications for NGEN images, but in the future we might want verifications |
284 | // for all modules. |
285 | IMetaDataEmit* pEmit = NULL; |
286 | if (CLRConfig::GetConfigValue(CLRConfig::UNSUPPORTED_ProfAPI_ValidateNGENInstrumentation) && HasNativeImage()) |
287 | { |
288 | ProfilerMetadataEmitValidator* pValidator = new ProfilerMetadataEmitValidator(GetEmitter()); |
289 | pValidator->QueryInterface(IID_IMetaDataEmit, (void**)&pEmit); |
290 | } |
291 | else |
292 | { |
293 | pEmit = GetEmitter(); |
294 | pEmit->AddRef(); |
295 | } |
296 | // Atomically swap it into the field (release it if we lose the race) |
297 | if (FastInterlockCompareExchangePointer(&m_pValidatedEmitter, pEmit, NULL) != NULL) |
298 | { |
299 | pEmit->Release(); |
300 | } |
301 | } |
302 | return m_pValidatedEmitter.Load(); |
303 | } |
304 | #endif // CROSSGEN_COMPILE |
305 | #endif // PROFILING_SUPPORTED |
306 | |
307 | void Module::NotifyEtwLoadFinished(HRESULT hr) |
308 | { |
309 | CONTRACTL |
310 | { |
311 | NOTHROW; |
312 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
313 | } |
314 | CONTRACTL_END |
315 | |
316 | // we report only successful loads |
317 | if (SUCCEEDED(hr) && |
318 | ETW_TRACING_CATEGORY_ENABLED(MICROSOFT_WINDOWS_DOTNETRUNTIME_PROVIDER_Context, |
319 | TRACE_LEVEL_INFORMATION, |
320 | KEYWORDZERO)) |
321 | { |
322 | BOOL fSharedModule = !SetTransientFlagInterlocked(IS_ETW_NOTIFIED); |
323 | ETW::LoaderLog::ModuleLoad(this, fSharedModule); |
324 | } |
325 | } |
326 | |
327 | // Module initialization occurs in two phases: the constructor phase and the Initialize phase. |
328 | // |
329 | // The constructor phase initializes just enough so that Destruct() can be safely called. |
330 | // It cannot throw or fail. |
331 | // |
332 | Module::Module(Assembly *pAssembly, mdFile moduleRef, PEFile *file) |
333 | { |
334 | CONTRACTL |
335 | { |
336 | NOTHROW; |
337 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
338 | FORBID_FAULT; |
339 | } |
340 | CONTRACTL_END |
341 | |
342 | PREFIX_ASSUME(pAssembly != NULL); |
343 | |
344 | m_pAssembly = pAssembly; |
345 | m_moduleRef = moduleRef; |
346 | m_file = file; |
347 | m_dwTransientFlags = CLASSES_FREED; |
348 | |
349 | if (!m_file->HasNativeImage()) |
350 | { |
351 | // Memory allocated on LoaderHeap is zero-filled. Spot-check it here. |
352 | _ASSERTE(m_pBinder == NULL); |
353 | _ASSERTE(m_symbolFormat == eSymbolFormatNone); |
354 | } |
355 | |
356 | file->AddRef(); |
357 | } |
358 | |
359 | void Module::InitializeForProfiling() |
360 | { |
361 | CONTRACTL |
362 | { |
363 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
364 | THROWS; |
365 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
366 | MODE_PREEMPTIVE; |
367 | PRECONDITION(HasNativeOrReadyToRunImage()); |
368 | } |
369 | CONTRACTL_END; |
370 | |
371 | COUNT_T cbProfileList = 0; |
372 | |
373 | m_nativeImageProfiling = FALSE; |
374 | |
375 | if (HasNativeImage()) |
376 | { |
377 | PEImageLayout * pNativeImage = GetNativeImage(); |
378 | CORCOMPILE_VERSION_INFO * pNativeVersionInfo = pNativeImage->GetNativeVersionInfoMaybeNull(); |
379 | if ((pNativeVersionInfo != NULL) && (pNativeVersionInfo->wConfigFlags & CORCOMPILE_CONFIG_INSTRUMENTATION)) |
380 | { |
381 | m_nativeImageProfiling = GetAssembly()->IsInstrumented(); |
382 | } |
383 | |
384 | // Link the module to the profile data list if available. |
385 | m_methodProfileList = pNativeImage->GetNativeProfileDataList(&cbProfileList); |
386 | } |
387 | else // ReadyToRun image |
388 | { |
389 | #ifdef FEATURE_READYTORUN |
390 | // We already setup the m_methodProfileList in the ReadyToRunInfo constructor |
391 | if (m_methodProfileList != nullptr) |
392 | { |
393 | ReadyToRunInfo * pInfo = GetReadyToRunInfo(); |
394 | PEImageLayout * pImage = pInfo->GetImage(); |
395 | |
396 | // Enable profiling if the ZapBBInstr value says to |
397 | m_nativeImageProfiling = GetAssembly()->IsInstrumented(); |
398 | } |
399 | #endif |
400 | } |
401 | |
402 | #ifdef FEATURE_LAZY_COW_PAGES |
403 | // When running a IBC tuning image to gather profile data |
404 | // we increment the block counts contained in this area. |
405 | // |
406 | if (cbProfileList) |
407 | EnsureWritablePages(m_methodProfileList, cbProfileList); |
408 | #endif |
409 | } |
410 | |
411 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT |
412 | |
413 | void Module::InitializeNativeImage(AllocMemTracker* pamTracker) |
414 | { |
415 | CONTRACTL |
416 | { |
417 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
418 | THROWS; |
419 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
420 | MODE_PREEMPTIVE; |
421 | PRECONDITION(HasNativeImage()); |
422 | } |
423 | CONTRACTL_END; |
424 | |
425 | PEImageLayout * pNativeImage = GetNativeImage(); |
426 | |
427 | ExecutionManager::AddNativeImageRange(dac_cast<TADDR>(pNativeImage->GetBase()), pNativeImage->GetVirtualSize(), this); |
428 | |
429 | #ifndef CROSSGEN_COMPILE |
430 | LoadTokenTables(); |
431 | LoadHelperTable(); |
432 | #endif // CROSSGEN_COMPILE |
433 | |
434 | #if defined(HAVE_GCCOVER) |
435 | if (GCStress<cfg_instr_ngen>::IsEnabled()) |
436 | { |
437 | // Setting up gc coverage requires the base system classes |
438 | // to be initialized. So we must defer this for mscorlib. |
439 | if(!IsSystem()) |
440 | { |
441 | SetupGcCoverageForNativeImage(this); |
442 | } |
443 | } |
444 | #endif // defined(HAVE_GCCOVER) |
445 | } |
446 | |
447 | void Module::SetNativeMetadataAssemblyRefInCache(DWORD rid, PTR_Assembly pAssembly) |
448 | { |
449 | CONTRACTL |
450 | { |
451 | THROWS; |
452 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
453 | MODE_ANY; |
454 | } |
455 | CONTRACTL_END; |
456 | |
457 | if (m_NativeMetadataAssemblyRefMap == NULL) |
458 | { |
459 | IMDInternalImport* pImport = GetNativeAssemblyImport(); |
460 | DWORD dwMaxRid = pImport->GetCountWithTokenKind(mdtAssemblyRef); |
461 | _ASSERTE(dwMaxRid > 0); |
462 | |
463 | S_SIZE_T dwAllocSize = S_SIZE_T(sizeof(PTR_Assembly)) * S_SIZE_T(dwMaxRid); |
464 | |
465 | AllocMemTracker amTracker; |
466 | PTR_Assembly * NativeMetadataAssemblyRefMap = (PTR_Assembly *) amTracker.Track( GetLoaderAllocator()->GetLowFrequencyHeap()->AllocMem(dwAllocSize) ); |
467 | |
468 | // Note: Memory allocated on loader heap is zero filled |
469 | |
470 | if (InterlockedCompareExchangeT<PTR_Assembly *>(&m_NativeMetadataAssemblyRefMap, NativeMetadataAssemblyRefMap, NULL) == NULL) |
471 | amTracker.SuppressRelease(); |
472 | } |
473 | _ASSERTE(m_NativeMetadataAssemblyRefMap != NULL); |
474 | |
475 | _ASSERTE(rid <= GetNativeAssemblyImport()->GetCountWithTokenKind(mdtAssemblyRef)); |
476 | m_NativeMetadataAssemblyRefMap[rid-1] = pAssembly; |
477 | } |
478 | #else // FEATURE_PREJIT |
479 | BOOL Module::IsPersistedObject(void *address) |
480 | { |
481 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
482 | return FALSE; |
483 | } |
484 | |
485 | #endif // FEATURE_PREJIT |
486 | |
487 | // Module initialization occurs in two phases: the constructor phase and the Initialize phase. |
488 | // |
489 | // The Initialize() phase completes the initialization after the constructor has run. |
490 | // It can throw exceptions but whether it throws or succeeds, it must leave the Module |
491 | // in a state where Destruct() can be safely called. |
492 | // |
493 | // szName is only used by dynamic modules, see ReflectionModule::Initialize |
494 | // |
495 | // |
496 | void Module::Initialize(AllocMemTracker *pamTracker, LPCWSTR szName) |
497 | { |
498 | CONTRACTL |
499 | { |
500 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
501 | STANDARD_VM_CHECK; |
502 | PRECONDITION(szName == NULL); |
503 | } |
504 | CONTRACTL_END; |
505 | |
506 | m_pSimpleName = m_file->GetSimpleName(); |
507 | |
508 | m_Crst.Init(CrstModule); |
509 | m_LookupTableCrst.Init(CrstModuleLookupTable, CrstFlags(CRST_UNSAFE_ANYMODE | CRST_DEBUGGER_THREAD)); |
510 | m_FixupCrst.Init(CrstModuleFixup, (CrstFlags)(CRST_HOST_BREAKABLE|CRST_REENTRANCY)); |
511 | m_InstMethodHashTableCrst.Init(CrstInstMethodHashTable, CRST_REENTRANCY); |
512 | m_ISymUnmanagedReaderCrst.Init(CrstISymUnmanagedReader, CRST_DEBUGGER_THREAD); |
513 | |
514 | if (!m_file->HasNativeImage()) |
515 | { |
516 | AllocateMaps(); |
517 | |
518 | if (IsSystem() || |
519 | (strcmp(m_pSimpleName, "System" ) == 0) || |
520 | (strcmp(m_pSimpleName, "System.Core" ) == 0) || |
521 | (strcmp(m_pSimpleName, "Windows.Foundation" ) == 0)) |
522 | { |
523 | FastInterlockOr(&m_dwPersistedFlags, LOW_LEVEL_SYSTEM_ASSEMBLY_BY_NAME); |
524 | } |
525 | } |
526 | |
527 | m_dwTransientFlags &= ~((DWORD)CLASSES_FREED); // Set flag indicating LookupMaps are now in a consistent and destructable state |
528 | |
529 | #ifdef FEATURE_COLLECTIBLE_TYPES |
530 | if (GetAssembly()->IsCollectible()) |
531 | { |
532 | FastInterlockOr(&m_dwPersistedFlags, COLLECTIBLE_MODULE); |
533 | } |
534 | #endif // FEATURE_COLLECTIBLE_TYPES |
535 | |
536 | #ifdef FEATURE_READYTORUN |
537 | if (!HasNativeImage() && !IsResource()) |
538 | m_pReadyToRunInfo = ReadyToRunInfo::Initialize(this, pamTracker); |
539 | #endif |
540 | |
541 | // Initialize the instance fields that we need for all non-Resource Modules |
542 | if (!IsResource()) |
543 | { |
544 | if (m_pAvailableClasses == NULL && !IsReadyToRun()) |
545 | { |
546 | m_pAvailableClasses = EEClassHashTable::Create(this, |
547 | GetAssembly()->IsCollectible() ? AVAILABLE_CLASSES_HASH_BUCKETS_COLLECTIBLE : AVAILABLE_CLASSES_HASH_BUCKETS, |
548 | FALSE /* bCaseInsensitive */, pamTracker); |
549 | } |
550 | |
551 | if (m_pAvailableParamTypes == NULL) |
552 | { |
553 | m_pAvailableParamTypes = EETypeHashTable::Create(GetLoaderAllocator(), this, PARAMTYPES_HASH_BUCKETS, pamTracker); |
554 | } |
555 | |
556 | if (m_pInstMethodHashTable == NULL) |
557 | { |
558 | m_pInstMethodHashTable = InstMethodHashTable::Create(GetLoaderAllocator(), this, PARAMMETHODS_HASH_BUCKETS, pamTracker); |
559 | } |
560 | |
561 | if(m_pMemberRefToDescHashTable == NULL) |
562 | { |
563 | if (IsReflection()) |
564 | { |
565 | m_pMemberRefToDescHashTable = MemberRefToDescHashTable::Create(this, MEMBERREF_MAP_INITIAL_SIZE, pamTracker); |
566 | } |
567 | else |
568 | { |
569 | IMDInternalImport * pImport = GetMDImport(); |
570 | |
571 | // Get #MemberRefs and create memberrefToDesc hash table |
572 | m_pMemberRefToDescHashTable = MemberRefToDescHashTable::Create(this, pImport->GetCountWithTokenKind(mdtMemberRef)+1, pamTracker); |
573 | } |
574 | } |
575 | |
576 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
577 | if (IsCompilationProcess() && m_pGuidToTypeHash == NULL) |
578 | { |
579 | // only allocate this during NGEN-ing |
580 | m_pGuidToTypeHash = GuidToMethodTableHashTable::Create(this, GUID_TO_TYPE_HASH_BUCKETS, pamTracker); |
581 | } |
582 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
583 | } |
584 | |
585 | // this will be initialized a bit later. |
586 | m_ModuleID = NULL; |
587 | m_ModuleIndex.m_dwIndex = (SIZE_T)-1; |
588 | |
589 | // Prepare statics that are known at module load time |
590 | AllocateStatics(pamTracker); |
591 | |
592 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT |
593 | // Set up native image |
594 | if (HasNativeImage()) |
595 | { |
596 | InitializeNativeImage(pamTracker); |
597 | } |
598 | #endif // FEATURE_PREJIT |
599 | |
600 | if (HasNativeOrReadyToRunImage()) |
601 | { |
602 | InitializeForProfiling(); |
603 | } |
604 | |
605 | #ifdef FEATURE_NATIVE_IMAGE_GENERATION |
606 | if (g_CorCompileVerboseLevel) |
607 | m_pNgenStats = new NgenStats(); |
608 | #endif |
609 | |
610 | if (!IsResource() && (m_AssemblyRefByNameTable == NULL)) |
611 | { |
612 | Module::CreateAssemblyRefByNameTable(pamTracker); |
613 | } |
614 | |
615 | // If the program has the "ForceEnc" env variable set we ensure every eligible |
616 | // module has EnC turned on. |
617 | if (g_pConfig->ForceEnc() && IsEditAndContinueCapable()) |
618 | EnableEditAndContinue(); |
619 | |
620 | LOG((LF_CLASSLOADER, LL_INFO10, "Loaded pModule: \"%ws\".\n" , GetDebugName())); |
621 | |
622 | } |
623 | |
624 | #endif // DACCESS_COMPILE |
625 | |
626 | |
627 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
628 | |
629 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
630 | |
631 | // static |
632 | GuidToMethodTableHashTable* GuidToMethodTableHashTable::Create(Module* pModule, DWORD cInitialBuckets, |
633 | AllocMemTracker *pamTracker) |
634 | { |
635 | CONTRACTL |
636 | { |
637 | THROWS; |
638 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
639 | MODE_ANY; |
640 | INJECT_FAULT(COMPlusThrowOM();); |
641 | PRECONDITION(!FORBIDGC_LOADER_USE_ENABLED()); |
642 | } |
643 | CONTRACTL_END; |
644 | |
645 | LoaderHeap *pHeap = pModule->GetAssembly()->GetLowFrequencyHeap(); |
646 | GuidToMethodTableHashTable *pThis = (GuidToMethodTableHashTable*)pamTracker->Track(pHeap->AllocMem((S_SIZE_T)sizeof(GuidToMethodTableHashTable))); |
647 | |
648 | // The base class get initialized through chaining of constructors. We allocated the hash instance via the |
649 | // loader heap instead of new so use an in-place new to call the constructors now. |
650 | new (pThis) GuidToMethodTableHashTable(pModule, pHeap, cInitialBuckets); |
651 | |
652 | return pThis; |
653 | } |
654 | |
655 | GuidToMethodTableEntry *GuidToMethodTableHashTable::InsertValue(PTR_GUID pGuid, PTR_MethodTable pMT, |
656 | BOOL bReplaceIfFound, AllocMemTracker *pamTracker) |
657 | { |
658 | CONTRACTL |
659 | { |
660 | THROWS; |
661 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
662 | MODE_ANY; |
663 | INJECT_FAULT(COMPlusThrowOM();); |
664 | PRECONDITION(!FORBIDGC_LOADER_USE_ENABLED()); |
665 | } |
666 | CONTRACTL_END; |
667 | |
668 | GuidToMethodTableEntry *pEntry = NULL; |
669 | |
670 | if (bReplaceIfFound) |
671 | { |
672 | pEntry = FindItem(pGuid, NULL); |
673 | } |
674 | |
675 | if (pEntry != NULL) |
676 | { |
677 | pEntry->m_pMT = pMT; |
678 | } |
679 | else |
680 | { |
681 | pEntry = BaseAllocateEntry(pamTracker); |
682 | pEntry->m_Guid = pGuid; |
683 | pEntry->m_pMT = pMT; |
684 | |
685 | DWORD hash = Hash(pGuid); |
686 | BaseInsertEntry(hash, pEntry); |
687 | } |
688 | |
689 | return pEntry; |
690 | } |
691 | |
692 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE |
693 | |
694 | PTR_MethodTable GuidToMethodTableHashTable::GetValue(const GUID * pGuid, LookupContext *pContext) |
695 | { |
696 | CONTRACTL |
697 | { |
698 | NOTHROW; |
699 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
700 | MODE_ANY; |
701 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
702 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pGuid)); |
703 | } |
704 | CONTRACTL_END; |
705 | |
706 | GuidToMethodTableEntry * pEntry = FindItem(pGuid, pContext); |
707 | if (pEntry != NULL) |
708 | { |
709 | return pEntry->m_pMT; |
710 | } |
711 | |
712 | return NULL; |
713 | } |
714 | |
715 | GuidToMethodTableEntry *GuidToMethodTableHashTable::FindItem(const GUID * pGuid, LookupContext *pContext) |
716 | { |
717 | CONTRACTL |
718 | { |
719 | NOTHROW; |
720 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
721 | MODE_ANY; |
722 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
723 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pGuid)); |
724 | } |
725 | CONTRACTL_END; |
726 | |
727 | // It's legal for the caller not to pass us a LookupContext, but we might need to iterate |
728 | // internally (since we lookup via hash and hashes may collide). So substitute our own |
729 | // private context if one was not provided. |
730 | LookupContext sAltContext; |
731 | if (pContext == NULL) |
732 | pContext = &sAltContext; |
733 | |
734 | // The base class provides the ability to enumerate all entries with the same hash code. |
735 | // We further check which of these entries actually match the full key. |
736 | PTR_GuidToMethodTableEntry pSearch = BaseFindFirstEntryByHash(Hash(pGuid), pContext); |
737 | while (pSearch) |
738 | { |
739 | if (CompareKeys(pSearch, pGuid)) |
740 | { |
741 | return pSearch; |
742 | } |
743 | |
744 | pSearch = BaseFindNextEntryByHash(pContext); |
745 | } |
746 | |
747 | return NULL; |
748 | } |
749 | |
750 | BOOL GuidToMethodTableHashTable::CompareKeys(PTR_GuidToMethodTableEntry pEntry, const GUID * pGuid) |
751 | { |
752 | LIMITED_METHOD_DAC_CONTRACT; |
753 | return *pGuid == *(pEntry->m_Guid); |
754 | } |
755 | |
756 | DWORD GuidToMethodTableHashTable::Hash(const GUID * pGuid) |
757 | { |
758 | LIMITED_METHOD_DAC_CONTRACT; |
759 | static_assert_no_msg(sizeof(GUID) % sizeof(DWORD) == 0); |
760 | static_assert_no_msg(sizeof(GUID) / sizeof(DWORD) == 4); |
761 | DWORD * pSlice = (DWORD*) pGuid; |
762 | return pSlice[0] ^ pSlice[1] ^ pSlice[2] ^ pSlice[3]; |
763 | } |
764 | |
765 | |
766 | BOOL GuidToMethodTableHashTable::FindNext(Iterator *it, GuidToMethodTableEntry **ppEntry) |
767 | { |
768 | LIMITED_METHOD_DAC_CONTRACT; |
769 | |
770 | if (!it->m_fIterating) |
771 | { |
772 | BaseInitIterator(&it->m_sIterator); |
773 | it->m_fIterating = true; |
774 | } |
775 | |
776 | *ppEntry = it->m_sIterator.Next(); |
777 | return *ppEntry ? TRUE : FALSE; |
778 | } |
779 | |
780 | DWORD GuidToMethodTableHashTable::GetCount() |
781 | { |
782 | LIMITED_METHOD_DAC_CONTRACT; |
783 | return BaseGetElementCount(); |
784 | } |
785 | |
786 | #if defined(FEATURE_NATIVE_IMAGE_GENERATION) && !defined(DACCESS_COMPILE) |
787 | |
788 | void GuidToMethodTableHashTable::Save(DataImage *pImage, CorProfileData *pProfileData) |
789 | { |
790 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
791 | Base_t::BaseSave(pImage, pProfileData); |
792 | } |
793 | |
794 | void GuidToMethodTableHashTable::Fixup(DataImage *pImage) |
795 | { |
796 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
797 | Base_t::BaseFixup(pImage); |
798 | } |
799 | |
800 | bool GuidToMethodTableHashTable::SaveEntry(DataImage *pImage, CorProfileData *pProfileData, |
801 | GuidToMethodTableEntry *pOldEntry, GuidToMethodTableEntry *pNewEntry, |
802 | EntryMappingTable *pMap) |
803 | { |
804 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
805 | return false; |
806 | } |
807 | |
808 | void GuidToMethodTableHashTable::FixupEntry(DataImage *pImage, GuidToMethodTableEntry *pEntry, void *pFixupBase, DWORD cbFixupOffset) |
809 | { |
810 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
811 | pImage->FixupField(pFixupBase, cbFixupOffset + offsetof(GuidToMethodTableEntry, m_pMT), pEntry->m_pMT); |
812 | pImage->FixupField(pFixupBase, cbFixupOffset + offsetof(GuidToMethodTableEntry, m_Guid), pEntry->m_Guid); |
813 | } |
814 | |
815 | #endif // FEATURE_NATIVE_IMAGE_GENERATION && !DACCESS_COMPILE |
816 | |
817 | |
818 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT |
819 | |
820 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
821 | BOOL Module::CanCacheWinRTTypeByGuid(MethodTable *pMT) |
822 | { |
823 | CONTRACTL |
824 | { |
825 | THROWS; |
826 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
827 | MODE_ANY; |
828 | PRECONDITION(IsCompilationProcess()); |
829 | } |
830 | CONTRACTL_END; |
831 | |
832 | // Don't cache WinRT types in collectible modules. |
833 | if (IsCollectible()) |
834 | { |
835 | return FALSE; |
836 | } |
837 | |
838 | // Don't cache mscorlib-internal declarations of WinRT types. |
839 | if (IsSystem() && pMT->IsProjectedFromWinRT()) |
840 | return FALSE; |
841 | |
842 | // Don't cache redirected WinRT types. |
843 | if (WinRTTypeNameConverter::IsRedirectedWinRTSourceType(pMT)) |
844 | return FALSE; |
845 | |
846 | #ifdef FEATURE_NATIVE_IMAGE_GENERATION |
847 | // Don't cache in a module that's not the NGen target, since the result |
848 | // won't be saved, and since the such a module might be read-only. |
849 | if (GetAppDomain()->ToCompilationDomain()->GetTargetModule() != this) |
850 | return FALSE; |
851 | #endif |
852 | |
853 | return TRUE; |
854 | } |
855 | |
856 | void Module::CacheWinRTTypeByGuid(PTR_MethodTable pMT, PTR_GuidInfo pgi /*= NULL*/) |
857 | { |
858 | CONTRACTL |
859 | { |
860 | STANDARD_VM_CHECK; |
861 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pMT)); |
862 | PRECONDITION(pMT->IsLegalNonArrayWinRTType()); |
863 | PRECONDITION(pgi != NULL || pMT->GetGuidInfo() != NULL); |
864 | PRECONDITION(IsCompilationProcess()); |
865 | } |
866 | CONTRACTL_END; |
867 | |
868 | if (pgi == NULL) |
869 | { |
870 | pgi = pMT->GetGuidInfo(); |
871 | } |
872 | |
873 | AllocMemTracker amt; |
874 | m_pGuidToTypeHash->InsertValue(&pgi->m_Guid, pMT, TRUE, &amt); |
875 | amt.SuppressRelease(); |
876 | } |
877 | |
878 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE |
879 | |
880 | PTR_MethodTable Module::LookupTypeByGuid(const GUID & guid) |
881 | { |
882 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
883 | // Triton ni images do not have this hash. |
884 | if (m_pGuidToTypeHash != NULL) |
885 | return m_pGuidToTypeHash->GetValue(&guid, NULL); |
886 | else |
887 | return NULL; |
888 | } |
889 | |
890 | void Module::GetCachedWinRTTypes(SArray<PTR_MethodTable> * pTypes, SArray<GUID> * pGuids) |
891 | { |
892 | CONTRACTL |
893 | { |
894 | STANDARD_VM_CHECK; |
895 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
896 | } |
897 | CONTRACTL_END; |
898 | |
899 | // Triton ni images do not have this hash. |
900 | if (m_pGuidToTypeHash != NULL) |
901 | { |
902 | GuidToMethodTableHashTable::Iterator it(m_pGuidToTypeHash); |
903 | GuidToMethodTableEntry *pEntry; |
904 | while (m_pGuidToTypeHash->FindNext(&it, &pEntry)) |
905 | { |
906 | pTypes->Append(pEntry->m_pMT); |
907 | pGuids->Append(*pEntry->m_Guid); |
908 | } |
909 | } |
910 | } |
911 | |
912 | #endif // FEATURE_PREJIT |
913 | |
914 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
915 | |
916 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
917 | MemberRefToDescHashTable* MemberRefToDescHashTable::Create(Module *pModule, DWORD cInitialBuckets, AllocMemTracker *pamTracker) |
918 | { |
919 | CONTRACTL |
920 | { |
921 | THROWS; |
922 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
923 | MODE_ANY; |
924 | INJECT_FAULT(COMPlusThrowOM();); |
925 | PRECONDITION(!FORBIDGC_LOADER_USE_ENABLED()); |
926 | } |
927 | CONTRACTL_END; |
928 | |
929 | LoaderHeap *pHeap = pModule->GetAssembly()->GetLowFrequencyHeap(); |
930 | MemberRefToDescHashTable *pThis = (MemberRefToDescHashTable*)pamTracker->Track(pHeap->AllocMem((S_SIZE_T)sizeof(MemberRefToDescHashTable))); |
931 | |
932 | // The base class get initialized through chaining of constructors. We allocated the hash instance via the |
933 | // loader heap instead of new so use an in-place new to call the constructors now. |
934 | new (pThis) MemberRefToDescHashTable(pModule, pHeap, cInitialBuckets); |
935 | |
936 | return pThis; |
937 | } |
938 | |
939 | //Inserts FieldRef |
940 | MemberRefToDescHashEntry* MemberRefToDescHashTable::Insert(mdMemberRef token , FieldDesc *value) |
941 | { |
942 | CONTRACTL |
943 | { |
944 | THROWS; |
945 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
946 | MODE_ANY; |
947 | INJECT_FAULT(COMPlusThrowOM();); |
948 | PRECONDITION(!FORBIDGC_LOADER_USE_ENABLED()); |
949 | } |
950 | CONTRACTL_END; |
951 | |
952 | LookupContext sAltContext; |
953 | |
954 | _ASSERTE((dac_cast<TADDR>(value) & IS_FIELD_MEMBER_REF) == 0); |
955 | |
956 | MemberRefToDescHashEntry *pEntry = (PTR_MemberRefToDescHashEntry) BaseFindFirstEntryByHash(RidFromToken(token), &sAltContext); |
957 | if (pEntry != NULL) |
958 | { |
959 | // If memberRef is hot token in that case entry for memberref is already persisted in ngen image. So entry for it will already be present in hash table. |
960 | // However its value will be null. We need to set its actual value. |
961 | if(pEntry->m_value == dac_cast<TADDR>(NULL)) |
962 | { |
963 | EnsureWritablePages(&(pEntry->m_value)); |
964 | pEntry->m_value = dac_cast<TADDR>(value)|IS_FIELD_MEMBER_REF; |
965 | } |
966 | |
967 | _ASSERTE(pEntry->m_value == (dac_cast<TADDR>(value)|IS_FIELD_MEMBER_REF)); |
968 | return pEntry; |
969 | } |
970 | |
971 | // For non hot tokens insert new entry in hashtable |
972 | pEntry = BaseAllocateEntry(NULL); |
973 | pEntry->m_value = dac_cast<TADDR>(value)|IS_FIELD_MEMBER_REF; |
974 | BaseInsertEntry(RidFromToken(token), pEntry); |
975 | |
976 | return pEntry; |
977 | } |
978 | |
979 | // Insert MethodRef |
980 | MemberRefToDescHashEntry* MemberRefToDescHashTable::Insert(mdMemberRef token , MethodDesc *value) |
981 | { |
982 | CONTRACTL |
983 | { |
984 | THROWS; |
985 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
986 | MODE_ANY; |
987 | INJECT_FAULT(COMPlusThrowOM();); |
988 | PRECONDITION(!FORBIDGC_LOADER_USE_ENABLED()); |
989 | } |
990 | CONTRACTL_END; |
991 | |
992 | LookupContext sAltContext; |
993 | |
994 | MemberRefToDescHashEntry *pEntry = (PTR_MemberRefToDescHashEntry) BaseFindFirstEntryByHash(RidFromToken(token), &sAltContext); |
995 | if (pEntry != NULL) |
996 | { |
997 | // If memberRef is hot token in that case entry for memberref is already persisted in ngen image. So entry for it will already be present in hash table. |
998 | // However its value will be null. We need to set its actual value. |
999 | if(pEntry->m_value == dac_cast<TADDR>(NULL)) |
1000 | { |
1001 | EnsureWritablePages(&(pEntry->m_value)); |
1002 | pEntry->m_value = dac_cast<TADDR>(value); |
1003 | } |
1004 | |
1005 | _ASSERTE(pEntry->m_value == dac_cast<TADDR>(value)); |
1006 | return pEntry; |
1007 | } |
1008 | |
1009 | // For non hot tokens insert new entry in hashtable |
1010 | pEntry = BaseAllocateEntry(NULL); |
1011 | pEntry->m_value = dac_cast<TADDR>(value); |
1012 | BaseInsertEntry(RidFromToken(token), pEntry); |
1013 | |
1014 | return pEntry; |
1015 | } |
1016 | |
1017 | #if defined(FEATURE_NATIVE_IMAGE_GENERATION) |
1018 | void MemberRefToDescHashTable::Save(DataImage *pImage, CorProfileData *pProfileData) |
1019 | { |
1020 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
1021 | |
1022 | // Mark if the tokens are hot |
1023 | if (pProfileData) |
1024 | { |
1025 | DWORD numInTokenList = pProfileData->GetHotTokens(mdtMemberRef>>24, 1<<RidMap, 1<<RidMap, NULL, 0); |
1026 | |
1027 | if (numInTokenList > 0) |
1028 | { |
1029 | LookupContext sAltContext; |
1030 | |
1031 | mdToken *tokenList = (mdToken*)(void*)pImage->GetModule()->GetLoaderAllocator()->GetHighFrequencyHeap()->AllocMem(S_SIZE_T(sizeof(mdToken)) * S_SIZE_T(numInTokenList)); |
1032 | |
1033 | pProfileData->GetHotTokens(mdtMemberRef>>24, 1<<RidMap, 1<<RidMap, tokenList, numInTokenList); |
1034 | for (DWORD i = 0; i < numInTokenList; i++) |
1035 | { |
1036 | DWORD rid = RidFromToken(tokenList[i]); |
1037 | MemberRefToDescHashEntry *pEntry = (PTR_MemberRefToDescHashEntry) BaseFindFirstEntryByHash(RidFromToken(tokenList[i]), &sAltContext); |
1038 | if (pEntry != NULL) |
1039 | { |
1040 | _ASSERTE((pEntry->m_value & 0x1) == 0); |
1041 | pEntry->m_value |= 0x1; |
1042 | } |
1043 | } |
1044 | } |
1045 | } |
1046 | |
1047 | BaseSave(pImage, pProfileData); |
1048 | } |
1049 | |
1050 | void MemberRefToDescHashTable::FixupEntry(DataImage *pImage, MemberRefToDescHashEntry *pEntry, void *pFixupBase, DWORD cbFixupOffset) |
1051 | { |
1052 | //As there is no more hard binding initialize MemberRef* to NULL |
1053 | pImage->ZeroPointerField(pFixupBase, cbFixupOffset + offsetof(MemberRefToDescHashEntry, m_value)); |
1054 | } |
1055 | |
1056 | #endif // FEATURE_NATIVE_IMAGE_GENERATION |
1057 | |
1058 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE |
1059 | |
1060 | PTR_MemberRef MemberRefToDescHashTable::GetValue(mdMemberRef token, BOOL *pfIsMethod) |
1061 | { |
1062 | CONTRACTL |
1063 | { |
1064 | NOTHROW; |
1065 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
1066 | MODE_ANY; |
1067 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
1068 | } |
1069 | CONTRACTL_END; |
1070 | |
1071 | LookupContext sAltContext; |
1072 | |
1073 | MemberRefToDescHashEntry *pEntry = (PTR_MemberRefToDescHashEntry) BaseFindFirstEntryByHash(RidFromToken(token), &sAltContext); |
1074 | if (pEntry != NULL) |
1075 | { |
1076 | if(pEntry->m_value & IS_FIELD_MEMBER_REF) |
1077 | *pfIsMethod = FALSE; |
1078 | else |
1079 | *pfIsMethod = TRUE; |
1080 | return (PTR_MemberRef)(pEntry->m_value & (~MEMBER_REF_MAP_ALL_FLAGS)); |
1081 | } |
1082 | |
1083 | return NULL; |
1084 | } |
1085 | |
1086 | |
1087 | void Module::SetDebuggerInfoBits(DebuggerAssemblyControlFlags newBits) |
1088 | { |
1089 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
1090 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
1091 | |
1092 | _ASSERTE(((newBits << DEBUGGER_INFO_SHIFT_PRIV) & |
1093 | ~DEBUGGER_INFO_MASK_PRIV) == 0); |
1094 | |
1095 | m_dwTransientFlags &= ~DEBUGGER_INFO_MASK_PRIV; |
1096 | m_dwTransientFlags |= (newBits << DEBUGGER_INFO_SHIFT_PRIV); |
1097 | |
1098 | #ifdef DEBUGGING_SUPPORTED |
1099 | BOOL setEnC = ((newBits & DACF_ENC_ENABLED) != 0) && IsEditAndContinueCapable(); |
1100 | |
1101 | // The only way can change Enc is through debugger override. |
1102 | if (setEnC) |
1103 | { |
1104 | EnableEditAndContinue(); |
1105 | } |
1106 | else |
1107 | { |
1108 | if (!g_pConfig->ForceEnc()) |
1109 | DisableEditAndContinue(); |
1110 | } |
1111 | #endif // DEBUGGING_SUPPORTED |
1112 | |
1113 | #if defined(DACCESS_COMPILE) |
1114 | // Now that we've changed m_dwTransientFlags, update that in the target too. |
1115 | // This will fail for read-only target. |
1116 | // If this fails, it will throw an exception. |
1117 | // @dbgtodo dac write: finalize on plans for how DAC writes to the target. |
1118 | HRESULT hrDac; |
1119 | hrDac = DacWriteHostInstance(this, true); |
1120 | _ASSERTE(SUCCEEDED(hrDac)); // would throw if there was an error. |
1121 | #endif // DACCESS_COMPILE |
1122 | } |
1123 | |
1124 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
1125 | /* static */ |
1126 | Module *Module::Create(Assembly *pAssembly, mdFile moduleRef, PEFile *file, AllocMemTracker *pamTracker) |
1127 | { |
1128 | CONTRACT(Module *) |
1129 | { |
1130 | STANDARD_VM_CHECK; |
1131 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pAssembly)); |
1132 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(file)); |
1133 | PRECONDITION(!IsNilToken(moduleRef) || file->IsAssembly()); |
1134 | POSTCONDITION(CheckPointer(RETVAL)); |
1135 | POSTCONDITION(RETVAL->GetFile() == file); |
1136 | } |
1137 | CONTRACT_END; |
1138 | |
1139 | // Hoist CONTRACT into separate routine because of EX incompatibility |
1140 | |
1141 | Module *pModule = NULL; |
1142 | |
1143 | // Create the module |
1144 | |
1145 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT |
1146 | |
1147 | if (file->HasNativeImage()) |
1148 | { |
1149 | pModule = file->GetLoadedNative()->GetPersistedModuleImage(); |
1150 | PREFIX_ASSUME(pModule != NULL); |
1151 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK_MSG(pModule->m_pAssembly == NULL || !pModule->IsTenured(), // if the module is not tenured it could be our previous attempt |
1152 | "Native image can only be used once per process\n" ); |
1153 | EnsureWritablePages(pModule); |
1154 | pModule = new ((void*) pModule) Module(pAssembly, moduleRef, file); |
1155 | PREFIX_ASSUME(pModule != NULL); |
1156 | } |
1157 | |
1158 | #endif // FEATURE_PREJIT |
1159 | |
1160 | if (pModule == NULL) |
1161 | { |
1162 | #ifdef EnC_SUPPORTED |
1163 | if (IsEditAndContinueCapable(pAssembly, file)) |
1164 | { |
1165 | // if file is EnCCapable, always create an EnC-module, but EnC won't necessarily be enabled. |
1166 | // Debugger enables this by calling SetJITCompilerFlags on LoadModule callback. |
1167 | |
1168 | void* pMemory = pamTracker->Track(pAssembly->GetHighFrequencyHeap()->AllocMem(S_SIZE_T(sizeof(EditAndContinueModule)))); |
1169 | pModule = new (pMemory) EditAndContinueModule(pAssembly, moduleRef, file); |
1170 | } |
1171 | else |
1172 | #endif // EnC_SUPPORTED |
1173 | { |
1174 | void* pMemory = pamTracker->Track(pAssembly->GetHighFrequencyHeap()->AllocMem(S_SIZE_T(sizeof(Module)))); |
1175 | pModule = new (pMemory) Module(pAssembly, moduleRef, file); |
1176 | } |
1177 | } |
1178 | |
1179 | PREFIX_ASSUME(pModule != NULL); |
1180 | ModuleHolder pModuleSafe(pModule); |
1181 | pModuleSafe->DoInit(pamTracker, NULL); |
1182 | |
1183 | RETURN pModuleSafe.Extract(); |
1184 | } |
1185 | |
1186 | void Module::ApplyMetaData() |
1187 | { |
1188 | CONTRACTL |
1189 | { |
1190 | THROWS; |
1191 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
1192 | MODE_ANY; |
1193 | } |
1194 | CONTRACTL_END; |
1195 | |
1196 | LOG((LF_CLASSLOADER, LL_INFO100, "Module::ApplyNewMetaData %x\n" , this)); |
1197 | |
1198 | HRESULT hr = S_OK; |
1199 | ULONG ulCount; |
1200 | |
1201 | // Ensure for TypeRef |
1202 | ulCount = GetMDImport()->GetCountWithTokenKind(mdtTypeRef) + 1; |
1203 | EnsureTypeRefCanBeStored(TokenFromRid(ulCount, mdtTypeRef)); |
1204 | |
1205 | // Ensure for AssemblyRef |
1206 | ulCount = GetMDImport()->GetCountWithTokenKind(mdtAssemblyRef) + 1; |
1207 | EnsureAssemblyRefCanBeStored(TokenFromRid(ulCount, mdtAssemblyRef)); |
1208 | } |
1209 | |
1210 | // |
1211 | // Destructor for Module |
1212 | // |
1213 | |
1214 | void Module::Destruct() |
1215 | { |
1216 | CONTRACTL |
1217 | { |
1218 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
1219 | NOTHROW; |
1220 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
1221 | MODE_PREEMPTIVE; |
1222 | } |
1223 | CONTRACTL_END; |
1224 | |
1225 | LOG((LF_EEMEM, INFO3, "Deleting module %x\n" , this)); |
1226 | #ifdef PROFILING_SUPPORTED |
1227 | { |
1228 | BEGIN_PIN_PROFILER(CORProfilerTrackModuleLoads()); |
1229 | if (!IsBeingUnloaded()) |
1230 | { |
1231 | // Profiler is causing some peripheral class loads. Probably this just needs |
1232 | // to be turned into a Fault_not_fatal and moved to a specific place inside the profiler. |
1233 | EX_TRY |
1234 | { |
1235 | GCX_PREEMP(); |
1236 | g_profControlBlock.pProfInterface->ModuleUnloadStarted((ModuleID) this); |
1237 | } |
1238 | EX_CATCH |
1239 | { |
1240 | } |
1241 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions); |
1242 | } |
1243 | END_PIN_PROFILER(); |
1244 | } |
1245 | #endif // PROFILING_SUPPORTED |
1246 | |
1247 | |
1248 | DACNotify::DoModuleUnloadNotification(this); |
1249 | |
1250 | // Free classes in the class table |
1251 | FreeClassTables(); |
1252 | |
1253 | |
1254 | |
1255 | #ifdef DEBUGGING_SUPPORTED |
1256 | if (g_pDebugInterface) |
1257 | { |
1258 | GCX_PREEMP(); |
1259 | g_pDebugInterface->DestructModule(this); |
1260 | } |
1261 | |
1262 | #endif // DEBUGGING_SUPPORTED |
1263 | |
1264 | ReleaseISymUnmanagedReader(); |
1265 | |
1266 | // Clean up sig cookies |
1267 | VASigCookieBlock *pVASigCookieBlock = m_pVASigCookieBlock; |
1268 | while (pVASigCookieBlock) |
1269 | { |
1270 | VASigCookieBlock *pNext = pVASigCookieBlock->m_Next; |
1271 | delete pVASigCookieBlock; |
1272 | |
1273 | pVASigCookieBlock = pNext; |
1274 | } |
1275 | |
1276 | // Clean up the IL stub cache |
1277 | if (m_pILStubCache != NULL) |
1278 | { |
1279 | delete m_pILStubCache; |
1280 | } |
1281 | |
1282 | |
1283 | |
1284 | #ifdef PROFILING_SUPPORTED |
1285 | { |
1286 | BEGIN_PIN_PROFILER(CORProfilerTrackModuleLoads()); |
1287 | // Profiler is causing some peripheral class loads. Probably this just needs |
1288 | // to be turned into a Fault_not_fatal and moved to a specific place inside the profiler. |
1289 | EX_TRY |
1290 | { |
1291 | GCX_PREEMP(); |
1292 | g_profControlBlock.pProfInterface->ModuleUnloadFinished((ModuleID) this, S_OK); |
1293 | } |
1294 | EX_CATCH |
1295 | { |
1296 | } |
1297 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions); |
1298 | END_PIN_PROFILER(); |
1299 | } |
1300 | |
1301 | if (m_pValidatedEmitter.Load() != NULL) |
1302 | { |
1303 | m_pValidatedEmitter->Release(); |
1304 | } |
1305 | #endif // PROFILING_SUPPORTED |
1306 | |
1307 | // |
1308 | // Warning - deleting the zap file will cause the module to be unmapped |
1309 | // |
1310 | ClearInMemorySymbolStream(); |
1311 | |
1312 | m_Crst.Destroy(); |
1313 | m_FixupCrst.Destroy(); |
1314 | m_LookupTableCrst.Destroy(); |
1315 | m_InstMethodHashTableCrst.Destroy(); |
1316 | m_ISymUnmanagedReaderCrst.Destroy(); |
1317 | |
1318 | |
1319 | if (m_debuggerSpecificData.m_pDynamicILCrst) |
1320 | { |
1321 | delete m_debuggerSpecificData.m_pDynamicILCrst; |
1322 | } |
1323 | |
1324 | if (m_debuggerSpecificData.m_pDynamicILBlobTable) |
1325 | { |
1326 | delete m_debuggerSpecificData.m_pDynamicILBlobTable; |
1327 | } |
1328 | |
1329 | if (m_debuggerSpecificData.m_pTemporaryILBlobTable) |
1330 | { |
1331 | delete m_debuggerSpecificData.m_pTemporaryILBlobTable; |
1332 | } |
1333 | |
1334 | if (m_debuggerSpecificData.m_pILOffsetMappingTable) |
1335 | { |
1336 | for (ILOffsetMappingTable::Iterator pCurElem = m_debuggerSpecificData.m_pILOffsetMappingTable->Begin(), |
1337 | pEndElem = m_debuggerSpecificData.m_pILOffsetMappingTable->End(); |
1338 | pCurElem != pEndElem; |
1339 | pCurElem++) |
1340 | { |
1341 | ILOffsetMappingEntry entry = *pCurElem; |
1342 | entry.m_mapping.Clear(); |
1343 | } |
1344 | delete m_debuggerSpecificData.m_pILOffsetMappingTable; |
1345 | } |
1346 | |
1347 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT |
1348 | |
1349 | if (HasNativeImage()) |
1350 | { |
1351 | m_file->Release(); |
1352 | } |
1353 | else |
1354 | #endif // FEATURE_PREJIT |
1355 | { |
1356 | m_file->Release(); |
1357 | } |
1358 | |
1359 | // If this module was loaded as domain-specific, then |
1360 | // we must free its ModuleIndex so that it can be reused |
1361 | FreeModuleIndex(); |
1362 | } |
1363 | |
1364 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT |
1365 | void Module::DeleteNativeCodeRanges() |
1366 | { |
1367 | CONTRACTL |
1368 | { |
1369 | NOTHROW; |
1370 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
1371 | MODE_PREEMPTIVE; |
1372 | FORBID_FAULT; |
1373 | } |
1374 | CONTRACTL_END; |
1375 | |
1376 | if (HasNativeImage()) |
1377 | { |
1378 | PEImageLayout * pNativeImage = GetNativeImage(); |
1379 | |
1380 | ExecutionManager::DeleteRange(dac_cast<TADDR>(pNativeImage->GetBase())); |
1381 | } |
1382 | } |
1383 | #endif |
1384 | |
1385 | bool Module::NeedsGlobalMethodTable() |
1386 | { |
1387 | CONTRACTL |
1388 | { |
1389 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
1390 | THROWS; |
1391 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
1392 | MODE_ANY; |
1393 | } |
1394 | CONTRACTL_END; |
1395 | |
1396 | IMDInternalImport * pImport = GetMDImport(); |
1397 | if (!IsResource() && pImport->IsValidToken(COR_GLOBAL_PARENT_TOKEN)) |
1398 | { |
1399 | { |
1400 | HENUMInternalHolder funcEnum(pImport); |
1401 | funcEnum.EnumGlobalFunctionsInit(); |
1402 | if (pImport->EnumGetCount(&funcEnum) != 0) |
1403 | return true; |
1404 | } |
1405 | |
1406 | { |
1407 | HENUMInternalHolder fieldEnum(pImport); |
1408 | fieldEnum.EnumGlobalFieldsInit(); |
1409 | if (pImport->EnumGetCount(&fieldEnum) != 0) |
1410 | return true; |
1411 | } |
1412 | } |
1413 | |
1414 | // resource module or no global statics nor global functions |
1415 | return false; |
1416 | } |
1417 | |
1418 | |
1419 | MethodTable *Module::GetGlobalMethodTable() |
1420 | { |
1421 | CONTRACT (MethodTable *) |
1422 | { |
1423 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
1424 | THROWS; |
1425 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
1426 | MODE_ANY; |
1427 | INJECT_FAULT(CONTRACT_RETURN NULL;); |
1428 | POSTCONDITION(CheckPointer(RETVAL, NULL_OK)); |
1429 | } |
1430 | CONTRACT_END; |
1431 | |
1432 | |
1433 | if ((m_dwPersistedFlags & COMPUTED_GLOBAL_CLASS) == 0) |
1434 | { |
1435 | MethodTable *pMT = NULL; |
1436 | |
1437 | if (NeedsGlobalMethodTable()) |
1438 | { |
1439 | pMT = ClassLoader::LoadTypeDefThrowing(this, COR_GLOBAL_PARENT_TOKEN, |
1440 | ClassLoader::ThrowIfNotFound, |
1441 | ClassLoader::FailIfUninstDefOrRef).AsMethodTable(); |
1442 | } |
1443 | |
1444 | FastInterlockOr(&m_dwPersistedFlags, COMPUTED_GLOBAL_CLASS); |
1445 | RETURN pMT; |
1446 | } |
1447 | else |
1448 | { |
1449 | RETURN LookupTypeDef(COR_GLOBAL_PARENT_TOKEN).AsMethodTable(); |
1450 | } |
1451 | } |
1452 | |
1453 | |
1454 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE |
1455 | |
1456 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT |
1457 | |
1458 | /*static*/ |
1459 | BOOL Module::IsAlwaysSavedInPreferredZapModule(Instantiation classInst, // the type arguments to the type (if any) |
1460 | Instantiation methodInst) // the type arguments to the method (if any) |
1461 | { |
1462 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
1463 | |
1464 | return ClassLoader::IsTypicalSharedInstantiation(classInst) && |
1465 | ClassLoader::IsTypicalSharedInstantiation(methodInst); |
1466 | } |
1467 | |
1468 | //this gets called recursively for generics, so do a probe. |
1469 | PTR_Module Module::ComputePreferredZapModule(Module * pDefinitionModule, |
1470 | Instantiation classInst, |
1471 | Instantiation methodInst) |
1472 | { |
1473 | CONTRACTL |
1474 | { |
1475 | NOTHROW; |
1476 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
1477 | MODE_ANY; |
1478 | SO_TOLERANT; |
1479 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
1480 | } |
1481 | CONTRACTL_END; |
1482 | |
1483 | PTR_Module ret = NULL; |
1484 | INTERIOR_STACK_PROBE_NOTHROW_CHECK_THREAD(DontCallDirectlyForceStackOverflow()); |
1485 | |
1486 | ret = Module::ComputePreferredZapModuleHelper( pDefinitionModule, |
1487 | classInst, |
1488 | methodInst ); |
1489 | END_INTERIOR_STACK_PROBE; |
1490 | return ret; |
1491 | } |
1492 | |
1493 | // |
1494 | // Is pModule likely a dependency of pOtherModule? Heuristic used by preffered zap module algorithm. |
1495 | // It can return both false positives and negatives. |
1496 | // |
1497 | static bool IsLikelyDependencyOf(Module * pModule, Module * pOtherModule) |
1498 | { |
1499 | CONTRACTL |
1500 | { |
1501 | NOTHROW; |
1502 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
1503 | FORBID_FAULT; |
1504 | MODE_ANY; |
1505 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
1506 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pOtherModule)); |
1507 | } |
1508 | CONTRACTL_END |
1509 | |
1510 | // Every module has a dependency with itself |
1511 | if (pModule == pOtherModule) |
1512 | return true; |
1513 | |
1514 | // |
1515 | // Explicit check for low level system assemblies is working around Win8P facades introducing extra layer between low level system assemblies |
1516 | // (System.dll or System.Core.dll) and the app assemblies. Because of this extra layer, the check below won't see the direct |
1517 | // reference between these low level system assemblies and the app assemblies. The prefererred zap module for instantiations of generic |
1518 | // collections from these low level system assemblies (like LinkedList<AppType>) should be module of AppType. It would be module of the generic |
1519 | // collection without this check. |
1520 | // |
1521 | // Similar problem exists for Windows.Foundation.winmd. There is a cycle between Windows.Foundation.winmd and Windows.Storage.winmd. This cycle |
1522 | // would cause prefererred zap module for instantiations of foundation types (like IAsyncOperation<StorageFolder>) to be Windows.Foundation.winmd. |
1523 | // It is a bad choice. It should be Windows.Storage.winmd instead. We explicitly push Windows.Foundation to lower level by treating it as |
1524 | // low level system assembly to avoid this problem. |
1525 | // |
1526 | if (pModule->IsLowLevelSystemAssemblyByName()) |
1527 | { |
1528 | if (!pOtherModule->IsLowLevelSystemAssemblyByName()) |
1529 | return true; |
1530 | |
1531 | // Every module depends upon mscorlib |
1532 | if (pModule->IsSystem()) |
1533 | return true; |
1534 | |
1535 | // mscorlib does not depend upon any other module |
1536 | if (pOtherModule->IsSystem()) |
1537 | return false; |
1538 | } |
1539 | else |
1540 | { |
1541 | if (pOtherModule->IsLowLevelSystemAssemblyByName()) |
1542 | return false; |
1543 | } |
1544 | |
1545 | // At this point neither pModule or pOtherModule is mscorlib |
1546 | |
1547 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
1548 | // |
1549 | // We will check to see if the pOtherModule has a reference to pModule |
1550 | // |
1551 | |
1552 | // If we can match the assembly ref in the ManifestModuleReferencesMap we can early out. |
1553 | // This early out kicks in less than half of the time. It hurts performance on average. |
1554 | // if (!IsNilToken(pOtherModule->FindAssemblyRef(pModule->GetAssembly()))) |
1555 | // return true; |
1556 | |
1557 | if (pOtherModule->HasReferenceByName(pModule->GetSimpleName())) |
1558 | return true; |
1559 | #endif // DACCESS_COMPILE |
1560 | |
1561 | return false; |
1562 | } |
1563 | |
1564 | // Determine the "preferred ngen home" for an instantiated type or method |
1565 | // * This is the first ngen module that the loader will look in; |
1566 | // * Also, we only hard bind to a type or method that lives in its preferred module |
1567 | // The following properties must hold of the preferred module: |
1568 | // - it must be one of the component type's declaring modules |
1569 | // - if the type or method is open then the preferred module must be that of one of the type parameters |
1570 | // (this ensures that we can always hard bind to open types and methods created during ngen) |
1571 | // - for always-saved instantiations it must be the declaring module of the generic definition |
1572 | // Otherwise, we try to pick a module that is likely to reference the type or method |
1573 | // |
1574 | /* static */ |
1575 | PTR_Module Module::ComputePreferredZapModuleHelper( |
1576 | Module * pDefinitionModule, // the module that declares the generic type or method |
1577 | Instantiation classInst, // the type arguments to the type (if any) |
1578 | Instantiation methodInst) // the type arguments to the method (if any) |
1579 | { |
1580 | CONTRACT(PTR_Module) |
1581 | { |
1582 | NOTHROW; |
1583 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
1584 | FORBID_FAULT; |
1585 | MODE_ANY; |
1586 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pDefinitionModule, NULL_OK)); |
1587 | // One of them will be non-null... Note we don't use CheckPointer |
1588 | // because that raises a breakpoint in the debugger |
1589 | PRECONDITION(pDefinitionModule != NULL || !classInst.IsEmpty() || !methodInst.IsEmpty()); |
1590 | POSTCONDITION(CheckPointer(RETVAL)); |
1591 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
1592 | } |
1593 | CONTRACT_END |
1594 | |
1595 | DWORD totalArgs = classInst.GetNumArgs() + methodInst.GetNumArgs(); |
1596 | |
1597 | // The open type parameters takes precendence over closed type parameters since |
1598 | // we always hardbind to open types. |
1599 | for (DWORD i = 0; i < totalArgs; i++) |
1600 | { |
1601 | TypeHandle thArg = (i < classInst.GetNumArgs()) ? classInst[i] : methodInst[i - classInst.GetNumArgs()]; |
1602 | |
1603 | // Encoded types are never open |
1604 | _ASSERTE(!thArg.IsEncodedFixup()); |
1605 | Module * pOpenModule = thArg.GetDefiningModuleForOpenType(); |
1606 | if (pOpenModule != NULL) |
1607 | RETURN dac_cast<PTR_Module>(pOpenModule); |
1608 | } |
1609 | |
1610 | // The initial value of pCurrentPZM is the pDefinitionModule or mscorlib |
1611 | Module* pCurrentPZM = (pDefinitionModule != NULL) ? pDefinitionModule : MscorlibBinder::GetModule(); |
1612 | bool preferredZapModuleBasedOnValueType = false; |
1613 | |
1614 | for (DWORD i = 0; i < totalArgs; i++) |
1615 | { |
1616 | TypeHandle pTypeParam = (i < classInst.GetNumArgs()) ? classInst[i] : methodInst[i - classInst.GetNumArgs()]; |
1617 | |
1618 | _ASSERTE(pTypeParam != NULL); |
1619 | _ASSERTE(!pTypeParam.IsEncodedFixup()); |
1620 | |
1621 | Module * pParamPZM = GetPreferredZapModuleForTypeHandle(pTypeParam); |
1622 | |
1623 | // |
1624 | // If pCurrentPZM is not a dependency of pParamPZM |
1625 | // then we aren't going to update pCurrentPZM |
1626 | // |
1627 | if (IsLikelyDependencyOf(pCurrentPZM, pParamPZM)) |
1628 | { |
1629 | // If we have a type parameter that is a value type |
1630 | // and we don't yet have a value type based pCurrentPZM |
1631 | // then we will select it's module as the new pCurrentPZM. |
1632 | // |
1633 | if (pTypeParam.IsValueType() && !preferredZapModuleBasedOnValueType) |
1634 | { |
1635 | pCurrentPZM = pParamPZM; |
1636 | preferredZapModuleBasedOnValueType = true; |
1637 | } |
1638 | else |
1639 | { |
1640 | // The normal rule is to replace the pCurrentPZM only when |
1641 | // both of the following are true: |
1642 | // pCurrentPZM is a dependency of pParamPZM |
1643 | // and pParamPZM is not a dependency of pCurrentPZM |
1644 | // |
1645 | // note that the second condition is alway true when pCurrentPZM is mscorlib |
1646 | // |
1647 | if (!IsLikelyDependencyOf(pParamPZM, pCurrentPZM)) |
1648 | { |
1649 | pCurrentPZM = pParamPZM; |
1650 | } |
1651 | } |
1652 | } |
1653 | } |
1654 | |
1655 | RETURN dac_cast<PTR_Module>(pCurrentPZM); |
1656 | } |
1657 | |
1658 | PTR_Module Module::ComputePreferredZapModule(TypeKey *pKey) |
1659 | { |
1660 | CONTRACTL |
1661 | { |
1662 | NOTHROW; |
1663 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
1664 | SO_TOLERANT; |
1665 | MODE_ANY; |
1666 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
1667 | } |
1668 | CONTRACTL_END; |
1669 | |
1670 | if (pKey->GetKind() == ELEMENT_TYPE_CLASS) |
1671 | { |
1672 | return Module::ComputePreferredZapModule(pKey->GetModule(), |
1673 | pKey->GetInstantiation()); |
1674 | } |
1675 | else if (pKey->GetKind() != ELEMENT_TYPE_FNPTR) |
1676 | return Module::GetPreferredZapModuleForTypeHandle(pKey->GetElementType()); |
1677 | else |
1678 | return NULL; |
1679 | |
1680 | } |
1681 | |
1682 | /* see code:Module::ComputePreferredZapModuleHelper for more */ |
1683 | /*static*/ |
1684 | PTR_Module Module::GetPreferredZapModuleForMethodTable(MethodTable *pMT) |
1685 | { |
1686 | CONTRACTL |
1687 | { |
1688 | NOTHROW; |
1689 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
1690 | SO_TOLERANT; |
1691 | MODE_ANY; |
1692 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
1693 | } |
1694 | CONTRACTL_END; |
1695 | |
1696 | PTR_Module pRet=NULL; |
1697 | |
1698 | INTERIOR_STACK_PROBE_FOR_NOTHROW_CHECK_THREAD(10, NO_FORBIDGC_LOADER_USE_ThrowSO();); |
1699 | |
1700 | if (pMT->IsArray()) |
1701 | { |
1702 | TypeHandle elemTH = pMT->GetApproxArrayElementTypeHandle(); |
1703 | pRet= ComputePreferredZapModule(NULL, Instantiation(&elemTH, 1)); |
1704 | } |
1705 | else if (pMT->HasInstantiation() && !pMT->IsGenericTypeDefinition()) |
1706 | { |
1707 | pRet= ComputePreferredZapModule(pMT->GetModule(), |
1708 | pMT->GetInstantiation()); |
1709 | } |
1710 | else |
1711 | { |
1712 | // If it is uninstantiated or it is the generic type definition itself |
1713 | // then its loader module is simply the module containing its TypeDef |
1714 | pRet= pMT->GetModule(); |
1715 | } |
1716 | END_INTERIOR_STACK_PROBE; |
1717 | return pRet; |
1718 | } |
1719 | |
1720 | |
1721 | /*static*/ |
1722 | PTR_Module Module::GetPreferredZapModuleForTypeDesc(PTR_TypeDesc pTD) |
1723 | { |
1724 | CONTRACTL |
1725 | { |
1726 | NOTHROW; |
1727 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
1728 | SO_TOLERANT; |
1729 | MODE_ANY; |
1730 | } |
1731 | CONTRACTL_END; |
1732 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
1733 | if (pTD->HasTypeParam()) |
1734 | return GetPreferredZapModuleForTypeHandle(pTD->GetTypeParam()); |
1735 | else if (pTD->IsGenericVariable()) |
1736 | return pTD->GetModule(); |
1737 | |
1738 | _ASSERTE(pTD->GetInternalCorElementType() == ELEMENT_TYPE_FNPTR); |
1739 | PTR_FnPtrTypeDesc pFnPtrTD = dac_cast<PTR_FnPtrTypeDesc>(pTD); |
1740 | |
1741 | // Result type of function type is used for preferred zap module |
1742 | return GetPreferredZapModuleForTypeHandle(pFnPtrTD->GetRetAndArgTypesPointer()[0]); |
1743 | } |
1744 | |
1745 | /*static*/ |
1746 | PTR_Module Module::GetPreferredZapModuleForTypeHandle(TypeHandle t) |
1747 | { |
1748 | CONTRACTL |
1749 | { |
1750 | NOTHROW; |
1751 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
1752 | SO_TOLERANT; |
1753 | MODE_ANY; |
1754 | } |
1755 | CONTRACTL_END; |
1756 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
1757 | if (t.IsTypeDesc()) |
1758 | return GetPreferredZapModuleForTypeDesc(t.AsTypeDesc()); |
1759 | else |
1760 | return GetPreferredZapModuleForMethodTable(t.AsMethodTable()); |
1761 | } |
1762 | |
1763 | /*static*/ |
1764 | PTR_Module Module::GetPreferredZapModuleForMethodDesc(const MethodDesc *pMD) |
1765 | { |
1766 | CONTRACTL |
1767 | { |
1768 | NOTHROW; |
1769 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
1770 | SO_TOLERANT; |
1771 | MODE_ANY; |
1772 | } |
1773 | CONTRACTL_END; |
1774 | |
1775 | if (pMD->IsTypicalMethodDefinition()) |
1776 | { |
1777 | return PTR_Module(pMD->GetModule()); |
1778 | } |
1779 | else if (pMD->IsGenericMethodDefinition()) |
1780 | { |
1781 | return GetPreferredZapModuleForMethodTable(pMD->GetMethodTable()); |
1782 | } |
1783 | else |
1784 | { |
1785 | return ComputePreferredZapModule(pMD->GetModule(), |
1786 | pMD->GetClassInstantiation(), |
1787 | pMD->GetMethodInstantiation()); |
1788 | } |
1789 | } |
1790 | |
1791 | /* see code:Module::ComputePreferredZapModuleHelper for more */ |
1792 | /*static*/ |
1793 | PTR_Module Module::GetPreferredZapModuleForFieldDesc(FieldDesc * pFD) |
1794 | { |
1795 | CONTRACTL |
1796 | { |
1797 | NOTHROW; |
1798 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
1799 | SO_TOLERANT; |
1800 | MODE_ANY; |
1801 | } |
1802 | CONTRACTL_END; |
1803 | |
1804 | // The approx MT is sufficient: it's always the one that owns the FieldDesc |
1805 | // data structure |
1806 | return GetPreferredZapModuleForMethodTable(pFD->GetApproxEnclosingMethodTable()); |
1807 | } |
1808 | #endif // FEATURE_PREJIT |
1809 | |
1810 | /*static*/ |
1811 | BOOL Module::IsEditAndContinueCapable(Assembly *pAssembly, PEFile *file) |
1812 | { |
1813 | CONTRACTL |
1814 | { |
1815 | NOTHROW; |
1816 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
1817 | SO_TOLERANT; |
1818 | MODE_ANY; |
1819 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
1820 | } |
1821 | CONTRACTL_END; |
1822 | |
1823 | _ASSERTE(pAssembly != NULL && file != NULL); |
1824 | |
1825 | // Some modules are never EnC-capable |
1826 | return ! (pAssembly->GetDebuggerInfoBits() & DACF_ALLOW_JIT_OPTS || |
1827 | file->IsSystem() || |
1828 | file->IsResource() || |
1829 | file->HasNativeImage() || |
1830 | file->IsDynamic()); |
1831 | } |
1832 | |
1833 | BOOL Module::IsManifest() |
1834 | { |
1835 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
1836 | return dac_cast<TADDR>(GetAssembly()->GetManifestModule()) == |
1837 | dac_cast<TADDR>(this); |
1838 | } |
1839 | |
1840 | DomainAssembly* Module::GetDomainAssembly(AppDomain *pDomain) |
1841 | { |
1842 | CONTRACT(DomainAssembly *) |
1843 | { |
1844 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
1845 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pDomain, NULL_OK)); |
1846 | POSTCONDITION(CheckPointer(RETVAL)); |
1847 | THROWS; |
1848 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
1849 | MODE_ANY; |
1850 | } |
1851 | CONTRACT_END; |
1852 | |
1853 | if (IsManifest()) |
1854 | RETURN (DomainAssembly *) GetDomainFile(pDomain); |
1855 | else |
1856 | RETURN (DomainAssembly *) m_pAssembly->GetDomainAssembly(pDomain); |
1857 | } |
1858 | |
1859 | DomainFile *Module::GetDomainFile(AppDomain *pDomain) |
1860 | { |
1861 | CONTRACT(DomainFile *) |
1862 | { |
1863 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
1864 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pDomain)); |
1865 | POSTCONDITION(CheckPointer(RETVAL)); |
1866 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
1867 | THROWS; |
1868 | MODE_ANY; |
1869 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
1870 | } |
1871 | CONTRACT_END; |
1872 | |
1873 | if (Module::IsEncodedModuleIndex(GetModuleID())) |
1874 | { |
1875 | DomainLocalBlock *pLocalBlock = pDomain->GetDomainLocalBlock(); |
1876 | DomainFile *pDomainFile = pLocalBlock->TryGetDomainFile(GetModuleIndex()); |
1877 | |
1878 | RETURN (PTR_DomainFile) pDomainFile; |
1879 | } |
1880 | else |
1881 | { |
1882 | RETURN dac_cast<PTR_DomainFile>(m_ModuleID->GetDomainFile()); |
1883 | } |
1884 | } |
1885 | |
1886 | DomainAssembly* Module::FindDomainAssembly(AppDomain *pDomain) |
1887 | { |
1888 | CONTRACT(DomainAssembly *) |
1889 | { |
1890 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
1891 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pDomain)); |
1892 | POSTCONDITION(CheckPointer(RETVAL, NULL_OK)); |
1893 | NOTHROW; |
1894 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
1895 | MODE_ANY; |
1896 | SO_TOLERANT; |
1897 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
1898 | } |
1899 | CONTRACT_END; |
1900 | |
1901 | if (IsManifest()) |
1902 | RETURN dac_cast<PTR_DomainAssembly>(FindDomainFile(pDomain)); |
1903 | else |
1904 | RETURN m_pAssembly->FindDomainAssembly(pDomain); |
1905 | } |
1906 | |
1907 | DomainModule *Module::GetDomainModule(AppDomain *pDomain) |
1908 | { |
1909 | CONTRACT(DomainModule *) |
1910 | { |
1911 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
1912 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pDomain)); |
1913 | PRECONDITION(!IsManifest()); |
1914 | POSTCONDITION(CheckPointer(RETVAL)); |
1915 | |
1916 | THROWS; |
1917 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
1918 | MODE_ANY; |
1919 | } |
1920 | CONTRACT_END; |
1921 | |
1922 | RETURN (DomainModule *) GetDomainFile(pDomain); |
1923 | } |
1924 | |
1925 | DomainFile *Module::FindDomainFile(AppDomain *pDomain) |
1926 | { |
1927 | CONTRACT(DomainFile *) |
1928 | { |
1929 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
1930 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pDomain)); |
1931 | POSTCONDITION(CheckPointer(RETVAL, NULL_OK)); |
1932 | NOTHROW; |
1933 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
1934 | MODE_ANY; |
1935 | SO_TOLERANT; |
1936 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
1937 | } |
1938 | CONTRACT_END; |
1939 | |
1940 | if (Module::IsEncodedModuleIndex(GetModuleID())) |
1941 | { |
1942 | DomainLocalBlock *pLocalBlock = pDomain->GetDomainLocalBlock(); |
1943 | RETURN pLocalBlock->TryGetDomainFile(GetModuleIndex()); |
1944 | } |
1945 | else |
1946 | { |
1947 | RETURN m_ModuleID->GetDomainFile(); |
1948 | } |
1949 | } |
1950 | |
1951 | DomainModule *Module::FindDomainModule(AppDomain *pDomain) |
1952 | { |
1953 | CONTRACT(DomainModule *) |
1954 | { |
1955 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
1956 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pDomain)); |
1957 | PRECONDITION(!IsManifest()); |
1958 | POSTCONDITION(CheckPointer(RETVAL, NULL_OK)); |
1959 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
1960 | NOTHROW; |
1961 | MODE_ANY; |
1962 | } |
1963 | CONTRACT_END; |
1964 | |
1965 | RETURN (DomainModule *) FindDomainFile(pDomain); |
1966 | } |
1967 | |
1968 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
1969 | #include "staticallocationhelpers.inl" |
1970 | |
1971 | // Parses metadata and initializes offsets of per-class static blocks. |
1972 | void Module::BuildStaticsOffsets(AllocMemTracker *pamTracker) |
1973 | { |
1974 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
1975 | |
1976 | // Trade off here. We want a slot for each type. That way we can get to 2 bits per class and |
1977 | // index directly and not need a mapping from ClassID to MethodTable (we will use the RID |
1978 | // as the mapping) |
1979 | IMDInternalImport *pImport = GetMDImport(); |
1980 | |
1981 | DWORD * pRegularStaticOffsets = NULL; |
1982 | DWORD * pThreadStaticOffsets = NULL; |
1983 | |
1984 | // Get the number of types/classes defined in this module. Add 1 to count the module itself |
1985 | DWORD dwNumTypes = pImport->GetCountWithTokenKind(mdtTypeDef) + 1; // +1 for module type |
1986 | |
1987 | // [0] covers regular statics, [1] covers thread statics |
1988 | DWORD dwGCHandles[2] = { 0, 0 }; |
1989 | |
1990 | // Organization in memory of the static block |
1991 | // |
1992 | // |
1993 | // | GC Statics | |
1994 | // | |
1995 | // | |
1996 | // | Class Data (one byte per class) | pointer to gc statics | primitive type statics | |
1997 | // |
1998 | // |
1999 | #ifndef CROSSBITNESS_COMPILE |
2000 | // The assertions must hold in every non-crossbitness scenario |
2001 | _ASSERTE(OFFSETOF__DomainLocalModule__m_pDataBlob_ == DomainLocalModule::OffsetOfDataBlob()); |
2002 | _ASSERTE(OFFSETOF__ThreadLocalModule__m_pDataBlob == ThreadLocalModule::OffsetOfDataBlob()); |
2003 | #endif |
2004 | |
2005 | DWORD dwNonGCBytes[2] = { |
2006 | DomainLocalModule::OffsetOfDataBlob() + sizeof(BYTE)*dwNumTypes, |
2007 | ThreadLocalModule::OffsetOfDataBlob() + sizeof(BYTE)*dwNumTypes |
2008 | }; |
2009 | |
2010 | HENUMInternalHolder hTypeEnum(pImport); |
2011 | hTypeEnum.EnumAllInit(mdtTypeDef); |
2012 | |
2013 | mdTypeDef type; |
2014 | // Parse each type of the class |
2015 | while (pImport->EnumNext(&hTypeEnum, &type)) |
2016 | { |
2017 | // Set offset for this type |
2018 | DWORD dwIndex = RidFromToken(type) - 1; |
2019 | |
2020 | // [0] covers regular statics, [1] covers thread statics |
2021 | DWORD dwAlignment[2] = { 1, 1 }; |
2022 | DWORD dwClassNonGCBytes[2] = { 0, 0 }; |
2023 | DWORD dwClassGCHandles[2] = { 0, 0 }; |
2024 | |
2025 | // need to check if the type is generic and if so exclude it from iteration as we don't know the size |
2026 | HENUMInternalHolder hGenericEnum(pImport); |
2027 | hGenericEnum.EnumInit(mdtGenericParam, type); |
2028 | ULONG cGenericParams = pImport->EnumGetCount(&hGenericEnum); |
2029 | if (cGenericParams == 0) |
2030 | { |
2031 | HENUMInternalHolder hFieldEnum(pImport); |
2032 | hFieldEnum.EnumInit(mdtFieldDef, type); |
2033 | |
2034 | mdFieldDef field; |
2035 | // Parse each field of the type |
2036 | while (pImport->EnumNext(&hFieldEnum, &field)) |
2037 | { |
2038 | BOOL fSkip = FALSE; |
2039 | |
2040 | CorElementType ElementType = ELEMENT_TYPE_END; |
2041 | mdToken tkValueTypeToken = 0; |
2042 | int kk; // Use one set of variables for regular statics, and the other set for thread statics |
2043 | |
2044 | fSkip = GetStaticFieldElementTypeForFieldDef(this, pImport, field, &ElementType, &tkValueTypeToken, &kk); |
2045 | if (fSkip) |
2046 | continue; |
2047 | |
2048 | // We account for "regular statics" and "thread statics" separately. |
2049 | // Currently we are lumping RVA into "regular statics", |
2050 | // but we probably shouldn't. |
2051 | switch (ElementType) |
2052 | { |
2053 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_I1: |
2054 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_U1: |
2055 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_BOOLEAN: |
2056 | dwClassNonGCBytes[kk] += 1; |
2057 | break; |
2058 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_I2: |
2059 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_U2: |
2060 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_CHAR: |
2061 | dwAlignment[kk] = max(2, dwAlignment[kk]); |
2062 | dwClassNonGCBytes[kk] += 2; |
2063 | break; |
2064 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_I4: |
2065 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_U4: |
2066 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_R4: |
2067 | dwAlignment[kk] = max(4, dwAlignment[kk]); |
2068 | dwClassNonGCBytes[kk] += 4; |
2069 | break; |
2070 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_FNPTR: |
2071 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_PTR: |
2072 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_I: |
2073 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_U: |
2074 | dwAlignment[kk] = max((1 << LOG2_PTRSIZE), dwAlignment[kk]); |
2075 | dwClassNonGCBytes[kk] += (1 << LOG2_PTRSIZE); |
2076 | break; |
2077 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_I8: |
2078 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_U8: |
2079 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_R8: |
2080 | dwAlignment[kk] = max(8, dwAlignment[kk]); |
2081 | dwClassNonGCBytes[kk] += 8; |
2082 | break; |
2083 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_VAR: |
2084 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_MVAR: |
2085 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_STRING: |
2086 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_SZARRAY: |
2087 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_ARRAY: |
2088 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_CLASS: |
2089 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_OBJECT: |
2090 | dwClassGCHandles[kk] += 1; |
2091 | break; |
2092 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_VALUETYPE: |
2093 | // Statics for valuetypes where the valuetype is defined in this module are handled here. Other valuetype statics utilize the pessimistic model below. |
2094 | dwClassGCHandles[kk] += 1; |
2095 | break; |
2096 | case ELEMENT_TYPE_END: |
2097 | default: |
2098 | // The actual element type was ELEMENT_TYPE_VALUETYPE, but the as we don't want to load additional assemblies |
2099 | // to determine these static offsets, we've fallen back to a pessimistic model. |
2100 | if (tkValueTypeToken != 0) |
2101 | { |
2102 | // We'll have to be pessimistic here |
2103 | dwClassNonGCBytes[kk] += MAX_PRIMITIVE_FIELD_SIZE; |
2104 | dwAlignment[kk] = max(MAX_PRIMITIVE_FIELD_SIZE, dwAlignment[kk]); |
2105 | |
2106 | dwClassGCHandles[kk] += 1; |
2107 | break; |
2108 | } |
2109 | else |
2110 | { |
2111 | // field has an unexpected type |
2112 | ThrowHR(VER_E_FIELD_SIG); |
2113 | break; |
2114 | } |
2115 | } |
2116 | } |
2117 | |
2118 | if (pRegularStaticOffsets == NULL && (dwClassGCHandles[0] != 0 || dwClassNonGCBytes[0] != 0)) |
2119 | { |
2120 | // Lazily allocate table for offsets. We need offsets for GC and non GC areas. We add +1 to use as a sentinel. |
2121 | pRegularStaticOffsets = (PTR_DWORD)pamTracker->Track( |
2122 | GetLoaderAllocator()->GetHighFrequencyHeap()->AllocMem( |
2123 | (S_SIZE_T(2 * sizeof(DWORD))*(S_SIZE_T(dwNumTypes)+S_SIZE_T(1))))); |
2124 | |
2125 | for (DWORD i = 0; i < dwIndex; i++) { |
2126 | pRegularStaticOffsets[i * 2 ] = dwGCHandles[0]*TARGET_POINTER_SIZE; |
2127 | pRegularStaticOffsets[i * 2 + 1] = dwNonGCBytes[0]; |
2128 | } |
2129 | } |
2130 | |
2131 | if (pThreadStaticOffsets == NULL && (dwClassGCHandles[1] != 0 || dwClassNonGCBytes[1] != 0)) |
2132 | { |
2133 | // Lazily allocate table for offsets. We need offsets for GC and non GC areas. We add +1 to use as a sentinel. |
2134 | pThreadStaticOffsets = (PTR_DWORD)pamTracker->Track( |
2135 | GetLoaderAllocator()->GetHighFrequencyHeap()->AllocMem( |
2136 | (S_SIZE_T(2 * sizeof(DWORD))*(S_SIZE_T(dwNumTypes)+S_SIZE_T(1))))); |
2137 | |
2138 | for (DWORD i = 0; i < dwIndex; i++) { |
2139 | pThreadStaticOffsets[i * 2 ] = dwGCHandles[1]*TARGET_POINTER_SIZE; |
2140 | pThreadStaticOffsets[i * 2 + 1] = dwNonGCBytes[1]; |
2141 | } |
2142 | } |
2143 | } |
2144 | |
2145 | if (pRegularStaticOffsets != NULL) |
2146 | { |
2147 | // Align the offset of non gc statics |
2148 | dwNonGCBytes[0] = (DWORD) ALIGN_UP(dwNonGCBytes[0], dwAlignment[0]); |
2149 | |
2150 | // Save current offsets |
2151 | pRegularStaticOffsets[dwIndex*2] = dwGCHandles[0]*TARGET_POINTER_SIZE; |
2152 | pRegularStaticOffsets[dwIndex*2 + 1] = dwNonGCBytes[0]; |
2153 | |
2154 | // Increment for next class |
2155 | dwGCHandles[0] += dwClassGCHandles[0]; |
2156 | dwNonGCBytes[0] += dwClassNonGCBytes[0]; |
2157 | } |
2158 | |
2159 | if (pThreadStaticOffsets != NULL) |
2160 | { |
2161 | // Align the offset of non gc statics |
2162 | dwNonGCBytes[1] = (DWORD) ALIGN_UP(dwNonGCBytes[1], dwAlignment[1]); |
2163 | |
2164 | // Save current offsets |
2165 | pThreadStaticOffsets[dwIndex*2] = dwGCHandles[1]*TARGET_POINTER_SIZE; |
2166 | pThreadStaticOffsets[dwIndex*2 + 1] = dwNonGCBytes[1]; |
2167 | |
2168 | // Increment for next class |
2169 | dwGCHandles[1] += dwClassGCHandles[1]; |
2170 | dwNonGCBytes[1] += dwClassNonGCBytes[1]; |
2171 | } |
2172 | } |
2173 | |
2174 | m_maxTypeRidStaticsAllocated = dwNumTypes; |
2175 | |
2176 | if (pRegularStaticOffsets != NULL) |
2177 | { |
2178 | pRegularStaticOffsets[dwNumTypes*2] = dwGCHandles[0]*TARGET_POINTER_SIZE; |
2179 | pRegularStaticOffsets[dwNumTypes*2 + 1] = dwNonGCBytes[0]; |
2180 | } |
2181 | |
2182 | if (pThreadStaticOffsets != NULL) |
2183 | { |
2184 | pThreadStaticOffsets[dwNumTypes*2] = dwGCHandles[1]*TARGET_POINTER_SIZE; |
2185 | pThreadStaticOffsets[dwNumTypes*2 + 1] = dwNonGCBytes[1]; |
2186 | } |
2187 | |
2188 | m_pRegularStaticOffsets = pRegularStaticOffsets; |
2189 | m_pThreadStaticOffsets = pThreadStaticOffsets; |
2190 | |
2191 | m_dwMaxGCRegularStaticHandles = dwGCHandles[0]; |
2192 | m_dwMaxGCThreadStaticHandles = dwGCHandles[1]; |
2193 | |
2194 | m_dwRegularStaticsBlockSize = dwNonGCBytes[0]; |
2195 | m_dwThreadStaticsBlockSize = dwNonGCBytes[1]; |
2196 | } |
2197 | |
2198 | void Module::GetOffsetsForRegularStaticData( |
2199 | mdToken cl, |
2200 | BOOL bDynamic, DWORD dwGCStaticHandles, |
2201 | DWORD dwNonGCStaticBytes, |
2202 | DWORD * pOutStaticHandleOffset, |
2203 | DWORD * pOutNonGCStaticOffset) |
2204 | { |
2205 | CONTRACTL |
2206 | { |
2207 | THROWS; |
2208 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
2209 | INJECT_FAULT(COMPlusThrowOM()); |
2210 | } |
2211 | CONTRACTL_END |
2212 | |
2213 | *pOutStaticHandleOffset = 0; |
2214 | *pOutNonGCStaticOffset = 0; |
2215 | |
2216 | if (!dwGCStaticHandles && !dwNonGCStaticBytes) |
2217 | { |
2218 | return; |
2219 | } |
2220 | |
2221 | #ifndef CROSSBITNESS_COMPILE |
2222 | _ASSERTE(OFFSETOF__DomainLocalModule__NormalDynamicEntry__m_pDataBlob == DomainLocalModule::DynamicEntry::GetOffsetOfDataBlob()); |
2223 | #endif |
2224 | // Statics for instantiated types are allocated dynamically per-instantiation |
2225 | if (bDynamic) |
2226 | { |
2227 | // Non GC statics are embedded in the Dynamic Entry. |
2228 | *pOutNonGCStaticOffset = OFFSETOF__DomainLocalModule__NormalDynamicEntry__m_pDataBlob; |
2229 | return; |
2230 | } |
2231 | |
2232 | if (m_pRegularStaticOffsets == NULL) |
2233 | { |
2234 | THROW_BAD_FORMAT(BFA_METADATA_CORRUPT, this); |
2235 | } |
2236 | _ASSERTE(m_pRegularStaticOffsets != (PTR_DWORD) NGEN_STATICS_ALLCLASSES_WERE_LOADED); |
2237 | |
2238 | // We allocate in the big blob. |
2239 | DWORD index = RidFromToken(cl) - 1; |
2240 | |
2241 | *pOutStaticHandleOffset = m_pRegularStaticOffsets[index*2]; |
2242 | |
2243 | *pOutNonGCStaticOffset = m_pRegularStaticOffsets[index*2 + 1]; |
2244 | #ifdef CROSSBITNESS_COMPILE |
2245 | *pOutNonGCStaticOffset += OFFSETOF__DomainLocalModule__m_pDataBlob_ - DomainLocalModule::OffsetOfDataBlob(); |
2246 | #endif |
2247 | |
2248 | // Check we didnt go out of what we predicted we would need for the class |
2249 | if (*pOutStaticHandleOffset + TARGET_POINTER_SIZE*dwGCStaticHandles > |
2250 | m_pRegularStaticOffsets[(index+1)*2] || |
2251 | *pOutNonGCStaticOffset + dwNonGCStaticBytes > |
2252 | m_pRegularStaticOffsets[(index+1)*2 + 1]) |
2253 | { // It's most likely that this is due to bad metadata, thus the exception. However, the |
2254 | // previous comments for this bit of code mentioned that this could be a corner case bug |
2255 | // with static field size estimation, though this is entirely unlikely since the code has |
2256 | // been this way for at least two releases. |
2257 | THROW_BAD_FORMAT(BFA_METADATA_CORRUPT, this); |
2258 | } |
2259 | } |
2260 | |
2261 | |
2262 | void Module::GetOffsetsForThreadStaticData( |
2263 | mdToken cl, |
2264 | BOOL bDynamic, DWORD dwGCStaticHandles, |
2265 | DWORD dwNonGCStaticBytes, |
2266 | DWORD * pOutStaticHandleOffset, |
2267 | DWORD * pOutNonGCStaticOffset) |
2268 | { |
2269 | CONTRACTL |
2270 | { |
2271 | THROWS; |
2272 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
2273 | INJECT_FAULT(COMPlusThrowOM()); |
2274 | } |
2275 | CONTRACTL_END |
2276 | |
2277 | *pOutStaticHandleOffset = 0; |
2278 | *pOutNonGCStaticOffset = 0; |
2279 | |
2280 | if (!dwGCStaticHandles && !dwNonGCStaticBytes) |
2281 | { |
2282 | return; |
2283 | } |
2284 | |
2285 | #ifndef CROSSBITNESS_COMPILE |
2286 | _ASSERTE(OFFSETOF__ThreadLocalModule__DynamicEntry__m_pDataBlob == ThreadLocalModule::DynamicEntry::GetOffsetOfDataBlob()); |
2287 | #endif |
2288 | // Statics for instantiated types are allocated dynamically per-instantiation |
2289 | if (bDynamic) |
2290 | { |
2291 | // Non GC thread statics are embedded in the Dynamic Entry. |
2292 | *pOutNonGCStaticOffset = OFFSETOF__ThreadLocalModule__DynamicEntry__m_pDataBlob; |
2293 | return; |
2294 | } |
2295 | |
2296 | if (m_pThreadStaticOffsets == NULL) |
2297 | { |
2298 | THROW_BAD_FORMAT(BFA_METADATA_CORRUPT, this); |
2299 | } |
2300 | _ASSERTE(m_pThreadStaticOffsets != (PTR_DWORD) NGEN_STATICS_ALLCLASSES_WERE_LOADED); |
2301 | |
2302 | // We allocate in the big blob. |
2303 | DWORD index = RidFromToken(cl) - 1; |
2304 | |
2305 | *pOutStaticHandleOffset = m_pThreadStaticOffsets[index*2]; |
2306 | |
2307 | *pOutNonGCStaticOffset = m_pThreadStaticOffsets[index*2 + 1]; |
2308 | #ifdef CROSSBITNESS_COMPILE |
2309 | *pOutNonGCStaticOffset += OFFSETOF__ThreadLocalModule__m_pDataBlob - ThreadLocalModule::GetOffsetOfDataBlob(); |
2310 | #endif |
2311 | |
2312 | // Check we didnt go out of what we predicted we would need for the class |
2313 | if (*pOutStaticHandleOffset + TARGET_POINTER_SIZE*dwGCStaticHandles > |
2314 | m_pThreadStaticOffsets[(index+1)*2] || |
2315 | *pOutNonGCStaticOffset + dwNonGCStaticBytes > |
2316 | m_pThreadStaticOffsets[(index+1)*2 + 1]) |
2317 | { |
2318 | // It's most likely that this is due to bad metadata, thus the exception. However, the |
2319 | // previous comments for this bit of code mentioned that this could be a corner case bug |
2320 | // with static field size estimation, though this is entirely unlikely since the code has |
2321 | // been this way for at least two releases. |
2322 | THROW_BAD_FORMAT(BFA_METADATA_CORRUPT, this); |
2323 | } |
2324 | } |
2325 | |
2326 | |
2327 | // initialize Crst controlling the Dynamic IL hashtable |
2328 | void Module::InitializeDynamicILCrst() |
2329 | { |
2330 | Crst * pCrst = new Crst(CrstDynamicIL, CrstFlags(CRST_UNSAFE_ANYMODE | CRST_DEBUGGER_THREAD)); |
2331 | if (InterlockedCompareExchangeT( |
2332 | &m_debuggerSpecificData.m_pDynamicILCrst, pCrst, NULL) != NULL) |
2333 | { |
2334 | delete pCrst; |
2335 | } |
2336 | } |
2337 | |
2338 | // Add a (token, address) pair to the table of IL blobs for reflection/dynamics |
2339 | // Arguments: |
2340 | // Input: |
2341 | // token method token |
2342 | // blobAddress address of the start of the IL blob address, including the header |
2343 | // fTemporaryOverride |
2344 | // is this a permanent override that should go in the |
2345 | // DynamicILBlobTable, or a temporary one? |
2346 | // Output: not explicit, but if the pair was not already in the table it will be added. |
2347 | // Does not add duplicate tokens to the table. |
2348 | |
2349 | void Module::SetDynamicIL(mdToken token, TADDR blobAddress, BOOL fTemporaryOverride) |
2350 | { |
2351 | DynamicILBlobEntry entry = {mdToken(token), TADDR(blobAddress)}; |
2352 | |
2353 | // Lazily allocate a Crst to serialize update access to the info structure. |
2354 | // Carefully synchronize to ensure we don't leak a Crst in race conditions. |
2355 | if (m_debuggerSpecificData.m_pDynamicILCrst == NULL) |
2356 | { |
2357 | InitializeDynamicILCrst(); |
2358 | } |
2359 | |
2360 | CrstHolder ch(m_debuggerSpecificData.m_pDynamicILCrst); |
2361 | |
2362 | // Figure out which table to fill in |
2363 | PTR_DynamicILBlobTable &table(fTemporaryOverride ? m_debuggerSpecificData.m_pTemporaryILBlobTable |
2364 | : m_debuggerSpecificData.m_pDynamicILBlobTable); |
2365 | |
2366 | // Lazily allocate the hash table. |
2367 | if (table == NULL) |
2368 | { |
2369 | table = PTR_DynamicILBlobTable(new DynamicILBlobTable); |
2370 | } |
2371 | table->AddOrReplace(entry); |
2372 | } |
2373 | |
2374 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE |
2375 | |
2376 | // Get the stored address of the IL blob for reflection/dynamics |
2377 | // Arguments: |
2378 | // Input: |
2379 | // token method token |
2380 | // fAllowTemporary also check the temporary overrides |
2381 | // Return Value: starting (target) address of the IL blob corresponding to the input token |
2382 | |
2383 | TADDR Module::GetDynamicIL(mdToken token, BOOL fAllowTemporary) |
2384 | { |
2385 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
2386 | |
2387 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
2388 | // The Crst to serialize update access to the info structure is lazily allocated. |
2389 | // If it hasn't been allocated yet, then we don't have any IL blobs (temporary or otherwise) |
2390 | if (m_debuggerSpecificData.m_pDynamicILCrst == NULL) |
2391 | { |
2392 | return TADDR(NULL); |
2393 | } |
2394 | |
2395 | CrstHolder ch(m_debuggerSpecificData.m_pDynamicILCrst); |
2396 | #endif |
2397 | |
2398 | // Both hash tables are lazily allocated, so if they're NULL |
2399 | // then we have no IL blobs |
2400 | |
2401 | if (fAllowTemporary && m_debuggerSpecificData.m_pTemporaryILBlobTable != NULL) |
2402 | { |
2403 | DynamicILBlobEntry entry = m_debuggerSpecificData.m_pTemporaryILBlobTable->Lookup(token); |
2404 | |
2405 | // Only return a value if the lookup succeeded |
2406 | if (!DynamicILBlobTraits::IsNull(entry)) |
2407 | { |
2408 | return entry.m_il; |
2409 | } |
2410 | } |
2411 | |
2412 | if (m_debuggerSpecificData.m_pDynamicILBlobTable == NULL) |
2413 | { |
2414 | return TADDR(NULL); |
2415 | } |
2416 | |
2417 | DynamicILBlobEntry entry = m_debuggerSpecificData.m_pDynamicILBlobTable->Lookup(token); |
2418 | // If the lookup fails, it returns the 'NULL' entry |
2419 | // The 'NULL' entry has m_il set to NULL, so either way we're safe |
2420 | return entry.m_il; |
2421 | } |
2422 | |
2423 | #if !defined(DACCESS_COMPILE) |
2424 | //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
2425 | // |
2426 | // Add instrumented IL offset mapping for the specified method. |
2427 | // |
2428 | // Arguments: |
2429 | // token - the MethodDef token of the method in question |
2430 | // mapping - the mapping information between original IL offsets and instrumented IL offsets |
2431 | // |
2432 | // Notes: |
2433 | // * Once added, the mapping stays valid until the Module containing the method is destructed. |
2434 | // * The profiler may potentially update the mapping more than once. |
2435 | // |
2436 | |
2437 | void Module::SetInstrumentedILOffsetMapping(mdMethodDef token, InstrumentedILOffsetMapping mapping) |
2438 | { |
2439 | ILOffsetMappingEntry entry(token, mapping); |
2440 | |
2441 | // Lazily allocate a Crst to serialize update access to the hash table. |
2442 | // Carefully synchronize to ensure we don't leak a Crst in race conditions. |
2443 | if (m_debuggerSpecificData.m_pDynamicILCrst == NULL) |
2444 | { |
2445 | InitializeDynamicILCrst(); |
2446 | } |
2447 | |
2448 | CrstHolder ch(m_debuggerSpecificData.m_pDynamicILCrst); |
2449 | |
2450 | // Lazily allocate the hash table. |
2451 | if (m_debuggerSpecificData.m_pILOffsetMappingTable == NULL) |
2452 | { |
2453 | m_debuggerSpecificData.m_pILOffsetMappingTable = PTR_ILOffsetMappingTable(new ILOffsetMappingTable); |
2454 | } |
2455 | |
2456 | ILOffsetMappingEntry currentEntry = m_debuggerSpecificData.m_pILOffsetMappingTable->Lookup(ILOffsetMappingTraits::GetKey(entry)); |
2457 | if (!ILOffsetMappingTraits::IsNull(currentEntry)) |
2458 | currentEntry.m_mapping.Clear(); |
2459 | |
2460 | m_debuggerSpecificData.m_pILOffsetMappingTable->AddOrReplace(entry); |
2461 | } |
2462 | #endif // DACCESS_COMPILE |
2463 | |
2464 | //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
2465 | // |
2466 | // Retrieve the instrumented IL offset mapping for the specified method. |
2467 | // |
2468 | // Arguments: |
2469 | // token - the MethodDef token of the method in question |
2470 | // |
2471 | // Return Value: |
2472 | // Return the mapping information between original IL offsets and instrumented IL offsets. |
2473 | // Check InstrumentedILOffsetMapping::IsNull() to see if any mapping is available. |
2474 | // |
2475 | // Notes: |
2476 | // * Once added, the mapping stays valid until the Module containing the method is destructed. |
2477 | // * The profiler may potentially update the mapping more than once. |
2478 | // |
2479 | |
2480 | InstrumentedILOffsetMapping Module::GetInstrumentedILOffsetMapping(mdMethodDef token) |
2481 | { |
2482 | CONTRACTL |
2483 | { |
2484 | THROWS; |
2485 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
2486 | MODE_ANY; |
2487 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
2488 | } |
2489 | CONTRACTL_END; |
2490 | |
2491 | // Lazily allocate a Crst to serialize update access to the hash table. |
2492 | // If the Crst is NULL, then we couldn't possibly have added any mapping yet, so just return NULL. |
2493 | if (m_debuggerSpecificData.m_pDynamicILCrst == NULL) |
2494 | { |
2495 | InstrumentedILOffsetMapping emptyMapping; |
2496 | return emptyMapping; |
2497 | } |
2498 | |
2499 | CrstHolder ch(m_debuggerSpecificData.m_pDynamicILCrst); |
2500 | |
2501 | // If the hash table hasn't been created, then we couldn't possibly have added any mapping yet, |
2502 | // so just return NULL. |
2503 | if (m_debuggerSpecificData.m_pILOffsetMappingTable == NULL) |
2504 | { |
2505 | InstrumentedILOffsetMapping emptyMapping; |
2506 | return emptyMapping; |
2507 | } |
2508 | |
2509 | ILOffsetMappingEntry entry = m_debuggerSpecificData.m_pILOffsetMappingTable->Lookup(token); |
2510 | return entry.m_mapping; |
2511 | } |
2512 | |
2513 | #undef DECODE_TYPEID |
2514 | #undef ENCODE_TYPEID |
2515 | #undef IS_ENCODED_TYPEID |
2516 | |
2517 | |
2518 | |
2519 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
2520 | |
2521 | |
2522 | BOOL Module::IsNoStringInterning() |
2523 | { |
2524 | CONTRACTL |
2525 | { |
2526 | THROWS; |
2527 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
2528 | } |
2529 | CONTRACTL_END |
2530 | |
2531 | if (!(m_dwPersistedFlags & COMPUTED_STRING_INTERNING)) |
2532 | { |
2533 | // The flags should be precomputed in native images |
2534 | _ASSERTE(!HasNativeImage()); |
2535 | |
2536 | // Default is string interning |
2537 | BOOL fNoStringInterning = FALSE; |
2538 | |
2539 | HRESULT hr; |
2540 | |
2541 | // This flag applies to assembly, but it is stored on module so it can be cached in ngen image |
2542 | // Thus, we should ever need it for manifest module only. |
2543 | IMDInternalImport *mdImport = GetAssembly()->GetManifestImport(); |
2544 | _ASSERTE(mdImport); |
2545 | |
2546 | mdToken token; |
2547 | IfFailThrow(mdImport->GetAssemblyFromScope(&token)); |
2548 | |
2549 | const BYTE *pVal; |
2550 | ULONG cbVal; |
2551 | |
2552 | hr = mdImport->GetCustomAttributeByName(token, |
2553 | COMPILATIONRELAXATIONS_TYPE, |
2554 | (const void**)&pVal, &cbVal); |
2555 | |
2556 | // Parse the attribute |
2557 | if (hr == S_OK) |
2558 | { |
2559 | CustomAttributeParser cap(pVal, cbVal); |
2560 | IfFailThrow(cap.SkipProlog()); |
2561 | |
2562 | // Get Flags |
2563 | UINT32 flags; |
2564 | IfFailThrow(cap.GetU4(&flags)); |
2565 | |
2566 | if (flags & CompilationRelaxations_NoStringInterning) |
2567 | { |
2568 | fNoStringInterning = TRUE; |
2569 | } |
2570 | } |
2571 | |
2572 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
2573 | static ConfigDWORD g_NoStringInterning; |
2574 | DWORD dwOverride = g_NoStringInterning.val(CLRConfig::INTERNAL_NoStringInterning); |
2575 | |
2576 | if (dwOverride == 0) |
2577 | { |
2578 | // Disabled |
2579 | fNoStringInterning = FALSE; |
2580 | } |
2581 | else if (dwOverride == 2) |
2582 | { |
2583 | // Always true (testing) |
2584 | fNoStringInterning = TRUE; |
2585 | } |
2586 | #endif // _DEBUG |
2587 | |
2588 | FastInterlockOr(&m_dwPersistedFlags, COMPUTED_STRING_INTERNING | |
2589 | (fNoStringInterning ? NO_STRING_INTERNING : 0)); |
2590 | } |
2591 | |
2592 | return !!(m_dwPersistedFlags & NO_STRING_INTERNING); |
2593 | } |
2594 | |
2595 | BOOL Module::GetNeutralResourcesLanguage(LPCUTF8 * cultureName, ULONG * cultureNameLength, INT16 * fallbackLocation, BOOL cacheAttribute) |
2596 | { |
2597 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
2598 | |
2599 | BOOL retVal = FALSE; |
2600 | if (!(m_dwPersistedFlags & NEUTRAL_RESOURCES_LANGUAGE_IS_CACHED)) |
2601 | { |
2602 | const BYTE *pVal = NULL; |
2603 | ULONG cbVal = 0; |
2604 | |
2605 | // This flag applies to assembly, but it is stored on module so it can be cached in ngen image |
2606 | // Thus, we should ever need it for manifest module only. |
2607 | IMDInternalImport *mdImport = GetAssembly()->GetManifestImport(); |
2608 | _ASSERTE(mdImport); |
2609 | |
2610 | mdToken token; |
2611 | IfFailThrow(mdImport->GetAssemblyFromScope(&token)); |
2612 | |
2613 | // Check for the existance of the attribute. |
2614 | HRESULT hr = mdImport->GetCustomAttributeByName(token,"System.Resources.NeutralResourcesLanguageAttribute" ,(const void **)&pVal, &cbVal); |
2615 | if (hr == S_OK) { |
2616 | |
2617 | // we should not have a native image (it would have been cached at ngen time) |
2618 | _ASSERTE(!HasNativeImage()); |
2619 | |
2620 | CustomAttributeParser cap(pVal, cbVal); |
2621 | IfFailThrow(cap.SkipProlog()); |
2622 | IfFailThrow(cap.GetString(cultureName, cultureNameLength)); |
2623 | IfFailThrow(cap.GetI2(fallbackLocation)); |
2624 | // Should only be true on Module.Save(). Update flag to show we have the attribute cached |
2625 | if (cacheAttribute) |
2626 | FastInterlockOr(&m_dwPersistedFlags, NEUTRAL_RESOURCES_LANGUAGE_IS_CACHED); |
2627 | |
2628 | retVal = TRUE; |
2629 | } |
2630 | } |
2631 | else |
2632 | { |
2633 | *cultureName = m_pszCultureName; |
2634 | *cultureNameLength = m_CultureNameLength; |
2635 | *fallbackLocation = m_FallbackLocation; |
2636 | retVal = TRUE; |
2637 | |
2638 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
2639 | // confirm that the NGENed attribute is correct |
2640 | LPCUTF8 pszCultureNameCheck = NULL; |
2641 | ULONG cultureNameLengthCheck = 0; |
2642 | INT16 fallbackLocationCheck = 0; |
2643 | const BYTE *pVal = NULL; |
2644 | ULONG cbVal = 0; |
2645 | |
2646 | IMDInternalImport *mdImport = GetAssembly()->GetManifestImport(); |
2647 | _ASSERTE(mdImport); |
2648 | mdToken token; |
2649 | IfFailThrow(mdImport->GetAssemblyFromScope(&token)); |
2650 | |
2651 | // Confirm that the attribute exists, and has the save value as when we ngen'd it |
2652 | HRESULT hr = mdImport->GetCustomAttributeByName(token,"System.Resources.NeutralResourcesLanguageAttribute" ,(const void **)&pVal, &cbVal); |
2653 | _ASSERTE(hr == S_OK); |
2654 | CustomAttributeParser cap(pVal, cbVal); |
2655 | IfFailThrow(cap.SkipProlog()); |
2656 | IfFailThrow(cap.GetString(&pszCultureNameCheck, &cultureNameLengthCheck)); |
2657 | IfFailThrow(cap.GetI2(&fallbackLocationCheck)); |
2658 | _ASSERTE(cultureNameLengthCheck == m_CultureNameLength); |
2659 | _ASSERTE(fallbackLocationCheck == m_FallbackLocation); |
2660 | _ASSERTE(strncmp(pszCultureNameCheck,m_pszCultureName,m_CultureNameLength) == 0); |
2661 | #endif // _DEBUG |
2662 | } |
2663 | |
2664 | return retVal; |
2665 | } |
2666 | |
2667 | |
2668 | BOOL Module::HasDefaultDllImportSearchPathsAttribute() |
2669 | { |
2670 | CONTRACTL |
2671 | { |
2672 | THROWS; |
2673 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
2674 | MODE_ANY; |
2675 | } |
2676 | CONTRACTL_END; |
2677 | |
2678 | if(IsDefaultDllImportSearchPathsAttributeCached()) |
2679 | { |
2680 | return (m_dwPersistedFlags & DEFAULT_DLL_IMPORT_SEARCH_PATHS_STATUS) != 0 ; |
2681 | } |
2682 | IMDInternalImport *mdImport = GetAssembly()->GetManifestImport(); |
2683 | |
2684 | BOOL attributeIsFound = FALSE; |
2685 | attributeIsFound = GetDefaultDllImportSearchPathsAttributeValue(mdImport, TokenFromRid(1, mdtAssembly),&m_DefaultDllImportSearchPathsAttributeValue); |
2686 | if(attributeIsFound) |
2687 | { |
2688 | FastInterlockOr(&m_dwPersistedFlags, DEFAULT_DLL_IMPORT_SEARCH_PATHS_IS_CACHED | DEFAULT_DLL_IMPORT_SEARCH_PATHS_STATUS); |
2689 | } |
2690 | else |
2691 | { |
2692 | FastInterlockOr(&m_dwPersistedFlags, DEFAULT_DLL_IMPORT_SEARCH_PATHS_IS_CACHED); |
2693 | } |
2694 | |
2695 | return (m_dwPersistedFlags & DEFAULT_DLL_IMPORT_SEARCH_PATHS_STATUS) != 0 ; |
2696 | } |
2697 | |
2698 | // Returns a BOOL to indicate if we have computed whether compiler has instructed us to |
2699 | // wrap the non-CLS compliant exceptions or not. |
2700 | BOOL Module::IsRuntimeWrapExceptionsStatusComputed() |
2701 | { |
2702 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
2703 | |
2704 | return (m_dwPersistedFlags & COMPUTED_WRAP_EXCEPTIONS); |
2705 | } |
2706 | |
2707 | BOOL Module::IsRuntimeWrapExceptions() |
2708 | { |
2709 | CONTRACTL |
2710 | { |
2711 | THROWS; |
2712 | if (IsRuntimeWrapExceptionsStatusComputed()) GC_NOTRIGGER; else GC_TRIGGERS; |
2713 | MODE_ANY; |
2714 | } |
2715 | CONTRACTL_END |
2716 | |
2717 | if (!(IsRuntimeWrapExceptionsStatusComputed())) |
2718 | { |
2719 | // The flags should be precomputed in native images |
2720 | _ASSERTE(!HasNativeImage()); |
2721 | |
2722 | HRESULT hr; |
2723 | BOOL fRuntimeWrapExceptions = FALSE; |
2724 | |
2725 | // This flag applies to assembly, but it is stored on module so it can be cached in ngen image |
2726 | // Thus, we should ever need it for manifest module only. |
2727 | IMDInternalImport *mdImport = GetAssembly()->GetManifestImport(); |
2728 | |
2729 | mdToken token; |
2730 | IfFailGo(mdImport->GetAssemblyFromScope(&token)); |
2731 | |
2732 | const BYTE *pVal; |
2733 | ULONG cbVal; |
2734 | |
2735 | hr = mdImport->GetCustomAttributeByName(token, |
2736 | RUNTIMECOMPATIBILITY_TYPE, |
2737 | (const void**)&pVal, &cbVal); |
2738 | |
2739 | // Parse the attribute |
2740 | if (hr == S_OK) |
2741 | { |
2742 | CustomAttributeParser ca(pVal, cbVal); |
2743 | CaNamedArg namedArgs[1] = {{0}}; |
2744 | |
2745 | // First, the void constructor: |
2746 | IfFailGo(ParseKnownCaArgs(ca, NULL, 0)); |
2747 | |
2748 | // Then, find the named argument |
2749 | namedArgs[0].InitBoolField("WrapNonExceptionThrows" ); |
2750 | |
2751 | IfFailGo(ParseKnownCaNamedArgs(ca, namedArgs, lengthof(namedArgs))); |
2752 | |
2753 | if (namedArgs[0].val.boolean) |
2754 | fRuntimeWrapExceptions = TRUE; |
2755 | } |
2756 | ErrExit: |
2757 | FastInterlockOr(&m_dwPersistedFlags, COMPUTED_WRAP_EXCEPTIONS | |
2758 | (fRuntimeWrapExceptions ? WRAP_EXCEPTIONS : 0)); |
2759 | } |
2760 | |
2761 | return !!(m_dwPersistedFlags & WRAP_EXCEPTIONS); |
2762 | } |
2763 | |
2764 | BOOL Module::IsPreV4Assembly() |
2765 | { |
2766 | CONTRACTL |
2767 | { |
2768 | THROWS; |
2769 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
2770 | SO_TOLERANT; |
2771 | } |
2772 | CONTRACTL_END |
2773 | |
2774 | if (!(m_dwPersistedFlags & COMPUTED_IS_PRE_V4_ASSEMBLY)) |
2775 | { |
2776 | // The flags should be precomputed in native images |
2777 | _ASSERTE(!HasNativeImage()); |
2778 | |
2779 | IMDInternalImport *pImport = GetAssembly()->GetManifestImport(); |
2780 | _ASSERTE(pImport); |
2781 | |
2782 | BOOL fIsPreV4Assembly = FALSE; |
2783 | LPCSTR szVersion = NULL; |
2784 | if (SUCCEEDED(pImport->GetVersionString(&szVersion))) |
2785 | { |
2786 | if (szVersion != NULL && strlen(szVersion) > 2) |
2787 | { |
2788 | fIsPreV4Assembly = (szVersion[0] == 'v' || szVersion[0] == 'V') && |
2789 | (szVersion[1] == '1' || szVersion[1] == '2'); |
2790 | } |
2791 | } |
2792 | |
2793 | FastInterlockOr(&m_dwPersistedFlags, COMPUTED_IS_PRE_V4_ASSEMBLY | |
2794 | (fIsPreV4Assembly ? IS_PRE_V4_ASSEMBLY : 0)); |
2795 | } |
2796 | |
2797 | return !!(m_dwPersistedFlags & IS_PRE_V4_ASSEMBLY); |
2798 | } |
2799 | |
2800 | |
2801 | ArrayDPTR(RelativeFixupPointer<PTR_MethodTable>) ModuleCtorInfo::GetGCStaticMTs(DWORD index) |
2802 | { |
2803 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
2804 | |
2805 | if (index < numHotGCStaticsMTs) |
2806 | { |
2807 | _ASSERTE(ppHotGCStaticsMTs != NULL); |
2808 | |
2809 | return ppHotGCStaticsMTs + index; |
2810 | } |
2811 | else |
2812 | { |
2813 | _ASSERTE(ppColdGCStaticsMTs != NULL); |
2814 | |
2815 | // shift the start of the cold table because all cold offsets are also shifted |
2816 | return ppColdGCStaticsMTs + (index - numHotGCStaticsMTs); |
2817 | } |
2818 | } |
2819 | |
2820 | DWORD Module::AllocateDynamicEntry(MethodTable *pMT) |
2821 | { |
2822 | CONTRACTL |
2823 | { |
2824 | THROWS; |
2825 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
2826 | PRECONDITION(pMT->GetModuleForStatics() == this); |
2827 | PRECONDITION(pMT->IsDynamicStatics()); |
2828 | PRECONDITION(!pMT->ContainsGenericVariables()); |
2829 | } |
2830 | CONTRACTL_END; |
2831 | |
2832 | DWORD newId = FastInterlockExchangeAdd((LONG*)&m_cDynamicEntries, 1); |
2833 | |
2834 | if (newId >= m_maxDynamicEntries) |
2835 | { |
2836 | CrstHolder ch(&m_Crst); |
2837 | |
2838 | if (newId >= m_maxDynamicEntries) |
2839 | { |
2840 | SIZE_T maxDynamicEntries = max(16, m_maxDynamicEntries); |
2841 | while (maxDynamicEntries <= newId) |
2842 | { |
2843 | maxDynamicEntries *= 2; |
2844 | } |
2845 | |
2846 | DynamicStaticsInfo* pNewDynamicStaticsInfo = (DynamicStaticsInfo*) |
2847 | (void*)GetLoaderAllocator()->GetHighFrequencyHeap()->AllocMem(S_SIZE_T(sizeof(DynamicStaticsInfo)) * S_SIZE_T(maxDynamicEntries)); |
2848 | |
2849 | if (m_pDynamicStaticsInfo) |
2850 | memcpy(pNewDynamicStaticsInfo, m_pDynamicStaticsInfo, sizeof(DynamicStaticsInfo) * m_maxDynamicEntries); |
2851 | |
2852 | m_pDynamicStaticsInfo = pNewDynamicStaticsInfo; |
2853 | m_maxDynamicEntries = maxDynamicEntries; |
2854 | } |
2855 | } |
2856 | |
2857 | EnsureWritablePages(&(m_pDynamicStaticsInfo[newId]))->pEnclosingMT = pMT; |
2858 | |
2859 | LOG((LF_CLASSLOADER, LL_INFO10000, "STATICS: Assigned dynamic ID %d to %s\n" , newId, pMT->GetDebugClassName())); |
2860 | |
2861 | return newId; |
2862 | } |
2863 | |
2864 | void Module::FreeModuleIndex() |
2865 | { |
2866 | CONTRACTL |
2867 | { |
2868 | NOTHROW; |
2869 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
2870 | MODE_ANY; |
2871 | } |
2872 | CONTRACTL_END; |
2873 | if (m_ModuleID != NULL) |
2874 | { |
2875 | // Module's m_ModuleID should not contain the ID, it should |
2876 | // contain a pointer to the DLM |
2877 | _ASSERTE(!Module::IsEncodedModuleIndex((SIZE_T)m_ModuleID)); |
2878 | _ASSERTE(m_ModuleIndex == m_ModuleID->GetModuleIndex()); |
2879 | |
2880 | #ifndef CROSSGEN_COMPILE |
2881 | if (IsCollectible()) |
2882 | { |
2883 | ThreadStoreLockHolder tsLock; |
2884 | Thread *pThread = NULL; |
2885 | while ((pThread = ThreadStore::GetThreadList(pThread)) != NULL) |
2886 | { |
2887 | pThread->DeleteThreadStaticData(m_ModuleIndex); |
2888 | } |
2889 | } |
2890 | #endif // CROSSGEN_COMPILE |
2891 | |
2892 | // Get the ModuleIndex from the DLM and free it |
2893 | Module::FreeModuleIndex(m_ModuleIndex); |
2894 | } |
2895 | else |
2896 | { |
2897 | // This was an empty, short-lived Module object that |
2898 | // was never assigned a ModuleIndex... |
2899 | } |
2900 | } |
2901 | |
2902 | |
2903 | |
2904 | |
2905 | ModuleIndex Module::AllocateModuleIndex() |
2906 | { |
2907 | DWORD val; |
2908 | g_pModuleIndexDispenser->NewId(NULL, val); |
2909 | |
2910 | // For various reasons, the IDs issued by the IdDispenser start at 1. |
2911 | // Domain neutral module IDs have historically started at 0, and we |
2912 | // have always assigned ID 0 to mscorlib. Thus, to make it so that |
2913 | // domain neutral module IDs start at 0, we will subtract 1 from the |
2914 | // ID that we got back from the ID dispenser. |
2915 | ModuleIndex index((SIZE_T)(val-1)); |
2916 | |
2917 | return index; |
2918 | } |
2919 | |
2920 | void Module::FreeModuleIndex(ModuleIndex index) |
2921 | { |
2922 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
2923 | // We subtracted 1 after we allocated this ID, so we need to |
2924 | // add 1 before we free it. |
2925 | DWORD val = index.m_dwIndex + 1; |
2926 | |
2927 | g_pModuleIndexDispenser->DisposeId(val); |
2928 | } |
2929 | |
2930 | |
2931 | void Module::AllocateRegularStaticHandles(AppDomain* pDomain) |
2932 | { |
2933 | CONTRACTL |
2934 | { |
2935 | THROWS; |
2936 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
2937 | } |
2938 | CONTRACTL_END; |
2939 | |
2940 | #ifndef CROSSGEN_COMPILE |
2941 | if (NingenEnabled()) |
2942 | return; |
2943 | |
2944 | // Allocate the handles we will need. Note that AllocateStaticFieldObjRefPtrs will only |
2945 | // allocate if pModuleData->GetGCStaticsBasePointerAddress(pMT) != 0, avoiding creating |
2946 | // handles more than once for a given MT or module |
2947 | |
2948 | DomainLocalModule *pModuleData = GetDomainLocalModule(pDomain); |
2949 | |
2950 | _ASSERTE(pModuleData->GetPrecomputedGCStaticsBasePointerAddress() != NULL); |
2951 | if (this->m_dwMaxGCRegularStaticHandles > 0) |
2952 | { |
2953 | // If we're setting up a non-default domain, we want the allocation to look like it's |
2954 | // coming from the created domain. |
2955 | |
2956 | // REVISIT_TODO: The comparison "pDomain != GetDomain()" will always be true for domain-neutral |
2957 | // modules, since GetDomain() will return the SharedDomain, which is NOT an AppDomain. |
2958 | // Was this intended? If so, there should be a clarifying comment. If not, then we should |
2959 | // probably do "pDomain != GetAppDomain()" instead. |
2960 | |
2961 | if (pDomain != GetDomain() && |
2962 | pDomain != SystemDomain::System()->DefaultDomain() && |
2963 | IsSystem()) |
2964 | { |
2965 | pDomain->AllocateStaticFieldObjRefPtrsCrossDomain(this->m_dwMaxGCRegularStaticHandles, |
2966 | pModuleData->GetPrecomputedGCStaticsBasePointerAddress()); |
2967 | } |
2968 | else |
2969 | { |
2970 | pDomain->AllocateStaticFieldObjRefPtrs(this->m_dwMaxGCRegularStaticHandles, |
2971 | pModuleData->GetPrecomputedGCStaticsBasePointerAddress()); |
2972 | } |
2973 | |
2974 | // We should throw if we fail to allocate and never hit this assert |
2975 | _ASSERTE(pModuleData->GetPrecomputedGCStaticsBasePointer() != NULL); |
2976 | } |
2977 | #endif // CROSSGEN_COMPILE |
2978 | } |
2979 | |
2980 | BOOL Module::IsStaticStoragePrepared(mdTypeDef tkType) |
2981 | { |
2982 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
2983 | |
2984 | // Right now the design is that we do one static allocation pass during NGEN, |
2985 | // and a 2nd pass for it at module init time for modules that weren't NGENed or the NGEN |
2986 | // pass was unsucessful. If we are loading types after that then we must use dynamic |
2987 | // static storage. These dynamic statics require an additional indirection so they |
2988 | // don't perform quite as well. |
2989 | // |
2990 | // This check was created for the scenario where a profiler adds additional types |
2991 | // however it seems likely this check would also accurately handle other dynamic |
2992 | // scenarios such as ref.emit and EnC as long as they are adding new types and |
2993 | // not new statics to existing types. |
2994 | _ASSERTE(TypeFromToken(tkType) == mdtTypeDef); |
2995 | return m_maxTypeRidStaticsAllocated >= RidFromToken(tkType); |
2996 | } |
2997 | |
2998 | void Module::AllocateStatics(AllocMemTracker *pamTracker) |
2999 | { |
3000 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
3001 | |
3002 | if (IsResource()) |
3003 | { |
3004 | m_dwRegularStaticsBlockSize = DomainLocalModule::OffsetOfDataBlob(); |
3005 | m_dwThreadStaticsBlockSize = ThreadLocalModule::OffsetOfDataBlob(); |
3006 | |
3007 | // If it has no code, we don't have to allocate anything |
3008 | LOG((LF_CLASSLOADER, LL_INFO10000, "STATICS: Resource module %s. No statics neeeded\n" , GetSimpleName())); |
3009 | _ASSERTE(m_maxTypeRidStaticsAllocated == 0); |
3010 | return; |
3011 | } |
3012 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT |
3013 | if (m_pRegularStaticOffsets == (PTR_DWORD) NGEN_STATICS_ALLCLASSES_WERE_LOADED) |
3014 | { |
3015 | _ASSERTE(HasNativeImage()); |
3016 | |
3017 | // This is an ngen image and all the classes were loaded at ngen time, so we're done. |
3018 | LOG((LF_CLASSLOADER, LL_INFO10000, "STATICS: 'Complete' Native image found, no statics parsing needed for module %s.\n" , GetSimpleName())); |
3019 | // typeDefs rids 0 and 1 aren't included in the count, thus X typeDefs means rid X+1 is valid |
3020 | _ASSERTE(m_maxTypeRidStaticsAllocated == GetMDImport()->GetCountWithTokenKind(mdtTypeDef) + 1); |
3021 | return; |
3022 | } |
3023 | #endif |
3024 | LOG((LF_CLASSLOADER, LL_INFO10000, "STATICS: Allocating statics for module %s\n" , GetSimpleName())); |
3025 | |
3026 | // Build the offset table, which will tell us what the offsets for the statics of each class are (one offset for gc handles, one offset |
3027 | // for non gc types) |
3028 | BuildStaticsOffsets(pamTracker); |
3029 | } |
3030 | |
3031 | // This method will report GC static refs of the module. It doesn't have to be complete (ie, it's |
3032 | // currently used to opportunistically get more concurrency in the marking of statics), so it currently |
3033 | // ignores any statics that are not preallocated (ie: won't report statics from IsDynamicStatics() MT) |
3034 | // The reason this function is in Module and not in DomainFile (together with DomainLocalModule is because |
3035 | // for shared modules we need a very fast way of getting to the DomainLocalModule. For that we use |
3036 | // a table in DomainLocalBlock that's indexed with a module ID |
3037 | // |
3038 | // This method is a secondary way for the GC to find statics, and it is only used when we are on |
3039 | // a multiproc machine and we are using the ServerHeap. The primary way used by the GC to find |
3040 | // statics is through the handle table. Module::AllocateRegularStaticHandles() allocates a GC handle |
3041 | // from the handle table, and the GC will trace this handle and find the statics. |
3042 | |
3043 | void Module::EnumRegularStaticGCRefs(AppDomain* pAppDomain, promote_func* fn, ScanContext* sc) |
3044 | { |
3045 | CONTRACT_VOID |
3046 | { |
3047 | NOTHROW; |
3048 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
3049 | } |
3050 | CONTRACT_END; |
3051 | |
3052 | _ASSERTE(GCHeapUtilities::IsGCInProgress() && |
3053 | GCHeapUtilities::IsServerHeap() && |
3054 | IsGCSpecialThread()); |
3055 | |
3056 | |
3057 | DomainLocalModule *pModuleData = GetDomainLocalModule(pAppDomain); |
3058 | DWORD dwHandles = m_dwMaxGCRegularStaticHandles; |
3059 | |
3060 | if (IsResource()) |
3061 | { |
3062 | RETURN; |
3063 | } |
3064 | |
3065 | LOG((LF_GC, LL_INFO100, "Scanning statics for module %s\n" , GetSimpleName())); |
3066 | |
3067 | OBJECTREF* ppObjectRefs = pModuleData->GetPrecomputedGCStaticsBasePointer(); |
3068 | for (DWORD i = 0 ; i < dwHandles ; i++) |
3069 | { |
3070 | // Handles are allocated in SetDomainFile (except for bootstrapped mscorlib). In any |
3071 | // case, we shouldnt get called if the module hasn't had it's handles allocated (as we |
3072 | // only get here if IsActive() is true, which only happens after SetDomainFile(), which |
3073 | // is were we allocate handles. |
3074 | _ASSERTE(ppObjectRefs); |
3075 | fn((Object **)(ppObjectRefs+i), sc, 0); |
3076 | } |
3077 | |
3078 | LOG((LF_GC, LL_INFO100, "Done scanning statics for module %s\n" , GetSimpleName())); |
3079 | |
3080 | RETURN; |
3081 | } |
3082 | |
3083 | void Module::SetDomainFile(DomainFile *pDomainFile) |
3084 | { |
3085 | CONTRACTL |
3086 | { |
3087 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
3088 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pDomainFile)); |
3089 | PRECONDITION(IsManifest() == pDomainFile->IsAssembly()); |
3090 | THROWS; |
3091 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
3092 | MODE_ANY; |
3093 | } |
3094 | CONTRACTL_END; |
3095 | |
3096 | DomainLocalModule* pModuleData = 0; |
3097 | |
3098 | // Do we need to allocate memory for the non GC statics? |
3099 | if (m_ModuleID == NULL) |
3100 | { |
3101 | // Allocate memory for the module statics. |
3102 | LoaderAllocator *pLoaderAllocator = NULL; |
3103 | if (GetAssembly()->IsCollectible()) |
3104 | { |
3105 | pLoaderAllocator = GetAssembly()->GetLoaderAllocator(); |
3106 | } |
3107 | else |
3108 | { |
3109 | pLoaderAllocator = pDomainFile->GetAppDomain()->GetLoaderAllocator(); |
3110 | } |
3111 | |
3112 | SIZE_T size = GetDomainLocalModuleSize(); |
3113 | |
3114 | LOG((LF_CLASSLOADER, LL_INFO10, "STATICS: Allocating %i bytes for precomputed statics in module %S in LoaderAllocator %p\n" , |
3115 | size, this->GetDebugName(), pLoaderAllocator)); |
3116 | |
3117 | // We guarantee alignment for 64-bit regular statics on 32-bit platforms even without FEATURE_64BIT_ALIGNMENT for performance reasons. |
3118 | |
3119 | _ASSERTE(size >= DomainLocalModule::OffsetOfDataBlob()); |
3120 | |
3121 | pModuleData = (DomainLocalModule*)(void*) |
3122 | pLoaderAllocator->GetHighFrequencyHeap()->AllocAlignedMem( |
3123 | size, MAX_PRIMITIVE_FIELD_SIZE); |
3124 | |
3125 | // Note: Memory allocated on loader heap is zero filled |
3126 | // memset(pModuleData, 0, size); |
3127 | |
3128 | // Verify that the space is really zero initialized |
3129 | _ASSERTE(pModuleData->GetPrecomputedGCStaticsBasePointer() == NULL); |
3130 | |
3131 | // If the module was loaded as domain-specific, then we need to assign |
3132 | // this module a domain-neutral module ID. |
3133 | pModuleData->m_ModuleIndex = Module::AllocateModuleIndex(); |
3134 | m_ModuleIndex = pModuleData->m_ModuleIndex; |
3135 | } |
3136 | else |
3137 | { |
3138 | pModuleData = this->m_ModuleID; |
3139 | LOG((LF_CLASSLOADER, LL_INFO10, "STATICS: Allocation not needed for ngened non shared module %s in Appdomain %08x\n" )); |
3140 | } |
3141 | |
3142 | // Non shared case, module points directly to the statics. In ngen case |
3143 | // m_pDomainModule is already set for the non shared case |
3144 | if (m_ModuleID == NULL) |
3145 | { |
3146 | m_ModuleID = pModuleData; |
3147 | } |
3148 | |
3149 | m_ModuleID->SetDomainFile(pDomainFile); |
3150 | |
3151 | // Allocate static handles now. |
3152 | // NOTE: Bootstrapping issue with mscorlib - we will manually allocate later |
3153 | // If the assembly is collectible, we don't initialize static handles for them |
3154 | // as it is currently initialized through the DomainLocalModule::PopulateClass in MethodTable::CheckRunClassInitThrowing |
3155 | // (If we don't do this, it would allocate here unused regular static handles that will be overridden later) |
3156 | if (g_pPredefinedArrayTypes[ELEMENT_TYPE_OBJECT] != NULL && !GetAssembly()->IsCollectible()) |
3157 | AllocateRegularStaticHandles(pDomainFile->GetAppDomain()); |
3158 | } |
3159 | |
3160 | #ifndef CROSSGEN_COMPILE |
3161 | OBJECTREF Module::GetExposedObject() |
3162 | { |
3163 | CONTRACT(OBJECTREF) |
3164 | { |
3165 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
3166 | POSTCONDITION(RETVAL != NULL); |
3167 | THROWS; |
3168 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
3169 | MODE_COOPERATIVE; |
3170 | } |
3171 | CONTRACT_END; |
3172 | |
3173 | RETURN GetDomainFile()->GetExposedModuleObject(); |
3174 | } |
3175 | #endif // CROSSGEN_COMPILE |
3176 | |
3177 | // |
3178 | // AllocateMap allocates the RID maps based on the size of the current |
3179 | // metadata (if any) |
3180 | // |
3181 | |
3182 | void Module::AllocateMaps() |
3183 | { |
3184 | CONTRACTL |
3185 | { |
3186 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
3187 | THROWS; |
3188 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
3189 | MODE_ANY; |
3190 | } |
3191 | CONTRACTL_END; |
3192 | |
3193 | enum |
3194 | { |
3195 | TYPEDEF_MAP_INITIAL_SIZE = 5, |
3196 | TYPEREF_MAP_INITIAL_SIZE = 5, |
3197 | MEMBERDEF_MAP_INITIAL_SIZE = 10, |
3198 | GENERICPARAM_MAP_INITIAL_SIZE = 5, |
3199 | GENERICTYPEDEF_MAP_INITIAL_SIZE = 5, |
3200 | FILEREFERENCES_MAP_INITIAL_SIZE = 5, |
3201 | ASSEMBLYREFERENCES_MAP_INITIAL_SIZE = 5, |
3202 | }; |
3203 | |
3204 | PTR_TADDR pTable = NULL; |
3205 | |
3206 | if (IsResource()) |
3207 | return; |
3208 | |
3209 | if (IsReflection()) |
3210 | { |
3211 | // For dynamic modules, it is essential that we at least have a TypeDefToMethodTable |
3212 | // map with an initial block. Otherwise, all the iterators will abort on an |
3213 | // initial empty table and we will e.g. corrupt the backpatching chains during |
3214 | // an appdomain unload. |
3215 | m_TypeDefToMethodTableMap.dwCount = TYPEDEF_MAP_INITIAL_SIZE; |
3216 | |
3217 | // The above is essential. The following ones are precautionary. |
3218 | m_TypeRefToMethodTableMap.dwCount = TYPEREF_MAP_INITIAL_SIZE; |
3219 | m_MethodDefToDescMap.dwCount = MEMBERDEF_MAP_INITIAL_SIZE; |
3220 | m_FieldDefToDescMap.dwCount = MEMBERDEF_MAP_INITIAL_SIZE; |
3221 | m_GenericParamToDescMap.dwCount = GENERICPARAM_MAP_INITIAL_SIZE; |
3222 | m_GenericTypeDefToCanonMethodTableMap.dwCount = TYPEDEF_MAP_INITIAL_SIZE; |
3223 | m_FileReferencesMap.dwCount = FILEREFERENCES_MAP_INITIAL_SIZE; |
3224 | m_ManifestModuleReferencesMap.dwCount = ASSEMBLYREFERENCES_MAP_INITIAL_SIZE; |
3225 | m_MethodDefToPropertyInfoMap.dwCount = MEMBERDEF_MAP_INITIAL_SIZE; |
3226 | } |
3227 | else |
3228 | { |
3229 | IMDInternalImport * pImport = GetMDImport(); |
3230 | |
3231 | // Get # TypeDefs (add 1 for COR_GLOBAL_PARENT_TOKEN) |
3232 | m_TypeDefToMethodTableMap.dwCount = pImport->GetCountWithTokenKind(mdtTypeDef)+2; |
3233 | |
3234 | // Get # TypeRefs |
3235 | m_TypeRefToMethodTableMap.dwCount = pImport->GetCountWithTokenKind(mdtTypeRef)+1; |
3236 | |
3237 | // Get # MethodDefs |
3238 | m_MethodDefToDescMap.dwCount = pImport->GetCountWithTokenKind(mdtMethodDef)+1; |
3239 | |
3240 | // Get # FieldDefs |
3241 | m_FieldDefToDescMap.dwCount = pImport->GetCountWithTokenKind(mdtFieldDef)+1; |
3242 | |
3243 | // Get # GenericParams |
3244 | m_GenericParamToDescMap.dwCount = pImport->GetCountWithTokenKind(mdtGenericParam)+1; |
3245 | |
3246 | // Get the number of FileReferences in the map |
3247 | m_FileReferencesMap.dwCount = pImport->GetCountWithTokenKind(mdtFile)+1; |
3248 | |
3249 | // Get the number of AssemblyReferences in the map |
3250 | m_ManifestModuleReferencesMap.dwCount = pImport->GetCountWithTokenKind(mdtAssemblyRef)+1; |
3251 | |
3252 | // These maps are only added to during NGen, so for other scenarios leave them empty |
3253 | if (IsCompilationProcess()) |
3254 | { |
3255 | m_GenericTypeDefToCanonMethodTableMap.dwCount = m_TypeDefToMethodTableMap.dwCount; |
3256 | m_MethodDefToPropertyInfoMap.dwCount = m_MethodDefToDescMap.dwCount; |
3257 | } |
3258 | else |
3259 | { |
3260 | m_GenericTypeDefToCanonMethodTableMap.dwCount = 0; |
3261 | m_MethodDefToPropertyInfoMap.dwCount = 0; |
3262 | } |
3263 | } |
3264 | |
3265 | S_SIZE_T nTotal; |
3266 | |
3267 | nTotal += m_TypeDefToMethodTableMap.dwCount; |
3268 | nTotal += m_TypeRefToMethodTableMap.dwCount; |
3269 | nTotal += m_MethodDefToDescMap.dwCount; |
3270 | nTotal += m_FieldDefToDescMap.dwCount; |
3271 | nTotal += m_GenericParamToDescMap.dwCount; |
3272 | nTotal += m_GenericTypeDefToCanonMethodTableMap.dwCount; |
3273 | nTotal += m_FileReferencesMap.dwCount; |
3274 | nTotal += m_ManifestModuleReferencesMap.dwCount; |
3275 | nTotal += m_MethodDefToPropertyInfoMap.dwCount; |
3276 | |
3277 | _ASSERTE (m_pAssembly && m_pAssembly->GetLowFrequencyHeap()); |
3278 | pTable = (PTR_TADDR)(void*)m_pAssembly->GetLowFrequencyHeap()->AllocMem(nTotal * S_SIZE_T(sizeof(TADDR))); |
3279 | |
3280 | // Note: Memory allocated on loader heap is zero filled |
3281 | // memset(pTable, 0, nTotal * sizeof(void*)); |
3282 | |
3283 | m_TypeDefToMethodTableMap.pNext = NULL; |
3284 | m_TypeDefToMethodTableMap.supportedFlags = TYPE_DEF_MAP_ALL_FLAGS; |
3285 | m_TypeDefToMethodTableMap.pTable = pTable; |
3286 | |
3287 | m_TypeRefToMethodTableMap.pNext = NULL; |
3288 | m_TypeRefToMethodTableMap.supportedFlags = TYPE_REF_MAP_ALL_FLAGS; |
3289 | m_TypeRefToMethodTableMap.pTable = &pTable[m_TypeDefToMethodTableMap.dwCount]; |
3290 | |
3291 | m_MethodDefToDescMap.pNext = NULL; |
3292 | m_MethodDefToDescMap.supportedFlags = METHOD_DEF_MAP_ALL_FLAGS; |
3293 | m_MethodDefToDescMap.pTable = &m_TypeRefToMethodTableMap.pTable[m_TypeRefToMethodTableMap.dwCount]; |
3294 | |
3295 | m_FieldDefToDescMap.pNext = NULL; |
3296 | m_FieldDefToDescMap.supportedFlags = FIELD_DEF_MAP_ALL_FLAGS; |
3297 | m_FieldDefToDescMap.pTable = &m_MethodDefToDescMap.pTable[m_MethodDefToDescMap.dwCount]; |
3298 | |
3299 | m_GenericParamToDescMap.pNext = NULL; |
3300 | m_GenericParamToDescMap.supportedFlags = GENERIC_PARAM_MAP_ALL_FLAGS; |
3301 | m_GenericParamToDescMap.pTable = &m_FieldDefToDescMap.pTable[m_FieldDefToDescMap.dwCount]; |
3302 | |
3303 | m_GenericTypeDefToCanonMethodTableMap.pNext = NULL; |
3304 | m_GenericTypeDefToCanonMethodTableMap.supportedFlags = GENERIC_TYPE_DEF_MAP_ALL_FLAGS; |
3305 | m_GenericTypeDefToCanonMethodTableMap.pTable = &m_GenericParamToDescMap.pTable[m_GenericParamToDescMap.dwCount]; |
3306 | |
3307 | m_FileReferencesMap.pNext = NULL; |
3308 | m_FileReferencesMap.supportedFlags = FILE_REF_MAP_ALL_FLAGS; |
3309 | m_FileReferencesMap.pTable = &m_GenericTypeDefToCanonMethodTableMap.pTable[m_GenericTypeDefToCanonMethodTableMap.dwCount]; |
3310 | |
3311 | m_ManifestModuleReferencesMap.pNext = NULL; |
3312 | m_ManifestModuleReferencesMap.supportedFlags = MANIFEST_MODULE_MAP_ALL_FLAGS; |
3313 | m_ManifestModuleReferencesMap.pTable = &m_FileReferencesMap.pTable[m_FileReferencesMap.dwCount]; |
3314 | |
3315 | m_MethodDefToPropertyInfoMap.pNext = NULL; |
3316 | m_MethodDefToPropertyInfoMap.supportedFlags = PROPERTY_INFO_MAP_ALL_FLAGS; |
3317 | m_MethodDefToPropertyInfoMap.pTable = &m_ManifestModuleReferencesMap.pTable[m_ManifestModuleReferencesMap.dwCount]; |
3318 | } |
3319 | |
3320 | |
3321 | // |
3322 | // FreeClassTables frees the classes in the module |
3323 | // |
3324 | |
3325 | void Module::FreeClassTables() |
3326 | { |
3327 | CONTRACTL |
3328 | { |
3329 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
3330 | NOTHROW; |
3331 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
3332 | MODE_ANY; |
3333 | } |
3334 | CONTRACTL_END; |
3335 | |
3336 | if (m_dwTransientFlags & CLASSES_FREED) |
3337 | return; |
3338 | |
3339 | FastInterlockOr(&m_dwTransientFlags, CLASSES_FREED); |
3340 | |
3341 | // disable ibc here because it can cause errors during the destruction of classes |
3342 | IBCLoggingDisabler disableLogging; |
3343 | |
3344 | #if _DEBUG |
3345 | DebugLogRidMapOccupancy(); |
3346 | #endif |
3347 | |
3348 | // |
3349 | // Free the types filled out in the TypeDefToEEClass map |
3350 | // |
3351 | |
3352 | // Go through each linked block |
3353 | LookupMap<PTR_MethodTable>::Iterator typeDefIter(&m_TypeDefToMethodTableMap); |
3354 | while (typeDefIter.Next()) |
3355 | { |
3356 | MethodTable * pMT = typeDefIter.GetElement(); |
3357 | |
3358 | if (pMT != NULL && pMT->IsRestored()) |
3359 | { |
3360 | pMT->GetClass()->Destruct(pMT); |
3361 | } |
3362 | } |
3363 | |
3364 | // Now do the same for constructed types (arrays and instantiated generic types) |
3365 | if (IsTenured()) // If we're destructing because of an error during the module's creation, we'll play it safe and not touch this table as its memory is freed by a |
3366 | { // separate AllocMemTracker. Though you're supposed to destruct everything else before destructing the AllocMemTracker, this is an easy invariant to break so |
3367 | // we'll play extra safe on this end. |
3368 | if (m_pAvailableParamTypes != NULL) |
3369 | { |
3370 | EETypeHashTable::Iterator it(m_pAvailableParamTypes); |
3371 | EETypeHashEntry *pEntry; |
3372 | while (m_pAvailableParamTypes->FindNext(&it, &pEntry)) |
3373 | { |
3374 | TypeHandle th = pEntry->GetTypeHandle(); |
3375 | |
3376 | if (!th.IsRestored()) |
3377 | continue; |
3378 | |
3379 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
3380 | // Some MethodTables/TypeDescs have COM interop goo attached to them which must be released |
3381 | if (!th.IsTypeDesc()) |
3382 | { |
3383 | MethodTable *pMT = th.AsMethodTable(); |
3384 | if (pMT->HasCCWTemplate() && (!pMT->IsZapped() || pMT->GetZapModule() == this)) |
3385 | { |
3386 | // code:MethodTable::GetComCallWrapperTemplate() may go through canonical methodtable indirection cell. |
3387 | // The module load could be aborted before completing code:FILE_LOAD_EAGER_FIXUPS phase that's responsible |
3388 | // for resolving pre-restored indirection cells, so we have to check for it here explicitly. |
3389 | if (CORCOMPILE_IS_POINTER_TAGGED(pMT->GetCanonicalMethodTableFixup())) |
3390 | continue; |
3391 | |
3392 | ComCallWrapperTemplate *pTemplate = pMT->GetComCallWrapperTemplate(); |
3393 | if (pTemplate != NULL) |
3394 | { |
3395 | pTemplate->Release(); |
3396 | } |
3397 | } |
3398 | } |
3399 | else if (th.IsArray()) |
3400 | { |
3401 | ComCallWrapperTemplate *pTemplate = th.AsArray()->GetComCallWrapperTemplate(); |
3402 | if (pTemplate != NULL) |
3403 | { |
3404 | pTemplate->Release(); |
3405 | } |
3406 | } |
3407 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
3408 | |
3409 | // We need to call destruct on instances of EEClass whose "canonical" dependent lives in this table |
3410 | // There is nothing interesting to destruct on array EEClass |
3411 | if (!th.IsTypeDesc()) |
3412 | { |
3413 | MethodTable * pMT = th.AsMethodTable(); |
3414 | if (pMT->IsCanonicalMethodTable() && (!pMT->IsZapped() || pMT->GetZapModule() == this)) |
3415 | pMT->GetClass()->Destruct(pMT); |
3416 | } |
3417 | } |
3418 | } |
3419 | } |
3420 | } |
3421 | |
3422 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE |
3423 | |
3424 | ClassLoader *Module::GetClassLoader() |
3425 | { |
3426 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
3427 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
3428 | _ASSERTE(m_pAssembly != NULL); |
3429 | return m_pAssembly->GetLoader(); |
3430 | } |
3431 | |
3432 | PTR_BaseDomain Module::GetDomain() |
3433 | { |
3434 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
3435 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
3436 | _ASSERTE(m_pAssembly != NULL); |
3437 | return m_pAssembly->GetDomain(); |
3438 | } |
3439 | |
3440 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
3441 | |
3442 | #ifndef CROSSGEN_COMPILE |
3443 | void Module::StartUnload() |
3444 | { |
3445 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
3446 | #ifdef PROFILING_SUPPORTED |
3447 | { |
3448 | BEGIN_PIN_PROFILER(CORProfilerTrackModuleLoads()); |
3449 | if (!IsBeingUnloaded()) |
3450 | { |
3451 | // Profiler is causing some peripheral class loads. Probably this just needs |
3452 | // to be turned into a Fault_not_fatal and moved to a specific place inside the profiler. |
3453 | EX_TRY |
3454 | { |
3455 | GCX_PREEMP(); |
3456 | g_profControlBlock.pProfInterface->ModuleUnloadStarted((ModuleID) this); |
3457 | } |
3458 | EX_CATCH |
3459 | { |
3460 | } |
3461 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions); |
3462 | } |
3463 | END_PIN_PROFILER(); |
3464 | } |
3465 | #endif // PROFILING_SUPPORTED |
3466 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT |
3467 | if (g_IBCLogger.InstrEnabled()) |
3468 | { |
3469 | Thread * pThread = GetThread(); |
3470 | ThreadLocalIBCInfo* pInfo = pThread->GetIBCInfo(); |
3471 | |
3472 | // Acquire the Crst lock before creating the IBCLoggingDisabler object. |
3473 | // Only one thread at a time can be processing an IBC logging event. |
3474 | CrstHolder lock(IBCLogger::GetSync()); |
3475 | { |
3476 | IBCLoggingDisabler disableLogging( pInfo ); // runs IBCLoggingDisabler::DisableLogging |
3477 | |
3478 | // Write out the method profile data |
3479 | /*hr=*/WriteMethodProfileDataLogFile(true); |
3480 | } |
3481 | } |
3482 | #endif // FEATURE_PREJIT |
3483 | SetBeingUnloaded(); |
3484 | } |
3485 | #endif // CROSSGEN_COMPILE |
3486 | |
3487 | void Module::ReleaseILData(void) |
3488 | { |
3489 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
3490 | |
3491 | ReleaseISymUnmanagedReader(); |
3492 | } |
3493 | |
3494 | |
3495 | |
3496 | //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
3497 | // |
3498 | // Simple wrapper around calling IsAfContentType_WindowsRuntime() against the flags |
3499 | // returned from the PEAssembly's GetFlagsNoTrigger() |
3500 | // |
3501 | // Return Value: |
3502 | // nonzero iff we successfully determined pModule is a WinMD. FALSE if pModule is not |
3503 | // a WinMD, or we fail trying to find out. |
3504 | // |
3505 | BOOL Module::IsWindowsRuntimeModule() |
3506 | { |
3507 | CONTRACTL |
3508 | { |
3509 | NOTHROW; |
3510 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
3511 | CAN_TAKE_LOCK; // Accesses metadata directly, which takes locks |
3512 | MODE_ANY; |
3513 | } |
3514 | CONTRACTL_END; |
3515 | |
3516 | BOOL fRet = FALSE; |
3517 | |
3518 | DWORD dwFlags; |
3519 | |
3520 | if (FAILED(GetAssembly()->GetManifestFile()->GetFlagsNoTrigger(&dwFlags))) |
3521 | return FALSE; |
3522 | |
3523 | return IsAfContentType_WindowsRuntime(dwFlags); |
3524 | } |
3525 | |
3526 | BOOL Module::IsInCurrentVersionBubble() |
3527 | { |
3528 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
3529 | |
3530 | #ifdef FEATURE_NATIVE_IMAGE_GENERATION |
3531 | if (!IsCompilationProcess()) |
3532 | return TRUE; |
3533 | |
3534 | // The module being compiled is always part of the current version bubble |
3535 | AppDomain * pAppDomain = GetAppDomain(); |
3536 | if (pAppDomain->IsCompilationDomain() && pAppDomain->ToCompilationDomain()->GetTargetModule() == this) |
3537 | return TRUE; |
3538 | |
3539 | if (IsReadyToRunCompilation()) |
3540 | return FALSE; |
3541 | |
3542 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
3543 | if (g_fNGenWinMDResilient) |
3544 | return !GetAssembly()->IsWinMD(); |
3545 | #endif |
3546 | |
3547 | return TRUE; |
3548 | #else // FEATURE_NATIVE_IMAGE_GENERATION |
3549 | return TRUE; |
3550 | #endif // FEATURE_NATIVE_IMAGE_GENERATION |
3551 | } |
3552 | |
3553 | //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
3554 | // |
3555 | // WinMD-aware helper to grab a readable public metadata interface. Any place that thinks |
3556 | // it wants to use Module::GetRWImporter + QI now should use this wrapper instead. |
3557 | // |
3558 | // Arguments: |
3559 | // * dwOpenFlags - Combo from CorOpenFlags. Better not contain ofWrite! |
3560 | // * riid - Public IID requested |
3561 | // * ppvInterface - [out] Requested interface. On success, *ppvInterface is returned |
3562 | // refcounted; caller responsible for Release. |
3563 | // |
3564 | // Return Value: |
3565 | // HRESULT indicating success or failure. |
3566 | // |
3567 | HRESULT Module::GetReadablePublicMetaDataInterface(DWORD dwOpenFlags, REFIID riid, LPVOID * ppvInterface) |
3568 | { |
3569 | CONTRACTL |
3570 | { |
3571 | NOTHROW; |
3572 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
3573 | CAN_TAKE_LOCK; // IsWindowsRuntimeModule accesses metadata directly, which takes locks |
3574 | MODE_ANY; |
3575 | } |
3576 | CONTRACTL_END; |
3577 | |
3578 | _ASSERTE((dwOpenFlags & ofWrite) == 0); |
3579 | |
3580 | // Temporary place to store public, AddRef'd interface pointers |
3581 | ReleaseHolder<IUnknown> pIUnkPublic; |
3582 | |
3583 | // Temporary place to store the IUnknown from which we'll do the final QI to get the |
3584 | // requested public interface. Any assignment to pIUnk assumes pIUnk does not need |
3585 | // to do a Release() (either the interface was internal and not AddRef'd, or was |
3586 | // public and will be released by the above holder). |
3587 | IUnknown * pIUnk = NULL; |
3588 | |
3589 | HRESULT hr = S_OK; |
3590 | |
3591 | // Normally, we just get an RWImporter to do the QI on, and we're on our way. |
3592 | EX_TRY |
3593 | { |
3594 | pIUnk = GetRWImporter(); |
3595 | } |
3596 | EX_CATCH_HRESULT_NO_ERRORINFO(hr); |
3597 | |
3598 | if (FAILED(hr) && IsWindowsRuntimeModule()) |
3599 | { |
3600 | // WinMD modules don't like creating RW importers. They also (currently) |
3601 | // have no plumbing to get to their public metadata interfaces from the |
3602 | // Module. So we actually have to start from scratch at the dispenser. |
3603 | |
3604 | // To start with, get a dispenser, and get the metadata memory blob we've |
3605 | // already loaded. If either of these fail, just return the error HRESULT |
3606 | // from the above GetRWImporter() call. |
3607 | |
3608 | // We'll get an addref'd IMetaDataDispenser, so use a holder to release it |
3609 | ReleaseHolder<IMetaDataDispenser> pDispenser; |
3610 | if (FAILED(InternalCreateMetaDataDispenser(IID_IMetaDataDispenser, &pDispenser))) |
3611 | { |
3612 | _ASSERTE(FAILED(hr)); |
3613 | return hr; |
3614 | } |
3615 | |
3616 | COUNT_T cbMetadata = 0; |
3617 | PTR_CVOID pvMetadata = GetAssembly()->GetManifestFile()->GetLoadedMetadata(&cbMetadata); |
3618 | if ((pvMetadata == NULL) || (cbMetadata == 0)) |
3619 | { |
3620 | _ASSERTE(FAILED(hr)); |
3621 | return hr; |
3622 | } |
3623 | |
3624 | // Now that the pieces are ready, we can use the riid specified by the |
3625 | // profiler in this call to the dispenser to get the requested interface. If |
3626 | // this fails, then this is the interesting HRESULT for the caller to see. |
3627 | // |
3628 | // We'll get an AddRef'd public interface, so use a holder to release it |
3629 | hr = pDispenser->OpenScopeOnMemory( |
3630 | pvMetadata, |
3631 | cbMetadata, |
3632 | (dwOpenFlags | ofReadOnly), // Force ofReadOnly on behalf of the profiler |
3633 | riid, |
3634 | &pIUnkPublic); |
3635 | if (FAILED(hr)) |
3636 | return hr; |
3637 | |
3638 | // Set pIUnk so we can do the final QI from it below as we do in the other |
3639 | // cases. |
3640 | pIUnk = pIUnkPublic; |
3641 | } |
3642 | |
3643 | // Get the requested interface |
3644 | if (SUCCEEDED(hr) && (ppvInterface != NULL)) |
3645 | { |
3646 | _ASSERTE(pIUnk != NULL); |
3647 | hr = pIUnk->QueryInterface(riid, (void **) ppvInterface); |
3648 | } |
3649 | |
3650 | return hr; |
3651 | } |
3652 | |
3653 | // a special token that indicates no reader could be created - don't try again |
3654 | static ISymUnmanagedReader* const k_pInvalidSymReader = (ISymUnmanagedReader*)0x1; |
3655 | |
3656 | #if defined(FEATURE_ISYM_READER) && !defined(CROSSGEN_COMPILE) |
3657 | ISymUnmanagedReader *Module::GetISymUnmanagedReaderNoThrow(void) |
3658 | { |
3659 | CONTRACT(ISymUnmanagedReader *) |
3660 | { |
3661 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
3662 | POSTCONDITION(CheckPointer(RETVAL, NULL_OK)); |
3663 | NOTHROW; |
3664 | WRAPPER(GC_TRIGGERS); |
3665 | MODE_ANY; |
3666 | } |
3667 | CONTRACT_END; |
3668 | |
3669 | ISymUnmanagedReader *ret = NULL; |
3670 | |
3671 | EX_TRY |
3672 | { |
3673 | ret = GetISymUnmanagedReader(); |
3674 | } |
3675 | EX_CATCH |
3676 | { |
3677 | // We swallow any exception and say that we simply couldn't get a reader by returning NULL. |
3678 | // The only type of error that should be possible here is OOM. |
3679 | /* DISABLED due to Dev10 bug 619495 |
3680 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK_MSG( |
3681 | GET_EXCEPTION()->GetHR() == E_OUTOFMEMORY, |
3682 | "Exception from GetISymUnmanagedReader"); |
3683 | */ |
3684 | } |
3685 | EX_END_CATCH(RethrowTerminalExceptions); |
3686 | |
3687 | RETURN (ret); |
3688 | } |
3689 | |
3690 | ISymUnmanagedReader *Module::GetISymUnmanagedReader(void) |
3691 | { |
3692 | CONTRACT(ISymUnmanagedReader *) |
3693 | { |
3694 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
3695 | POSTCONDITION(CheckPointer(RETVAL, NULL_OK)); |
3696 | THROWS; |
3697 | WRAPPER(GC_TRIGGERS); |
3698 | MODE_ANY; |
3699 | } |
3700 | CONTRACT_END; |
3701 | |
3702 | // No symbols for resource modules |
3703 | if (IsResource()) |
3704 | RETURN NULL; |
3705 | |
3706 | if (g_fEEShutDown) |
3707 | RETURN NULL; |
3708 | |
3709 | // Verify that symbol reading is permitted for this module. |
3710 | // If we know we've already created a symbol reader, don't bother checking. There is |
3711 | // no advantage to allowing symbol reading to be turned off if we've already created the reader. |
3712 | // Note that we can't just put this code in the creation block below because we might have to |
3713 | // call managed code to resolve security policy, and we can't do that while holding a lock. |
3714 | // There is no disadvantage other than a minor perf cost to calling this unnecessarily, so the |
3715 | // race on m_pISymUnmanagedReader here is OK. The perf cost is minor because the only real |
3716 | // work is done by the security system which caches the result. |
3717 | if( m_pISymUnmanagedReader == NULL && !IsSymbolReadingEnabled() ) |
3718 | RETURN NULL; |
3719 | |
3720 | // Take the lock for the m_pISymUnmanagedReader |
3721 | // This ensures that we'll only ever attempt to create one reader at a time, and we won't |
3722 | // create a reader if we're in the middle of destroying one that has become stale. |
3723 | // Actual access to the reader can safely occur outside the lock as long as it has its own |
3724 | // AddRef which we take inside the lock at the bottom of this method. |
3725 | CrstHolder holder(&m_ISymUnmanagedReaderCrst); |
3726 | |
3727 | UINT lastErrorMode = 0; |
3728 | |
3729 | // If we haven't created a reader yet, do so now |
3730 | if (m_pISymUnmanagedReader == NULL) |
3731 | { |
3732 | // Mark our reader as invalid so that if we fail to create the reader |
3733 | // (including if an exception is thrown), we won't keep trying. |
3734 | m_pISymUnmanagedReader = k_pInvalidSymReader; |
3735 | |
3736 | // There are 4 main cases here: |
3737 | // 1. Assembly is on disk and we'll get the symbols from a file next to the assembly |
3738 | // 2. Assembly is provided by the host and we'll get the symbols from the host |
3739 | // 3. Assembly was loaded in-memory (by byte array or ref-emit), and symbols were |
3740 | // provided along with it. |
3741 | // 4. Assembly was loaded in-memory but no symbols were provided. |
3742 | |
3743 | // Determine whether we should be looking in memory for the symbols (cases 2 & 3) |
3744 | bool fInMemorySymbols = ( m_file->IsIStream() || GetInMemorySymbolStream() ); |
3745 | if( !fInMemorySymbols && m_file->GetPath().IsEmpty() ) |
3746 | { |
3747 | // Case 4. We don't have a module path, an IStream or an in memory symbol stream, |
3748 | // so there is no-where to try and get symbols from. |
3749 | RETURN (NULL); |
3750 | } |
3751 | |
3752 | // Create a binder to find the reader. |
3753 | // |
3754 | // <REVISIT_TODO>@perf: this is slow, creating and destroying the binder every |
3755 | // time. We should cache this somewhere, but I'm not 100% sure |
3756 | // where right now...</REVISIT_TODO> |
3757 | HRESULT hr = S_OK; |
3758 | |
3759 | SafeComHolder<ISymUnmanagedBinder> pBinder; |
3760 | |
3761 | if (g_pDebugInterface == NULL) |
3762 | { |
3763 | // @TODO: this is reachable when debugging! |
3764 | UNREACHABLE_MSG("About to CoCreateInstance! This code should not be " |
3765 | "reachable or needs to be reimplemented for CoreCLR!" ); |
3766 | } |
3767 | |
3768 | if (this->GetInMemorySymbolStreamFormat() == eSymbolFormatILDB) |
3769 | { |
3770 | // We've got in-memory ILDB symbols, create the ILDB symbol binder |
3771 | // Note that in this case, we must be very careful not to use diasymreader.dll |
3772 | // at all - we don't trust it, and shouldn't run any code in it |
3773 | IfFailThrow(IldbSymbolsCreateInstance(CLSID_CorSymBinder_SxS, IID_ISymUnmanagedBinder, (void**)&pBinder)); |
3774 | } |
3775 | else |
3776 | { |
3777 | // We're going to be working with Windows PDB format symbols. Attempt to CoCreate the symbol binder. |
3778 | // CoreCLR supports not having a symbol reader installed, so CoCreate searches the PATH env var |
3779 | // and then tries coreclr dll location. |
3780 | // On desktop, the framework installer is supposed to install diasymreader.dll as well |
3781 | // and so this shouldn't happen. |
3782 | hr = FakeCoCreateInstanceEx(CLSID_CorSymBinder_SxS, NATIVE_SYMBOL_READER_DLL, IID_ISymUnmanagedBinder, (void**)&pBinder, NULL); |
3783 | if (FAILED(hr)) |
3784 | { |
3785 | PathString symbolReaderPath; |
3786 | hr = GetHModuleDirectory(GetModuleInst(), symbolReaderPath); |
3787 | if (FAILED(hr)) |
3788 | { |
3789 | RETURN (NULL); |
3790 | } |
3791 | symbolReaderPath.Append(NATIVE_SYMBOL_READER_DLL); |
3792 | hr = FakeCoCreateInstanceEx(CLSID_CorSymBinder_SxS, symbolReaderPath.GetUnicode(), IID_ISymUnmanagedBinder, (void**)&pBinder, NULL); |
3793 | if (FAILED(hr)) |
3794 | { |
3795 | RETURN (NULL); |
3796 | } |
3797 | } |
3798 | } |
3799 | |
3800 | LOG((LF_CORDB, LL_INFO10, "M::GISUR: Created binder\n" )); |
3801 | |
3802 | // Note: we change the error mode here so we don't get any popups as the PDB symbol reader attempts to search the |
3803 | // hard disk for files. |
3804 | lastErrorMode = SetErrorMode(SEM_NOOPENFILEERRORBOX|SEM_FAILCRITICALERRORS); |
3805 | |
3806 | SafeComHolder<ISymUnmanagedReader> pReader; |
3807 | |
3808 | if (fInMemorySymbols) |
3809 | { |
3810 | SafeComHolder<IStream> pIStream( NULL ); |
3811 | |
3812 | // If debug stream is already specified, don't bother to go through fusion |
3813 | // This is the common case for case 2 (hosted modules) and case 3 (Ref.Emit). |
3814 | if (GetInMemorySymbolStream() ) |
3815 | { |
3816 | |
3817 | if( IsReflection() ) |
3818 | { |
3819 | // If this is Reflection.Emit, we must clone the stream because another thread may |
3820 | // update it when someone is using the reader we create here leading to AVs. |
3821 | // Note that the symbol stream should be up to date since we flush the writer |
3822 | // after every addition in Module::AddClass. |
3823 | IfFailThrow(GetInMemorySymbolStream()->Clone(&pIStream)); |
3824 | } |
3825 | else |
3826 | { |
3827 | // The stream is not changing. Just add-ref to it. |
3828 | pIStream = GetInMemorySymbolStream(); |
3829 | pIStream->AddRef(); |
3830 | } |
3831 | } |
3832 | if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) |
3833 | { |
3834 | hr = pBinder->GetReaderFromStream(GetRWImporter(), pIStream, &pReader); |
3835 | } |
3836 | } |
3837 | else |
3838 | { |
3839 | // The assembly is on disk, so try and load symbols based on the path to the assembly (case 1) |
3840 | const SString &path = m_file->GetPath(); |
3841 | |
3842 | // Call Fusion to ensure that any PDB's are shadow copied before |
3843 | // trying to get a symbol reader. This has to be done once per |
3844 | // Assembly. |
3845 | // for this to work with winmds we cannot simply call GetRWImporter() as winmds are RO |
3846 | // and thus don't implement the RW interface. so we call this wrapper function which knows |
3847 | // how to get a IMetaDataImport interface regardless of the underlying module type. |
3848 | ReleaseHolder<IUnknown> pUnk = NULL; |
3849 | hr = GetReadablePublicMetaDataInterface(ofReadOnly, IID_IMetaDataImport, &pUnk); |
3850 | if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) |
3851 | hr = pBinder->GetReaderForFile(pUnk, path, NULL, &pReader); |
3852 | } |
3853 | |
3854 | SetErrorMode(lastErrorMode); |
3855 | |
3856 | if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) |
3857 | { |
3858 | m_pISymUnmanagedReader = pReader.Extract(); |
3859 | LOG((LF_CORDB, LL_INFO10, "M::GISUR: Loaded symbols for module %S\n" , GetDebugName())); |
3860 | } |
3861 | else |
3862 | { |
3863 | // We failed to create the reader, don't try again next time |
3864 | LOG((LF_CORDB, LL_INFO10, "M::GISUR: Failed to load symbols for module %S\n" , GetDebugName())); |
3865 | _ASSERTE( m_pISymUnmanagedReader == k_pInvalidSymReader ); |
3866 | } |
3867 | |
3868 | } // if( m_pISymUnmanagedReader == NULL ) |
3869 | |
3870 | // If we previously failed to create the reader, return NULL |
3871 | if (m_pISymUnmanagedReader == k_pInvalidSymReader) |
3872 | { |
3873 | RETURN (NULL); |
3874 | } |
3875 | |
3876 | // Success - return an AddRef'd copy of the reader |
3877 | m_pISymUnmanagedReader->AddRef(); |
3878 | RETURN (m_pISymUnmanagedReader); |
3879 | } |
3880 | #endif // FEATURE_ISYM_READER && !CROSSGEN_COMPILE |
3881 | |
3882 | BOOL Module::IsSymbolReadingEnabled() |
3883 | { |
3884 | CONTRACTL |
3885 | { |
3886 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
3887 | THROWS; |
3888 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
3889 | MODE_ANY; |
3890 | } |
3891 | CONTRACTL_END; |
3892 | |
3893 | // If the module has symbols in-memory (eg. RefEmit) that are in ILDB |
3894 | // format, then there isn't any reason not to supply them. The reader |
3895 | // code is always available, and we trust it's security. |
3896 | if (this->GetInMemorySymbolStreamFormat() == eSymbolFormatILDB) |
3897 | { |
3898 | return TRUE; |
3899 | } |
3900 | |
3901 | #ifdef DEBUGGING_SUPPORTED |
3902 | if (!g_pDebugInterface) |
3903 | { |
3904 | // if debugging is disabled (no debug pack installed), do not load symbols |
3905 | // This is done for two reasons. We don't completely trust the security of |
3906 | // the diasymreader.dll code, so we don't want to use it in mainline scenarios. |
3907 | // Secondly, there's not reason that diasymreader.dll will even necssarily be |
3908 | // be on the machine if the debug pack isn't installed. |
3909 | return FALSE; |
3910 | } |
3911 | #endif // DEBUGGING_SUPPORTED |
3912 | |
3913 | |
3914 | return TRUE; |
3915 | } |
3916 | |
3917 | // At this point, this is only called when we're creating an appdomain |
3918 | // out of an array of bytes, so we'll keep the IStream that we create |
3919 | // around in case the debugger attaches later (including detach & re-attach!) |
3920 | void Module::SetSymbolBytes(LPCBYTE pbSyms, DWORD cbSyms) |
3921 | { |
3922 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
3923 | |
3924 | // Create a IStream from the memory for the syms. |
3925 | SafeComHolder<CGrowableStream> pStream(new CGrowableStream()); |
3926 | |
3927 | // Do not need to AddRef the CGrowableStream because the constructor set it to 1 |
3928 | // ref count already. The Module will keep a copy for its own use. |
3929 | |
3930 | // Make sure to set the symbol stream on the module before |
3931 | // attempting to send UpdateModuleSyms messages up for it. |
3932 | SetInMemorySymbolStream(pStream, eSymbolFormatPDB); |
3933 | |
3934 | // This can only be called when the module is being created. No-one should have |
3935 | // tried to use the symbols yet, and so there should not be a reader. |
3936 | // If instead, we wanted to call this when a reader could have been created, we need to |
3937 | // serialize access by taking the reader lock, and flush the old reader by calling |
3938 | // code:Module.ReleaseISymUnmanagedReader |
3939 | _ASSERTE( m_pISymUnmanagedReader == NULL ); |
3940 | |
3941 | #ifdef LOGGING |
3942 | LPCWSTR pName = NULL; |
3943 | pName = GetDebugName(); |
3944 | #endif // LOGGING |
3945 | |
3946 | ULONG cbWritten; |
3947 | DWORD dwError = pStream->Write((const void *)pbSyms, |
3948 | (ULONG)cbSyms, |
3949 | &cbWritten); |
3950 | IfFailThrow(HRESULT_FROM_WIN32(dwError)); |
3951 | |
3952 | #if PROFILING_SUPPORTED && !defined(CROSSGEN_COMPILE) |
3953 | BEGIN_PIN_PROFILER(CORProfilerInMemorySymbolsUpdatesEnabled()); |
3954 | { |
3955 | g_profControlBlock.pProfInterface->ModuleInMemorySymbolsUpdated((ModuleID) this); |
3956 | } |
3957 | END_PIN_PROFILER(); |
3958 | #endif //PROFILING_SUPPORTED && !defined(CROSSGEN_COMPILE) |
3959 | |
3960 | ETW::CodeSymbolLog::EmitCodeSymbols(this); |
3961 | |
3962 | // Tell the debugger that symbols have been loaded for this |
3963 | // module. We iterate through all domains which contain this |
3964 | // module's assembly, and send a debugger notify for each one. |
3965 | // <REVISIT_TODO>@perf: it would scale better if we directly knew which domains |
3966 | // the assembly was loaded in.</REVISIT_TODO> |
3967 | if (CORDebuggerAttached()) |
3968 | { |
3969 | AppDomainIterator i(FALSE); |
3970 | |
3971 | while (i.Next()) |
3972 | { |
3973 | AppDomain *pDomain = i.GetDomain(); |
3974 | |
3975 | if (pDomain->IsDebuggerAttached() && (GetDomain() == SystemDomain::System() || |
3976 | pDomain->ContainsAssembly(m_pAssembly))) |
3977 | { |
3978 | g_pDebugInterface->SendUpdateModuleSymsEventAndBlock(this, pDomain); |
3979 | } |
3980 | } |
3981 | } |
3982 | } |
3983 | |
3984 | // Clear any cached symbol reader |
3985 | void Module::ReleaseISymUnmanagedReader(void) |
3986 | { |
3987 | CONTRACTL |
3988 | { |
3989 | NOTHROW; |
3990 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
3991 | MODE_ANY; |
3992 | FORBID_FAULT; |
3993 | } |
3994 | CONTRACTL_END; |
3995 | |
3996 | // Caller is responsible for taking the reader lock if the call could occur when |
3997 | // other threads are using or creating the reader |
3998 | if( m_pISymUnmanagedReader != NULL ) |
3999 | { |
4000 | // If we previously failed to create a reader, don't attempt to release it |
4001 | // but do clear it out so that we can try again (eg. symbols may have changed) |
4002 | if( m_pISymUnmanagedReader != k_pInvalidSymReader ) |
4003 | { |
4004 | m_pISymUnmanagedReader->Release(); |
4005 | } |
4006 | m_pISymUnmanagedReader = NULL; |
4007 | } |
4008 | } |
4009 | |
4010 | // Lazily creates a new IL stub cache for this module. |
4011 | ILStubCache* Module::GetILStubCache() |
4012 | { |
4013 | CONTRACTL |
4014 | { |
4015 | THROWS; |
4016 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
4017 | MODE_ANY; |
4018 | INJECT_FAULT(COMPlusThrowOM();); |
4019 | } |
4020 | CONTRACTL_END; |
4021 | |
4022 | // Use per-LoaderAllocator cache for modules when not NGENing |
4023 | BaseDomain *pDomain = GetDomain(); |
4024 | if (!IsSystem() && !pDomain->IsSharedDomain() && !pDomain->AsAppDomain()->IsCompilationDomain()) |
4025 | return GetLoaderAllocator()->GetILStubCache(); |
4026 | |
4027 | if (m_pILStubCache == NULL) |
4028 | { |
4029 | ILStubCache *pILStubCache = new ILStubCache(GetLoaderAllocator()->GetHighFrequencyHeap()); |
4030 | |
4031 | if (FastInterlockCompareExchangePointer(&m_pILStubCache, pILStubCache, NULL) != NULL) |
4032 | { |
4033 | // some thread swooped in and set the field |
4034 | delete pILStubCache; |
4035 | } |
4036 | } |
4037 | _ASSERTE(m_pILStubCache != NULL); |
4038 | return m_pILStubCache; |
4039 | } |
4040 | |
4041 | // Called to finish the process of adding a new class with Reflection.Emit |
4042 | void Module::AddClass(mdTypeDef classdef) |
4043 | { |
4044 | CONTRACTL |
4045 | { |
4046 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
4047 | THROWS; |
4048 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
4049 | MODE_PREEMPTIVE; |
4050 | PRECONDITION(!IsResource()); |
4051 | } |
4052 | CONTRACTL_END; |
4053 | |
4054 | // The fake class associated with the module (global fields & functions) needs to be initialized here |
4055 | // Normal classes are added to the available class hash when their typedef is first created. |
4056 | if (RidFromToken(classdef) == 0) |
4057 | { |
4058 | BuildClassForModule(); |
4059 | } |
4060 | |
4061 | // Since the module is being modified, the in-memory symbol stream |
4062 | // (if any) has probably also been modified. If we support reading the symbols |
4063 | // then we need to commit the changes to the writer and flush any old readers |
4064 | // However if we don't support reading then we can skip this which will give |
4065 | // a substantial perf improvement. See DDB 671107. |
4066 | if(IsSymbolReadingEnabled()) |
4067 | { |
4068 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(IsReflection()); // this is only used for dynamic modules |
4069 | ISymUnmanagedWriter * pWriter = GetReflectionModule()->GetISymUnmanagedWriter(); |
4070 | if (pWriter != NULL) |
4071 | { |
4072 | // Serialize with any concurrent reader creations |
4073 | // Specifically, if we started creating a reader on one thread, and then updated the |
4074 | // symbols on another thread, we need to wait until the initial reader creation has |
4075 | // completed and release it so we don't get stuck with a stale reader. |
4076 | // Also, if we commit to the stream while we're in the process of creating a reader, |
4077 | // the reader will get corrupted/incomplete data. |
4078 | // Note that we must also be in co-operative mode here to ensure the debugger helper |
4079 | // thread can't be simultaneously reading this stream while the process is synchronized |
4080 | // (code:Debugger::GetSymbolBytes) |
4081 | CrstHolder holder(&m_ISymUnmanagedReaderCrst); |
4082 | |
4083 | // Flush writes to the symbol store to the symbol stream |
4084 | // Note that we do this when finishing the addition of the class, instead of |
4085 | // on-demand in GetISymUnmanagedReader because the writer is not thread-safe. |
4086 | // Here, we're inside the lock of TypeBuilder.CreateType, and so it's safe to |
4087 | // manipulate the writer. |
4088 | SafeComHolderPreemp<ISymUnmanagedWriter3> pWriter3; |
4089 | HRESULT thr = pWriter->QueryInterface(IID_ISymUnmanagedWriter3, (void**)&pWriter3); |
4090 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(SUCCEEDED(thr)); |
4091 | if (SUCCEEDED(thr)) |
4092 | { |
4093 | thr = pWriter3->Commit(); |
4094 | if (SUCCEEDED(thr)) |
4095 | { |
4096 | // Flush any cached symbol reader to ensure we pick up any new symbols |
4097 | ReleaseISymUnmanagedReader(); |
4098 | } |
4099 | } |
4100 | |
4101 | // If either the QI or Commit failed |
4102 | if (FAILED(thr)) |
4103 | { |
4104 | // The only way we expect this might fail is out-of-memory. In that |
4105 | // case we silently fail to update the symbol stream with new data, but |
4106 | // we leave the existing reader intact. |
4107 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(thr==E_OUTOFMEMORY); |
4108 | } |
4109 | } |
4110 | } |
4111 | } |
4112 | |
4113 | //--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4114 | // For the global class this builds the table of MethodDescs an adds the rids |
4115 | // to the MethodDef map. |
4116 | //--------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
4117 | void Module::BuildClassForModule() |
4118 | { |
4119 | CONTRACTL |
4120 | { |
4121 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
4122 | THROWS; |
4123 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
4124 | MODE_ANY; |
4125 | } |
4126 | CONTRACTL_END; |
4127 | |
4128 | IMDInternalImport * pImport = GetMDImport(); |
4129 | DWORD cFunctions, cFields; |
4130 | |
4131 | { |
4132 | // Obtain count of global functions |
4133 | HENUMInternalHolder hEnum(pImport); |
4134 | hEnum.EnumGlobalFunctionsInit(); |
4135 | cFunctions = pImport->EnumGetCount(&hEnum); |
4136 | } |
4137 | |
4138 | { |
4139 | // Obtain count of global fields |
4140 | HENUMInternalHolder hEnum(pImport); |
4141 | hEnum.EnumGlobalFieldsInit(); |
4142 | cFields = pImport->EnumGetCount(&hEnum); |
4143 | } |
4144 | |
4145 | // If we have any work to do... |
4146 | if (cFunctions > 0 || cFields > 0) |
4147 | { |
4148 | COUNTER_ONLY(size_t _HeapSize = 0); |
4149 | |
4150 | TypeKey typeKey(this, COR_GLOBAL_PARENT_TOKEN); |
4151 | TypeHandle typeHnd = GetClassLoader()->LoadTypeHandleForTypeKeyNoLock(&typeKey); |
4152 | |
4153 | #ifdef ENABLE_PERF_COUNTERS |
4154 | |
4155 | _HeapSize = GetLoaderAllocator()->GetHighFrequencyHeap()->GetSize(); |
4156 | |
4157 | GetPerfCounters().m_Loading.cbLoaderHeapSize = _HeapSize; |
4158 | #endif // ENABLE_PERF_COUNTERS |
4159 | |
4160 | } |
4161 | } |
4162 | |
4163 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE |
4164 | |
4165 | // Returns true iff the debugger should be notified about this module |
4166 | // |
4167 | // Notes: |
4168 | // Debugger doesn't need to be notified about modules that can't be executed, |
4169 | // like inspection and resource only. These are just pure data. |
4170 | // |
4171 | // This should be immutable for an instance of a module. That ensures that the debugger gets consistent |
4172 | // notifications about it. It this value mutates, than the debugger may miss relevant notifications. |
4173 | BOOL Module::IsVisibleToDebugger() |
4174 | { |
4175 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
4176 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
4177 | |
4178 | if (IsResource()) |
4179 | { |
4180 | return FALSE; |
4181 | } |
4182 | |
4183 | return TRUE; |
4184 | } |
4185 | |
4186 | BOOL Module::HasNativeOrReadyToRunImage() |
4187 | { |
4188 | #ifdef FEATURE_READYTORUN |
4189 | if (IsReadyToRun()) |
4190 | return TRUE; |
4191 | #endif |
4192 | |
4193 | return HasNativeImage(); |
4194 | } |
4195 | |
4196 | PEImageLayout * Module::GetNativeOrReadyToRunImage() |
4197 | { |
4198 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
4199 | |
4200 | #ifdef FEATURE_READYTORUN |
4201 | if (IsReadyToRun()) |
4202 | return GetReadyToRunInfo()->GetImage(); |
4203 | #endif |
4204 | |
4205 | return GetNativeImage(); |
4206 | } |
4207 | |
4208 | PTR_CORCOMPILE_IMPORT_SECTION Module::GetImportSections(COUNT_T *pCount) |
4209 | { |
4210 | CONTRACTL |
4211 | { |
4212 | NOTHROW; |
4213 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
4214 | } |
4215 | CONTRACTL_END; |
4216 | |
4217 | #ifdef FEATURE_READYTORUN |
4218 | if (IsReadyToRun()) |
4219 | return GetReadyToRunInfo()->GetImportSections(pCount); |
4220 | #endif |
4221 | |
4222 | return GetNativeImage()->GetNativeImportSections(pCount); |
4223 | } |
4224 | |
4225 | PTR_CORCOMPILE_IMPORT_SECTION Module::GetImportSectionFromIndex(COUNT_T index) |
4226 | { |
4227 | CONTRACTL |
4228 | { |
4229 | NOTHROW; |
4230 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
4231 | } |
4232 | CONTRACTL_END; |
4233 | |
4234 | #ifdef FEATURE_READYTORUN |
4235 | if (IsReadyToRun()) |
4236 | return GetReadyToRunInfo()->GetImportSectionFromIndex(index); |
4237 | #endif |
4238 | |
4239 | return GetNativeImage()->GetNativeImportSectionFromIndex(index); |
4240 | } |
4241 | |
4242 | PTR_CORCOMPILE_IMPORT_SECTION Module::GetImportSectionForRVA(RVA rva) |
4243 | { |
4244 | CONTRACTL |
4245 | { |
4246 | NOTHROW; |
4247 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
4248 | } |
4249 | CONTRACTL_END; |
4250 | |
4251 | #ifdef FEATURE_READYTORUN |
4252 | if (IsReadyToRun()) |
4253 | return GetReadyToRunInfo()->GetImportSectionForRVA(rva); |
4254 | #endif |
4255 | |
4256 | return GetNativeImage()->GetNativeImportSectionForRVA(rva); |
4257 | } |
4258 | |
4259 | TADDR Module::GetIL(DWORD target) |
4260 | { |
4261 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
4262 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
4263 | |
4264 | if (target == 0) |
4265 | return NULL; |
4266 | |
4267 | return m_file->GetIL(target); |
4268 | } |
4269 | |
4270 | PTR_VOID Module::GetRvaField(DWORD rva, BOOL fZapped) |
4271 | { |
4272 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
4273 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
4274 | |
4275 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT |
4276 | if (fZapped && m_file->IsILOnly()) |
4277 | { |
4278 | return dac_cast<PTR_VOID>(m_file->GetLoadedNative()->GetRvaData(rva,NULL_OK)); |
4279 | } |
4280 | #endif // FEATURE_PREJIT |
4281 | |
4282 | return m_file->GetRvaField(rva); |
4283 | } |
4284 | |
4285 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
4286 | |
4287 | CHECK Module::CheckRvaField(RVA field) |
4288 | { |
4289 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
4290 | if (!IsReflection()) |
4291 | CHECK(m_file->CheckRvaField(field)); |
4292 | CHECK_OK; |
4293 | } |
4294 | |
4295 | CHECK Module::CheckRvaField(RVA field, COUNT_T size) |
4296 | { |
4297 | CONTRACTL |
4298 | { |
4299 | STANDARD_VM_CHECK; |
4300 | CAN_TAKE_LOCK; |
4301 | } |
4302 | CONTRACTL_END; |
4303 | |
4304 | if (!IsReflection()) |
4305 | CHECK(m_file->CheckRvaField(field, size)); |
4306 | CHECK_OK; |
4307 | } |
4308 | |
4309 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE |
4310 | |
4311 | BOOL Module::HasTls() |
4312 | { |
4313 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
4314 | |
4315 | return m_file->HasTls(); |
4316 | } |
4317 | |
4318 | BOOL Module::IsRvaFieldTls(DWORD rva) |
4319 | { |
4320 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
4321 | |
4322 | return m_file->IsRvaFieldTls(rva); |
4323 | } |
4324 | |
4325 | UINT32 Module::GetFieldTlsOffset(DWORD rva) |
4326 | { |
4327 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
4328 | |
4329 | return m_file->GetFieldTlsOffset(rva); |
4330 | } |
4331 | |
4332 | UINT32 Module::GetTlsIndex() |
4333 | { |
4334 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
4335 | |
4336 | return m_file->GetTlsIndex(); |
4337 | } |
4338 | |
4339 | |
4340 | // In DAC builds this function was being called on host addresses which may or may not |
4341 | // have been marshalled from the target. Such addresses can't be reliably mapped back to |
4342 | // target addresses, which means we can't tell whether they came from the IL or not |
4343 | // |
4344 | // Security note: Any security which you might wish to gain by verifying the origin of |
4345 | // a signature isn't available in DAC. The attacker can provide a dump which spoofs all |
4346 | // module ranges. In other words the attacker can make the signature appear to come from |
4347 | // anywhere, but still violate all the rules that a signature from that location would |
4348 | // otherwise follow. I am removing this function from DAC in order to prevent anyone from |
4349 | // getting a false sense of security (in addition to its functional shortcomings) |
4350 | |
4351 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
4352 | BOOL Module::IsSigInIL(PCCOR_SIGNATURE signature) |
4353 | { |
4354 | CONTRACTL |
4355 | { |
4356 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
4357 | FORBID_FAULT; |
4358 | MODE_ANY; |
4359 | NOTHROW; |
4360 | SO_TOLERANT; |
4361 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
4362 | } |
4363 | CONTRACTL_END; |
4364 | |
4365 | return m_file->IsPtrInILImage(signature); |
4366 | } |
4367 | |
4368 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT |
4369 | StubMethodHashTable *Module::GetStubMethodHashTable() |
4370 | { |
4371 | CONTRACTL |
4372 | { |
4373 | THROWS; |
4374 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
4375 | } |
4376 | CONTRACTL_END |
4377 | |
4378 | if (m_pStubMethodHashTable == NULL && SystemDomain::GetCurrentDomain()->IsCompilationDomain()) |
4379 | { |
4380 | // we only need to create the hash table when NGENing, it is read-only at run-time |
4381 | AllocMemTracker amTracker; |
4382 | m_pStubMethodHashTable = StubMethodHashTable::Create(GetLoaderAllocator(), this, METHOD_STUBS_HASH_BUCKETS, &amTracker); |
4383 | amTracker.SuppressRelease(); |
4384 | } |
4385 | |
4386 | return m_pStubMethodHashTable; |
4387 | } |
4388 | #endif // FEATURE_PREJIT |
4389 | |
4390 | void Module::InitializeStringData(DWORD token, EEStringData *pstrData, CQuickBytes *pqb) |
4391 | { |
4392 | CONTRACTL |
4393 | { |
4394 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
4395 | THROWS; |
4396 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
4397 | MODE_ANY; |
4398 | INJECT_FAULT(COMPlusThrowOM()); |
4399 | PRECONDITION(TypeFromToken(token) == mdtString); |
4400 | } |
4401 | CONTRACTL_END; |
4402 | |
4403 | BOOL fIs80Plus; |
4404 | DWORD dwCharCount; |
4405 | LPCWSTR pString; |
4406 | if (FAILED(GetMDImport()->GetUserString(token, &dwCharCount, &fIs80Plus, &pString)) || |
4407 | (pString == NULL)) |
4408 | { |
4409 | THROW_BAD_FORMAT(BFA_BAD_STRING_TOKEN_RANGE, this); |
4410 | } |
4411 | |
4412 | #if !BIGENDIAN |
4413 | pstrData->SetStringBuffer(pString); |
4414 | #else // !!BIGENDIAN |
4415 | _ASSERTE(pqb != NULL); |
4416 | |
4417 | LPWSTR pSwapped; |
4418 | |
4419 | pSwapped = (LPWSTR) pqb->AllocThrows(dwCharCount * sizeof(WCHAR)); |
4420 | memcpy((void*)pSwapped, (void*)pString, dwCharCount*sizeof(WCHAR)); |
4421 | SwapStringLength(pSwapped, dwCharCount); |
4422 | |
4423 | pstrData->SetStringBuffer(pSwapped); |
4424 | #endif // !!BIGENDIAN |
4425 | |
4426 | // MD and String look at this bit in opposite ways. Here's where we'll do the conversion. |
4427 | // MD sets the bit to true if the string contains characters greater than 80. |
4428 | // String sets the bit to true if the string doesn't contain characters greater than 80. |
4429 | |
4430 | pstrData->SetCharCount(dwCharCount); |
4431 | pstrData->SetIsOnlyLowChars(!fIs80Plus); |
4432 | } |
4433 | |
4434 | #ifndef CROSSGEN_COMPILE |
4435 | |
4436 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT |
4437 | OBJECTHANDLE Module::ResolveStringRefHelper(DWORD token, BaseDomain *pDomain, PTR_CORCOMPILE_IMPORT_SECTION pSection, EEStringData *pStrData) |
4438 | { |
4439 | PEImageLayout *pNativeImage = GetNativeImage(); |
4440 | |
4441 | // Get the table |
4442 | COUNT_T tableSize; |
4443 | TADDR tableBase = pNativeImage->GetDirectoryData(&pSection->Section, &tableSize); |
4444 | |
4445 | // Walk the handle table. |
4446 | // @TODO: If we ever care about the perf of this function, we could sort the tokens |
4447 | // using as a key the string they point to, so we could do a binary search |
4448 | for (SIZE_T * pEntry = (SIZE_T *)tableBase ; pEntry < (SIZE_T *)(tableBase + tableSize); pEntry++) |
4449 | { |
4450 | // Ensure that the compiler won't fetch the value twice |
4451 | SIZE_T entry = VolatileLoadWithoutBarrier(pEntry); |
4452 | |
4453 | if (CORCOMPILE_IS_POINTER_TAGGED(entry)) |
4454 | { |
4455 | BYTE * pBlob = (BYTE *) pNativeImage->GetRvaData(CORCOMPILE_UNTAG_TOKEN(entry)); |
4456 | |
4457 | // Note that we only care about strings from current module, and so we do not check ENCODE_MODULE_OVERRIDE |
4458 | if (*pBlob++ == ENCODE_STRING_HANDLE && |
4459 | TokenFromRid(CorSigUncompressData((PCCOR_SIGNATURE&) pBlob), mdtString) == token) |
4460 | { |
4461 | EnsureWritablePages(pEntry); |
4462 | |
4463 | // This string hasn't been fixed up. Synchronize the update with the normal |
4464 | // fixup logic |
4465 | { |
4466 | CrstHolder ch(this->GetFixupCrst()); |
4467 | |
4468 | if (!CORCOMPILE_IS_POINTER_TAGGED(*pEntry)) |
4469 | { |
4470 | // We lost the race, just return current entry |
4471 | } |
4472 | else |
4473 | { |
4474 | *pEntry = (SIZE_T) ResolveStringRef(token, pDomain, false); |
4475 | } |
4476 | } |
4477 | |
4478 | return (OBJECTHANDLE) *pEntry; |
4479 | } |
4480 | } |
4481 | else |
4482 | { |
4483 | OBJECTREF* pRef = (OBJECTREF*) entry; |
4484 | _ASSERTE((*pRef)->GetMethodTable() == g_pStringClass); |
4485 | |
4486 | STRINGREF stringRef = (STRINGREF) *pRef; |
4487 | |
4488 | // Is this the string we are trying to resolve? |
4489 | if (pStrData->GetCharCount() == stringRef->GetStringLength() && |
4490 | memcmp((void*)pStrData->GetStringBuffer(), |
4491 | (void*) stringRef->GetBuffer(), |
4492 | pStrData->GetCharCount()*sizeof(WCHAR)) == 0) |
4493 | { |
4494 | // We found it, so we just have to return this instance |
4495 | return (OBJECTHANDLE) entry; |
4496 | } |
4497 | } |
4498 | } |
4499 | return NULL; |
4500 | } |
4501 | #endif // FEATURE_PREJIT |
4502 | |
4503 | OBJECTHANDLE Module::ResolveStringRef(DWORD token, BaseDomain *pDomain, bool bNeedToSyncWithFixups) |
4504 | { |
4505 | CONTRACTL |
4506 | { |
4507 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
4508 | THROWS; |
4509 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
4510 | MODE_ANY; |
4511 | INJECT_FAULT(COMPlusThrowOM()); |
4512 | PRECONDITION(TypeFromToken(token) == mdtString); |
4513 | } |
4514 | CONTRACTL_END; |
4515 | |
4516 | EEStringData strData; |
4517 | OBJECTHANDLE string = NULL; |
4518 | |
4519 | #if !BIGENDIAN |
4520 | InitializeStringData(token, &strData, NULL); |
4521 | #else // !!BIGENDIAN |
4522 | CQuickBytes qb; |
4523 | InitializeStringData(token, &strData, &qb); |
4524 | #endif // !!BIGENDIAN |
4525 | |
4526 | GCX_COOP(); |
4527 | |
4528 | // We can only do this for native images as they guarantee that resolvestringref will be |
4529 | // called only once per string from this module. @TODO: We really dont have any way of asserting |
4530 | // this, which would be nice... (and is needed to guarantee correctness) |
4531 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT |
4532 | if (HasNativeImage() && IsNoStringInterning()) |
4533 | { |
4534 | if (bNeedToSyncWithFixups) |
4535 | { |
4536 | // In an ngen image, it is possible that we get here but not be coming from a fixup, |
4537 | // (FixupNativeEntry case). In that unfortunate case (ngen partial images, dynamic methods, |
4538 | // lazy string inits) we will have to troll through the fixup list, and in the case the string is there, |
4539 | // reuse it, if it's there but hasn't been fixed up, fix it up now, and in the case it isn't |
4540 | // there at all, then go to our old style string interning. Going through this code path is |
4541 | // guaranteed to be slow. If necessary, we can further optimize it by sorting the token table, |
4542 | // Another way of solving this would be having a token to string table (would require knowing |
4543 | // all our posible stings in the ngen case (this is possible by looking at the IL)) |
4544 | |
4545 | PEImageLayout * pNativeImage = GetNativeImage(); |
4546 | |
4547 | COUNT_T nSections; |
4548 | PTR_CORCOMPILE_IMPORT_SECTION pSections = pNativeImage->GetNativeImportSections(&nSections); |
4549 | |
4550 | for (COUNT_T iSection = 0; iSection < nSections; iSection++) |
4551 | { |
4552 | PTR_CORCOMPILE_IMPORT_SECTION pSection = pSections + iSection; |
4553 | |
4554 | if (pSection->Type != CORCOMPILE_IMPORT_TYPE_STRING_HANDLE) |
4555 | continue; |
4556 | |
4557 | OBJECTHANDLE oh = ResolveStringRefHelper(token, pDomain, pSection, &strData); |
4558 | if (oh != NULL) |
4559 | return oh; |
4560 | } |
4561 | |
4562 | // The string is not in our fixup list, so just intern it old style (using hashtable) |
4563 | goto INTERN_OLD_STYLE; |
4564 | |
4565 | } |
4566 | /* Unfortunately, this assert won't work in some cases of generics, consider the following scenario: |
4567 | |
4568 | 1) Generic type in mscorlib. |
4569 | 2) Instantiation of generic (1) (via valuetype) in another module |
4570 | 3) other module now holds a copy of the code of the generic for that particular instantiation |
4571 | however, it is resolving the string literals against mscorlib, which breaks the invariant |
4572 | this assert was based on (no string fixups against other modules). In fact, with NoStringInterning, |
4573 | our behavior is not very intuitive. |
4574 | */ |
4575 | /* |
4576 | _ASSERTE(pDomain == GetAssembly()->GetDomain() && "If your are doing ldstr for a string" |
4577 | "in another module, either the JIT is very smart or you have a bug, check INLINE_NO_CALLEE_LDSTR"); |
4578 | |
4579 | */ |
4580 | /* |
4581 | Dev10 804385 bugfix - |
4582 | We should be using appdomain that the string token lives in (GetAssembly->GetDomain()) |
4583 | to allocate the System.String object instead of the appdomain that first uses the ldstr <token> (pDomain). |
4584 | |
4585 | Otherwise, it is possible to get into the situation that pDomain is unloaded but GetAssembly->GetDomain() is |
4586 | still kicking around. Anything else that is still using that string will now be pointing to an object |
4587 | that will be freed when the next GC happens. |
4588 | */ |
4589 | pDomain = GetAssembly()->GetDomain(); |
4590 | |
4591 | // The caller is going to update an ngen fixup entry. The fixup entry |
4592 | // is used to reference the string and to ensure that the string is |
4593 | // allocated only once. Hence, this operation needs to be done under a lock. |
4594 | _ASSERTE(GetFixupCrst()->OwnedByCurrentThread()); |
4595 | |
4596 | // Allocate handle |
4597 | OBJECTREF* pRef = pDomain->AllocateObjRefPtrsInLargeTable(1); |
4598 | |
4599 | STRINGREF str = AllocateStringObject(&strData); |
4600 | SetObjectReference(pRef, str, NULL); |
4601 | |
4602 | #ifdef LOGGING |
4603 | int length = strData.GetCharCount(); |
4604 | length = min(length, 100); |
4605 | WCHAR *szString = (WCHAR *)_alloca((length + 1) * sizeof(WCHAR)); |
4606 | memcpyNoGCRefs((void*)szString, (void*)strData.GetStringBuffer(), length * sizeof(WCHAR)); |
4607 | szString[length] = '\0'; |
4608 | LOG((LF_APPDOMAIN, LL_INFO10000, "String literal \"%S\" won't be interned due to NoInterningAttribute\n" , szString)); |
4609 | #endif // LOGGING |
4610 | |
4611 | return (OBJECTHANDLE) pRef; |
4612 | } |
4613 | |
4614 | |
4615 | INTERN_OLD_STYLE: |
4616 | #endif |
4617 | // Retrieve the string from the either the appropriate LoaderAllocator |
4618 | LoaderAllocator *pLoaderAllocator; |
4619 | |
4620 | if (this->IsCollectible()) |
4621 | pLoaderAllocator = this->GetLoaderAllocator(); |
4622 | else |
4623 | pLoaderAllocator = pDomain->GetLoaderAllocator(); |
4624 | |
4625 | string = (OBJECTHANDLE)pLoaderAllocator->GetStringObjRefPtrFromUnicodeString(&strData); |
4626 | |
4627 | return string; |
4628 | } |
4629 | #endif // CROSSGEN_COMPILE |
4630 | |
4631 | // |
4632 | // Used by the verifier. Returns whether this stringref is valid. |
4633 | // |
4634 | CHECK Module::CheckStringRef(DWORD token) |
4635 | { |
4636 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
4637 | CHECK(TypeFromToken(token)==mdtString); |
4638 | CHECK(!IsNilToken(token)); |
4639 | CHECK(GetMDImport()->IsValidToken(token)); |
4640 | CHECK_OK; |
4641 | } |
4642 | |
4643 | mdToken Module::GetEntryPointToken() |
4644 | { |
4645 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
4646 | |
4647 | return m_file->GetEntryPointToken(); |
4648 | } |
4649 | |
4650 | BYTE *Module::GetProfilerBase() |
4651 | { |
4652 | CONTRACT(BYTE*) |
4653 | { |
4654 | NOTHROW; |
4655 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
4656 | CANNOT_TAKE_LOCK; |
4657 | } |
4658 | CONTRACT_END; |
4659 | |
4660 | if (m_file == NULL) // I'd rather assert this is not the case... |
4661 | { |
4662 | RETURN NULL; |
4663 | } |
4664 | else if (HasNativeImage()) |
4665 | { |
4666 | RETURN (BYTE*)(GetNativeImage()->GetBase()); |
4667 | } |
4668 | else if (m_file->IsLoaded()) |
4669 | { |
4670 | RETURN (BYTE*)(m_file->GetLoadedIL()->GetBase()); |
4671 | } |
4672 | else |
4673 | { |
4674 | RETURN NULL; |
4675 | } |
4676 | } |
4677 | |
4678 | void Module::AddActiveDependency(Module *pModule, BOOL unconditional) |
4679 | { |
4680 | CONTRACT_VOID |
4681 | { |
4682 | THROWS; |
4683 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
4684 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pModule)); |
4685 | PRECONDITION(pModule != this); |
4686 | PRECONDITION(!IsSystem()); |
4687 | // Postcondition about activation |
4688 | } |
4689 | CONTRACT_END; |
4690 | |
4691 | pModule->EnsureActive(); |
4692 | RETURN; |
4693 | } |
4694 | |
4695 | void Module::EnableModuleFailureTriggers(Module *pModuleTo, AppDomain *pDomain) |
4696 | { |
4697 | CONTRACTL |
4698 | { |
4699 | THROWS; |
4700 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
4701 | MODE_ANY; |
4702 | } |
4703 | CONTRACTL_END; |
4704 | // At this point we need to enable failure triggers we have placed in the code for this module. However, |
4705 | // the failure trigger codegen logic is NYI. To keep correctness, we just allow the exception to propagate |
4706 | // here. Note that in general this will enforce the failure invariants, but will also result in some rude |
4707 | // behavior as these failures will be propagated too widely rather than constrained to the appropriate |
4708 | // assemblies/app domains. |
4709 | // |
4710 | // This should throw. |
4711 | STRESS_LOG2(LF_CLASSLOADER, LL_INFO100,"EnableModuleFailureTriggers for module %p in AppDomain %i\n" ,pModuleTo,pDomain->GetId().m_dwId); |
4712 | DomainFile *pDomainFileTo = pModuleTo->GetDomainFile(pDomain); |
4713 | pDomainFileTo->EnsureActive(); |
4714 | |
4715 | // @NYI: shouldn't get here yet since we propagate failures |
4716 | UNREACHABLE_MSG("Module failure triggers NYI" ); |
4717 | } |
4718 | |
4719 | #endif //!DACCESS_COMPILE |
4720 | |
4721 | // |
4722 | // an GetAssemblyIfLoadedAppDomainIterator is used to iterate over all domains that |
4723 | // are known to be walkable at the time GetAssemblyIfLoaded is executed. |
4724 | // |
4725 | // The iteration is guaranteed to include all domains that exist at the |
4726 | // start & end of the iteration that are safely accessible. This class is logically part |
4727 | // of GetAssemblyIfLoaded and logically has the same set of contracts. |
4728 | // |
4729 | |
4730 | class GetAssemblyIfLoadedAppDomainIterator |
4731 | { |
4732 | enum IteratorType |
4733 | { |
4734 | StackwalkingThreadIterator, |
4735 | AllAppDomainWalkingIterator, |
4736 | CurrentAppDomainIterator |
4737 | } m_iterType; |
4738 | |
4739 | public: |
4740 | GetAssemblyIfLoadedAppDomainIterator() : |
4741 | m_adIteratorAll(TRUE), |
4742 | m_appDomainCurrent(NULL), |
4743 | m_pFrame(NULL), |
4744 | m_fNextCalledForCurrentADIterator(FALSE) |
4745 | { |
4746 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
4747 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
4748 | if (IsStackWalkerThread()) |
4749 | { |
4750 | Thread * pThread = (Thread *)ClrFlsGetValue(TlsIdx_StackWalkerWalkingThread); |
4751 | m_iterType = StackwalkingThreadIterator; |
4752 | m_pFrame = pThread->GetFrame(); |
4753 | m_appDomainCurrent = pThread->GetDomain(); |
4754 | } |
4755 | else if (IsGCThread()) |
4756 | { |
4757 | m_iterType = AllAppDomainWalkingIterator; |
4758 | m_adIteratorAll.Init(); |
4759 | } |
4760 | else |
4761 | { |
4762 | _ASSERTE(::GetAppDomain() != NULL); |
4763 | m_appDomainCurrent = ::GetAppDomain(); |
4764 | m_iterType = CurrentAppDomainIterator; |
4765 | } |
4766 | #else //!DACCESS_COMPILE |
4767 | // We have to walk all AppDomains in debugger |
4768 | m_iterType = AllAppDomainWalkingIterator; |
4769 | m_adIteratorAll.Init(); |
4770 | #endif //!DACCESS_COMPILE |
4771 | } |
4772 | |
4773 | BOOL Next() |
4774 | { |
4775 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
4776 | |
4777 | switch (m_iterType) |
4778 | { |
4779 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
4780 | case StackwalkingThreadIterator: |
4781 | if (!m_fNextCalledForCurrentADIterator) |
4782 | { |
4783 | m_fNextCalledForCurrentADIterator = TRUE; |
4784 | |
4785 | // Try searching frame chain if the current domain is NULL |
4786 | if (m_appDomainCurrent == NULL) |
4787 | return Next(); |
4788 | |
4789 | return TRUE; |
4790 | } |
4791 | else |
4792 | { |
4793 | while (m_pFrame != FRAME_TOP) |
4794 | { |
4795 | AppDomain * pDomain = m_pFrame->GetReturnDomain(); |
4796 | if ((pDomain != NULL) && (pDomain != m_appDomainCurrent)) |
4797 | { |
4798 | m_appDomainCurrent = pDomain; |
4799 | return TRUE; |
4800 | } |
4801 | m_pFrame = m_pFrame->PtrNextFrame(); |
4802 | } |
4803 | |
4804 | return FALSE; |
4805 | } |
4806 | #endif //!DACCESS_COMPILE |
4807 | |
4808 | case AllAppDomainWalkingIterator: |
4809 | { |
4810 | BOOL fSuccess = m_adIteratorAll.Next(); |
4811 | if (fSuccess) |
4812 | m_appDomainCurrent = m_adIteratorAll.GetDomain(); |
4813 | return fSuccess; |
4814 | } |
4815 | |
4816 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
4817 | case CurrentAppDomainIterator: |
4818 | { |
4819 | BOOL retVal; |
4820 | retVal = !m_fNextCalledForCurrentADIterator; |
4821 | m_fNextCalledForCurrentADIterator = TRUE; |
4822 | return retVal; |
4823 | } |
4824 | #endif //!DACCESS_COMPILE |
4825 | |
4826 | default: |
4827 | _ASSERTE(FALSE); |
4828 | return FALSE; |
4829 | } |
4830 | } |
4831 | |
4832 | AppDomain * GetDomain() |
4833 | { |
4834 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
4835 | |
4836 | return m_appDomainCurrent; |
4837 | } |
4838 | |
4839 | BOOL UsingCurrentAD() |
4840 | { |
4841 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
4842 | return m_iterType == CurrentAppDomainIterator; |
4843 | } |
4844 | |
4845 | private: |
4846 | |
4847 | UnsafeAppDomainIterator m_adIteratorAll; |
4848 | AppDomain * m_appDomainCurrent; |
4849 | Frame * m_pFrame; |
4850 | BOOL m_fNextCalledForCurrentADIterator; |
4851 | }; // class GetAssemblyIfLoadedAppDomainIterator |
4852 | |
4853 | #if !defined(DACCESS_COMPILE) && defined(FEATURE_PREJIT) |
4854 | // This function, given an AssemblyRef into the ngen generated native metadata section, will find the assembly referenced if |
4855 | // 1. The Assembly is defined with a different name than the AssemblyRef provides |
4856 | // 2. The Assembly has reached the stage of being loaded. |
4857 | // This function is used as a helper function to assist GetAssemblyIfLoaded with its tasks in the conditions |
4858 | // where GetAssemblyIfLoaded must succeed (or we violate various invariants in the system required for |
4859 | // correct implementation of GC, Stackwalking, and generic type loading. |
4860 | Assembly * Module::GetAssemblyIfLoadedFromNativeAssemblyRefWithRefDefMismatch(mdAssemblyRef kAssemblyRef, BOOL *pfDiscoveredAssemblyRefMatchesTargetDefExactly) |
4861 | { |
4862 | CONTRACT(Assembly *) |
4863 | { |
4864 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
4865 | NOTHROW; |
4866 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
4867 | FORBID_FAULT; |
4868 | MODE_ANY; |
4869 | POSTCONDITION(CheckPointer(RETVAL, NULL_OK)); |
4870 | } |
4871 | CONTRACT_END; |
4872 | |
4873 | _ASSERTE(HasNativeImage()); |
4874 | |
4875 | Assembly *pAssembly = NULL; |
4876 | IMDInternalImport *pImportFoundNativeImage = this->GetNativeAssemblyImport(FALSE); |
4877 | |
4878 | if (!pImportFoundNativeImage) |
4879 | { |
4880 | RETURN NULL; |
4881 | } |
4882 | |
4883 | if (kAssemblyRef != mdAssemblyRefNil) |
4884 | { |
4885 | // Scan CORCOMPILE_DEPENDENCIES tables |
4886 | PEImageLayout* pNativeLayout = this->GetNativeImage(); |
4887 | COUNT_T dependencyCount; |
4888 | CORCOMPILE_DEPENDENCY *pDependencies = pNativeLayout->GetNativeDependencies(&dependencyCount); |
4889 | |
4890 | // Find the assemblyDef that defines the exact target |
4891 | mdAssemblyRef foundAssemblyDef = mdAssemblyRefNil; |
4892 | |
4893 | for (COUNT_T i = 0; i < dependencyCount; ++i) |
4894 | { |
4895 | CORCOMPILE_DEPENDENCY* pDependency = &(pDependencies[i]); |
4896 | if (pDependency->dwAssemblyRef == kAssemblyRef) |
4897 | { |
4898 | foundAssemblyDef = pDependency->dwAssemblyDef; |
4899 | break; |
4900 | } |
4901 | } |
4902 | |
4903 | // In this case we know there is no assembly redirection involved. Skip any additional work. |
4904 | if (kAssemblyRef == foundAssemblyDef) |
4905 | { |
4906 | *pfDiscoveredAssemblyRefMatchesTargetDefExactly = true; |
4907 | RETURN NULL; |
4908 | } |
4909 | |
4910 | if (foundAssemblyDef != mdAssemblyRefNil) |
4911 | { |
4912 | // Find out if THIS reference is satisfied |
4913 | // Specify fDoNotUtilizeExtraChecks to prevent recursion |
4914 | Assembly *pAssemblyCandidate = this->GetAssemblyIfLoaded(foundAssemblyDef, NULL, NULL, pImportFoundNativeImage, TRUE /*fDoNotUtilizeExtraChecks*/); |
4915 | |
4916 | // This extended check is designed only to find assemblies loaded via an AssemblySpecBindingCache based binder. Verify that's what we found. |
4917 | if(pAssemblyCandidate != NULL) |
4918 | { |
4919 | if (!pAssemblyCandidate->GetManifestFile()->HasHostAssembly()) |
4920 | { |
4921 | pAssembly = pAssemblyCandidate; |
4922 | } |
4923 | else |
4924 | { |
4925 | // This should only happen in the generic instantiation case when multiple threads are racing and |
4926 | // the assembly found is one which we will determine is the wrong assembly. |
4927 | // |
4928 | // We can't assert that (as its possible under stress); however it shouldn't happen in the stack walk or GC case, so we assert in those cases. |
4929 | _ASSERTE("Non-AssemblySpecBindingCache based assembly found with extended search" && !(IsStackWalkerThread() || IsGCThread()) && IsGenericInstantiationLookupCompareThread()); |
4930 | } |
4931 | } |
4932 | } |
4933 | } |
4934 | |
4935 | RETURN pAssembly; |
4936 | } |
4937 | #endif // !defined(DACCESS_COMPILE) && defined(FEATURE_PREJIT) |
4938 | |
4939 | // Fills ppContainingWinRtAppDomain only if WinRT type name is passed and if the assembly is found (return value != NULL). |
4940 | Assembly * |
4941 | Module::GetAssemblyIfLoaded( |
4942 | mdAssemblyRef kAssemblyRef, |
4943 | LPCSTR szWinRtNamespace, // = NULL |
4944 | LPCSTR szWinRtClassName, // = NULL |
4945 | IMDInternalImport * pMDImportOverride, // = NULL |
4946 | BOOL , // = FALSE |
4947 | ICLRPrivBinder *pBindingContextForLoadedAssembly // = NULL |
4948 | ) |
4949 | { |
4950 | CONTRACT(Assembly *) |
4951 | { |
4952 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
4953 | NOTHROW; |
4954 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
4955 | FORBID_FAULT; |
4956 | MODE_ANY; |
4957 | POSTCONDITION(CheckPointer(RETVAL, NULL_OK)); |
4958 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
4959 | } |
4960 | CONTRACT_END; |
4961 | |
4962 | Assembly * pAssembly = NULL; |
4963 | BOOL fCanUseRidMap = ((pMDImportOverride == NULL) && |
4964 | (szWinRtNamespace == NULL)); |
4965 | |
4966 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
4967 | fCanUseRidMap = fCanUseRidMap && (CLRConfig::GetConfigValue(CLRConfig::INTERNAL_GetAssemblyIfLoadedIgnoreRidMap) == 0); |
4968 | #endif |
4969 | |
4970 | // If we're here due to a generic instantiation, then we should only be querying information from the ngen image we're finding the generic instantiation in. |
4971 | #if !defined(DACCESS_COMPILE) && defined(FEATURE_PREJIT) |
4972 | _ASSERTE(!IsGenericInstantiationLookupCompareThread() || HasNativeImage()); |
4973 | #endif |
4974 | |
4975 | // Don't do a lookup if an override IMDInternalImport is provided, since the lookup is for the |
4976 | // standard IMDInternalImport and might result in an incorrect result. |
4977 | // WinRT references also do not update RID map, so don't try to look it up |
4978 | if (fCanUseRidMap) |
4979 | { |
4980 | pAssembly = LookupAssemblyRef(kAssemblyRef); |
4981 | } |
4982 | |
4983 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
4984 | // Check if actually loaded, unless a GC is in progress or the current thread is |
4985 | // walking the stack (either its own stack, or another thread's stack) as that works |
4986 | // only with loaded assemblies |
4987 | // |
4988 | // NOTE: The case where the current thread is walking a stack can be problematic for |
4989 | // other reasons, as the remaining code of this function uses "GetAppDomain()", when |
4990 | // in fact the right AppDomain to use is the one corresponding to the frame being |
4991 | // traversed on the walked thread. Dev10 TFS bug# 762348 tracks that issue. |
4992 | if ((pAssembly != NULL) && !IsGCThread() && !IsStackWalkerThread()) |
4993 | { |
4994 | _ASSERTE(::GetAppDomain() != NULL); |
4995 | DomainAssembly * pDomainAssembly = pAssembly->FindDomainAssembly(::GetAppDomain()); |
4996 | if ((pDomainAssembly == NULL) || !pDomainAssembly->IsLoaded()) |
4997 | pAssembly = NULL; |
4998 | } |
4999 | #endif //!DACCESS_COMPILE |
5000 | |
5001 | if (pAssembly == NULL) |
5002 | { |
5003 | // If in stackwalking or gc mode |
5004 | // For each AppDomain that is on the stack being walked... |
5005 | // For each AppDomain in the process... if gc'ing |
5006 | // For the current AppDomain ... if none of the above |
5007 | GetAssemblyIfLoadedAppDomainIterator appDomainIter; |
5008 | |
5009 | while (appDomainIter.Next()) |
5010 | { |
5011 | AppDomain * pAppDomainExamine = appDomainIter.GetDomain(); |
5012 | |
5013 | DomainAssembly * pCurAssemblyInExamineDomain = GetAssembly()->FindDomainAssembly(pAppDomainExamine); |
5014 | if (pCurAssemblyInExamineDomain == NULL) |
5015 | { |
5016 | continue; |
5017 | } |
5018 | |
5019 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
5020 | if (szWinRtNamespace != NULL) |
5021 | { |
5022 | _ASSERTE(szWinRtClassName != NULL); |
5023 | |
5024 | CLRPrivBinderWinRT * pWinRtBinder = pAppDomainExamine->GetWinRtBinder(); |
5025 | if (pWinRtBinder != nullptr) |
5026 | { |
5027 | ENABLE_FORBID_GC_LOADER_USE_IN_THIS_SCOPE(); |
5028 | pAssembly = pWinRtBinder->FindAssemblyForTypeIfLoaded( |
5029 | dac_cast<PTR_AppDomain>(pAppDomainExamine), |
5030 | szWinRtNamespace, |
5031 | szWinRtClassName); |
5032 | } |
5033 | |
5034 | // Never store WinMD AssemblyRefs into the rid map. |
5035 | if (pAssembly != NULL) |
5036 | { |
5037 | break; |
5038 | } |
5039 | |
5040 | // Never attemt to search the assembly spec binding cache for this form of WinRT assembly reference. |
5041 | continue; |
5042 | } |
5043 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
5044 | |
5045 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
5046 | { |
5047 | IMDInternalImport * pMDImport = (pMDImportOverride == NULL) ? (GetMDImport()) : (pMDImportOverride); |
5048 | |
5049 | //we have to be very careful here. |
5050 | //we are using InitializeSpecInternal so we need to make sure that under no condition |
5051 | //the data we pass to it can outlive the assembly spec. |
5052 | AssemblySpec spec; |
5053 | if (FAILED(spec.InitializeSpecInternal(kAssemblyRef, |
5054 | pMDImport, |
5055 | pCurAssemblyInExamineDomain, |
5056 | FALSE /*fAllowAllocation*/))) |
5057 | { |
5058 | continue; |
5059 | } |
5060 | |
5061 | // If we have been passed the binding context for the loaded assembly that is being looked up in the |
5062 | // cache, then set it up in the AssemblySpec for the cache lookup to use it below. |
5063 | if (pBindingContextForLoadedAssembly != NULL) |
5064 | { |
5065 | _ASSERTE(spec.GetBindingContext() == NULL); |
5066 | spec.SetBindingContext(pBindingContextForLoadedAssembly); |
5067 | } |
5068 | DomainAssembly * pDomainAssembly = nullptr; |
5069 | |
5070 | { |
5071 | pDomainAssembly = pAppDomainExamine->FindCachedAssembly(&spec, FALSE /*fThrow*/); |
5072 | } |
5073 | |
5074 | if (pDomainAssembly && pDomainAssembly->IsLoaded()) |
5075 | pAssembly = pDomainAssembly->GetCurrentAssembly(); // <NOTE> Do not use GetAssembly - that may force the completion of a load |
5076 | |
5077 | // Only store in the rid map if working with the current AppDomain. |
5078 | if (fCanUseRidMap && pAssembly && appDomainIter.UsingCurrentAD()) |
5079 | StoreAssemblyRef(kAssemblyRef, pAssembly); |
5080 | |
5081 | if (pAssembly != NULL) |
5082 | break; |
5083 | } |
5084 | #endif //!DACCESS_COMPILE |
5085 | } |
5086 | } |
5087 | |
5088 | #if !defined(DACCESS_COMPILE) && defined(FEATURE_PREJIT) |
5089 | if (pAssembly == NULL && (IsStackWalkerThread() || IsGCThread() || IsGenericInstantiationLookupCompareThread()) && !fDoNotUtilizeExtraChecks) |
5090 | { |
5091 | // The GetAssemblyIfLoaded function must succeed in finding assemblies which have already been loaded in a series of interesting cases |
5092 | // (GC, Stackwalking, GenericInstantiationLookup). This logic is used to handle cases where the normal lookup done above |
5093 | // may fail, and more extensive (and slow) lookups are necessary. This logic is gated by a long series of checks to ensure it doesn't |
5094 | // run in cases which are not known to be problematic, or would not benefit from the logic here. |
5095 | // |
5096 | // This is logic which tries extra possibilities to find an assembly. It is believed this logic can only be hit in cases where an ngen |
5097 | // image depends on an assembly through some sort of binding version/public key token adjustment (due to binding policy, unification, or portability rules) |
5098 | // and the assembly depended on was loaded through a binder that utilizes the AssemblySpecBindingCache for binder caching. (The cache's in the other |
5099 | // binder's successfully answer the GetAssemblyIfLoaded question in the case of non-exact matches where the match was discovered during |
5100 | // ngen resolution.) |
5101 | // This restricts the scenario to a somewhat restricted case. |
5102 | |
5103 | BOOL eligibleForAdditionalChecks = TRUE; |
5104 | if (szWinRtNamespace != NULL) |
5105 | eligibleForAdditionalChecks = FALSE; // WinRT binds do not support this scan |
5106 | |
5107 | AssemblySpec specSearchAssemblyRef; |
5108 | |
5109 | // Get the assembly ref information that we are attempting to satisfy. |
5110 | if (eligibleForAdditionalChecks) |
5111 | { |
5112 | IMDInternalImport * pMDImport = (pMDImportOverride == NULL) ? (GetMDImport()) : (pMDImportOverride); |
5113 | |
5114 | if (FAILED(specSearchAssemblyRef.InitializeSpecInternal(kAssemblyRef, |
5115 | pMDImport, |
5116 | NULL, |
5117 | FALSE /*fAllowAllocation*/))) |
5118 | { |
5119 | eligibleForAdditionalChecks = FALSE; // If an assemblySpec can't be constructed then we're not going to succeed |
5120 | // This should not ever happen, due to the above checks, but this logic |
5121 | // is intended to be defensive against unexpected behavior. |
5122 | } |
5123 | else if (specSearchAssemblyRef.IsContentType_WindowsRuntime()) |
5124 | { |
5125 | eligibleForAdditionalChecks = FALSE; // WinRT binds do not support this scan |
5126 | } |
5127 | } |
5128 | |
5129 | if (eligibleForAdditionalChecks) |
5130 | { |
5131 | BOOL abortAdditionalChecks = false; |
5132 | |
5133 | // When working with an ngenn'd assembly, as an optimization we can scan only that module for dependency info. |
5134 | bool onlyScanCurrentModule = HasNativeImage() && GetFile()->IsAssembly(); |
5135 | mdAssemblyRef foundAssemblyRef = mdAssemblyRefNil; |
5136 | |
5137 | GetAssemblyIfLoadedAppDomainIterator appDomainIter; |
5138 | |
5139 | // In each AppDomain that might be interesting, scan for an ngen image that is loaded that has a dependency on the same |
5140 | // assembly that is now being looked up. If that ngen image has the same dependency, then we can use the CORCOMPILE_DEPENDENCIES |
5141 | // table to find the exact AssemblyDef that defines the assembly, and attempt a load based on that information. |
5142 | // As this logic is expected to be used only in exceedingly rare situations, this code has not been tuned for performance |
5143 | // in any way. |
5144 | while (!abortAdditionalChecks && appDomainIter.Next()) |
5145 | { |
5146 | AppDomain * pAppDomainExamine = appDomainIter.GetDomain(); |
5147 | |
5148 | DomainAssembly * pCurAssemblyInExamineDomain = GetAssembly()->FindDomainAssembly(pAppDomainExamine); |
5149 | if (pCurAssemblyInExamineDomain == NULL) |
5150 | { |
5151 | continue; |
5152 | } |
5153 | |
5154 | DomainFile *pDomainFileNativeImage; |
5155 | |
5156 | if (onlyScanCurrentModule) |
5157 | { |
5158 | pDomainFileNativeImage = pCurAssemblyInExamineDomain; |
5159 | // Do not reset foundAssemblyRef. |
5160 | // This will allow us to avoid scanning for foundAssemblyRef in each domain we iterate through |
5161 | } |
5162 | else |
5163 | { |
5164 | foundAssemblyRef = mdAssemblyRefNil; |
5165 | pDomainFileNativeImage = pAppDomainExamine->GetDomainFilesWithNativeImagesList(); |
5166 | } |
5167 | |
5168 | while (!abortAdditionalChecks && (pDomainFileNativeImage != NULL) && (pAssembly == NULL)) |
5169 | { |
5170 | Module *pNativeImageModule = pDomainFileNativeImage->GetCurrentModule(); |
5171 | _ASSERTE(pNativeImageModule->HasNativeImage()); |
5172 | IMDInternalImport *pImportFoundNativeImage = pNativeImageModule->GetNativeAssemblyImport(FALSE); |
5173 | if (pImportFoundNativeImage != NULL) |
5174 | { |
5175 | if (IsNilToken(foundAssemblyRef)) |
5176 | { |
5177 | // Enumerate assembly refs in nmd space, and compare against held ref. |
5178 | HENUMInternalHolder hAssemblyRefEnum(pImportFoundNativeImage); |
5179 | if (FAILED(hAssemblyRefEnum.EnumInitNoThrow(mdtAssemblyRef, mdAssemblyRefNil))) |
5180 | { |
5181 | continue; |
5182 | } |
5183 | |
5184 | mdAssemblyRef assemblyRef = mdAssemblyRefNil; |
5185 | |
5186 | // Find if the native image has a matching assembly ref in its compile dependencies. |
5187 | while (pImportFoundNativeImage->EnumNext(&hAssemblyRefEnum, &assemblyRef) && (pAssembly == NULL)) |
5188 | { |
5189 | AssemblySpec specFoundAssemblyRef; |
5190 | if (FAILED(specFoundAssemblyRef.InitializeSpecInternal(assemblyRef, |
5191 | pImportFoundNativeImage, |
5192 | NULL, |
5193 | FALSE /*fAllowAllocation*/))) |
5194 | { |
5195 | continue; // If the spec cannot be loaded, it isn't the one we're looking for |
5196 | } |
5197 | |
5198 | // Check for AssemblyRef equality |
5199 | if (specSearchAssemblyRef.CompareEx(&specFoundAssemblyRef)) |
5200 | { |
5201 | foundAssemblyRef = assemblyRef; |
5202 | break; |
5203 | } |
5204 | } |
5205 | } |
5206 | |
5207 | pAssembly = pNativeImageModule->GetAssemblyIfLoadedFromNativeAssemblyRefWithRefDefMismatch(foundAssemblyRef, &abortAdditionalChecks); |
5208 | |
5209 | if (fCanUseRidMap && pAssembly && appDomainIter.UsingCurrentAD()) |
5210 | StoreAssemblyRef(kAssemblyRef, pAssembly); |
5211 | } |
5212 | |
5213 | // If we're only scanning one module for accurate dependency information, break the loop here. |
5214 | if (onlyScanCurrentModule) |
5215 | break; |
5216 | |
5217 | pDomainFileNativeImage = pDomainFileNativeImage->FindNextDomainFileWithNativeImage(); |
5218 | } |
5219 | } |
5220 | } |
5221 | } |
5222 | #endif // !defined(DACCESS_COMPILE) && defined(FEATURE_PREJIT) |
5223 | |
5224 | // When walking the stack or computing GC information this function should never fail. |
5225 | _ASSERTE((pAssembly != NULL) || !(IsStackWalkerThread() || IsGCThread())); |
5226 | |
5227 | #ifdef DACCESS_COMPILE |
5228 | |
5229 | // Note: In rare cases when debugger walks the stack, we could actually have pAssembly=NULL here. |
5230 | // To fix that we should DACize the AppDomain-iteration code above (especially AssemblySpec). |
5231 | _ASSERTE(pAssembly != NULL); |
5232 | |
5233 | #endif //DACCESS_COMPILE |
5234 | |
5235 | RETURN pAssembly; |
5236 | } // Module::GetAssemblyIfLoaded |
5237 | |
5238 | DWORD |
5239 | Module::GetAssemblyRefFlags( |
5240 | mdAssemblyRef tkAssemblyRef) |
5241 | { |
5242 | CONTRACTL |
5243 | { |
5244 | if (FORBIDGC_LOADER_USE_ENABLED()) NOTHROW; else THROWS; |
5245 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
5246 | MODE_ANY; |
5247 | } |
5248 | CONTRACTL_END; |
5249 | |
5250 | _ASSERTE(TypeFromToken(tkAssemblyRef) == mdtAssemblyRef); |
5251 | |
5252 | LPCSTR pszAssemblyName; |
5253 | const void *pbPublicKeyOrToken; |
5254 | DWORD cbPublicKeyOrToken; |
5255 | |
5256 | DWORD dwAssemblyRefFlags; |
5257 | IfFailThrow(GetMDImport()->GetAssemblyRefProps( |
5258 | tkAssemblyRef, |
5259 | &pbPublicKeyOrToken, |
5260 | &cbPublicKeyOrToken, |
5261 | &pszAssemblyName, |
5262 | NULL, |
5263 | NULL, |
5264 | NULL, |
5265 | &dwAssemblyRefFlags)); |
5266 | |
5267 | return dwAssemblyRefFlags; |
5268 | } // Module::GetAssemblyRefFlags |
5269 | |
5270 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
5271 | |
5272 | // Arguments: |
5273 | // szWinRtTypeNamespace ... Namespace of WinRT type. |
5274 | // szWinRtTypeClassName ... Name of WinRT type, NULL for non-WinRT (classic) types. |
5275 | DomainAssembly * Module::LoadAssembly( |
5276 | AppDomain * pDomain, |
5277 | mdAssemblyRef kAssemblyRef, |
5278 | LPCUTF8 szWinRtTypeNamespace, |
5279 | LPCUTF8 szWinRtTypeClassName) |
5280 | { |
5281 | CONTRACT(DomainAssembly *) |
5282 | { |
5283 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
5284 | if (FORBIDGC_LOADER_USE_ENABLED()) NOTHROW; else THROWS; |
5285 | if (FORBIDGC_LOADER_USE_ENABLED()) GC_NOTRIGGER; else GC_TRIGGERS; |
5286 | if (FORBIDGC_LOADER_USE_ENABLED()) FORBID_FAULT; else { INJECT_FAULT(COMPlusThrowOM();); } |
5287 | MODE_ANY; |
5288 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pDomain)); |
5289 | POSTCONDITION(CheckPointer(RETVAL, NULL_NOT_OK)); |
5290 | //POSTCONDITION((CheckPointer(GetAssemblyIfLoaded(kAssemblyRef, szWinRtTypeNamespace, szWinRtTypeClassName)), NULL_NOT_OK)); |
5291 | } |
5292 | CONTRACT_END; |
5293 | |
5294 | ETWOnStartup (LoaderCatchCall_V1, LoaderCatchCallEnd_V1); |
5295 | |
5296 | DomainAssembly * pDomainAssembly; |
5297 | |
5298 | // |
5299 | // Early out quickly if the result is cached |
5300 | // |
5301 | Assembly * pAssembly = LookupAssemblyRef(kAssemblyRef); |
5302 | if (pAssembly != NULL) |
5303 | { |
5304 | _ASSERTE(HasBindableIdentity(kAssemblyRef)); |
5305 | |
5306 | pDomainAssembly = pAssembly->FindDomainAssembly(pDomain); |
5307 | |
5308 | if (pDomainAssembly == NULL) |
5309 | pDomainAssembly = pAssembly->GetDomainAssembly(pDomain); |
5310 | pDomain->LoadDomainFile(pDomainAssembly, FILE_LOADED); |
5311 | |
5312 | RETURN pDomainAssembly; |
5313 | } |
5314 | |
5315 | bool fHasBindableIdentity = HasBindableIdentity(kAssemblyRef); |
5316 | |
5317 | { |
5318 | PEAssemblyHolder pFile = GetDomainFile(GetAppDomain())->GetFile()->LoadAssembly( |
5319 | kAssemblyRef, |
5320 | NULL, |
5321 | szWinRtTypeNamespace, |
5322 | szWinRtTypeClassName); |
5323 | AssemblySpec spec; |
5324 | spec.InitializeSpec(kAssemblyRef, GetMDImport(), GetDomainFile(GetAppDomain())->GetDomainAssembly()); |
5325 | // Set the binding context in the AssemblySpec if one is available. This can happen if the LoadAssembly ended up |
5326 | // invoking the custom AssemblyLoadContext implementation that returned a reference to an assembly bound to a different |
5327 | // AssemblyLoadContext implementation. |
5328 | ICLRPrivBinder *pBindingContext = pFile->GetBindingContext(); |
5329 | if (pBindingContext != NULL) |
5330 | { |
5331 | spec.SetBindingContext(pBindingContext); |
5332 | } |
5333 | if (szWinRtTypeClassName != NULL) |
5334 | { |
5335 | spec.SetWindowsRuntimeType(szWinRtTypeNamespace, szWinRtTypeClassName); |
5336 | } |
5337 | pDomainAssembly = GetAppDomain()->LoadDomainAssembly(&spec, pFile, FILE_LOADED); |
5338 | } |
5339 | |
5340 | if (pDomainAssembly != NULL) |
5341 | { |
5342 | _ASSERTE( |
5343 | !fHasBindableIdentity || // GetAssemblyIfLoaded will not find non-bindable assemblies |
5344 | pDomainAssembly->IsSystem() || // GetAssemblyIfLoaded will not find mscorlib (see AppDomain::FindCachedFile) |
5345 | !pDomainAssembly->IsLoaded() || // GetAssemblyIfLoaded will not find not-yet-loaded assemblies |
5346 | GetAssemblyIfLoaded(kAssemblyRef, NULL, NULL, NULL, FALSE, pDomainAssembly->GetFile()->GetHostAssembly()) != NULL); // GetAssemblyIfLoaded should find all remaining cases |
5347 | |
5348 | // Note: We cannot cache WinRT AssemblyRef, because it is meaningless without the TypeRef context |
5349 | if (pDomainAssembly->GetCurrentAssembly() != NULL) |
5350 | { |
5351 | if (fHasBindableIdentity) |
5352 | { |
5353 | StoreAssemblyRef(kAssemblyRef, pDomainAssembly->GetCurrentAssembly()); |
5354 | } |
5355 | } |
5356 | } |
5357 | |
5358 | RETURN pDomainAssembly; |
5359 | } |
5360 | |
5361 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE |
5362 | |
5363 | Module *Module::GetModuleIfLoaded(mdFile kFile, BOOL onlyLoadedInAppDomain, BOOL permitResources) |
5364 | { |
5365 | CONTRACT(Module *) |
5366 | { |
5367 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
5368 | NOTHROW; |
5369 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
5370 | MODE_ANY; |
5371 | PRECONDITION(TypeFromToken(kFile) == mdtFile |
5372 | || TypeFromToken(kFile) == mdtModuleRef); |
5373 | POSTCONDITION(CheckPointer(RETVAL, NULL_OK)); |
5374 | FORBID_FAULT; |
5375 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
5376 | } |
5377 | CONTRACT_END; |
5378 | |
5379 | ENABLE_FORBID_GC_LOADER_USE_IN_THIS_SCOPE(); |
5380 | |
5381 | // Handle the module ref case |
5382 | if (TypeFromToken(kFile) == mdtModuleRef) |
5383 | { |
5384 | LPCSTR moduleName; |
5385 | if (FAILED(GetMDImport()->GetModuleRefProps(kFile, &moduleName))) |
5386 | { |
5387 | RETURN NULL; |
5388 | } |
5389 | |
5390 | // This is required only because of some lower casing on the name |
5391 | kFile = GetAssembly()->GetManifestFileToken(moduleName); |
5392 | if (kFile == mdTokenNil) |
5393 | RETURN NULL; |
5394 | |
5395 | RETURN GetAssembly()->GetManifestModule()->GetModuleIfLoaded(kFile, onlyLoadedInAppDomain, permitResources); |
5396 | } |
5397 | |
5398 | Module *pModule = LookupFile(kFile); |
5399 | if (pModule == NULL) |
5400 | { |
5401 | if (IsManifest()) |
5402 | { |
5403 | if (kFile == mdFileNil) |
5404 | pModule = GetAssembly()->GetManifestModule(); |
5405 | } |
5406 | else |
5407 | { |
5408 | // If we didn't find it there, look at the "master rid map" in the manifest file |
5409 | Assembly *pAssembly = GetAssembly(); |
5410 | mdFile kMatch; |
5411 | |
5412 | // This is required only because of some lower casing on the name |
5413 | kMatch = pAssembly->GetManifestFileToken(GetMDImport(), kFile); |
5414 | if (IsNilToken(kMatch)) |
5415 | { |
5416 | if (kMatch == mdFileNil) |
5417 | { |
5418 | pModule = pAssembly->GetManifestModule(); |
5419 | } |
5420 | else |
5421 | { |
5422 | RETURN NULL; |
5423 | } |
5424 | } |
5425 | else |
5426 | pModule = pAssembly->GetManifestModule()->LookupFile(kMatch); |
5427 | } |
5428 | |
5429 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
5430 | if (pModule != NULL) |
5431 | StoreFileNoThrow(kFile, pModule); |
5432 | #endif |
5433 | } |
5434 | |
5435 | // We may not want to return a resource module |
5436 | if (!permitResources && pModule && pModule->IsResource()) |
5437 | pModule = NULL; |
5438 | |
5439 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
5440 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE |
5441 | RETURN pModule; |
5442 | } |
5443 | |
5444 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
5445 | |
5446 | DomainFile *Module::LoadModule(AppDomain *pDomain, mdFile kFile, |
5447 | BOOL permitResources/*=TRUE*/, BOOL bindOnly/*=FALSE*/) |
5448 | { |
5449 | CONTRACT(DomainFile *) |
5450 | { |
5451 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
5452 | THROWS; |
5453 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
5454 | MODE_ANY; |
5455 | PRECONDITION(TypeFromToken(kFile) == mdtFile |
5456 | || TypeFromToken(kFile) == mdtModuleRef); |
5457 | POSTCONDITION(CheckPointer(RETVAL, !permitResources || bindOnly ? NULL_OK : NULL_NOT_OK)); |
5458 | } |
5459 | CONTRACT_END; |
5460 | |
5461 | if (bindOnly) |
5462 | { |
5463 | RETURN NULL; |
5464 | } |
5465 | else |
5466 | { |
5467 | LPCSTR psModuleName=NULL; |
5468 | if (TypeFromToken(kFile) == mdtModuleRef) |
5469 | { |
5470 | // This is a moduleRef |
5471 | IfFailThrow(GetMDImport()->GetModuleRefProps(kFile, &psModuleName)); |
5472 | } |
5473 | else |
5474 | { |
5475 | // This is mdtFile |
5476 | IfFailThrow(GetAssembly()->GetManifestImport()->GetFileProps(kFile, |
5477 | &psModuleName, |
5478 | NULL, |
5479 | NULL, |
5480 | NULL)); |
5481 | } |
5482 | SString name(SString::Utf8, psModuleName); |
5483 | EEFileLoadException::Throw(name, COR_E_MULTIMODULEASSEMBLIESDIALLOWED, NULL); |
5484 | } |
5485 | } |
5486 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE |
5487 | |
5488 | PTR_Module Module::LookupModule(mdToken kFile,BOOL permitResources/*=TRUE*/) |
5489 | { |
5490 | CONTRACT(PTR_Module) |
5491 | { |
5492 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
5493 | if (FORBIDGC_LOADER_USE_ENABLED()) NOTHROW; else THROWS; |
5494 | if (FORBIDGC_LOADER_USE_ENABLED()) GC_NOTRIGGER; else GC_TRIGGERS; |
5495 | if (FORBIDGC_LOADER_USE_ENABLED()) FORBID_FAULT; |
5496 | else { INJECT_FAULT(COMPlusThrowOM()); } |
5497 | MODE_ANY; |
5498 | PRECONDITION(TypeFromToken(kFile) == mdtFile |
5499 | || TypeFromToken(kFile) == mdtModuleRef); |
5500 | POSTCONDITION(CheckPointer(RETVAL, NULL_OK)); |
5501 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
5502 | } |
5503 | CONTRACT_END; |
5504 | |
5505 | if (TypeFromToken(kFile) == mdtModuleRef) |
5506 | { |
5507 | LPCSTR moduleName; |
5508 | IfFailThrow(GetMDImport()->GetModuleRefProps(kFile, &moduleName)); |
5509 | mdFile kFileLocal = GetAssembly()->GetManifestFileToken(moduleName); |
5510 | |
5511 | if (kFileLocal == mdTokenNil) |
5512 | COMPlusThrowHR(COR_E_BADIMAGEFORMAT); |
5513 | |
5514 | RETURN GetAssembly()->GetManifestModule()->LookupModule(kFileLocal, permitResources); |
5515 | } |
5516 | |
5517 | PTR_Module pModule = LookupFile(kFile); |
5518 | if (pModule == NULL && !IsManifest()) |
5519 | { |
5520 | // If we didn't find it there, look at the "master rid map" in the manifest file |
5521 | Assembly *pAssembly = GetAssembly(); |
5522 | mdFile kMatch = pAssembly->GetManifestFileToken(GetMDImport(), kFile); |
5523 | if (IsNilToken(kMatch)) { |
5524 | if (kMatch == mdFileNil) |
5525 | pModule = pAssembly->GetManifestModule(); |
5526 | else |
5527 | COMPlusThrowHR(COR_E_BADIMAGEFORMAT); |
5528 | } |
5529 | else |
5530 | pModule = pAssembly->GetManifestModule()->LookupFile(kMatch); |
5531 | } |
5532 | RETURN pModule; |
5533 | } |
5534 | |
5535 | |
5536 | TypeHandle Module::LookupTypeRef(mdTypeRef token) |
5537 | { |
5538 | STATIC_CONTRACT_NOTHROW; |
5539 | STATIC_CONTRACT_GC_NOTRIGGER; |
5540 | STATIC_CONTRACT_FORBID_FAULT; |
5541 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
5542 | |
5543 | _ASSERTE(TypeFromToken(token) == mdtTypeRef); |
5544 | |
5545 | g_IBCLogger.LogRidMapAccess( MakePair( this, token ) ); |
5546 | |
5547 | TypeHandle entry = TypeHandle::FromTAddr(dac_cast<TADDR>(m_TypeRefToMethodTableMap.GetElement(RidFromToken(token)))); |
5548 | |
5549 | if (entry.IsNull()) |
5550 | return TypeHandle(); |
5551 | |
5552 | // Cannot do this in a NOTHROW function. |
5553 | // Note that this could be called while doing GC from the prestub of |
5554 | // a method to resolve typerefs in a signature. We cannot THROW |
5555 | // during GC. |
5556 | |
5557 | // @PERF: Enable this so that we do not need to touch metadata |
5558 | // to resolve typerefs |
5559 | |
5560 | #ifdef FIXUPS_ALL_TYPEREFS |
5561 | |
5562 | if (CORCOMPILE_IS_POINTER_TAGGED((SIZE_T) entry.AsPtr())) |
5563 | { |
5564 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
5565 | Module::RestoreTypeHandlePointer(&entry, TRUE); |
5566 | m_TypeRefToMethodTableMap.SetElement(RidFromToken(token), dac_cast<PTR_TypeRef>(value.AsTAddr())); |
5567 | #else // DACCESS_COMPILE |
5568 | DacNotImpl(); |
5569 | #endif // DACCESS_COMPILE |
5570 | } |
5571 | |
5572 | #endif // FIXUPS_ALL_TYPEREFS |
5573 | |
5574 | return entry; |
5575 | } |
5576 | |
5577 | #ifdef FEATURE_NATIVE_IMAGE_GENERATION |
5578 | mdTypeRef Module::LookupTypeRefByMethodTable(MethodTable *pMT) |
5579 | { |
5580 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
5581 | |
5582 | HENUMInternalHolder hEnumTypeRefs(GetMDImport()); |
5583 | mdTypeRef token; |
5584 | hEnumTypeRefs.EnumAllInit(mdtTypeRef); |
5585 | while (hEnumTypeRefs.EnumNext(&token)) |
5586 | { |
5587 | TypeHandle thRef = LookupTypeRef(token); |
5588 | if (thRef.IsNull() || thRef.IsTypeDesc()) |
5589 | { |
5590 | continue; |
5591 | } |
5592 | |
5593 | MethodTable *pMTRef = thRef.AsMethodTable(); |
5594 | if (pMT->HasSameTypeDefAs(pMTRef)) |
5595 | { |
5596 | _ASSERTE(pMTRef->IsTypicalTypeDefinition()); |
5597 | return token; |
5598 | } |
5599 | } |
5600 | |
5601 | #ifdef FEATURE_READYTORUN_COMPILER |
5602 | if (IsReadyToRunCompilation()) |
5603 | { |
5604 | if (pMT->GetClass()->IsEquivalentType()) |
5605 | { |
5606 | GetSvcLogger()->Log(W("ReadyToRun: Type reference to equivalent type cannot be encoded\n" )); |
5607 | ThrowHR(E_NOTIMPL); |
5608 | } |
5609 | |
5610 | // FUTURE: Encoding of new cross-module references for ReadyToRun |
5611 | // This warning is hit for recursive cross-module inlining. It is commented out to avoid noise. |
5612 | // GetSvcLogger()->Log(W("ReadyToRun: Type reference outside of current version bubble cannot be encoded\n")); |
5613 | } |
5614 | else |
5615 | #endif // FEATURE_READYTORUN_COMPILER |
5616 | { |
5617 | // FUTURE TODO: Version resilience |
5618 | _ASSERTE(!"Cross module type reference not found" ); |
5619 | } |
5620 | ThrowHR(E_FAIL); |
5621 | } |
5622 | |
5623 | mdMemberRef Module::LookupMemberRefByMethodDesc(MethodDesc *pMD) |
5624 | { |
5625 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
5626 | |
5627 | HENUMInternalHolder hEnumMemberRefs(GetMDImport()); |
5628 | mdMemberRef token; |
5629 | hEnumMemberRefs.EnumAllInit(mdtMemberRef); |
5630 | while (hEnumMemberRefs.EnumNext(&token)) |
5631 | { |
5632 | BOOL fIsMethod = FALSE; |
5633 | TADDR addr = LookupMemberRef(token, &fIsMethod); |
5634 | if (fIsMethod) |
5635 | { |
5636 | MethodDesc *pCurMD = dac_cast<PTR_MethodDesc>(addr); |
5637 | if (pCurMD == pMD) |
5638 | { |
5639 | return token; |
5640 | } |
5641 | } |
5642 | } |
5643 | |
5644 | // FUTURE TODO: Version resilience |
5645 | _ASSERTE(!"Cross module method reference not found" ); |
5646 | ThrowHR(E_FAIL); |
5647 | } |
5648 | #endif // FEATURE_NATIVE_IMAGE_GENERATION |
5649 | |
5650 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
5651 | |
5652 | // |
5653 | // Increase the size of one of the maps, such that it can handle a RID of at least "rid". |
5654 | // |
5655 | // This function must also check that another thread didn't already add a LookupMap capable |
5656 | // of containing the same RID. |
5657 | // |
5658 | PTR_TADDR LookupMapBase::GrowMap(Module * pModule, DWORD rid) |
5659 | { |
5660 | CONTRACT(PTR_TADDR) |
5661 | { |
5662 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
5663 | THROWS; |
5664 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
5665 | MODE_ANY; |
5666 | INJECT_FAULT(ThrowOutOfMemory();); |
5667 | POSTCONDITION(CheckPointer(RETVAL)); |
5668 | } |
5669 | CONTRACT_END; |
5670 | |
5671 | LookupMapBase *pMap = this; |
5672 | LookupMapBase *pPrev = NULL; |
5673 | LookupMapBase *pNewMap = NULL; |
5674 | |
5675 | // Initial block size |
5676 | DWORD dwIndex = rid; |
5677 | DWORD dwBlockSize = 16; |
5678 | |
5679 | { |
5680 | CrstHolder ch(pModule->GetLookupTableCrst()); |
5681 | // Check whether we can already handle this RID index |
5682 | do |
5683 | { |
5684 | if (dwIndex < pMap->dwCount) |
5685 | { |
5686 | // Already there - some other thread must have added it |
5687 | RETURN pMap->GetIndexPtr(dwIndex); |
5688 | } |
5689 | |
5690 | dwBlockSize *= 2; |
5691 | |
5692 | dwIndex -= pMap->dwCount; |
5693 | |
5694 | pPrev = pMap; |
5695 | pMap = pMap->pNext; |
5696 | } while (pMap != NULL); |
5697 | |
5698 | _ASSERTE(pPrev != NULL); // should never happen, because there's always at least one map |
5699 | |
5700 | DWORD dwSizeToAllocate = max(dwIndex + 1, dwBlockSize); |
5701 | |
5702 | pNewMap = (LookupMapBase *) (void*)pModule->GetLoaderAllocator()->GetLowFrequencyHeap()->AllocMem(S_SIZE_T(sizeof(LookupMapBase)) + S_SIZE_T(dwSizeToAllocate)*S_SIZE_T(sizeof(TADDR))); |
5703 | |
5704 | // Note: Memory allocated on loader heap is zero filled |
5705 | // memset(pNewMap, 0, sizeof(LookupMap) + dwSizeToAllocate*sizeof(void*)); |
5706 | |
5707 | pNewMap->pNext = NULL; |
5708 | pNewMap->dwCount = dwSizeToAllocate; |
5709 | |
5710 | pNewMap->pTable = dac_cast<ArrayDPTR(TADDR)>(pNewMap + 1); |
5711 | |
5712 | // Link ourselves in |
5713 | VolatileStore<LookupMapBase*>(&(pPrev->pNext), pNewMap); |
5714 | } |
5715 | |
5716 | RETURN pNewMap->GetIndexPtr(dwIndex); |
5717 | } |
5718 | |
5719 | #endif // DACCESS_COMPILE |
5720 | |
5721 | PTR_TADDR LookupMapBase::GetElementPtr(DWORD rid) |
5722 | { |
5723 | CONTRACTL |
5724 | { |
5725 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
5726 | NOTHROW; |
5727 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
5728 | MODE_ANY; |
5729 | SO_TOLERANT; |
5730 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
5731 | } |
5732 | CONTRACTL_END; |
5733 | |
5734 | LookupMapBase * pMap = this; |
5735 | |
5736 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT |
5737 | if (pMap->dwNumHotItems > 0) |
5738 | { |
5739 | #ifdef _DEBUG_IMPL |
5740 | static DWORD counter = 0; |
5741 | counter++; |
5742 | if (counter >= pMap->dwNumHotItems) |
5743 | { |
5744 | CheckConsistentHotItemList(); |
5745 | counter = 0; |
5746 | } |
5747 | #endif // _DEBUG_IMPL |
5748 | |
5749 | PTR_TADDR pHotItemValue = pMap->FindHotItemValuePtr(rid); |
5750 | if (pHotItemValue) |
5751 | { |
5752 | return pHotItemValue; |
5753 | } |
5754 | } |
5755 | #endif // FEATURE_PREJIT |
5756 | |
5757 | DWORD dwIndex = rid; |
5758 | do |
5759 | { |
5760 | if (dwIndex < pMap->dwCount) |
5761 | { |
5762 | return pMap->GetIndexPtr(dwIndex); |
5763 | } |
5764 | |
5765 | dwIndex -= pMap->dwCount; |
5766 | pMap = pMap->pNext; |
5767 | } while (pMap != NULL); |
5768 | |
5769 | return NULL; |
5770 | } |
5771 | |
5772 | |
5773 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT |
5774 | |
5775 | // This method can only be called on a compressed map (MapIsCompressed() == true). Compressed rid maps store |
5776 | // the array of values as packed deltas (each value is based on the accumulated of all the previous entries). |
5777 | // So this method takes the bit stream of compressed data we're navigating and the value of the last entry |
5778 | // retrieved allowing us to calculate the full value of the next entry. Note that the values passed in and out |
5779 | // here aren't the final values the top-level caller sees. In order to avoid having to touch the compressed |
5780 | // data on image base relocations we actually store a form of RVA (though relative to the map base rather than |
5781 | // the module base). |
5782 | INT32 LookupMapBase::GetNextCompressedEntry(BitStreamReader *pTableStream, INT32 iLastValue) |
5783 | { |
5784 | CONTRACTL |
5785 | { |
5786 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
5787 | NOTHROW; |
5788 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
5789 | MODE_ANY; |
5790 | SO_TOLERANT; |
5791 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
5792 | PRECONDITION(MapIsCompressed()); |
5793 | } |
5794 | CONTRACTL_END; |
5795 | |
5796 | // The next kLookupMapLengthBits bits in the stream are an index into a per-map table that tells us the |
5797 | // length of the encoded delta. |
5798 | DWORD dwValueLength = rgEncodingLengths[pTableStream->Read(kLookupMapLengthBits)]; |
5799 | |
5800 | // Then follows a single bit that indicates whether the delta should be added (1) or subtracted (0) from |
5801 | // the previous entry value to recover the current entry value. |
5802 | // Once we've read that bit we read the delta (encoded as an unsigned integer using the number of bits |
5803 | // that we read from the encoding lengths table above). |
5804 | if (pTableStream->ReadOneFast()) |
5805 | return iLastValue + (INT32)(pTableStream->Read(dwValueLength)); |
5806 | else |
5807 | return iLastValue - (INT32)(pTableStream->Read(dwValueLength)); |
5808 | } |
5809 | |
5810 | // This method can only be called on a compressed map (MapIsCompressed() == true). Retrieves the final value |
5811 | // (e.g. MethodTable*, MethodDesc* etc. based on map type) given the rid of the entry. |
5812 | TADDR LookupMapBase::GetValueFromCompressedMap(DWORD rid) |
5813 | { |
5814 | CONTRACTL |
5815 | { |
5816 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
5817 | NOTHROW; |
5818 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
5819 | MODE_ANY; |
5820 | SO_TOLERANT; |
5821 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
5822 | PRECONDITION(MapIsCompressed()); |
5823 | } |
5824 | CONTRACTL_END; |
5825 | |
5826 | // Normally to extract the nth entry in the table we have to linearly parse all (n - 1) preceding entries |
5827 | // (since entries are stored as the delta from the previous entry). Obviously this can yield exceptionally |
5828 | // poor performance for the later entries in large tables. So we also build an index of the compressed |
5829 | // stream. This index has an entry for every kLookupMapIndexStride entries in the compressed table. Each |
5830 | // index entry contains the full RVA (relative to the map) of the corresponding table entry plus the bit |
5831 | // offset in the stream from which to start parsing the next entry's data. |
5832 | // In this fashion we can get to within kLookupMapIndexStride entries of our target entry and then decode |
5833 | // our way to the final target. |
5834 | |
5835 | // Ensure that index does not go beyond end of the saved table |
5836 | if (rid >= dwCount) |
5837 | return 0; |
5838 | |
5839 | // Calculate the nearest entry in the index that is lower than our target index in the full table. |
5840 | DWORD dwIndexEntry = rid / kLookupMapIndexStride; |
5841 | |
5842 | // Then calculate how many additional entries we'll need to decode from the compressed streams to recover |
5843 | // the target entry. |
5844 | DWORD dwSubIndex = rid % kLookupMapIndexStride; |
5845 | |
5846 | // Open a bit stream reader on the index and skip all the entries prior to the one we're interested in. |
5847 | BitStreamReader sIndexStream(pIndex); |
5848 | sIndexStream.Skip(dwIndexEntry * cIndexEntryBits); |
5849 | |
5850 | // The first kBitsPerRVA of the index entry contain the RVA of the corresponding entry in the compressed |
5851 | // table. If this is exactly the entry we want (dwSubIndex == 0) then we can use this RVA to recover the |
5852 | // value the caller wants. Our RVAs are based on the map address rather than the module base (simply |
5853 | // because we don't record the module base in LookupMapBase). A delta of zero encodes a null value, |
5854 | // otherwise we simply add the RVA to the our map address to recover the full pointer. |
5855 | // Note that most LookupMaps are embedded structures (in Module) so we can't directly dac_cast<TADDR> our |
5856 | // "this" pointer for DAC builds. Instead we have to use the slightly slower (in DAC) but more flexible |
5857 | // PTR_HOST_INT_TO_TADDR() which copes with interior host pointers. |
5858 | INT32 iValue = (INT32)sIndexStream.Read(kBitsPerRVA); |
5859 | if (dwSubIndex == 0) |
5860 | return iValue ? PTR_HOST_INT_TO_TADDR(this) + iValue : 0; |
5861 | |
5862 | // Otherwise we must parse one or more entries in the compressed table to accumulate more deltas to the |
5863 | // base RVA we read above. The remaining portion of the index entry has the bit offset into the compressed |
5864 | // table at which to begin parsing. |
5865 | BitStreamReader sTableStream(dac_cast<PTR_CBYTE>(pTable)); |
5866 | sTableStream.Skip(sIndexStream.Read(cIndexEntryBits - kBitsPerRVA)); |
5867 | |
5868 | // Parse all the entries up to our target entry. Each step takes the RVA from the previous cycle (or from |
5869 | // the index entry we read above) and applies the compressed delta of the next table entry to it. |
5870 | for (DWORD i = 0; i < dwSubIndex; i++) |
5871 | iValue = GetNextCompressedEntry(&sTableStream, iValue); |
5872 | |
5873 | // We have the final RVA so recover the actual pointer from it (a zero RVA encodes a NULL pointer). Note |
5874 | // the use of PTR_HOST_INT_TO_TADDR() rather than dac_cast<TADDR>, see previous comment on |
5875 | // PTR_HOST_INT_TO_TADDR for an explanation. |
5876 | return iValue ? PTR_HOST_INT_TO_TADDR(this) + iValue : 0; |
5877 | } |
5878 | |
5879 | PTR_TADDR LookupMapBase::FindHotItemValuePtr(DWORD rid) |
5880 | { |
5881 | LIMITED_METHOD_DAC_CONTRACT; |
5882 | |
5883 | if (dwNumHotItems < 5) |
5884 | { |
5885 | // do simple linear search if there are only a few hot items |
5886 | for (DWORD i = 0; i < dwNumHotItems; i++) |
5887 | { |
5888 | if (hotItemList[i].rid == rid) |
5889 | return dac_cast<PTR_TADDR>( |
5890 | dac_cast<TADDR>(hotItemList) + i * sizeof(HotItem) + offsetof(HotItem, value)); |
5891 | } |
5892 | } |
5893 | else |
5894 | { |
5895 | // otherwise do binary search |
5896 | if (hotItemList[0].rid <= rid && rid <= hotItemList[dwNumHotItems-1].rid) |
5897 | { |
5898 | DWORD l = 0; |
5899 | DWORD r = dwNumHotItems; |
5900 | while (l + 1 < r) |
5901 | { |
5902 | // loop invariant: |
5903 | _ASSERTE(hotItemList[l].rid <= rid && (r >= dwNumHotItems || rid < hotItemList[r].rid)); |
5904 | |
5905 | DWORD m = (l + r)/2; |
5906 | // loop condition implies l < m < r, hence interval shrinks every iteration, hence loop terminates |
5907 | _ASSERTE(l < m && m < r); |
5908 | if (rid < hotItemList[m].rid) |
5909 | r = m; |
5910 | else |
5911 | l = m; |
5912 | } |
5913 | // now we know l + 1 == r && hotItemList[l].rid <= rid < hotItemList[r].rid |
5914 | // loop invariant: |
5915 | _ASSERTE(hotItemList[l].rid <= rid && (r >= dwNumHotItems || rid < hotItemList[r].rid)); |
5916 | if (hotItemList[l].rid == rid) |
5917 | return dac_cast<PTR_TADDR>( |
5918 | dac_cast<TADDR>(hotItemList) + l * sizeof(HotItem) + offsetof(HotItem, value)); |
5919 | } |
5920 | } |
5921 | return NULL; |
5922 | } |
5923 | |
5924 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
5925 | void LookupMapBase::CheckConsistentHotItemList() |
5926 | { |
5927 | LIMITED_METHOD_DAC_CONTRACT; |
5928 | |
5929 | for (DWORD i = 0; i < dwNumHotItems; i++) |
5930 | { |
5931 | DWORD rid = hotItemList[i].rid; |
5932 | |
5933 | PTR_TADDR pHotValue = dac_cast<PTR_TADDR>( |
5934 | dac_cast<TADDR>(hotItemList) + i * sizeof(HotItem) + offsetof(HotItem, value)); |
5935 | TADDR hotValue = RelativePointer<TADDR>::GetValueMaybeNullAtPtr(dac_cast<TADDR>(pHotValue)); |
5936 | |
5937 | TADDR value; |
5938 | if (MapIsCompressed()) |
5939 | { |
5940 | value = GetValueFromCompressedMap(rid); |
5941 | } |
5942 | else |
5943 | { |
5944 | PTR_TADDR pValue = GetIndexPtr(rid); |
5945 | value = RelativePointer<TADDR>::GetValueMaybeNullAtPtr(dac_cast<TADDR>(pValue)); |
5946 | } |
5947 | |
5948 | _ASSERTE(hotValue == value || value == NULL); |
5949 | } |
5950 | } |
5951 | #endif // _DEBUG |
5952 | |
5953 | #endif // FEATURE_PREJIT |
5954 | |
5955 | // Get number of RIDs that this table can store |
5956 | DWORD LookupMapBase::GetSize() |
5957 | { |
5958 | CONTRACTL |
5959 | { |
5960 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
5961 | NOTHROW; |
5962 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
5963 | MODE_ANY; |
5964 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
5965 | } |
5966 | CONTRACTL_END; |
5967 | |
5968 | LookupMapBase * pMap = this; |
5969 | DWORD dwSize = 0; |
5970 | do |
5971 | { |
5972 | dwSize += pMap->dwCount; |
5973 | pMap = pMap->pNext; |
5974 | } while (pMap != NULL); |
5975 | |
5976 | return dwSize; |
5977 | } |
5978 | |
5979 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
5980 | |
5981 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
5982 | void LookupMapBase::DebugGetRidMapOccupancy(DWORD *pdwOccupied, DWORD *pdwSize) |
5983 | { |
5984 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
5985 | |
5986 | *pdwOccupied = 0; |
5987 | *pdwSize = 0; |
5988 | |
5989 | LookupMapBase * pMap = this; |
5990 | |
5991 | // Go through each linked block |
5992 | for (; pMap != NULL; pMap = pMap->pNext) |
5993 | { |
5994 | DWORD dwIterCount = pMap->dwCount; |
5995 | |
5996 | for (DWORD i = 0; i < dwIterCount; i++) |
5997 | { |
5998 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT |
5999 | if (pMap->MapIsCompressed()) |
6000 | { |
6001 | if (pMap->GetValueFromCompressedMap(i)) |
6002 | (*pdwOccupied)++; |
6003 | } |
6004 | else |
6005 | #endif // FEATURE_PREJIT |
6006 | if (pMap->pTable[i] != NULL) |
6007 | (*pdwOccupied)++; |
6008 | } |
6009 | |
6010 | (*pdwSize) += dwIterCount; |
6011 | } |
6012 | } |
6013 | |
6014 | void Module::DebugLogRidMapOccupancy() |
6015 | { |
6016 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
6017 | |
6018 | #define COMPUTE_RID_MAP_OCCUPANCY(var_suffix, map) \ |
6019 | DWORD dwOccupied##var_suffix, dwSize##var_suffix, dwPercent##var_suffix; \ |
6020 | map.DebugGetRidMapOccupancy(&dwOccupied##var_suffix, &dwSize##var_suffix); \ |
6021 | dwPercent##var_suffix = dwOccupied##var_suffix ? ((dwOccupied##var_suffix * 100) / dwSize##var_suffix) : 0; |
6022 | |
6023 | COMPUTE_RID_MAP_OCCUPANCY(1, m_TypeDefToMethodTableMap); |
6024 | COMPUTE_RID_MAP_OCCUPANCY(2, m_TypeRefToMethodTableMap); |
6025 | COMPUTE_RID_MAP_OCCUPANCY(3, m_MethodDefToDescMap); |
6026 | COMPUTE_RID_MAP_OCCUPANCY(4, m_FieldDefToDescMap); |
6027 | COMPUTE_RID_MAP_OCCUPANCY(5, m_GenericParamToDescMap); |
6028 | COMPUTE_RID_MAP_OCCUPANCY(6, m_GenericTypeDefToCanonMethodTableMap); |
6029 | COMPUTE_RID_MAP_OCCUPANCY(7, m_FileReferencesMap); |
6030 | COMPUTE_RID_MAP_OCCUPANCY(8, m_ManifestModuleReferencesMap); |
6031 | COMPUTE_RID_MAP_OCCUPANCY(9, m_MethodDefToPropertyInfoMap); |
6032 | |
6033 | LOG(( |
6034 | LF_EEMEM, |
6035 | INFO3, |
6036 | " Map occupancy:\n" |
6037 | " TypeDefToMethodTable map: %4d/%4d (%2d %%)\n" |
6038 | " TypeRefToMethodTable map: %4d/%4d (%2d %%)\n" |
6039 | " MethodDefToDesc map: %4d/%4d (%2d %%)\n" |
6040 | " FieldDefToDesc map: %4d/%4d (%2d %%)\n" |
6041 | " GenericParamToDesc map: %4d/%4d (%2d %%)\n" |
6042 | " GenericTypeDefToCanonMethodTable map: %4d/%4d (%2d %%)\n" |
6043 | " FileReferences map: %4d/%4d (%2d %%)\n" |
6044 | " AssemblyReferences map: %4d/%4d (%2d %%)\n" |
6045 | " MethodDefToPropInfo map: %4d/%4d (%2d %%)\n" |
6046 | , |
6047 | dwOccupied1, dwSize1, dwPercent1, |
6048 | dwOccupied2, dwSize2, dwPercent2, |
6049 | dwOccupied3, dwSize3, dwPercent3, |
6050 | dwOccupied4, dwSize4, dwPercent4, |
6051 | dwOccupied5, dwSize5, dwPercent5, |
6052 | dwOccupied6, dwSize6, dwPercent6, |
6053 | dwOccupied7, dwSize7, dwPercent7, |
6054 | dwOccupied8, dwSize8, dwPercent8, |
6055 | dwOccupied9, dwSize9, dwPercent9 |
6056 | )); |
6057 | |
6058 | #undef COMPUTE_RID_MAP_OCCUPANCY |
6059 | } |
6060 | #endif // _DEBUG |
6061 | |
6062 | // |
6063 | // FindMethod finds a MethodDesc for a global function methoddef or ref |
6064 | // |
6065 | |
6066 | MethodDesc *Module::FindMethodThrowing(mdToken pMethod) |
6067 | { |
6068 | CONTRACT (MethodDesc *) |
6069 | { |
6070 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
6071 | THROWS; |
6072 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
6073 | MODE_ANY; |
6074 | POSTCONDITION(CheckPointer(RETVAL)); |
6075 | } |
6076 | CONTRACT_END |
6077 | |
6078 | SigTypeContext typeContext; /* empty type context: methods will not be generic */ |
6079 | RETURN MemberLoader::GetMethodDescFromMemberDefOrRefOrSpec(this, pMethod, |
6080 | &typeContext, |
6081 | TRUE, /* strictMetadataChecks */ |
6082 | FALSE /* dont get code shared between generic instantiations */); |
6083 | } |
6084 | |
6085 | // |
6086 | // FindMethod finds a MethodDesc for a global function methoddef or ref |
6087 | // |
6088 | |
6089 | MethodDesc *Module::FindMethod(mdToken pMethod) |
6090 | { |
6091 | CONTRACT (MethodDesc *) { |
6092 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
6093 | NOTHROW; |
6094 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
6095 | MODE_ANY; |
6096 | POSTCONDITION(CheckPointer(RETVAL, NULL_OK)); |
6097 | } CONTRACT_END; |
6098 | |
6099 | MethodDesc *pMDRet = NULL; |
6100 | |
6101 | EX_TRY |
6102 | { |
6103 | pMDRet = FindMethodThrowing(pMethod); |
6104 | } |
6105 | EX_CATCH |
6106 | { |
6107 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
6108 | CONTRACT_VIOLATION(ThrowsViolation); |
6109 | char szMethodName [MAX_CLASSNAME_LENGTH]; |
6110 | CEEInfo::findNameOfToken(this, pMethod, szMethodName, COUNTOF (szMethodName)); |
6111 | // This used to be IJW, but changed to LW_INTEROP to reclaim a bit in our log facilities |
6112 | LOG((LF_INTEROP, LL_INFO10, "Failed to find Method: %s for Vtable Fixup\n" , szMethodName)); |
6113 | #endif // _DEBUG |
6114 | } |
6115 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
6116 | |
6117 | RETURN pMDRet; |
6118 | } |
6119 | |
6120 | // |
6121 | // PopulatePropertyInfoMap precomputes property information during NGen |
6122 | // that is expensive to look up from metadata at runtime. |
6123 | // |
6124 | |
6125 | void Module::PopulatePropertyInfoMap() |
6126 | { |
6127 | CONTRACTL |
6128 | { |
6129 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
6130 | THROWS; |
6131 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
6132 | MODE_ANY; |
6133 | PRECONDITION(IsCompilationProcess()); |
6134 | } |
6135 | CONTRACTL_END; |
6136 | |
6137 | IMDInternalImport* mdImport = GetMDImport(); |
6138 | HENUMInternalHolder hEnum(mdImport); |
6139 | hEnum.EnumAllInit(mdtMethodDef); |
6140 | |
6141 | mdMethodDef md; |
6142 | while (hEnum.EnumNext(&md)) |
6143 | { |
6144 | mdProperty prop = 0; |
6145 | ULONG semantic = 0; |
6146 | if (mdImport->GetPropertyInfoForMethodDef(md, &prop, NULL, &semantic) == S_OK) |
6147 | { |
6148 | // Store the Rid in the lower 24 bits and the semantic in the upper 8 |
6149 | _ASSERTE((semantic & 0xFFFFFF00) == 0); |
6150 | SIZE_T value = RidFromToken(prop) | (semantic << 24); |
6151 | |
6152 | // We need to make sure a value of zero indicates an empty LookupMap entry |
6153 | // Fortunately the semantic will prevent value from being zero |
6154 | _ASSERTE(value != 0); |
6155 | |
6156 | m_MethodDefToPropertyInfoMap.AddElement(this, RidFromToken(md), value); |
6157 | } |
6158 | } |
6159 | FastInterlockOr(&m_dwPersistedFlags, COMPUTED_METHODDEF_TO_PROPERTYINFO_MAP); |
6160 | } |
6161 | |
6162 | // |
6163 | // GetPropertyInfoForMethodDef wraps the metadata function of the same name, |
6164 | // first trying to use the information stored in m_MethodDefToPropertyInfoMap. |
6165 | // |
6166 | |
6167 | HRESULT Module::GetPropertyInfoForMethodDef(mdMethodDef md, mdProperty *ppd, LPCSTR *pName, ULONG *pSemantic) |
6168 | { |
6169 | CONTRACTL |
6170 | { |
6171 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
6172 | NOTHROW; |
6173 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
6174 | MODE_ANY; |
6175 | SO_TOLERANT; |
6176 | } |
6177 | CONTRACTL_END; |
6178 | |
6179 | HRESULT hr; |
6180 | |
6181 | if ((m_dwPersistedFlags & COMPUTED_METHODDEF_TO_PROPERTYINFO_MAP) != 0) |
6182 | { |
6183 | SIZE_T value = m_MethodDefToPropertyInfoMap.GetElement(RidFromToken(md)); |
6184 | if (value == 0) |
6185 | { |
6186 | _ASSERTE(GetMDImport()->GetPropertyInfoForMethodDef(md, ppd, pName, pSemantic) == S_FALSE); |
6187 | return S_FALSE; |
6188 | } |
6189 | else |
6190 | { |
6191 | // Decode the value into semantic and mdProperty as described in PopulatePropertyInfoMap |
6192 | ULONG semantic = (value & 0xFF000000) >> 24; |
6193 | mdProperty prop = TokenFromRid(value & 0x00FFFFFF, mdtProperty); |
6194 | |
6195 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
6196 | mdProperty dbgPd; |
6197 | LPCSTR dbgName; |
6198 | ULONG dbgSemantic; |
6199 | _ASSERTE(GetMDImport()->GetPropertyInfoForMethodDef(md, &dbgPd, &dbgName, &dbgSemantic) == S_OK); |
6200 | #endif |
6201 | |
6202 | if (ppd != NULL) |
6203 | { |
6204 | *ppd = prop; |
6205 | _ASSERTE(*ppd == dbgPd); |
6206 | } |
6207 | |
6208 | if (pSemantic != NULL) |
6209 | { |
6210 | *pSemantic = semantic; |
6211 | _ASSERTE(*pSemantic == dbgSemantic); |
6212 | } |
6213 | |
6214 | if (pName != NULL) |
6215 | { |
6216 | IfFailRet(GetMDImport()->GetPropertyProps(prop, pName, NULL, NULL, NULL)); |
6217 | |
6218 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
6219 | HRESULT hr = GetMDImport()->GetPropertyProps(prop, pName, NULL, NULL, NULL); |
6220 | _ASSERTE(hr == S_OK); |
6221 | _ASSERTE(strcmp(*pName, dbgName) == 0); |
6222 | #endif |
6223 | } |
6224 | |
6225 | return S_OK; |
6226 | } |
6227 | } |
6228 | |
6229 | return GetMDImport()->GetPropertyInfoForMethodDef(md, ppd, pName, pSemantic); |
6230 | } |
6231 | |
6232 | #ifdef FEATURE_NATIVE_IMAGE_GENERATION |
6233 | // Fill the m_propertyNameSet hash filter with data that represents every |
6234 | // property and its name in the module. |
6235 | void Module::PrecomputeMatchingProperties(DataImage *image) |
6236 | { |
6237 | CONTRACTL |
6238 | { |
6239 | STANDARD_VM_CHECK; |
6240 | PRECONDITION(IsCompilationProcess()); |
6241 | } |
6242 | CONTRACTL_END; |
6243 | |
6244 | IMDInternalImport* mdImport = GetMDImport(); |
6245 | |
6246 | m_nPropertyNameSet = mdImport->GetCountWithTokenKind(mdtProperty); |
6247 | |
6248 | if (m_nPropertyNameSet == 0) |
6249 | { |
6250 | return; |
6251 | } |
6252 | |
6253 | m_propertyNameSet = new (image->GetHeap()) BYTE[m_nPropertyNameSet]; |
6254 | |
6255 | DWORD nEnumeratedProperties = 0; |
6256 | |
6257 | HENUMInternalHolder hEnumTypes(mdImport); |
6258 | hEnumTypes.EnumAllInit(mdtTypeDef); |
6259 | |
6260 | // Enumerate all properties of all types |
6261 | mdTypeDef tkType; |
6262 | while (hEnumTypes.EnumNext(&tkType)) |
6263 | { |
6264 | HENUMInternalHolder hEnumPropertiesForType(mdImport); |
6265 | hEnumPropertiesForType.EnumInit(mdtProperty, tkType); |
6266 | |
6267 | mdProperty tkProperty; |
6268 | while (hEnumPropertiesForType.EnumNext(&tkProperty)) |
6269 | { |
6270 | LPCSTR name; |
6271 | HRESULT hr = GetMDImport()->GetPropertyProps(tkProperty, &name, NULL, NULL, NULL); |
6272 | IfFailThrow(hr); |
6273 | |
6274 | ++nEnumeratedProperties; |
6275 | |
6276 | // Use a case-insensitive hash so that we can use this value for |
6277 | // both case-sensitive and case-insensitive name lookups |
6278 | SString ssName(SString::Utf8Literal, name); |
6279 | ULONG nameHashValue = ssName.HashCaseInsensitive(); |
6280 | |
6281 | // Set one bit in m_propertyNameSet per iteration |
6282 | // This will allow lookup to ensure that the bit from each iteration is set |
6283 | // and if any are not set, know that the (tkProperty,name) pair is not valid |
6284 | for (DWORD i = 0; i < NUM_PROPERTY_SET_HASHES; ++i) |
6285 | { |
6286 | DWORD currentHashValue = HashThreeToOne(tkProperty, nameHashValue, i); |
6287 | DWORD bitPos = currentHashValue % (m_nPropertyNameSet * 8); |
6288 | m_propertyNameSet[bitPos / 8] |= (1 << bitPos % 8); |
6289 | } |
6290 | } |
6291 | } |
6292 | |
6293 | _ASSERTE(nEnumeratedProperties == m_nPropertyNameSet); |
6294 | } |
6295 | #endif // FEATURE_NATIVE_IMAGE_GENERATION |
6296 | |
6297 | // Check whether the module might possibly have a property with a name with |
6298 | // the passed hash value without accessing the property's name. This is done |
6299 | // by consulting a hash filter populated at NGen time. |
6300 | BOOL Module::MightContainMatchingProperty(mdProperty tkProperty, ULONG nameHash) |
6301 | { |
6302 | CONTRACTL |
6303 | { |
6304 | NOTHROW; |
6305 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
6306 | SO_TOLERANT; |
6307 | MODE_ANY; |
6308 | } |
6309 | CONTRACTL_END; |
6310 | |
6311 | if (m_propertyNameSet) |
6312 | { |
6313 | _ASSERTE(HasNativeImage()); |
6314 | |
6315 | // if this property was added after the name set was computed, conservatively |
6316 | // assume we might have it. This is known to occur in scenarios where a profiler |
6317 | // injects additional metadata at module load time for an NGEN'ed module. In the |
6318 | // future other dynamic additions to the module might produce a similar result. |
6319 | if (RidFromToken(tkProperty) > m_nPropertyNameSet) |
6320 | return TRUE; |
6321 | |
6322 | // Check one bit per iteration, failing if any are not set |
6323 | // We know that all will have been set for any valid (tkProperty,name) pair |
6324 | for (DWORD i = 0; i < NUM_PROPERTY_SET_HASHES; ++i) |
6325 | { |
6326 | DWORD currentHashValue = HashThreeToOne(tkProperty, nameHash, i); |
6327 | DWORD bitPos = currentHashValue % (m_nPropertyNameSet * 8); |
6328 | if ((m_propertyNameSet[bitPos / 8] & (1 << bitPos % 8)) == 0) |
6329 | { |
6330 | return FALSE; |
6331 | } |
6332 | } |
6333 | } |
6334 | |
6335 | return TRUE; |
6336 | } |
6337 | |
6338 | #ifdef FEATURE_NATIVE_IMAGE_GENERATION |
6339 | // Ensure that all elements and flags that we want persisted in the LookupMaps are present |
6340 | void Module::FinalizeLookupMapsPreSave(DataImage *image) |
6341 | { |
6342 | CONTRACTL |
6343 | { |
6344 | STANDARD_VM_CHECK; |
6345 | PRECONDITION(IsCompilationProcess()); |
6346 | } |
6347 | CONTRACTL_END; |
6348 | |
6349 | // For each typedef, if it does not need a restore, add the ZAPPED_TYPE_NEEDS_NO_RESTORE flag |
6350 | { |
6351 | LookupMap<PTR_MethodTable>::Iterator typeDefIter(&m_TypeDefToMethodTableMap); |
6352 | |
6353 | while (typeDefIter.Next()) |
6354 | { |
6355 | MethodTable * pMT = typeDefIter.GetElement(); |
6356 | |
6357 | if (pMT != NULL && !pMT->NeedsRestore(image)) |
6358 | { |
6359 | m_TypeDefToMethodTableMap.AddFlag(RidFromToken(pMT->GetCl()), ZAPPED_TYPE_NEEDS_NO_RESTORE); |
6360 | } |
6361 | } |
6362 | } |
6363 | |
6364 | // For each canonical instantiation of a generic type def, if it does not need a restore, add the ZAPPED_GENERIC_TYPE_NEEDS_NO_RESTORE flag |
6365 | { |
6366 | LookupMap<PTR_MethodTable>::Iterator genericTypeDefIter(&m_GenericTypeDefToCanonMethodTableMap); |
6367 | |
6368 | while (genericTypeDefIter.Next()) |
6369 | { |
6370 | MethodTable * pMT = genericTypeDefIter.GetElement(); |
6371 | |
6372 | if (pMT != NULL && !pMT->NeedsRestore(image)) |
6373 | { |
6374 | m_GenericTypeDefToCanonMethodTableMap.AddFlag(RidFromToken(pMT->GetCl()), ZAPPED_GENERIC_TYPE_NEEDS_NO_RESTORE); |
6375 | } |
6376 | } |
6377 | } |
6378 | |
6379 | } |
6380 | #endif // FEATURE_NATIVE_IMAGE_GENERATION |
6381 | |
6382 | // Return true if this module has any live (jitted) JMC functions. |
6383 | // If a module has no jitted JMC functions, then it's as if it's a |
6384 | // non-user module. |
6385 | bool Module::HasAnyJMCFunctions() |
6386 | { |
6387 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
6388 | |
6389 | // If we have any live JMC funcs in us, then we're a JMC module. |
6390 | // We count JMC functions when we either explicitly toggle their status |
6391 | // or when we get the code:DebuggerMethodInfo for them (which happens in a jit-complete). |
6392 | // Since we don't get the jit-completes for ngen modules, we also check the module's |
6393 | // "default" status. This means we may err on the side of believing we have |
6394 | // JMC methods. |
6395 | return ((m_debuggerSpecificData.m_cTotalJMCFuncs > 0) || m_debuggerSpecificData.m_fDefaultJMCStatus); |
6396 | } |
6397 | |
6398 | // Alter our module's count of JMC functions. |
6399 | // Since these may be called on multiple threads (say 2 threads are jitting |
6400 | // methods within a module), make it thread safe. |
6401 | void Module::IncJMCFuncCount() |
6402 | { |
6403 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
6404 | |
6405 | InterlockedIncrement(&m_debuggerSpecificData.m_cTotalJMCFuncs); |
6406 | } |
6407 | |
6408 | void Module::DecJMCFuncCount() |
6409 | { |
6410 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
6411 | |
6412 | InterlockedDecrement(&m_debuggerSpecificData.m_cTotalJMCFuncs); |
6413 | } |
6414 | |
6415 | // code:DebuggerMethodInfo are lazily created. Let them lookup what the default is. |
6416 | bool Module::GetJMCStatus() |
6417 | { |
6418 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
6419 | |
6420 | return m_debuggerSpecificData.m_fDefaultJMCStatus; |
6421 | } |
6422 | |
6423 | // Set the default JMC status of this module. |
6424 | void Module::SetJMCStatus(bool fStatus) |
6425 | { |
6426 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
6427 | |
6428 | m_debuggerSpecificData.m_fDefaultJMCStatus = fStatus; |
6429 | } |
6430 | |
6431 | // Update the dynamic metadata if needed. Nop for non-dynamic modules |
6432 | void Module::UpdateDynamicMetadataIfNeeded() |
6433 | { |
6434 | CONTRACTL |
6435 | { |
6436 | NOTHROW; |
6437 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
6438 | } |
6439 | CONTRACTL_END; |
6440 | |
6441 | // Only need to serializing metadata for dynamic modules. For non-dynamic modules, metadata is already available. |
6442 | if (!IsReflection()) |
6443 | { |
6444 | return; |
6445 | } |
6446 | |
6447 | // Since serializing metadata to an auxillary buffer is only needed by the debugger, |
6448 | // we should only be doing this for modules that the debugger can see. |
6449 | if (!IsVisibleToDebugger()) |
6450 | { |
6451 | return; |
6452 | } |
6453 | |
6454 | |
6455 | HRESULT hr = S_OK; |
6456 | EX_TRY |
6457 | { |
6458 | GetReflectionModule()->CaptureModuleMetaDataToMemory(); |
6459 | } |
6460 | EX_CATCH_HRESULT(hr); |
6461 | |
6462 | // This Metadata buffer is only used for the debugger, so it's a non-fatal exception for regular CLR execution. |
6463 | // Just swallow it and keep going. However, with the exception of out-of-memory, we do expect it to |
6464 | // succeed, so assert on failures. |
6465 | if (hr != E_OUTOFMEMORY) |
6466 | { |
6467 | SIMPLIFYING_ASSUMPTION_SUCCEEDED(hr); |
6468 | } |
6469 | |
6470 | } |
6471 | |
6472 | #ifdef DEBUGGING_SUPPORTED |
6473 | |
6474 | |
6475 | #endif // DEBUGGING_SUPPORTED |
6476 | |
6477 | BOOL Module::NotifyDebuggerLoad(AppDomain *pDomain, DomainFile * pDomainFile, int flags, BOOL attaching) |
6478 | { |
6479 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
6480 | |
6481 | // We don't notify the debugger about modules that don't contain any code. |
6482 | if (!IsVisibleToDebugger()) |
6483 | return FALSE; |
6484 | |
6485 | // Always capture metadata, even if no debugger is attached. If a debugger later attaches, it will use |
6486 | // this data. |
6487 | { |
6488 | Module * pModule = pDomainFile->GetModule(); |
6489 | pModule->UpdateDynamicMetadataIfNeeded(); |
6490 | } |
6491 | |
6492 | |
6493 | // |
6494 | // Remaining work is only needed if a debugger is attached |
6495 | // |
6496 | if (!attaching && !pDomain->IsDebuggerAttached()) |
6497 | return FALSE; |
6498 | |
6499 | |
6500 | BOOL result = FALSE; |
6501 | |
6502 | if (flags & ATTACH_MODULE_LOAD) |
6503 | { |
6504 | g_pDebugInterface->LoadModule(this, |
6505 | m_file->GetPath(), |
6506 | m_file->GetPath().GetCount(), |
6507 | GetAssembly(), |
6508 | pDomain, |
6509 | pDomainFile, |
6510 | attaching); |
6511 | |
6512 | result = TRUE; |
6513 | } |
6514 | |
6515 | if (flags & ATTACH_CLASS_LOAD) |
6516 | { |
6517 | LookupMap<PTR_MethodTable>::Iterator typeDefIter(&m_TypeDefToMethodTableMap); |
6518 | while (typeDefIter.Next()) |
6519 | { |
6520 | MethodTable * pMT = typeDefIter.GetElement(); |
6521 | |
6522 | if (pMT != NULL && pMT->IsRestored()) |
6523 | { |
6524 | result = TypeHandle(pMT).NotifyDebuggerLoad(pDomain, attaching) || result; |
6525 | } |
6526 | } |
6527 | } |
6528 | |
6529 | return result; |
6530 | } |
6531 | |
6532 | void Module::NotifyDebuggerUnload(AppDomain *pDomain) |
6533 | { |
6534 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
6535 | |
6536 | if (!pDomain->IsDebuggerAttached()) |
6537 | return; |
6538 | |
6539 | // We don't notify the debugger about modules that don't contain any code. |
6540 | if (!IsVisibleToDebugger()) |
6541 | return; |
6542 | |
6543 | LookupMap<PTR_MethodTable>::Iterator typeDefIter(&m_TypeDefToMethodTableMap); |
6544 | while (typeDefIter.Next()) |
6545 | { |
6546 | MethodTable * pMT = typeDefIter.GetElement(); |
6547 | |
6548 | if (pMT != NULL && pMT->IsRestored()) |
6549 | { |
6550 | TypeHandle(pMT).NotifyDebuggerUnload(pDomain); |
6551 | } |
6552 | } |
6553 | |
6554 | g_pDebugInterface->UnloadModule(this, pDomain); |
6555 | } |
6556 | |
6557 | #if !defined(CROSSGEN_COMPILE) |
6558 | //================================================================================= |
6559 | mdToken GetTokenForVTableEntry(HINSTANCE hInst, BYTE **ppVTEntry) |
6560 | { |
6561 | CONTRACTL{ |
6562 | NOTHROW; |
6563 | } CONTRACTL_END; |
6564 | |
6565 | mdToken tok =(mdToken)(UINT_PTR)*ppVTEntry; |
6566 | _ASSERTE(TypeFromToken(tok) == mdtMethodDef || TypeFromToken(tok) == mdtMemberRef); |
6567 | return tok; |
6568 | } |
6569 | |
6570 | //================================================================================= |
6571 | void SetTargetForVTableEntry(HINSTANCE hInst, BYTE **ppVTEntry, BYTE *pTarget) |
6572 | { |
6573 | CONTRACTL{ |
6574 | THROWS; |
6575 | } CONTRACTL_END; |
6576 | |
6577 | DWORD oldProtect; |
6578 | if (!ClrVirtualProtect(ppVTEntry, sizeof(BYTE*), PAGE_READWRITE, &oldProtect)) |
6579 | { |
6580 | |
6581 | // This is very bad. We are not going to be able to update header. |
6582 | _ASSERTE(!"SetTargetForVTableEntry(): VirtualProtect() changing IJW thunk vtable to R/W failed.\n" ); |
6583 | ThrowLastError(); |
6584 | } |
6585 | |
6586 | *ppVTEntry = pTarget; |
6587 | |
6588 | DWORD ignore; |
6589 | if (!ClrVirtualProtect(ppVTEntry, sizeof(BYTE*), oldProtect, &ignore)) |
6590 | { |
6591 | // This is not so bad, we're already done the update, we just didn't return the thunk table to read only |
6592 | _ASSERTE(!"SetTargetForVTableEntry(): VirtualProtect() changing IJW thunk vtable back to RO failed.\n" ); |
6593 | } |
6594 | } |
6595 | |
6596 | //================================================================================= |
6597 | BYTE * GetTargetForVTableEntry(HINSTANCE hInst, BYTE **ppVTEntry) |
6598 | { |
6599 | CONTRACTL{ |
6600 | NOTHROW; |
6601 | } CONTRACTL_END; |
6602 | |
6603 | return *ppVTEntry; |
6604 | } |
6605 | |
6606 | //====================================================================================== |
6607 | // Fixup vtables stored in the header to contain pointers to method desc |
6608 | // prestubs rather than metadata method tokens. |
6609 | void Module::FixupVTables() |
6610 | { |
6611 | CONTRACTL{ |
6612 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
6613 | STANDARD_VM_CHECK; |
6614 | } CONTRACTL_END; |
6615 | |
6616 | |
6617 | // If we've already fixed up, or this is not an IJW module, just return. |
6618 | // NOTE: This relies on ILOnly files not having fixups. If this changes, |
6619 | // we need to change this conditional. |
6620 | if (IsIJWFixedUp() || m_file->IsILOnly()) { |
6621 | return; |
6622 | } |
6623 | |
6624 | HINSTANCE hInstThis = GetFile()->GetIJWBase(); |
6625 | |
6626 | // <REVISIT_TODO>@todo: workaround!</REVISIT_TODO> |
6627 | // If we are compiling in-process, we don't want to fixup the vtables - as it |
6628 | // will have side effects on the other copy of the module! |
6629 | if (SystemDomain::GetCurrentDomain()->IsCompilationDomain()) { |
6630 | return; |
6631 | } |
6632 | |
6633 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT |
6634 | // We delayed filling in this value until the LoadLibrary occurred |
6635 | if (HasTls() && HasNativeImage()) { |
6636 | CORCOMPILE_EE_INFO_TABLE *pEEInfo = GetNativeImage()->GetNativeEEInfoTable(); |
6637 | pEEInfo->rvaStaticTlsIndex = GetTlsIndex(); |
6638 | } |
6639 | #endif |
6640 | // Get vtable fixup data |
6641 | COUNT_T cFixupRecords; |
6642 | IMAGE_COR_VTABLEFIXUP *pFixupTable = m_file->GetVTableFixups(&cFixupRecords); |
6643 | |
6644 | // No records then return |
6645 | if (cFixupRecords == 0) { |
6646 | return; |
6647 | } |
6648 | |
6649 | // Now, we need to take a lock to serialize fixup. |
6650 | PEImage::IJWFixupData *pData = PEImage::GetIJWData(m_file->GetIJWBase()); |
6651 | |
6652 | // If it's already been fixed (in some other appdomain), record the fact and return |
6653 | if (pData->IsFixedUp()) { |
6654 | SetIsIJWFixedUp(); |
6655 | return; |
6656 | } |
6657 | |
6658 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
6659 | // |
6660 | // This is done in three stages: |
6661 | // 1. We enumerate the types we'll need to load |
6662 | // 2. We load the types |
6663 | // 3. We create and install the thunks |
6664 | // |
6665 | |
6666 | COUNT_T cVtableThunks = 0; |
6667 | struct MethodLoadData |
6668 | { |
6669 | mdToken token; |
6670 | MethodDesc *pMD; |
6671 | }; |
6672 | MethodLoadData *rgMethodsToLoad = NULL; |
6673 | COUNT_T cMethodsToLoad = 0; |
6674 | |
6675 | // |
6676 | // Stage 1 |
6677 | // |
6678 | |
6679 | // Each fixup entry describes a vtable, so iterate the vtables and sum their counts |
6680 | { |
6681 | DWORD iFixup; |
6682 | for (iFixup = 0; iFixup < cFixupRecords; iFixup++) |
6683 | cVtableThunks += pFixupTable[iFixup].Count; |
6684 | } |
6685 | |
6686 | Thread *pThread = GetThread(); |
6687 | StackingAllocator *pAlloc = &pThread->m_MarshalAlloc; |
6688 | CheckPointHolder cph(pAlloc->GetCheckpoint()); |
6689 | |
6690 | // Allocate the working array of tokens. |
6691 | cMethodsToLoad = cVtableThunks; |
6692 | |
6693 | rgMethodsToLoad = new (pAlloc) MethodLoadData[cMethodsToLoad]; |
6694 | memset(rgMethodsToLoad, 0, cMethodsToLoad * sizeof(MethodLoadData)); |
6695 | |
6696 | // Now take the IJW module lock and get all the tokens |
6697 | { |
6698 | // Take the lock |
6699 | CrstHolder lockHolder(pData->GetLock()); |
6700 | |
6701 | // If someone has beaten us, just return |
6702 | if (pData->IsFixedUp()) |
6703 | { |
6704 | SetIsIJWFixedUp(); |
6705 | return; |
6706 | } |
6707 | |
6708 | COUNT_T iCurMethod = 0; |
6709 | |
6710 | if (cFixupRecords != 0) |
6711 | { |
6712 | for (COUNT_T iFixup = 0; iFixup < cFixupRecords; iFixup++) |
6713 | { |
6714 | // Vtables can be 32 or 64 bit. |
6715 | if ((pFixupTable[iFixup].Type == (COR_VTABLE_PTRSIZED)) || |
6716 | (pFixupTable[iFixup].Type == (COR_VTABLE_PTRSIZED | COR_VTABLE_FROM_UNMANAGED)) || |
6717 | (pFixupTable[iFixup].Type == (COR_VTABLE_PTRSIZED | COR_VTABLE_FROM_UNMANAGED_RETAIN_APPDOMAIN))) |
6718 | { |
6719 | const BYTE** pPointers = (const BYTE **)m_file->GetVTable(pFixupTable[iFixup].RVA); |
6720 | for (int iMethod = 0; iMethod < pFixupTable[iFixup].Count; iMethod++) |
6721 | { |
6722 | if (pData->IsMethodFixedUp(iFixup, iMethod)) |
6723 | continue; |
6724 | mdToken mdTok = GetTokenForVTableEntry(hInstThis, (BYTE **)(pPointers + iMethod)); |
6725 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(mdTok != mdTokenNil); |
6726 | rgMethodsToLoad[iCurMethod++].token = mdTok; |
6727 | } |
6728 | } |
6729 | } |
6730 | } |
6731 | |
6732 | } |
6733 | |
6734 | // |
6735 | // Stage 2 - Load the types |
6736 | // |
6737 | |
6738 | { |
6739 | for (COUNT_T iCurMethod = 0; iCurMethod < cMethodsToLoad; iCurMethod++) |
6740 | { |
6741 | mdToken curTok = rgMethodsToLoad[iCurMethod].token; |
6742 | if (!GetMDImport()->IsValidToken(curTok)) |
6743 | { |
6744 | _ASSERTE(!"Invalid token in v-table fix-up table" ); |
6745 | ThrowHR(COR_E_BADIMAGEFORMAT); |
6746 | } |
6747 | |
6748 | |
6749 | // Find the method desc |
6750 | MethodDesc *pMD; |
6751 | |
6752 | { |
6753 | CONTRACT_VIOLATION(LoadsTypeViolation); |
6754 | pMD = FindMethodThrowing(curTok); |
6755 | } |
6756 | |
6757 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(CheckPointer(pMD)); |
6758 | |
6759 | rgMethodsToLoad[iCurMethod].pMD = pMD; |
6760 | } |
6761 | } |
6762 | |
6763 | // |
6764 | // Stage 3 - Create the thunk data |
6765 | // |
6766 | { |
6767 | // Take the lock |
6768 | CrstHolder lockHolder(pData->GetLock()); |
6769 | |
6770 | // If someone has beaten us, just return |
6771 | if (pData->IsFixedUp()) |
6772 | { |
6773 | SetIsIJWFixedUp(); |
6774 | return; |
6775 | } |
6776 | |
6777 | // This phase assumes there is only one AppDomain and that thunks |
6778 | // can all safely point directly to the method in the current AppDomain |
6779 | |
6780 | AppDomain *pAppDomain = GetAppDomain(); |
6781 | |
6782 | // Used to index into rgMethodsToLoad |
6783 | COUNT_T iCurMethod = 0; |
6784 | |
6785 | |
6786 | // Each fixup entry describes a vtable (each slot contains a metadata token |
6787 | // at this stage). |
6788 | DWORD iFixup; |
6789 | for (iFixup = 0; iFixup < cFixupRecords; iFixup++) |
6790 | cVtableThunks += pFixupTable[iFixup].Count; |
6791 | |
6792 | DWORD dwIndex = 0; |
6793 | DWORD dwThunkIndex = 0; |
6794 | |
6795 | // Now to fill in the thunk table. |
6796 | for (iFixup = 0; iFixup < cFixupRecords; iFixup++) |
6797 | { |
6798 | // Tables may contain zero fixups, in which case the RVA is null, which triggers an assert |
6799 | if (pFixupTable[iFixup].Count == 0) |
6800 | continue; |
6801 | |
6802 | const BYTE** pPointers = (const BYTE **) |
6803 | m_file->GetVTable(pFixupTable[iFixup].RVA); |
6804 | |
6805 | // Vtables can be 32 or 64 bit. |
6806 | if (pFixupTable[iFixup].Type == COR_VTABLE_PTRSIZED) |
6807 | { |
6808 | for (int iMethod = 0; iMethod < pFixupTable[iFixup].Count; iMethod++) |
6809 | { |
6810 | if (pData->IsMethodFixedUp(iFixup, iMethod)) |
6811 | continue; |
6812 | |
6813 | mdToken mdTok = rgMethodsToLoad[iCurMethod].token; |
6814 | MethodDesc *pMD = rgMethodsToLoad[iCurMethod].pMD; |
6815 | iCurMethod++; |
6816 | |
6817 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
6818 | if (pMD->IsNDirect()) |
6819 | { |
6820 | LOG((LF_INTEROP, LL_INFO10, "[0x%lx] <-- PINV thunk for \"%s\" (target = 0x%lx)\n" , |
6821 | (size_t)&(pPointers[iMethod]), pMD->m_pszDebugMethodName, |
6822 | (size_t)(((NDirectMethodDesc*)pMD)->GetNDirectTarget()))); |
6823 | } |
6824 | #endif // _DEBUG |
6825 | |
6826 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK(dwThunkIndex < cVtableThunks); |
6827 | |
6828 | // Point the local vtable slot to the thunk we created |
6829 | SetTargetForVTableEntry(hInstThis, (BYTE **)&pPointers[iMethod], (BYTE *)pMD->GetMultiCallableAddrOfCode()); |
6830 | |
6831 | pData->MarkMethodFixedUp(iFixup, iMethod); |
6832 | |
6833 | dwThunkIndex++; |
6834 | } |
6835 | |
6836 | } |
6837 | else if (pFixupTable[iFixup].Type == (COR_VTABLE_PTRSIZED | COR_VTABLE_FROM_UNMANAGED) || |
6838 | (pFixupTable[iFixup].Type == (COR_VTABLE_PTRSIZED | COR_VTABLE_FROM_UNMANAGED_RETAIN_APPDOMAIN))) |
6839 | { |
6840 | for (int iMethod = 0; iMethod < pFixupTable[iFixup].Count; iMethod++) |
6841 | { |
6842 | if (pData->IsMethodFixedUp(iFixup, iMethod)) |
6843 | continue; |
6844 | |
6845 | mdToken mdTok = rgMethodsToLoad[iCurMethod].token; |
6846 | MethodDesc *pMD = rgMethodsToLoad[iCurMethod].pMD; |
6847 | iCurMethod++; |
6848 | LOG((LF_INTEROP, LL_INFO10, "[0x%p] <-- VTable thunk for \"%s\" (pMD = 0x%p)\n" , |
6849 | (UINT_PTR)&(pPointers[iMethod]), pMD->m_pszDebugMethodName, pMD)); |
6850 | |
6851 | UMEntryThunk *pUMEntryThunk = (UMEntryThunk*)(void*)(GetDllThunkHeap()->AllocAlignedMem(sizeof(UMEntryThunk), CODE_SIZE_ALIGN)); // UMEntryThunk contains code |
6852 | FillMemory(pUMEntryThunk, sizeof(*pUMEntryThunk), 0); |
6853 | |
6854 | UMThunkMarshInfo *pUMThunkMarshInfo = (UMThunkMarshInfo*)(void*)(GetThunkHeap()->AllocAlignedMem(sizeof(UMThunkMarshInfo), CODE_SIZE_ALIGN)); |
6855 | FillMemory(pUMThunkMarshInfo, sizeof(*pUMThunkMarshInfo), 0); |
6856 | |
6857 | pUMThunkMarshInfo->LoadTimeInit(pMD); |
6858 | pUMEntryThunk->LoadTimeInit(NULL, NULL, pUMThunkMarshInfo, pMD, pAppDomain->GetId()); |
6859 | SetTargetForVTableEntry(hInstThis, (BYTE **)&pPointers[iMethod], (BYTE *)pUMEntryThunk->GetCode()); |
6860 | |
6861 | pData->MarkMethodFixedUp(iFixup, iMethod); |
6862 | } |
6863 | } |
6864 | else if ((pFixupTable[iFixup].Type & COR_VTABLE_NOT_PTRSIZED) == COR_VTABLE_NOT_PTRSIZED) |
6865 | { |
6866 | // fixup type doesn't match the platform |
6867 | THROW_BAD_FORMAT(BFA_FIXUP_WRONG_PLATFORM, this); |
6868 | } |
6869 | else |
6870 | { |
6871 | _ASSERTE(!"Unknown vtable fixup type" ); |
6872 | } |
6873 | } |
6874 | |
6875 | // Indicate that this module has been fixed before releasing the lock |
6876 | pData->SetIsFixedUp(); // On the data |
6877 | SetIsIJWFixedUp(); // On the module |
6878 | } // End of Stage 3 |
6879 | } |
6880 | |
6881 | // Self-initializing accessor for m_pThunkHeap |
6882 | LoaderHeap *Module::GetDllThunkHeap() |
6883 | { |
6884 | CONTRACTL |
6885 | { |
6886 | THROWS; |
6887 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
6888 | MODE_ANY; |
6889 | } |
6890 | CONTRACTL_END; |
6891 | return PEImage::GetDllThunkHeap(GetFile()->GetIJWBase()); |
6892 | |
6893 | } |
6894 | |
6895 | LoaderHeap *Module::GetThunkHeap() |
6896 | { |
6897 | CONTRACT(LoaderHeap *) |
6898 | { |
6899 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
6900 | THROWS; |
6901 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
6902 | MODE_ANY; |
6903 | INJECT_FAULT(COMPlusThrowOM()); |
6904 | POSTCONDITION(CheckPointer(RETVAL)); |
6905 | } |
6906 | CONTRACT_END |
6907 | |
6908 | if (!m_pThunkHeap) |
6909 | { |
6910 | size_t * pPrivatePCLBytes = NULL; |
6911 | size_t * pGlobalPCLBytes = NULL; |
6912 | |
6913 | COUNTER_ONLY(pPrivatePCLBytes = &(GetPerfCounters().m_Loading.cbLoaderHeapSize)); |
6914 | |
6915 | LoaderHeap *pNewHeap = new LoaderHeap(VIRTUAL_ALLOC_RESERVE_GRANULARITY, // DWORD dwReserveBlockSize |
6916 | 0, // DWORD dwCommitBlockSize |
6917 | pPrivatePCLBytes, |
6918 | ThunkHeapStubManager::g_pManager->GetRangeList(), |
6919 | TRUE); // BOOL fMakeExecutable |
6920 | |
6921 | if (FastInterlockCompareExchangePointer(&m_pThunkHeap, pNewHeap, 0) != 0) |
6922 | { |
6923 | delete pNewHeap; |
6924 | } |
6925 | } |
6926 | |
6927 | RETURN m_pThunkHeap; |
6928 | } |
6929 | #endif // !CROSSGEN_COMPILE |
6930 | |
6931 | #ifdef FEATURE_NATIVE_IMAGE_GENERATION |
6932 | |
6933 | // These helpers are used in Module::ExpandAll |
6934 | // to avoid EX_TRY/EX_CATCH in a loop (uses _alloca and guzzles stack) |
6935 | |
6936 | static TypeHandle LoadTypeDefOrRefHelper(DataImage * image, Module * pModule, mdToken tk) |
6937 | { |
6938 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
6939 | |
6940 | TypeHandle th; |
6941 | |
6942 | EX_TRY |
6943 | { |
6944 | th = ClassLoader::LoadTypeDefOrRefThrowing(pModule, tk, |
6945 | ClassLoader::ThrowIfNotFound, |
6946 | ClassLoader::PermitUninstDefOrRef); |
6947 | } |
6948 | EX_CATCH |
6949 | { |
6950 | image->GetPreloader()->Error(tk, GET_EXCEPTION()); |
6951 | } |
6952 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
6953 | |
6954 | return th; |
6955 | } |
6956 | |
6957 | static TypeHandle LoadTypeSpecHelper(DataImage * image, Module * pModule, mdToken tk, |
6958 | PCCOR_SIGNATURE pSig, ULONG cSig) |
6959 | { |
6960 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
6961 | |
6962 | TypeHandle th; |
6963 | |
6964 | EX_TRY |
6965 | { |
6966 | SigPointer p(pSig, cSig); |
6967 | SigTypeContext typeContext; |
6968 | th = p.GetTypeHandleThrowing(pModule, &typeContext); |
6969 | } |
6970 | EX_CATCH |
6971 | { |
6972 | image->GetPreloader()->Error(tk, GET_EXCEPTION()); |
6973 | } |
6974 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
6975 | |
6976 | return th; |
6977 | } |
6978 | |
6979 | static TypeHandle LoadGenericInstantiationHelper(DataImage * image, Module * pModule, mdToken tk, Instantiation inst) |
6980 | { |
6981 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
6982 | |
6983 | TypeHandle th; |
6984 | |
6985 | EX_TRY |
6986 | { |
6987 | th = ClassLoader::LoadGenericInstantiationThrowing(pModule, tk, inst); |
6988 | } |
6989 | EX_CATCH |
6990 | { |
6991 | image->GetPreloader()->Error(tk, GET_EXCEPTION()); |
6992 | } |
6993 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
6994 | |
6995 | return th; |
6996 | } |
6997 | |
6998 | static void GetDescFromMemberRefHelper(DataImage * image, Module * pModule, mdToken tk) |
6999 | { |
7000 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
7001 | |
7002 | EX_TRY |
7003 | { |
7004 | MethodDesc * pMD = NULL; |
7005 | FieldDesc * pFD = NULL; |
7006 | TypeHandle th; |
7007 | |
7008 | // Note: using an empty type context is now OK, because even though the token is a MemberRef |
7009 | // neither the token nor its parent will directly refer to type variables. |
7010 | // @TODO GENERICS: want to allow loads of generic methods here but need strict metadata checks on parent |
7011 | SigTypeContext typeContext; |
7012 | MemberLoader::GetDescFromMemberRef(pModule, tk, &pMD, &pFD, |
7013 | &typeContext, |
7014 | FALSE /* strict metadata checks */, &th); |
7015 | } |
7016 | EX_CATCH |
7017 | { |
7018 | image->GetPreloader()->Error(tk, GET_EXCEPTION()); |
7019 | } |
7020 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
7021 | } |
7022 | |
7023 | void Module::SetProfileData(CorProfileData * profileData) |
7024 | { |
7025 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
7026 | m_pProfileData = profileData; |
7027 | } |
7028 | |
7029 | CorProfileData * Module::GetProfileData() |
7030 | { |
7031 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
7032 | return m_pProfileData; |
7033 | } |
7034 | |
7035 | mdTypeDef Module::LookupIbcTypeToken(Module * pExternalModule, mdToken ibcToken, SString* optionalFullNameOut) |
7036 | { |
7037 | CONTRACTL |
7038 | { |
7039 | THROWS; |
7040 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
7041 | MODE_ANY; |
7042 | } |
7043 | CONTRACTL_END |
7044 | |
7045 | _ASSERTE(TypeFromToken(ibcToken) == ibcExternalType); |
7046 | |
7047 | CorProfileData * profileData = this->GetProfileData(); |
7048 | |
7049 | CORBBTPROF_BLOB_TYPE_DEF_ENTRY * blobTypeDefEntry; |
7050 | blobTypeDefEntry = profileData->GetBlobExternalTypeDef(ibcToken); |
7051 | |
7052 | if (blobTypeDefEntry == NULL) |
7053 | return mdTypeDefNil; |
7054 | |
7055 | IbcNameHandle ibcName; |
7056 | ibcName.szName = &blobTypeDefEntry->name[0]; |
7057 | ibcName.tkIbcNameSpace = blobTypeDefEntry->nameSpaceToken; |
7058 | ibcName.tkIbcNestedClass = blobTypeDefEntry->nestedClassToken; |
7059 | ibcName.szNamespace = NULL; |
7060 | ibcName.tkEnclosingClass = mdTypeDefNil; |
7061 | |
7062 | if (!IsNilToken(blobTypeDefEntry->nameSpaceToken)) |
7063 | { |
7064 | _ASSERTE(IsNilToken(blobTypeDefEntry->nestedClassToken)); |
7065 | |
7066 | idExternalNamespace nameSpaceToken = blobTypeDefEntry->nameSpaceToken; |
7067 | _ASSERTE(TypeFromToken(nameSpaceToken) == ibcExternalNamespace); |
7068 | |
7069 | CORBBTPROF_BLOB_NAMESPACE_DEF_ENTRY * blobNamespaceDefEntry; |
7070 | blobNamespaceDefEntry = profileData->GetBlobExternalNamespaceDef(nameSpaceToken); |
7071 | |
7072 | if (blobNamespaceDefEntry == NULL) |
7073 | return mdTypeDefNil; |
7074 | |
7075 | ibcName.szNamespace = &blobNamespaceDefEntry->name[0]; |
7076 | |
7077 | if (optionalFullNameOut != NULL) |
7078 | { |
7079 | optionalFullNameOut->Append(W("[" )); |
7080 | optionalFullNameOut->AppendUTF8(pExternalModule->GetSimpleName()); |
7081 | optionalFullNameOut->Append(W("]" )); |
7082 | |
7083 | if ((ibcName.szNamespace != NULL) && ((*ibcName.szNamespace) != W('\0'))) |
7084 | { |
7085 | optionalFullNameOut->AppendUTF8(ibcName.szNamespace); |
7086 | optionalFullNameOut->Append(W("." )); |
7087 | } |
7088 | optionalFullNameOut->AppendUTF8(ibcName.szName); |
7089 | } |
7090 | } |
7091 | else if (!IsNilToken(blobTypeDefEntry->nestedClassToken)) |
7092 | { |
7093 | idExternalType nestedClassToken = blobTypeDefEntry->nestedClassToken; |
7094 | _ASSERTE(TypeFromToken(nestedClassToken) == ibcExternalType); |
7095 | |
7096 | ibcName.tkEnclosingClass = LookupIbcTypeToken(pExternalModule, nestedClassToken, optionalFullNameOut); |
7097 | |
7098 | if (optionalFullNameOut != NULL) |
7099 | { |
7100 | optionalFullNameOut->Append(W("+" )); |
7101 | optionalFullNameOut->AppendUTF8(ibcName.szName); |
7102 | } |
7103 | |
7104 | if (IsNilToken(ibcName.tkEnclosingClass)) |
7105 | return mdTypeDefNil; |
7106 | } |
7107 | |
7108 | //***************************************** |
7109 | // look up function for TypeDef |
7110 | //***************************************** |
7111 | // STDMETHOD(FindTypeDef)( |
7112 | // LPCSTR szNamespace, // [IN] Namespace for the TypeDef. |
7113 | // LPCSTR szName, // [IN] Name of the TypeDef. |
7114 | // mdToken tkEnclosingClass, // [IN] TypeRef/TypeDef Token for the enclosing class. |
7115 | // mdTypeDef *ptypedef) PURE; // [IN] return typedef |
7116 | |
7117 | IMDInternalImport *pInternalImport = pExternalModule->GetMDImport(); |
7118 | |
7119 | mdTypeDef mdResult = mdTypeDefNil; |
7120 | |
7121 | HRESULT hr = pInternalImport->FindTypeDef(ibcName.szNamespace, ibcName.szName, ibcName.tkEnclosingClass, &mdResult); |
7122 | |
7123 | if(FAILED(hr)) |
7124 | mdResult = mdTypeDefNil; |
7125 | |
7126 | return mdResult; |
7127 | } |
7128 | |
7129 | struct IbcCompareContext |
7130 | { |
7131 | Module * pModule; |
7132 | TypeHandle enclosingType; |
7133 | DWORD cMatch; // count of methods that had a matching method name |
7134 | bool useBestSig; // if true we should use the BestSig when we don't find an exact match |
7135 | PCCOR_SIGNATURE pvBestSig; // Current Best matching signature |
7136 | DWORD cbBestSig; // |
7137 | }; |
7138 | |
7139 | //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
7140 | // |
7141 | // Compare two signatures from the same scope. |
7142 | // |
7143 | BOOL |
7144 | CompareIbcMethodSigs( |
7145 | PCCOR_SIGNATURE pvCandidateSig, // Candidate signature |
7146 | DWORD cbCandidateSig, // |
7147 | PCCOR_SIGNATURE pvIbcSignature, // The Ibc signature that we want to match |
7148 | DWORD cbIbcSignature, // |
7149 | void * pvContext) // void pointer to IbcCompareContext |
7150 | { |
7151 | CONTRACTL |
7152 | { |
7153 | THROWS; |
7154 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
7155 | MODE_ANY; |
7156 | } |
7157 | CONTRACTL_END |
7158 | |
7159 | // |
7160 | // Same pointer return TRUE |
7161 | // |
7162 | if (pvCandidateSig == pvIbcSignature) |
7163 | { |
7164 | _ASSERTE(cbCandidateSig == cbIbcSignature); |
7165 | return TRUE; |
7166 | } |
7167 | |
7168 | // |
7169 | // Check for exact match |
7170 | // |
7171 | if (cbCandidateSig == cbIbcSignature) |
7172 | { |
7173 | if (memcmp(pvCandidateSig, pvIbcSignature, cbIbcSignature) == 0) |
7174 | { |
7175 | return TRUE; |
7176 | } |
7177 | } |
7178 | |
7179 | IbcCompareContext * context = (IbcCompareContext *) pvContext; |
7180 | |
7181 | // |
7182 | // No exact match, we will return FALSE and keep looking at other matching method names |
7183 | // |
7184 | // However since the method name was an exact match we will remember this signature, |
7185 | // so that if it is the best match we can look it up again and return it's methodDef token |
7186 | // |
7187 | if (context->cMatch == 0) |
7188 | { |
7189 | context->pvBestSig = pvCandidateSig; |
7190 | context->cbBestSig = cbCandidateSig; |
7191 | context->cMatch = 1; |
7192 | context->useBestSig = true; |
7193 | } |
7194 | else |
7195 | { |
7196 | context->cMatch++; |
7197 | |
7198 | SigTypeContext emptyTypeContext; |
7199 | SigTypeContext ibcTypeContext = SigTypeContext(context->enclosingType); |
7200 | MetaSig ibcSignature (pvIbcSignature, cbIbcSignature, context->pModule, &ibcTypeContext); |
7201 | |
7202 | MetaSig candidateSig (pvCandidateSig, cbCandidateSig, context->pModule, &emptyTypeContext); |
7203 | MetaSig bestSignature(context->pvBestSig, context->cbBestSig, context->pModule, &emptyTypeContext); |
7204 | // |
7205 | // Is candidateSig a better match than bestSignature? |
7206 | // |
7207 | // First check the calling convention |
7208 | // |
7209 | if (candidateSig.GetCallingConventionInfo() != bestSignature.GetCallingConventionInfo()) |
7210 | { |
7211 | if (bestSignature.GetCallingConventionInfo() == ibcSignature.GetCallingConventionInfo()) |
7212 | goto LEAVE_BEST; |
7213 | if (candidateSig.GetCallingConventionInfo() == ibcSignature.GetCallingConventionInfo()) |
7214 | goto SELECT_CANDIDATE; |
7215 | // |
7216 | // Neither one is a match |
7217 | // |
7218 | goto USE_NEITHER; |
7219 | } |
7220 | |
7221 | // |
7222 | // Next check the number of arguments |
7223 | // |
7224 | if (candidateSig.NumFixedArgs() != bestSignature.NumFixedArgs()) |
7225 | { |
7226 | // |
7227 | // Does one of the two have the same number of args? |
7228 | // |
7229 | if (bestSignature.NumFixedArgs() == ibcSignature.NumFixedArgs()) |
7230 | goto LEAVE_BEST; |
7231 | if (candidateSig.NumFixedArgs() == ibcSignature.NumFixedArgs()) |
7232 | goto SELECT_CANDIDATE; |
7233 | // |
7234 | // Neither one is a match |
7235 | // |
7236 | goto USE_NEITHER; |
7237 | } |
7238 | else if (candidateSig.NumFixedArgs() != ibcSignature.NumFixedArgs()) |
7239 | { |
7240 | // |
7241 | // Neither one is a match |
7242 | // |
7243 | goto USE_NEITHER; |
7244 | } |
7245 | |
7246 | CorElementType etIbc; |
7247 | CorElementType etCandidate; |
7248 | CorElementType etBest; |
7249 | // |
7250 | // Next get the return element type |
7251 | // |
7252 | // etIbc = ibcSignature.GetReturnProps().PeekElemTypeClosed(ibcSignature.GetSigTypeContext()); |
7253 | IfFailThrow(ibcSignature.GetReturnProps().PeekElemType(&etIbc)); |
7254 | IfFailThrow(candidateSig.GetReturnProps().PeekElemType(&etCandidate)); |
7255 | IfFailThrow(bestSignature.GetReturnProps().PeekElemType(&etBest)); |
7256 | // |
7257 | // Do they have different return types? |
7258 | // |
7259 | if (etCandidate != etBest) |
7260 | { |
7261 | if (etBest == etIbc) |
7262 | goto LEAVE_BEST; |
7263 | |
7264 | if (etCandidate == etIbc) |
7265 | goto SELECT_CANDIDATE; |
7266 | } |
7267 | |
7268 | // |
7269 | // Now iterate over the method argument types to see which signature |
7270 | // is the better match |
7271 | // |
7272 | for (DWORD i = 0; (i < ibcSignature.NumFixedArgs()); i++) |
7273 | { |
7274 | ibcSignature.SkipArg(); |
7275 | IfFailThrow(ibcSignature.GetArgProps().PeekElemType(&etIbc)); |
7276 | |
7277 | candidateSig.SkipArg(); |
7278 | IfFailThrow(candidateSig.GetArgProps().PeekElemType(&etCandidate)); |
7279 | |
7280 | bestSignature.SkipArg(); |
7281 | IfFailThrow(bestSignature.GetArgProps().PeekElemType(&etBest)); |
7282 | |
7283 | // |
7284 | // Do they have different argument types? |
7285 | // |
7286 | if (etCandidate != etBest) |
7287 | { |
7288 | if (etBest == etIbc) |
7289 | goto LEAVE_BEST; |
7290 | |
7291 | if (etCandidate == etIbc) |
7292 | goto SELECT_CANDIDATE; |
7293 | } |
7294 | } |
7295 | // When we fall though to here we did not find any differences |
7296 | // that we could base a choice on |
7297 | // |
7298 | context->useBestSig = true; |
7299 | |
7300 | SELECT_CANDIDATE: |
7301 | context->pvBestSig = pvCandidateSig; |
7302 | context->cbBestSig = cbCandidateSig; |
7303 | context->useBestSig = true; |
7304 | return FALSE; |
7305 | |
7306 | USE_NEITHER: |
7307 | context->useBestSig = false; |
7308 | return FALSE; |
7309 | } |
7310 | |
7311 | LEAVE_BEST: |
7312 | return FALSE; |
7313 | } // CompareIbcMethodSigs |
7314 | |
7315 | mdMethodDef Module::LookupIbcMethodToken(TypeHandle enclosingType, mdToken ibcToken, SString* optionalFullNameOut) |
7316 | { |
7317 | CONTRACTL |
7318 | { |
7319 | THROWS; |
7320 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
7321 | MODE_ANY; |
7322 | } |
7323 | CONTRACTL_END |
7324 | |
7325 | _ASSERTE(TypeFromToken(ibcToken) == ibcExternalMethod); |
7326 | |
7327 | CorProfileData * profileData = this->GetProfileData(); |
7328 | |
7329 | CORBBTPROF_BLOB_METHOD_DEF_ENTRY * blobMethodDefEntry; |
7330 | blobMethodDefEntry = profileData->GetBlobExternalMethodDef(ibcToken); |
7331 | |
7332 | if (blobMethodDefEntry == NULL) |
7333 | return mdMethodDefNil; |
7334 | |
7335 | idExternalType signatureToken = blobMethodDefEntry->signatureToken; |
7336 | _ASSERTE(!IsNilToken(signatureToken)); |
7337 | _ASSERTE(TypeFromToken(signatureToken) == ibcExternalSignature); |
7338 | |
7339 | CORBBTPROF_BLOB_SIGNATURE_DEF_ENTRY * blobSignatureDefEntry; |
7340 | blobSignatureDefEntry = profileData->GetBlobExternalSignatureDef(signatureToken); |
7341 | |
7342 | if (blobSignatureDefEntry == NULL) |
7343 | return mdMethodDefNil; |
7344 | |
7345 | IbcNameHandle ibcName; |
7346 | ibcName.szName = &blobMethodDefEntry->name[0]; |
7347 | ibcName.tkIbcNestedClass = blobMethodDefEntry->nestedClassToken; |
7348 | ibcName.tkIbcNameSpace = idExternalNamespaceNil; |
7349 | ibcName.szNamespace = NULL; |
7350 | ibcName.tkEnclosingClass = mdTypeDefNil; |
7351 | |
7352 | Module * pExternalModule = enclosingType.GetModule(); |
7353 | PCCOR_SIGNATURE pvSig = NULL; |
7354 | ULONG cbSig = 0; |
7355 | |
7356 | _ASSERTE(!IsNilToken(ibcName.tkIbcNestedClass)); |
7357 | _ASSERTE(TypeFromToken(ibcName.tkIbcNestedClass) == ibcExternalType); |
7358 | |
7359 | ibcName.tkEnclosingClass = LookupIbcTypeToken(pExternalModule, ibcName.tkIbcNestedClass, optionalFullNameOut); |
7360 | |
7361 | if (IsNilToken(ibcName.tkEnclosingClass)) |
7362 | { |
7363 | COMPlusThrow(kTypeLoadException, IDS_IBC_MISSING_EXTERNAL_TYPE); |
7364 | } |
7365 | |
7366 | if (optionalFullNameOut != NULL) |
7367 | { |
7368 | optionalFullNameOut->Append(W("." )); |
7369 | optionalFullNameOut->AppendUTF8(ibcName.szName); // MethodName |
7370 | optionalFullNameOut->Append(W("()" )); |
7371 | } |
7372 | |
7373 | pvSig = blobSignatureDefEntry->sig; |
7374 | cbSig = blobSignatureDefEntry->cSig; |
7375 | |
7376 | //***************************************** |
7377 | // look up functions for TypeDef |
7378 | //***************************************** |
7379 | // STDMETHOD(FindMethodDefUsingCompare)( |
7380 | // mdTypeDef classdef, // [IN] given typedef |
7381 | // LPCSTR szName, // [IN] member name |
7382 | // PCCOR_SIGNATURE pvSigBlob, // [IN] point to a blob value of CLR signature |
7383 | // ULONG cbSigBlob, // [IN] count of bytes in the signature blob |
7384 | // PSIGCOMPARE pSignatureCompare, // [IN] Routine to compare signatures |
7385 | // void* pSignatureArgs, // [IN] Additional info to supply the compare function |
7386 | // mdMethodDef *pmd) PURE; // [OUT] matching memberdef |
7387 | // |
7388 | |
7389 | IMDInternalImport * pInternalImport = pExternalModule->GetMDImport(); |
7390 | |
7391 | IbcCompareContext context; |
7392 | memset(&context, 0, sizeof(IbcCompareContext)); |
7393 | context.pModule = this; |
7394 | context.enclosingType = enclosingType; |
7395 | context.cMatch = 0; |
7396 | context.useBestSig = false; |
7397 | |
7398 | mdMethodDef mdResult = mdMethodDefNil; |
7399 | HRESULT hr = pInternalImport->FindMethodDefUsingCompare(ibcName.tkEnclosingClass, ibcName.szName, |
7400 | pvSig, cbSig, |
7401 | CompareIbcMethodSigs, (void *) &context, |
7402 | &mdResult); |
7403 | if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) |
7404 | { |
7405 | _ASSERTE(mdResult != mdMethodDefNil); |
7406 | } |
7407 | else if (context.useBestSig) |
7408 | { |
7409 | hr = pInternalImport->FindMethodDefUsingCompare(ibcName.tkEnclosingClass, ibcName.szName, |
7410 | context.pvBestSig, context.cbBestSig, |
7411 | CompareIbcMethodSigs, (void *) &context, |
7412 | &mdResult); |
7413 | _ASSERTE(SUCCEEDED(hr)); |
7414 | _ASSERTE(mdResult != mdMethodDefNil); |
7415 | } |
7416 | else |
7417 | { |
7418 | mdResult = mdMethodDefNil; |
7419 | } |
7420 | |
7421 | return mdResult; |
7422 | } |
7423 | |
7424 | TypeHandle Module::LoadIBCTypeHelper(DataImage *image, CORBBTPROF_BLOB_PARAM_SIG_ENTRY *pBlobSigEntry) |
7425 | { |
7426 | CONTRACT(TypeHandle) |
7427 | { |
7428 | NOTHROW; |
7429 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
7430 | MODE_ANY; |
7431 | INJECT_FAULT(COMPlusThrowOM()); |
7432 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pBlobSigEntry)); |
7433 | } |
7434 | CONTRACT_END |
7435 | |
7436 | TypeHandle loadedType; |
7437 | |
7438 | PCCOR_SIGNATURE pSig = pBlobSigEntry->sig; |
7439 | ULONG cSig = pBlobSigEntry->cSig; |
7440 | |
7441 | SigPointer p(pSig, cSig); |
7442 | |
7443 | ZapSig::Context zapSigContext(this, (void *)this, ZapSig::IbcTokens); |
7444 | ZapSig::Context * pZapSigContext = &zapSigContext; |
7445 | |
7446 | EX_TRY |
7447 | { |
7448 | // This is what ZapSig::FindTypeHandleFromSignature does... |
7449 | // |
7450 | SigTypeContext typeContext; // empty type context |
7451 | |
7452 | loadedType = p.GetTypeHandleThrowing( this, |
7453 | &typeContext, |
7454 | ClassLoader::LoadTypes, |
7455 | CLASS_LOADED, |
7456 | FALSE, |
7457 | NULL, |
7458 | pZapSigContext); |
7459 | #if defined(_DEBUG) && !defined(DACCESS_COMPILE) |
7460 | g_pConfig->DebugCheckAndForceIBCFailure(EEConfig::CallSite_1); |
7461 | #endif |
7462 | } |
7463 | EX_CATCH |
7464 | { |
7465 | image->GetPreloader()->Error(pBlobSigEntry->blob.token, GET_EXCEPTION()); |
7466 | loadedType = TypeHandle(); |
7467 | } |
7468 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
7469 | |
7470 | RETURN loadedType; |
7471 | } |
7472 | |
7473 | //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
7474 | // |
7475 | MethodDesc* Module::LoadIBCMethodHelper(DataImage *image, CORBBTPROF_BLOB_PARAM_SIG_ENTRY * pBlobSigEntry) |
7476 | { |
7477 | CONTRACT(MethodDesc*) |
7478 | { |
7479 | NOTHROW; |
7480 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
7481 | MODE_ANY; |
7482 | INJECT_FAULT(COMPlusThrowOM()); |
7483 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pBlobSigEntry)); |
7484 | } |
7485 | CONTRACT_END |
7486 | |
7487 | MethodDesc* pMethod = NULL; |
7488 | |
7489 | PCCOR_SIGNATURE pSig = pBlobSigEntry->sig; |
7490 | ULONG cSig = pBlobSigEntry->cSig; |
7491 | |
7492 | SigPointer p(pSig, cSig); |
7493 | |
7494 | ZapSig::Context zapSigContext(this, (void *)this, ZapSig::IbcTokens); |
7495 | ZapSig::Context * pZapSigContext = &zapSigContext; |
7496 | |
7497 | TypeHandle enclosingType; |
7498 | |
7499 | // |
7500 | // First Decode and Load the enclosing type for this method |
7501 | // |
7502 | EX_TRY |
7503 | { |
7504 | // This is what ZapSig::FindTypeHandleFromSignature does... |
7505 | // |
7506 | SigTypeContext typeContext; // empty type context |
7507 | |
7508 | enclosingType = p.GetTypeHandleThrowing( this, |
7509 | &typeContext, |
7510 | ClassLoader::LoadTypes, |
7511 | CLASS_LOADED, |
7512 | FALSE, |
7513 | NULL, |
7514 | pZapSigContext); |
7515 | IfFailThrow(p.SkipExactlyOne()); |
7516 | #if defined(_DEBUG) && !defined(DACCESS_COMPILE) |
7517 | g_pConfig->DebugCheckAndForceIBCFailure(EEConfig::CallSite_2); |
7518 | #endif |
7519 | } |
7520 | EX_CATCH |
7521 | { |
7522 | image->GetPreloader()->Error(pBlobSigEntry->blob.token, GET_EXCEPTION()); |
7523 | enclosingType = TypeHandle(); |
7524 | } |
7525 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
7526 | |
7527 | if (enclosingType.IsNull()) |
7528 | return NULL; |
7529 | |
7530 | // |
7531 | // Now Decode and Load the method |
7532 | // |
7533 | EX_TRY |
7534 | { |
7535 | MethodTable *pOwnerMT = enclosingType.GetMethodTable(); |
7536 | _ASSERTE(pOwnerMT != NULL); |
7537 | |
7538 | // decode flags |
7539 | DWORD methodFlags; |
7540 | IfFailThrow(p.GetData(&methodFlags)); |
7541 | BOOL isInstantiatingStub = ((methodFlags & ENCODE_METHOD_SIG_InstantiatingStub) == ENCODE_METHOD_SIG_InstantiatingStub); |
7542 | BOOL isUnboxingStub = ((methodFlags & ENCODE_METHOD_SIG_UnboxingStub) == ENCODE_METHOD_SIG_UnboxingStub); |
7543 | BOOL fMethodNeedsInstantiation = ((methodFlags & ENCODE_METHOD_SIG_MethodInstantiation) == ENCODE_METHOD_SIG_MethodInstantiation); |
7544 | BOOL fMethodUsesSlotEncoding = ((methodFlags & ENCODE_METHOD_SIG_SlotInsteadOfToken) == ENCODE_METHOD_SIG_SlotInsteadOfToken); |
7545 | |
7546 | if ( fMethodUsesSlotEncoding ) |
7547 | { |
7548 | // get the method desc using slot number |
7549 | DWORD slot; |
7550 | IfFailThrow(p.GetData(&slot)); |
7551 | |
7552 | pMethod = pOwnerMT->GetMethodDescForSlot(slot); |
7553 | } |
7554 | else // otherwise we use the normal metadata MethodDef token encoding and we handle ibc tokens. |
7555 | { |
7556 | // |
7557 | // decode method token |
7558 | // |
7559 | RID methodRid; |
7560 | IfFailThrow(p.GetData(&methodRid)); |
7561 | |
7562 | mdMethodDef methodToken; |
7563 | |
7564 | // |
7565 | // Is our enclosingType from another module? |
7566 | // |
7567 | if (this == enclosingType.GetModule()) |
7568 | { |
7569 | // |
7570 | // The enclosing type is from our module |
7571 | // The method token is a normal MethodDef token |
7572 | // |
7573 | methodToken = TokenFromRid(methodRid, mdtMethodDef); |
7574 | } |
7575 | else |
7576 | { |
7577 | // |
7578 | // The enclosing type is from an external module |
7579 | // The method token is a ibcExternalMethod token |
7580 | // |
7581 | idExternalType ibcToken = RidToToken(methodRid, ibcExternalMethod); |
7582 | methodToken = this->LookupIbcMethodToken(enclosingType, ibcToken); |
7583 | |
7584 | if (IsNilToken(methodToken)) |
7585 | { |
7586 | COMPlusThrow(kTypeLoadException, IDS_IBC_MISSING_EXTERNAL_METHOD); |
7587 | } |
7588 | } |
7589 | |
7590 | SigTypeContext methodTypeContext( enclosingType ); |
7591 | pMethod = MemberLoader::GetMethodDescFromMemberDefOrRefOrSpec( |
7592 | pOwnerMT->GetModule(), |
7593 | methodToken, |
7594 | &methodTypeContext, |
7595 | FALSE, |
7596 | FALSE ); |
7597 | } |
7598 | |
7599 | Instantiation inst; |
7600 | |
7601 | // Instantiate the method if needed, or create a stub to a static method in a generic class. |
7602 | if (fMethodNeedsInstantiation && pMethod->HasMethodInstantiation()) |
7603 | { |
7604 | DWORD nargs = pMethod->GetNumGenericMethodArgs(); |
7605 | SIZE_T cbMem; |
7606 | |
7607 | if (!ClrSafeInt<SIZE_T>::multiply(nargs, sizeof(TypeHandle), cbMem/* passed by ref */)) |
7608 | ThrowHR(COR_E_OVERFLOW); |
7609 | |
7610 | TypeHandle * pInst = (TypeHandle*) _alloca(cbMem); |
7611 | SigTypeContext typeContext; // empty type context |
7612 | |
7613 | for (DWORD i = 0; i < nargs; i++) |
7614 | { |
7615 | TypeHandle curInst; |
7616 | |
7617 | curInst = p.GetTypeHandleThrowing( this, |
7618 | &typeContext, |
7619 | ClassLoader::LoadTypes, |
7620 | CLASS_LOADED, |
7621 | FALSE, |
7622 | NULL, |
7623 | pZapSigContext); |
7624 | |
7625 | // curInst will be nullptr when the type fails the versioning bubble check |
7626 | if (curInst.IsNull() && IsReadyToRunCompilation()) |
7627 | { |
7628 | COMPlusThrow(kTypeLoadException, IDS_IBC_MISSING_EXTERNAL_TYPE); |
7629 | } |
7630 | |
7631 | pInst[i] = curInst; |
7632 | IfFailThrow(p.SkipExactlyOne()); |
7633 | } |
7634 | |
7635 | inst = Instantiation(pInst, nargs); |
7636 | } |
7637 | else |
7638 | { |
7639 | inst = pMethod->LoadMethodInstantiation(); |
7640 | } |
7641 | |
7642 | // We should now be able to create an instantiation for this generic method |
7643 | |
7644 | // This must be called even if nargs == 0, in order to create an instantiating |
7645 | // stub for static methods in generic classees if needed, also for BoxedEntryPointStubs |
7646 | // in non-generic structs. |
7647 | const bool allowInstParam = !(isInstantiatingStub || isUnboxingStub); |
7648 | |
7649 | pMethod = MethodDesc::FindOrCreateAssociatedMethodDesc(pMethod, pOwnerMT, |
7650 | isUnboxingStub, |
7651 | inst, allowInstParam); |
7652 | |
7653 | #if defined(_DEBUG) && !defined(DACCESS_COMPILE) |
7654 | g_pConfig->DebugCheckAndForceIBCFailure(EEConfig::CallSite_3); |
7655 | #endif |
7656 | } |
7657 | EX_CATCH |
7658 | { |
7659 | // Catch any kTypeLoadException that we may have thrown above |
7660 | // |
7661 | image->GetPreloader()->Error(pBlobSigEntry->blob.token, GET_EXCEPTION()); |
7662 | pMethod = NULL; |
7663 | } |
7664 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
7665 | |
7666 | RETURN pMethod; |
7667 | } // Module::LoadIBCMethodHelper |
7668 | |
7669 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
7670 | //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
7671 | // |
7672 | // This function is a workaround for missing IBC data in WinRT assemblies and |
7673 | // not-yet-implemented sharing of IL_STUB(__Canon arg) IL stubs for all interfaces. |
7674 | // |
7675 | static void ExpandWindowsRuntimeType(TypeHandle t, DataImage *image) |
7676 | { |
7677 | CONTRACTL |
7678 | { |
7679 | STANDARD_VM_CHECK; |
7680 | PRECONDITION(!t.IsNull()); |
7681 | } |
7682 | CONTRACTL_END |
7683 | |
7684 | if (t.IsTypeDesc()) |
7685 | return; |
7686 | |
7687 | // This array contains our poor man's IBC data - instantiations that are known to |
7688 | // be used by other assemblies. |
7689 | static const struct |
7690 | { |
7691 | LPCUTF8 m_szTypeName; |
7692 | BinderClassID m_GenericBinderClassID; |
7693 | } |
7694 | rgForcedInstantiations[] = { |
7695 | { "Windows.UI.Xaml.Data.IGroupInfo" , CLASS__IENUMERABLEGENERIC }, |
7696 | { "Windows.UI.Xaml.UIElement" , CLASS__ILISTGENERIC }, |
7697 | { "Windows.UI.Xaml.Visibility" , CLASS__CLRIREFERENCEIMPL }, |
7698 | { "Windows.UI.Xaml.VerticalAlignment" , CLASS__CLRIREFERENCEIMPL }, |
7699 | { "Windows.UI.Xaml.HorizontalAlignment" , CLASS__CLRIREFERENCEIMPL }, |
7700 | // The following instantiations are used by Microsoft.PlayerFramework - http://playerframework.codeplex.com/ |
7701 | { "Windows.UI.Xaml.Media.AudioCategory" , CLASS__CLRIREFERENCEIMPL }, |
7702 | { "Windows.UI.Xaml.Media.AudioDeviceType" , CLASS__CLRIREFERENCEIMPL }, |
7703 | { "Windows.UI.Xaml.Media.MediaElementState" , CLASS__CLRIREFERENCEIMPL }, |
7704 | { "Windows.UI.Xaml.Media.Stereo3DVideoRenderMode" , CLASS__CLRIREFERENCEIMPL }, |
7705 | { "Windows.UI.Xaml.Media.Stereo3DVideoPackingMode" , CLASS__CLRIREFERENCEIMPL }, |
7706 | }; |
7707 | |
7708 | DefineFullyQualifiedNameForClass(); |
7709 | LPCUTF8 szTypeName = GetFullyQualifiedNameForClass(t.AsMethodTable()); |
7710 | |
7711 | for (SIZE_T i = 0; i < COUNTOF(rgForcedInstantiations); i++) |
7712 | { |
7713 | if (strcmp(szTypeName, rgForcedInstantiations[i].m_szTypeName) == 0) |
7714 | { |
7715 | EX_TRY |
7716 | { |
7717 | TypeHandle thGenericType = TypeHandle(MscorlibBinder::GetClass(rgForcedInstantiations[i].m_GenericBinderClassID)); |
7718 | |
7719 | Instantiation inst(&t, 1); |
7720 | thGenericType.Instantiate(inst); |
7721 | } |
7722 | EX_CATCH |
7723 | { |
7724 | image->GetPreloader()->Error(t.GetCl(), GET_EXCEPTION()); |
7725 | } |
7726 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
7727 | } |
7728 | } |
7729 | |
7730 | if (strcmp(szTypeName, "Windows.Foundation.Collections.IObservableVector`1" ) == 0) |
7731 | { |
7732 | EX_TRY |
7733 | { |
7734 | TypeHandle thArg = TypeHandle(g_pObjectClass); |
7735 | |
7736 | Instantiation inst(&thArg, 1); |
7737 | t.Instantiate(inst); |
7738 | } |
7739 | EX_CATCH |
7740 | { |
7741 | image->GetPreloader()->Error(t.GetCl(), GET_EXCEPTION()); |
7742 | } |
7743 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
7744 | } |
7745 | } |
7746 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
7747 | |
7748 | //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
7749 | // |
7750 | void Module::ExpandAll(DataImage *image) |
7751 | { |
7752 | CONTRACTL |
7753 | { |
7754 | STANDARD_VM_CHECK; |
7755 | PRECONDITION(!IsResource()); |
7756 | } |
7757 | CONTRACTL_END |
7758 | |
7759 | mdToken tk; |
7760 | DWORD assemblyFlags = GetAssembly()->GetFlags(); |
7761 | |
7762 | // |
7763 | // Explicitly load the global class. |
7764 | // |
7765 | |
7766 | MethodTable *pGlobalMT = GetGlobalMethodTable(); |
7767 | |
7768 | // |
7769 | // Load all classes. This also fills out the |
7770 | // RID maps for the typedefs, method defs, |
7771 | // and field defs. |
7772 | // |
7773 | |
7774 | IMDInternalImport *pInternalImport = GetMDImport(); |
7775 | { |
7776 | HENUMInternalHolder hEnum(pInternalImport); |
7777 | hEnum.EnumTypeDefInit(); |
7778 | |
7779 | while (pInternalImport->EnumTypeDefNext(&hEnum, &tk)) |
7780 | { |
7781 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
7782 | // Skip the non-managed WinRT types since they're only used by Javascript and C++ |
7783 | // |
7784 | // With WinRT files, we want to exclude certain types that cause us problems: |
7785 | // * Attribute types defined in Windows.Foundation. The constructor's methodimpl flags |
7786 | // specify it is an internal runtime function and gets set as an FCALL when we parse |
7787 | // the type |
7788 | // |
7789 | if (IsAfContentType_WindowsRuntime(assemblyFlags)) |
7790 | { |
7791 | mdToken tkExtends; |
7792 | pInternalImport->GetTypeDefProps(tk, NULL, &tkExtends); |
7793 | |
7794 | if (TypeFromToken(tkExtends) == mdtTypeRef) |
7795 | { |
7796 | LPCSTR szNameSpace = NULL; |
7797 | LPCSTR szName = NULL; |
7798 | pInternalImport->GetNameOfTypeRef(tkExtends, &szNameSpace, &szName); |
7799 | |
7800 | if (!strcmp(szNameSpace, "System" ) && !_stricmp((szName), "Attribute" )) |
7801 | { |
7802 | continue; |
7803 | } |
7804 | } |
7805 | } |
7806 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
7807 | |
7808 | TypeHandle t = LoadTypeDefOrRefHelper(image, this, tk); |
7809 | |
7810 | if (t.IsNull()) // Skip this type |
7811 | continue; |
7812 | |
7813 | if (!t.HasInstantiation()) |
7814 | { |
7815 | EEClassHashEntry_t *pBucket = NULL; |
7816 | HashDatum data; |
7817 | StackSString ssFullyQualifiedName; |
7818 | mdToken mdEncloser; |
7819 | EEClassHashTable *pTable = GetAvailableClassHash(); |
7820 | |
7821 | _ASSERTE(pTable != NULL); |
7822 | |
7823 | t.GetName(ssFullyQualifiedName); |
7824 | |
7825 | // Convert to UTF8 |
7826 | StackScratchBuffer scratch; |
7827 | LPCUTF8 szFullyQualifiedName = ssFullyQualifiedName.GetUTF8(scratch); |
7828 | |
7829 | BOOL isNested = ClassLoader::IsNested(this, tk, &mdEncloser); |
7830 | EEClassHashTable::LookupContext sContext; |
7831 | pBucket = pTable->GetValue(szFullyQualifiedName, &data, isNested, &sContext); |
7832 | |
7833 | if (isNested) |
7834 | { |
7835 | while (pBucket != NULL) |
7836 | { |
7837 | _ASSERTE (TypeFromToken(tk) == mdtTypeDef); |
7838 | BOOL match = GetClassLoader()->CompareNestedEntryWithTypeDef( pInternalImport, |
7839 | mdEncloser, |
7840 | GetAvailableClassHash(), |
7841 | pBucket->GetEncloser()); |
7842 | if (match) |
7843 | break; |
7844 | |
7845 | pBucket = pTable->FindNextNestedClass(szFullyQualifiedName, &data, &sContext); |
7846 | } |
7847 | } |
7848 | |
7849 | // Save the typehandle instead of the token in the hash entry so that ngen'ed images |
7850 | // don't have to lookup based on token and update this entry |
7851 | if ((pBucket != NULL) && !t.IsNull() && t.IsRestored()) |
7852 | pBucket->SetData(t.AsPtr()); |
7853 | } |
7854 | |
7855 | DWORD nGenericClassParams = t.GetNumGenericArgs(); |
7856 | if (nGenericClassParams != 0) |
7857 | { |
7858 | // For generic types, load the instantiation at Object |
7859 | SIZE_T cbMem; |
7860 | if (!ClrSafeInt<SIZE_T>::multiply(sizeof(TypeHandle), nGenericClassParams, cbMem/* passed by ref */)) |
7861 | { |
7862 | ThrowHR(COR_E_OVERFLOW); |
7863 | } |
7864 | CQuickBytes qbGenericClassArgs; |
7865 | TypeHandle *genericClassArgs = reinterpret_cast<TypeHandle*>(qbGenericClassArgs.AllocThrows(cbMem)); |
7866 | for (DWORD i = 0; i < nGenericClassParams; i++) |
7867 | { |
7868 | genericClassArgs[i] = TypeHandle(g_pCanonMethodTableClass); |
7869 | } |
7870 | |
7871 | TypeHandle thCanonInst = LoadGenericInstantiationHelper(image, this, tk, Instantiation(genericClassArgs, nGenericClassParams)); |
7872 | |
7873 | // If successful, add the instantiation to the Module's map of generic types instantiated at Object |
7874 | if (!thCanonInst.IsNull() && !thCanonInst.IsTypeDesc()) |
7875 | { |
7876 | MethodTable * pCanonMT = thCanonInst.AsMethodTable(); |
7877 | m_GenericTypeDefToCanonMethodTableMap.AddElement(this, RidFromToken(pCanonMT->GetCl()), pCanonMT); |
7878 | } |
7879 | } |
7880 | |
7881 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
7882 | if (IsAfContentType_WindowsRuntime(assemblyFlags)) |
7883 | { |
7884 | ExpandWindowsRuntimeType(t, image); |
7885 | } |
7886 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
7887 | } |
7888 | } |
7889 | |
7890 | // |
7891 | // Fill out TypeRef RID map |
7892 | // |
7893 | |
7894 | { |
7895 | HENUMInternalHolder hEnum(pInternalImport); |
7896 | hEnum.EnumAllInit(mdtTypeRef); |
7897 | |
7898 | while (pInternalImport->EnumNext(&hEnum, &tk)) |
7899 | { |
7900 | mdToken tkResolutionScope = mdTokenNil; |
7901 | pInternalImport->GetResolutionScopeOfTypeRef(tk, &tkResolutionScope); |
7902 | |
7903 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
7904 | // WinRT first party files are authored with TypeRefs pointing to TypeDefs in the same module. |
7905 | // This causes us to load types we do not want to NGen such as custom attributes. We will not |
7906 | // expand any module local TypeRefs for WinMDs to prevent this. |
7907 | if(TypeFromToken(tkResolutionScope)==mdtModule && IsAfContentType_WindowsRuntime(assemblyFlags)) |
7908 | continue; |
7909 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
7910 | TypeHandle t = LoadTypeDefOrRefHelper(image, this, tk); |
7911 | |
7912 | if (t.IsNull()) // Skip this type |
7913 | continue; |
7914 | |
7915 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
7916 | if (!g_fNGenWinMDResilient && TypeFromToken(tkResolutionScope) == mdtAssemblyRef) |
7917 | { |
7918 | DWORD dwAssemblyRefFlags; |
7919 | IfFailThrow(pInternalImport->GetAssemblyRefProps(tkResolutionScope, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, &dwAssemblyRefFlags)); |
7920 | |
7921 | if (IsAfContentType_WindowsRuntime(dwAssemblyRefFlags)) |
7922 | { |
7923 | Assembly *pAssembly = t.GetAssembly(); |
7924 | PEAssembly *pPEAssembly = pAssembly->GetManifestFile(); |
7925 | AssemblySpec refSpec; |
7926 | refSpec.InitializeSpec(tkResolutionScope, pInternalImport); |
7927 | LPCSTR psznamespace; |
7928 | LPCSTR pszname; |
7929 | pInternalImport->GetNameOfTypeRef(tk, &psznamespace, &pszname); |
7930 | refSpec.SetWindowsRuntimeType(psznamespace, pszname); |
7931 | GetAppDomain()->ToCompilationDomain()->AddDependency(&refSpec,pPEAssembly); |
7932 | } |
7933 | } |
7934 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
7935 | } |
7936 | } |
7937 | |
7938 | // |
7939 | // Load all type specs |
7940 | // |
7941 | |
7942 | { |
7943 | HENUMInternalHolder hEnum(pInternalImport); |
7944 | hEnum.EnumAllInit(mdtTypeSpec); |
7945 | |
7946 | while (pInternalImport->EnumNext(&hEnum, &tk)) |
7947 | { |
7948 | ULONG cSig; |
7949 | PCCOR_SIGNATURE pSig; |
7950 | |
7951 | IfFailThrow(pInternalImport->GetTypeSpecFromToken(tk, &pSig, &cSig)); |
7952 | |
7953 | // Load all types specs that do not contain variables |
7954 | if (SigPointer(pSig, cSig).IsPolyType(NULL) == hasNoVars) |
7955 | { |
7956 | LoadTypeSpecHelper(image, this, tk, pSig, cSig); |
7957 | } |
7958 | } |
7959 | } |
7960 | |
7961 | // |
7962 | // Load all the reported parameterized types and methods |
7963 | // |
7964 | CorProfileData * profileData = this->GetProfileData(); |
7965 | CORBBTPROF_BLOB_ENTRY *pBlobEntry = profileData->GetBlobStream(); |
7966 | |
7967 | if (pBlobEntry != NULL) |
7968 | { |
7969 | while (pBlobEntry->TypeIsValid()) |
7970 | { |
7971 | if (TypeFromToken(pBlobEntry->token) == ibcTypeSpec) |
7972 | { |
7973 | _ASSERTE(pBlobEntry->type == ParamTypeSpec); |
7974 | CORBBTPROF_BLOB_PARAM_SIG_ENTRY *pBlobSigEntry = (CORBBTPROF_BLOB_PARAM_SIG_ENTRY *) pBlobEntry; |
7975 | |
7976 | TypeHandle th = LoadIBCTypeHelper(image, pBlobSigEntry); |
7977 | |
7978 | if (!th.IsNull()) |
7979 | { |
7980 | image->GetPreloader()->TriageTypeForZap(th, TRUE); |
7981 | } |
7982 | } |
7983 | else if (TypeFromToken(pBlobEntry->token) == ibcMethodSpec) |
7984 | { |
7985 | _ASSERTE(pBlobEntry->type == ParamMethodSpec); |
7986 | CORBBTPROF_BLOB_PARAM_SIG_ENTRY *pBlobSigEntry = (CORBBTPROF_BLOB_PARAM_SIG_ENTRY *) pBlobEntry; |
7987 | |
7988 | MethodDesc *pMD = LoadIBCMethodHelper(image, pBlobSigEntry); |
7989 | } |
7990 | pBlobEntry = pBlobEntry->GetNextEntry(); |
7991 | } |
7992 | _ASSERTE(pBlobEntry->type == EndOfBlobStream); |
7993 | } |
7994 | |
7995 | // |
7996 | // Record references to all of the hot methods specifiled by MethodProfilingData array |
7997 | // We call MethodReferencedByCompiledCode to indicate that we plan on compiling this method |
7998 | // |
7999 | CORBBTPROF_TOKEN_INFO * pMethodProfilingData = profileData->GetTokenFlagsData(MethodProfilingData); |
8000 | DWORD cMethodProfilingData = profileData->GetTokenFlagsCount(MethodProfilingData); |
8001 | for (unsigned int i = 0; (i < cMethodProfilingData); i++) |
8002 | { |
8003 | mdToken token = pMethodProfilingData[i].token; |
8004 | DWORD profilingFlags = pMethodProfilingData[i].flags; |
8005 | |
8006 | // We call MethodReferencedByCompiledCode only when the profile data indicates that |
8007 | // we executed (i.e read) the code for the method |
8008 | // |
8009 | if (profilingFlags & (1 << ReadMethodCode)) |
8010 | { |
8011 | if (TypeFromToken(token) == mdtMethodDef) |
8012 | { |
8013 | MethodDesc * pMD = LookupMethodDef(token); |
8014 | // |
8015 | // Record a reference to a hot non-generic method |
8016 | // |
8017 | image->GetPreloader()->MethodReferencedByCompiledCode((CORINFO_METHOD_HANDLE)pMD); |
8018 | } |
8019 | else if (TypeFromToken(token) == ibcMethodSpec) |
8020 | { |
8021 | CORBBTPROF_BLOB_PARAM_SIG_ENTRY *pBlobSigEntry = profileData->GetBlobSigEntry(token); |
8022 | |
8023 | if (pBlobSigEntry != NULL) |
8024 | { |
8025 | _ASSERTE(pBlobSigEntry->blob.token == token); |
8026 | MethodDesc * pMD = LoadIBCMethodHelper(image, pBlobSigEntry); |
8027 | |
8028 | if (pMD != NULL) |
8029 | { |
8030 | // Occasionally a non-instantiated generic method shows up in the IBC data, we should NOT compile it. |
8031 | if (!pMD->IsTypicalMethodDefinition()) |
8032 | { |
8033 | // |
8034 | // Record a reference to a hot instantiated generic method |
8035 | // |
8036 | image->GetPreloader()->MethodReferencedByCompiledCode((CORINFO_METHOD_HANDLE)pMD); |
8037 | } |
8038 | } |
8039 | } |
8040 | } |
8041 | } |
8042 | } |
8043 | |
8044 | { |
8045 | // |
8046 | // Fill out MemberRef RID map and va sig cookies for |
8047 | // varargs member refs. |
8048 | // |
8049 | |
8050 | HENUMInternalHolder hEnum(pInternalImport); |
8051 | hEnum.EnumAllInit(mdtMemberRef); |
8052 | |
8053 | while (pInternalImport->EnumNext(&hEnum, &tk)) |
8054 | { |
8055 | mdTypeRef parent; |
8056 | IfFailThrow(pInternalImport->GetParentOfMemberRef(tk, &parent)); |
8057 | |
8058 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
8059 | if (IsAfContentType_WindowsRuntime(assemblyFlags) && TypeFromToken(parent) == mdtTypeRef) |
8060 | { |
8061 | mdToken tkResolutionScope = mdTokenNil; |
8062 | pInternalImport->GetResolutionScopeOfTypeRef(parent, &tkResolutionScope); |
8063 | // WinRT first party files are authored with TypeRefs pointing to TypeDefs in the same module. |
8064 | // This causes us to load types we do not want to NGen such as custom attributes. We will not |
8065 | // expand any module local TypeRefs for WinMDs to prevent this. |
8066 | if(TypeFromToken(tkResolutionScope)==mdtModule) |
8067 | continue; |
8068 | |
8069 | LPCSTR szNameSpace = NULL; |
8070 | LPCSTR szName = NULL; |
8071 | if (SUCCEEDED(pInternalImport->GetNameOfTypeRef(parent, &szNameSpace, &szName))) |
8072 | { |
8073 | if (WinMDAdapter::ConvertWellKnownTypeNameFromClrToWinRT(&szNameSpace, &szName)) |
8074 | { |
8075 | // |
8076 | // This is a MemberRef from a redirected WinRT type |
8077 | // We should skip it as managed view will never see this MemberRef anyway |
8078 | // Not skipping this will result MissingMethodExceptions as members in redirected |
8079 | // types doesn't exactly match their redirected CLR type counter part |
8080 | // |
8081 | // Typically we only need to do this for interfaces as we should never see MemberRef |
8082 | // from non-interfaces, but here to keep things simple I'm skipping every memberref that |
8083 | // belongs to redirected WinRT type |
8084 | // |
8085 | continue; |
8086 | } |
8087 | } |
8088 | |
8089 | } |
8090 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
8091 | |
8092 | // If the MethodRef has a TypeSpec as a parent (i.e. refers to a method on an array type |
8093 | // or on a generic class), then it could in turn refer to type variables of |
8094 | // an unknown class/method. So we don't preresolve any MemberRefs which have TypeSpecs as |
8095 | // parents. The RID maps are not filled out for such tokens anyway. |
8096 | if (TypeFromToken(parent) != mdtTypeSpec) |
8097 | { |
8098 | GetDescFromMemberRefHelper(image, this, tk); |
8099 | } |
8100 | } |
8101 | } |
8102 | |
8103 | // |
8104 | // Fill out binder |
8105 | // |
8106 | |
8107 | if (m_pBinder != NULL) |
8108 | { |
8109 | m_pBinder->BindAll(); |
8110 | } |
8111 | |
8112 | } // Module::ExpandAll |
8113 | |
8114 | /* static */ |
8115 | void Module::SaveMethodTable(DataImage * image, |
8116 | MethodTable * pMT, |
8117 | DWORD profilingFlags) |
8118 | { |
8119 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
8120 | |
8121 | if (image->IsStored(pMT)) |
8122 | return; |
8123 | |
8124 | pMT->Save(image, profilingFlags); |
8125 | } |
8126 | |
8127 | |
8128 | /* static */ |
8129 | void Module::SaveTypeHandle(DataImage * image, |
8130 | TypeHandle t, |
8131 | DWORD profilingFlags) |
8132 | { |
8133 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
8134 | |
8135 | t.CheckRestore(); |
8136 | if (t.IsTypeDesc()) |
8137 | { |
8138 | TypeDesc *pTD = t.AsTypeDesc(); |
8139 | if (!image->IsStored(pTD)) |
8140 | { |
8141 | pTD->Save(image); |
8142 | } |
8143 | } |
8144 | else |
8145 | { |
8146 | MethodTable *pMT = t.AsMethodTable(); |
8147 | if (pMT != NULL && !image->IsStored(pMT)) |
8148 | { |
8149 | SaveMethodTable(image, pMT, profilingFlags); |
8150 | _ASSERTE(image->IsStored(pMT)); |
8151 | } |
8152 | } |
8153 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
8154 | if (LoggingOn(LF_JIT, LL_INFO100)) |
8155 | { |
8156 | Module *pPrefModule = Module::GetPreferredZapModuleForTypeHandle(t); |
8157 | if (image->GetModule() != pPrefModule) |
8158 | { |
8159 | StackSString typeName; |
8160 | t.CheckRestore(); |
8161 | TypeString::AppendTypeDebug(typeName, t); |
8162 | LOG((LF_ZAP, LL_INFO100, "The type %S was saved outside its preferred module %S\n" , typeName.GetUnicode(), pPrefModule->GetPath().GetUnicode())); |
8163 | } |
8164 | } |
8165 | #endif // _DEBUG |
8166 | } |
8167 | |
8168 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
8169 | |
8170 | void ModuleCtorInfo::Save(DataImage *image, CorProfileData *profileData) |
8171 | { |
8172 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
8173 | |
8174 | if (!numElements) |
8175 | return; |
8176 | |
8177 | DWORD i = 0; |
8178 | DWORD totalBoxedStatics = 0; |
8179 | |
8180 | // sort the tables so that |
8181 | // - the hot ppMT entries are at the beginning of the ppMT table |
8182 | // - the hot cctor entries are at the beginning of the cctorInfoHot table |
8183 | // - the cold cctor entries are at the end, and we make cctorInfoCold point |
8184 | // the first cold entry |
8185 | // |
8186 | // the invariant in this loop is: |
8187 | // items 0...numElementsHot-1 are hot |
8188 | // items numElementsHot...i-1 are cold |
8189 | for (i = 0; i < numElements; i++) |
8190 | { |
8191 | MethodTable *ppMTTemp = ppMT[i].GetValue(); |
8192 | |
8193 | // Count the number of boxed statics along the way |
8194 | totalBoxedStatics += ppMTTemp->GetNumBoxedRegularStatics(); |
8195 | |
8196 | bool hot = true; // if there's no profiling data, assume the entries are all hot. |
8197 | if (profileData->GetTokenFlagsData(TypeProfilingData)) |
8198 | { |
8199 | if ((profileData->GetTypeProfilingFlagsOfToken(ppMTTemp->GetCl()) & (1 << ReadCCtorInfo)) == 0) |
8200 | hot = false; |
8201 | } |
8202 | if (hot) |
8203 | { |
8204 | // swap ppMT[i] and ppMT[numElementsHot] to maintain the loop invariant |
8205 | ppMT[i].SetValue(ppMT[numElementsHot].GetValue()); |
8206 | ppMT[numElementsHot].SetValue(ppMTTemp); |
8207 | |
8208 | numElementsHot++; |
8209 | } |
8210 | } |
8211 | |
8212 | numHotHashes = numElementsHot ? RoundUpToPower2((numElementsHot * sizeof(PTR_MethodTable)) / CACHE_LINE_SIZE) : 0; |
8213 | numColdHashes = (numElements - numElementsHot) ? RoundUpToPower2(((numElements - numElementsHot) * |
8214 | sizeof(PTR_MethodTable)) / CACHE_LINE_SIZE) : 0; |
8215 | |
8216 | LOG((LF_ZAP, LL_INFO10, "ModuleCtorInfo::numHotHashes: 0x%4x\n" , numHotHashes)); |
8217 | if (numColdHashes != 0) |
8218 | { |
8219 | LOG((LF_ZAP, LL_INFO10, "ModuleCtorInfo::numColdHashes: 0x%4x\n" , numColdHashes)); |
8220 | } |
8221 | |
8222 | // The "plus one" is so we can store the offset to the end of the array at the end of |
8223 | // the hashoffsets arrays, enabling faster lookups. |
8224 | hotHashOffsets = new DWORD[numHotHashes + 1]; |
8225 | coldHashOffsets = new DWORD[numColdHashes + 1]; |
8226 | |
8227 | DWORD *hashArray = new DWORD[numElements]; |
8228 | |
8229 | for (i = 0; i < numElementsHot; i++) |
8230 | { |
8231 | hashArray[i] = GenerateHash(ppMT[i].GetValue(), HOT); |
8232 | } |
8233 | for (i = numElementsHot; i < numElements; i++) |
8234 | { |
8235 | hashArray[i] = GenerateHash(ppMT[i].GetValue(), COLD); |
8236 | } |
8237 | |
8238 | // Sort the two arrays by hash values to create regions with the same hash values. |
8239 | ClassCtorInfoEntryArraySort cctorInfoHotSort(hashArray, ppMT, numElementsHot); |
8240 | ClassCtorInfoEntryArraySort cctorInfoColdSort(hashArray + numElementsHot, ppMT + numElementsHot, |
8241 | numElements - numElementsHot); |
8242 | cctorInfoHotSort.Sort(); |
8243 | cctorInfoColdSort.Sort(); |
8244 | |
8245 | // Generate the indices that index into the correct "hash region" in the hot part of the ppMT array, and store |
8246 | // them in the hotHashOffests arrays. |
8247 | DWORD curHash = 0; |
8248 | i = 0; |
8249 | while (i < numElementsHot) |
8250 | { |
8251 | if (curHash < hashArray[i]) |
8252 | { |
8253 | hotHashOffsets[curHash++] = i; |
8254 | } |
8255 | else if (curHash == hashArray[i]) |
8256 | { |
8257 | hotHashOffsets[curHash++] = i++; |
8258 | } |
8259 | else |
8260 | { |
8261 | i++; |
8262 | } |
8263 | } |
8264 | while (curHash <= numHotHashes) |
8265 | { |
8266 | hotHashOffsets[curHash++] = numElementsHot; |
8267 | } |
8268 | |
8269 | // Generate the indices that index into the correct "hash region" in the hot part of the ppMT array, and store |
8270 | // them in the coldHashOffsets arrays. |
8271 | curHash = 0; |
8272 | i = numElementsHot; |
8273 | while (i < numElements) |
8274 | { |
8275 | if (curHash < hashArray[i]) |
8276 | { |
8277 | coldHashOffsets[curHash++] = i; |
8278 | } |
8279 | else if (curHash == hashArray[i]) |
8280 | { |
8281 | coldHashOffsets[curHash++] = i++; |
8282 | } |
8283 | else i++; |
8284 | } |
8285 | while (curHash <= numColdHashes) |
8286 | { |
8287 | coldHashOffsets[curHash++] = numElements; |
8288 | } |
8289 | |
8290 | delete[] hashArray; |
8291 | |
8292 | |
8293 | cctorInfoHot = new ClassCtorInfoEntry[numElements]; |
8294 | |
8295 | // make cctorInfoCold point to the first cold element |
8296 | cctorInfoCold = cctorInfoHot + numElementsHot; |
8297 | |
8298 | ppHotGCStaticsMTs = (totalBoxedStatics != 0) ? new RelativeFixupPointer<PTR_MethodTable>[totalBoxedStatics] : NULL; |
8299 | numHotGCStaticsMTs = totalBoxedStatics; |
8300 | |
8301 | DWORD iGCStaticMT = 0; |
8302 | |
8303 | for (i = 0; i < numElements; i++) |
8304 | { |
8305 | if (numElements == numElementsHot) |
8306 | { |
8307 | numHotGCStaticsMTs = iGCStaticMT; |
8308 | numColdGCStaticsMTs = (totalBoxedStatics - iGCStaticMT); |
8309 | |
8310 | // make ppColdGCStaticsMTs point to the first cold element |
8311 | ppColdGCStaticsMTs = ppHotGCStaticsMTs + numHotGCStaticsMTs; |
8312 | } |
8313 | |
8314 | MethodTable* pMT = ppMT[i].GetValue(); |
8315 | ClassCtorInfoEntry* pEntry = &cctorInfoHot[i]; |
8316 | |
8317 | WORD numBoxedStatics = pMT->GetNumBoxedRegularStatics(); |
8318 | pEntry->numBoxedStatics = numBoxedStatics; |
8319 | pEntry->hasFixedAddressVTStatics = !!pMT->HasFixedAddressVTStatics(); |
8320 | |
8321 | FieldDesc *pField = pMT->HasGenericsStaticsInfo() ? |
8322 | pMT->GetGenericsStaticFieldDescs() : (pMT->GetApproxFieldDescListRaw() + pMT->GetNumIntroducedInstanceFields()); |
8323 | FieldDesc *pFieldEnd = pField + pMT->GetNumStaticFields(); |
8324 | |
8325 | pEntry->firstBoxedStaticOffset = (DWORD)-1; |
8326 | pEntry->firstBoxedStaticMTIndex = (DWORD)-1; |
8327 | |
8328 | DWORD numFoundBoxedStatics = 0; |
8329 | while (pField < pFieldEnd) |
8330 | { |
8331 | _ASSERTE(pField->IsStatic()); |
8332 | |
8333 | if (!pField->IsSpecialStatic() && pField->IsByValue()) |
8334 | { |
8335 | if (pEntry->firstBoxedStaticOffset == (DWORD)-1) |
8336 | { |
8337 | pEntry->firstBoxedStaticOffset = pField->GetOffset(); |
8338 | pEntry->firstBoxedStaticMTIndex = iGCStaticMT; |
8339 | } |
8340 | _ASSERTE(pField->GetOffset() - pEntry->firstBoxedStaticOffset |
8341 | == (iGCStaticMT - pEntry->firstBoxedStaticMTIndex) * sizeof(MethodTable*)); |
8342 | |
8343 | TypeHandle th = pField->GetFieldTypeHandleThrowing(); |
8344 | ppHotGCStaticsMTs[iGCStaticMT++].SetValueMaybeNull(th.GetMethodTable()); |
8345 | |
8346 | numFoundBoxedStatics++; |
8347 | } |
8348 | pField++; |
8349 | } |
8350 | _ASSERTE(numBoxedStatics == numFoundBoxedStatics); |
8351 | } |
8352 | _ASSERTE(iGCStaticMT == totalBoxedStatics); |
8353 | |
8354 | if (numElementsHot > 0) |
8355 | { |
8356 | image->StoreStructure(cctorInfoHot, |
8357 | sizeof(ClassCtorInfoEntry) * numElementsHot, |
8358 | DataImage::ITEM_MODULE_CCTOR_INFO_HOT); |
8359 | |
8360 | image->StoreStructure(hotHashOffsets, |
8361 | sizeof(DWORD) * (numHotHashes + 1), |
8362 | DataImage::ITEM_MODULE_CCTOR_INFO_HOT); |
8363 | } |
8364 | |
8365 | if (numElements > 0) |
8366 | image->StoreStructure(ppMT, |
8367 | sizeof(RelativePointer<MethodTable *>) * numElements, |
8368 | DataImage::ITEM_MODULE_CCTOR_INFO_HOT); |
8369 | |
8370 | if (numElements > numElementsHot) |
8371 | { |
8372 | image->StoreStructure(cctorInfoCold, |
8373 | sizeof(ClassCtorInfoEntry) * (numElements - numElementsHot), |
8374 | DataImage::ITEM_MODULE_CCTOR_INFO_COLD); |
8375 | |
8376 | image->StoreStructure(coldHashOffsets, |
8377 | sizeof(DWORD) * (numColdHashes + 1), |
8378 | DataImage::ITEM_MODULE_CCTOR_INFO_COLD); |
8379 | } |
8380 | |
8381 | if ( numHotGCStaticsMTs ) |
8382 | { |
8383 | // Save the mt templates |
8384 | image->StoreStructure( ppHotGCStaticsMTs, numHotGCStaticsMTs * sizeof(RelativeFixupPointer<MethodTable*>), |
8385 | DataImage::ITEM_GC_STATIC_HANDLES_HOT); |
8386 | } |
8387 | else |
8388 | { |
8389 | ppHotGCStaticsMTs = NULL; |
8390 | } |
8391 | |
8392 | if ( numColdGCStaticsMTs ) |
8393 | { |
8394 | // Save the hot mt templates |
8395 | image->StoreStructure( ppColdGCStaticsMTs, numColdGCStaticsMTs * sizeof(RelativeFixupPointer<MethodTable*>), |
8396 | DataImage::ITEM_GC_STATIC_HANDLES_COLD); |
8397 | } |
8398 | else |
8399 | { |
8400 | ppColdGCStaticsMTs = NULL; |
8401 | } |
8402 | } |
8403 | |
8404 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE |
8405 | |
8406 | bool Module::AreAllClassesFullyLoaded() |
8407 | { |
8408 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
8409 | |
8410 | // Adjust for unused space |
8411 | IMDInternalImport *pImport = GetMDImport(); |
8412 | |
8413 | HENUMInternalHolder hEnum(pImport); |
8414 | hEnum.EnumAllInit(mdtTypeDef); |
8415 | |
8416 | mdTypeDef token; |
8417 | while (pImport->EnumNext(&hEnum, &token)) |
8418 | { |
8419 | _ASSERTE(TypeFromToken(token) == mdtTypeDef); |
8420 | |
8421 | // Special care has to been taken with COR_GLOBAL_PARENT_TOKEN, as the class |
8422 | // may not be needed, (but we have to distinguish between not needed and threw error). |
8423 | if (token == COR_GLOBAL_PARENT_TOKEN && |
8424 | !NeedsGlobalMethodTable()) |
8425 | { |
8426 | // No EEClass for this token if there was no need for a global method table |
8427 | continue; |
8428 | } |
8429 | |
8430 | TypeHandle th = LookupTypeDef(token); |
8431 | if (th.IsNull()) |
8432 | return false; |
8433 | |
8434 | if (!th.AsMethodTable()->IsFullyLoaded()) |
8435 | return false; |
8436 | } |
8437 | |
8438 | return true; |
8439 | } |
8440 | |
8441 | void Module::PrepareTypesForSave(DataImage *image) |
8442 | { |
8443 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
8444 | |
8445 | // |
8446 | // Prepare typedefs |
8447 | // |
8448 | { |
8449 | LookupMap<PTR_MethodTable>::Iterator typeDefIter(&m_TypeDefToMethodTableMap); |
8450 | while (typeDefIter.Next()) |
8451 | { |
8452 | MethodTable * pMT = typeDefIter.GetElement(); |
8453 | |
8454 | if (pMT == NULL || !pMT->IsFullyLoaded()) |
8455 | continue; |
8456 | |
8457 | |
8458 | } |
8459 | } |
8460 | |
8461 | // |
8462 | // Prepare typespecs |
8463 | // |
8464 | { |
8465 | // Create a local copy in case the new elements are added to the hashtable during population |
8466 | InlineSArray<TypeHandle, 20> pTypes; |
8467 | |
8468 | // Make sure the iterator is destroyed before there is a chance of loading new types |
8469 | { |
8470 | EETypeHashTable::Iterator it(m_pAvailableParamTypes); |
8471 | EETypeHashEntry *pEntry; |
8472 | while (m_pAvailableParamTypes->FindNext(&it, &pEntry)) |
8473 | { |
8474 | TypeHandle t = pEntry->GetTypeHandle(); |
8475 | |
8476 | if (t.IsTypeDesc()) |
8477 | continue; |
8478 | |
8479 | if (!image->GetPreloader()->IsTypeInTransitiveClosureOfInstantiations(CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE(t.AsPtr()))) |
8480 | continue; |
8481 | |
8482 | pTypes.Append(t); |
8483 | } |
8484 | } |
8485 | |
8486 | } |
8487 | |
8488 | image->GetPreloader()->TriageForZap(FALSE, FALSE); |
8489 | } |
8490 | |
8491 | static const char* const MethodTableRestoreReasonDescription[TotalMethodTables + 1] = |
8492 | { |
8493 | #undef RESTORE_REASON_FUNC |
8494 | #define RESTORE_REASON_FUNC(s) #s, |
8495 | |
8496 | METHODTABLE_RESTORE_REASON() |
8497 | |
8498 | #undef RESTORE_REASON |
8499 | |
8500 | "TotalMethodTablesEvaluated" |
8501 | }; |
8502 | |
8503 | |
8504 | // MethodDescByMethodTableTraits could be a local class in Module::Save(), but g++ doesn't like |
8505 | // instantiating templates with private classes. |
8506 | class MethodDescByMethodTableTraits : public NoRemoveSHashTraits< DefaultSHashTraits<MethodDesc *> > |
8507 | { |
8508 | public: |
8509 | typedef MethodTable * key_t; |
8510 | static MethodDesc * Null() { return NULL; } |
8511 | static bool IsNull(MethodDesc * pMD) { return pMD == NULL; } |
8512 | static MethodTable * GetKey(MethodDesc * pMD) { return pMD->GetMethodTable_NoLogging(); } |
8513 | static count_t Hash(MethodTable * pMT) { LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; return (count_t) (UINT_PTR) pMT->GetTypeDefRid_NoLogging(); } |
8514 | static BOOL Equals(MethodTable * pMT1, MethodTable * pMT2) |
8515 | { |
8516 | return pMT1 == pMT2; |
8517 | } |
8518 | }; |
8519 | |
8520 | void Module::Save(DataImage *image) |
8521 | { |
8522 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
8523 | |
8524 | // Precompute type specific auxiliary information saved into NGen image |
8525 | // Note that this operation can load new types. |
8526 | PrepareTypesForSave(image); |
8527 | |
8528 | // Cache values of all persisted flags computed from custom attributes |
8529 | IsNoStringInterning(); |
8530 | IsRuntimeWrapExceptions(); |
8531 | IsPreV4Assembly(); |
8532 | |
8533 | HasDefaultDllImportSearchPathsAttribute(); |
8534 | |
8535 | // Precompute property information to avoid runtime metadata lookup |
8536 | PopulatePropertyInfoMap(); |
8537 | |
8538 | // Any any elements and compute values of any LookupMap flags that were not available previously |
8539 | FinalizeLookupMapsPreSave(image); |
8540 | |
8541 | // |
8542 | // Save the module |
8543 | // |
8544 | |
8545 | ZapStoredStructure * pModuleNode = image->StoreStructure(this, sizeof(Module), |
8546 | DataImage::ITEM_MODULE); |
8547 | |
8548 | m_pNGenLayoutInfo = (NGenLayoutInfo *)(void *)image->GetModule()->GetLoaderAllocator()-> |
8549 | GetHighFrequencyHeap()->AllocMem(S_SIZE_T(sizeof(NGenLayoutInfo))); |
8550 | image->StoreStructure(m_pNGenLayoutInfo, sizeof(NGenLayoutInfo), DataImage::ITEM_BINDER_ITEMS); |
8551 | |
8552 | // |
8553 | // If we are NGening, we don't need to keep a list of va |
8554 | // sig cookies, as we already have a complete set (of course we do |
8555 | // have to persist the cookies themselves, though. |
8556 | // |
8557 | |
8558 | // |
8559 | // Initialize maps of child data structures. Note that each tables's blocks are |
8560 | // concantentated to a single block in the process. |
8561 | // |
8562 | CorProfileData * profileData = GetProfileData(); |
8563 | |
8564 | // ngen the neutral resources culture |
8565 | if(GetNeutralResourcesLanguage(&m_pszCultureName, &m_CultureNameLength, &m_FallbackLocation, TRUE)) { |
8566 | image->StoreStructure((void *) m_pszCultureName, |
8567 | (ULONG)(m_CultureNameLength + 1), |
8568 | DataImage::ITEM_BINDER_ITEMS, |
8569 | 1); |
8570 | } |
8571 | |
8572 | |
8573 | m_TypeRefToMethodTableMap.Save(image, DataImage::ITEM_TYPEREF_MAP, profileData, mdtTypeRef); |
8574 | image->BindPointer(&m_TypeRefToMethodTableMap, pModuleNode, offsetof(Module, m_TypeRefToMethodTableMap)); |
8575 | |
8576 | if(m_pMemberRefToDescHashTable) |
8577 | m_pMemberRefToDescHashTable->Save(image, profileData); |
8578 | |
8579 | m_TypeDefToMethodTableMap.Save(image, DataImage::ITEM_TYPEDEF_MAP, profileData, mdtTypeDef); |
8580 | image->BindPointer(&m_TypeDefToMethodTableMap, pModuleNode, offsetof(Module, m_TypeDefToMethodTableMap)); |
8581 | |
8582 | m_MethodDefToDescMap.Save(image, DataImage::ITEM_METHODDEF_MAP, profileData, mdtMethodDef); |
8583 | image->BindPointer(&m_MethodDefToDescMap, pModuleNode, offsetof(Module, m_MethodDefToDescMap)); |
8584 | |
8585 | m_FieldDefToDescMap.Save(image, DataImage::ITEM_FIELDDEF_MAP, profileData, mdtFieldDef); |
8586 | image->BindPointer(&m_FieldDefToDescMap, pModuleNode, offsetof(Module, m_FieldDefToDescMap)); |
8587 | |
8588 | m_GenericParamToDescMap.Save(image, DataImage::ITEM_GENERICPARAM_MAP, profileData, mdtGenericParam); |
8589 | image->BindPointer(&m_GenericParamToDescMap, pModuleNode, offsetof(Module, m_GenericParamToDescMap)); |
8590 | |
8591 | m_GenericTypeDefToCanonMethodTableMap.Save(image, DataImage::ITEM_GENERICTYPEDEF_MAP, profileData, mdtTypeDef); |
8592 | image->BindPointer(&m_GenericTypeDefToCanonMethodTableMap, pModuleNode, offsetof(Module, m_GenericTypeDefToCanonMethodTableMap)); |
8593 | |
8594 | if (m_pAvailableClasses) |
8595 | m_pAvailableClasses->Save(image, profileData); |
8596 | |
8597 | // |
8598 | // Also save the parent maps; the contents will |
8599 | // need to be rewritten, but we can allocate the |
8600 | // space in the image. |
8601 | // |
8602 | |
8603 | // these items have no hot list and no attribution |
8604 | m_FileReferencesMap.Save(image, DataImage::ITEM_FILEREF_MAP, profileData, 0); |
8605 | image->BindPointer(&m_FileReferencesMap, pModuleNode, offsetof(Module, m_FileReferencesMap)); |
8606 | |
8607 | m_ManifestModuleReferencesMap.Save(image, DataImage::ITEM_ASSEMREF_MAP, profileData, 0); |
8608 | image->BindPointer(&m_ManifestModuleReferencesMap, pModuleNode, offsetof(Module, m_ManifestModuleReferencesMap)); |
8609 | |
8610 | m_MethodDefToPropertyInfoMap.Save(image, DataImage::ITEM_PROPERTYINFO_MAP, profileData, 0, TRUE /*fCopyValues*/); |
8611 | image->BindPointer(&m_MethodDefToPropertyInfoMap, pModuleNode, offsetof(Module, m_MethodDefToPropertyInfoMap)); |
8612 | |
8613 | if (m_pBinder != NULL) |
8614 | m_pBinder->Save(image); |
8615 | |
8616 | if (profileData) |
8617 | { |
8618 | // Store types. |
8619 | |
8620 | // Saving hot things first is a very good thing, because we place items |
8621 | // in the order they are saved and things that have hot items are also |
8622 | // more likely to have their other structures touched, hence these should |
8623 | // also be placed together, at least if we don't have any further information to go on. |
8624 | // Note we place particular hot items with more care in the Arrange phase. |
8625 | // |
8626 | CORBBTPROF_TOKEN_INFO * pTypeProfilingData = profileData->GetTokenFlagsData(TypeProfilingData); |
8627 | DWORD cTypeProfilingData = profileData->GetTokenFlagsCount(TypeProfilingData); |
8628 | |
8629 | for (unsigned int i = 0; i < cTypeProfilingData; i++) |
8630 | { |
8631 | CORBBTPROF_TOKEN_INFO *entry = &pTypeProfilingData[i]; |
8632 | mdToken token = entry->token; |
8633 | DWORD flags = entry->flags; |
8634 | #if defined(_DEBUG) && !defined(DACCESS_COMPILE) |
8635 | g_pConfig->DebugCheckAndForceIBCFailure(EEConfig::CallSite_4); |
8636 | #endif |
8637 | |
8638 | if ((flags & (1 << ReadMethodTable)) == 0) |
8639 | continue; |
8640 | |
8641 | if (TypeFromToken(token) == mdtTypeDef) |
8642 | { |
8643 | MethodTable *pMT = LookupTypeDef(token).GetMethodTable(); |
8644 | if (pMT && pMT->IsFullyLoaded()) |
8645 | { |
8646 | SaveMethodTable(image, pMT, flags); |
8647 | } |
8648 | } |
8649 | else if (TypeFromToken(token) == ibcTypeSpec) |
8650 | { |
8651 | CORBBTPROF_BLOB_ENTRY *pBlobEntry = profileData->GetBlobStream(); |
8652 | if (pBlobEntry) |
8653 | { |
8654 | while (pBlobEntry->TypeIsValid()) |
8655 | { |
8656 | if (TypeFromToken(pBlobEntry->token) == ibcTypeSpec) |
8657 | { |
8658 | _ASSERTE(pBlobEntry->type == ParamTypeSpec); |
8659 | |
8660 | if (pBlobEntry->token == token) |
8661 | { |
8662 | CORBBTPROF_BLOB_PARAM_SIG_ENTRY *pBlobSigEntry = (CORBBTPROF_BLOB_PARAM_SIG_ENTRY *) pBlobEntry; |
8663 | TypeHandle th = LoadIBCTypeHelper(image, pBlobSigEntry); |
8664 | |
8665 | if (!th.IsNull()) |
8666 | { |
8667 | // When we have stale IBC data the type could have been rejected from this image. |
8668 | if (image->GetPreloader()->IsTypeInTransitiveClosureOfInstantiations(CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE(th.AsPtr()))) |
8669 | { |
8670 | SaveTypeHandle(image, th, flags); |
8671 | } |
8672 | } |
8673 | } |
8674 | } |
8675 | pBlobEntry = pBlobEntry->GetNextEntry(); |
8676 | } |
8677 | _ASSERTE(pBlobEntry->type == EndOfBlobStream); |
8678 | } |
8679 | } |
8680 | } |
8681 | |
8682 | if (m_pAvailableParamTypes != NULL) |
8683 | { |
8684 | // If we have V1 IBC data then we save the hot |
8685 | // out-of-module generic instantiations here |
8686 | |
8687 | CORBBTPROF_TOKEN_INFO * tokens_begin = profileData->GetTokenFlagsData(GenericTypeProfilingData); |
8688 | CORBBTPROF_TOKEN_INFO * tokens_end = tokens_begin + profileData->GetTokenFlagsCount(GenericTypeProfilingData); |
8689 | |
8690 | if (tokens_begin != tokens_end) |
8691 | { |
8692 | SArray<CORBBTPROF_TOKEN_INFO> tokens(tokens_begin, tokens_end); |
8693 | tokens_begin = &tokens[0]; |
8694 | tokens_end = tokens_begin + tokens.GetCount(); |
8695 | |
8696 | util::sort(tokens_begin, tokens_end); |
8697 | |
8698 | // enumerate AvailableParamTypes map and find all hot generic instantiations |
8699 | EETypeHashTable::Iterator it(m_pAvailableParamTypes); |
8700 | EETypeHashEntry *pEntry; |
8701 | while (m_pAvailableParamTypes->FindNext(&it, &pEntry)) |
8702 | { |
8703 | TypeHandle t = pEntry->GetTypeHandle(); |
8704 | #if defined(_DEBUG) && !defined(DACCESS_COMPILE) |
8705 | g_pConfig->DebugCheckAndForceIBCFailure(EEConfig::CallSite_5); |
8706 | #endif |
8707 | |
8708 | if (t.HasInstantiation()) |
8709 | { |
8710 | SString tokenName; |
8711 | t.GetName(tokenName); |
8712 | unsigned cur_token = tokenName.Hash() & 0xffff; |
8713 | |
8714 | CORBBTPROF_TOKEN_INFO * found = util::lower_bound(tokens_begin, tokens_end, CORBBTPROF_TOKEN_INFO(cur_token)); |
8715 | if (found != tokens_end && found->token == cur_token && (found->flags & (1 << ReadMethodTable))) |
8716 | { |
8717 | // When we have stale IBC data the type could have been rejected from this image. |
8718 | if (image->GetPreloader()->IsTypeInTransitiveClosureOfInstantiations(CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE(t.AsPtr()))) |
8719 | SaveTypeHandle(image, t, found->flags); |
8720 | } |
8721 | } |
8722 | } |
8723 | } |
8724 | } |
8725 | } |
8726 | |
8727 | // |
8728 | // Now save any types in the TypeDefToMethodTableMap map |
8729 | |
8730 | { |
8731 | LookupMap<PTR_MethodTable>::Iterator typeDefIter(&m_TypeDefToMethodTableMap); |
8732 | |
8733 | while (typeDefIter.Next()) |
8734 | { |
8735 | MethodTable * pMT = typeDefIter.GetElement(); |
8736 | |
8737 | if (pMT != NULL && |
8738 | !image->IsStored(pMT) && pMT->IsFullyLoaded()) |
8739 | { |
8740 | image->BeginAssociatingStoredObjectsWithMethodTable(pMT); |
8741 | SaveMethodTable(image, pMT, 0); |
8742 | image->EndAssociatingStoredObjectsWithMethodTable(); |
8743 | } |
8744 | } |
8745 | } |
8746 | |
8747 | // |
8748 | // Now save any TypeDescs in m_GenericParamToDescMap map |
8749 | |
8750 | { |
8751 | LookupMap<PTR_TypeVarTypeDesc>::Iterator genericParamIter(&m_GenericParamToDescMap); |
8752 | |
8753 | while (genericParamIter.Next()) |
8754 | { |
8755 | TypeVarTypeDesc *pTD = genericParamIter.GetElement(); |
8756 | |
8757 | if (pTD != NULL) |
8758 | { |
8759 | pTD->Save(image); |
8760 | } |
8761 | } |
8762 | } |
8763 | |
8764 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
8765 | SealGenericTypesAndMethods(); |
8766 | #endif |
8767 | |
8768 | // |
8769 | // Now save any types in the AvailableParamTypes map |
8770 | // |
8771 | if (m_pAvailableParamTypes != NULL) |
8772 | { |
8773 | EETypeHashTable::Iterator it(m_pAvailableParamTypes); |
8774 | EETypeHashEntry *pEntry; |
8775 | while (m_pAvailableParamTypes->FindNext(&it, &pEntry)) |
8776 | { |
8777 | TypeHandle t = pEntry->GetTypeHandle(); |
8778 | |
8779 | if (image->GetPreloader()->IsTypeInTransitiveClosureOfInstantiations(CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE(t.AsPtr()))) |
8780 | { |
8781 | if (t.GetCanonicalMethodTable() != NULL) |
8782 | { |
8783 | image->BeginAssociatingStoredObjectsWithMethodTable(t.GetCanonicalMethodTable()); |
8784 | SaveTypeHandle(image, t, 0); |
8785 | image->EndAssociatingStoredObjectsWithMethodTable(); |
8786 | } |
8787 | else |
8788 | { |
8789 | SaveTypeHandle(image, t, 0); |
8790 | } |
8791 | } |
8792 | } |
8793 | } |
8794 | |
8795 | // |
8796 | // Now save any methods in the InstMethodHashTable |
8797 | // |
8798 | if (m_pInstMethodHashTable != NULL) |
8799 | { |
8800 | // |
8801 | // Find all MethodDescs that we are going to save, and hash them with MethodTable as the key |
8802 | // |
8803 | |
8804 | typedef SHash<MethodDescByMethodTableTraits> MethodDescByMethodTableHash; |
8805 | |
8806 | MethodDescByMethodTableHash methodDescs; |
8807 | |
8808 | InstMethodHashTable::Iterator it(m_pInstMethodHashTable); |
8809 | InstMethodHashEntry *pEntry; |
8810 | while (m_pInstMethodHashTable->FindNext(&it, &pEntry)) |
8811 | { |
8812 | MethodDesc *pMD = pEntry->GetMethod(); |
8813 | |
8814 | _ASSERTE(!pMD->IsTightlyBoundToMethodTable()); |
8815 | |
8816 | if (!image->IsStored(pMD) && |
8817 | image->GetPreloader()->IsMethodInTransitiveClosureOfInstantiations(CORINFO_METHOD_HANDLE(pMD))) |
8818 | { |
8819 | methodDescs.Add(pMD); |
8820 | } |
8821 | } |
8822 | |
8823 | // |
8824 | // Save all MethodDescs on the same MethodTable using one chunk builder |
8825 | // |
8826 | |
8827 | for (MethodDescByMethodTableHash::Iterator i1 = methodDescs.Begin(), end1 = methodDescs.End(); i1 != end1; i1++) |
8828 | { |
8829 | MethodDesc * pMD = *(i1); |
8830 | if (image->IsStored(pMD)) |
8831 | continue; |
8832 | |
8833 | MethodTable * pMT = pMD->GetMethodTable(); |
8834 | |
8835 | MethodDesc::SaveChunk methodDescSaveChunk(image); |
8836 | |
8837 | for (MethodDescByMethodTableHash::KeyIterator i2 = methodDescs.Begin(pMT), end2 = methodDescs.End(pMT); i2 != end2; i2++) |
8838 | { |
8839 | _ASSERTE(!image->IsStored(*i2)); |
8840 | methodDescSaveChunk.Append(*i2); |
8841 | } |
8842 | |
8843 | methodDescSaveChunk.Save(); |
8844 | } |
8845 | } |
8846 | |
8847 | // Now save the tables themselves |
8848 | if (m_pAvailableParamTypes != NULL) |
8849 | { |
8850 | m_pAvailableParamTypes->Save(image, this, profileData); |
8851 | } |
8852 | |
8853 | if (m_pInstMethodHashTable != NULL) |
8854 | { |
8855 | m_pInstMethodHashTable->Save(image, profileData); |
8856 | } |
8857 | |
8858 | { |
8859 | MethodTable * pStubMT = GetILStubCache()->GetStubMethodTable(); |
8860 | if (pStubMT != NULL) |
8861 | { |
8862 | SaveMethodTable(image, pStubMT, 0); |
8863 | } |
8864 | } |
8865 | |
8866 | if (m_pStubMethodHashTable != NULL) |
8867 | { |
8868 | m_pStubMethodHashTable->Save(image, profileData); |
8869 | } |
8870 | |
8871 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
8872 | // the type saving operations above had the side effect of populating m_pGuidToTypeHash |
8873 | if (m_pGuidToTypeHash != NULL) |
8874 | { |
8875 | m_pGuidToTypeHash->Save(image, profileData); |
8876 | } |
8877 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
8878 | |
8879 | // Compute and save the property name set |
8880 | PrecomputeMatchingProperties(image); |
8881 | image->StoreStructure(m_propertyNameSet, |
8882 | m_nPropertyNameSet * sizeof(BYTE), |
8883 | DataImage::ITEM_PROPERTY_NAME_SET); |
8884 | |
8885 | |
8886 | // Sort the list of RVA statics in an ascending order wrt the RVA |
8887 | // and save them. |
8888 | image->SaveRvaStructure(); |
8889 | |
8890 | // Save static data |
8891 | LOG((LF_CLASSLOADER, LL_INFO10000, "STATICS: Saving module static data\n" )); |
8892 | |
8893 | // We have this scenario where ngen will fail to load some classes but will generate |
8894 | // a valid exe, or it will choose not to save some loaded classes due to some error |
8895 | // conditions, where statics will be committed at runtime for the classes that ngen |
8896 | // wasn't able to load or save. So we can't cut down the static block size blindly if we've |
8897 | // failed to load or save any class. We don't think this scenario deserves complicated code |
8898 | // paths to get the extra working set perf (you would be pulling in the jitter if |
8899 | // you need any of these classes), So we are basically simplifying this down, if we failed |
8900 | // to load or save any class we won't compress the statics block and will persist the original |
8901 | // estimation. |
8902 | |
8903 | // All classes were loaded and saved, cut down the block |
8904 | if (AreAllClassesFullyLoaded()) |
8905 | { |
8906 | // Set a mark indicating we had all our classes loaded |
8907 | m_pRegularStaticOffsets = (PTR_DWORD) NGEN_STATICS_ALLCLASSES_WERE_LOADED; |
8908 | m_pThreadStaticOffsets = (PTR_DWORD) NGEN_STATICS_ALLCLASSES_WERE_LOADED; |
8909 | } |
8910 | else |
8911 | { |
8912 | // Since not all of the classes loaded we want to zero the pointers to the offset tables so they'll be |
8913 | // recalculated at runtime. But we can't do that here since we might try to reload some of the failed |
8914 | // types during the arrange phase (as the result of trying to parse profiling data). So we'll defer |
8915 | // zero'ing anything until the fixup phase. |
8916 | |
8917 | // Not all classes were stored, revert to uncompressed maps to support run-time changes |
8918 | m_TypeDefToMethodTableMap.ConvertSavedMapToUncompressed(image, DataImage::ITEM_TYPEDEF_MAP); |
8919 | m_MethodDefToDescMap.ConvertSavedMapToUncompressed(image, DataImage::ITEM_METHODDEF_MAP); |
8920 | } |
8921 | |
8922 | m_ModuleCtorInfo.Save(image, profileData); |
8923 | image->BindPointer(&m_ModuleCtorInfo, pModuleNode, offsetof(Module, m_ModuleCtorInfo)); |
8924 | |
8925 | if (m_pDynamicStaticsInfo) |
8926 | { |
8927 | image->StoreStructure(m_pDynamicStaticsInfo, m_maxDynamicEntries*sizeof(DynamicStaticsInfo), |
8928 | DataImage::ITEM_DYNAMIC_STATICS_INFO_TABLE); |
8929 | } |
8930 | |
8931 | InlineTrackingMap *inlineTrackingMap = image->GetInlineTrackingMap(); |
8932 | if (inlineTrackingMap) |
8933 | { |
8934 | m_pPersistentInlineTrackingMapNGen = new (image->GetHeap()) PersistentInlineTrackingMapNGen(this); |
8935 | m_pPersistentInlineTrackingMapNGen->Save(image, inlineTrackingMap); |
8936 | } |
8937 | |
8938 | if (m_pNgenStats && g_CorCompileVerboseLevel >= CORCOMPILE_STATS) |
8939 | { |
8940 | GetSvcLogger()->Printf ("%-35s: %s\n" , "MethodTable Restore Reason" , "Count" ); |
8941 | DWORD dwTotal = 0; |
8942 | for (int i=0; i<TotalMethodTables; i++) |
8943 | { |
8944 | GetSvcLogger()->Printf ("%-35s: %d\n" , MethodTableRestoreReasonDescription[i], m_pNgenStats->MethodTableRestoreNumReasons[i]); |
8945 | dwTotal += m_pNgenStats->MethodTableRestoreNumReasons[i]; |
8946 | } |
8947 | GetSvcLogger()->Printf ("%-35s: %d\n" , "TotalMethodTablesNeedRestore" , dwTotal); |
8948 | GetSvcLogger()->Printf ("%-35s: %d\n" , MethodTableRestoreReasonDescription[TotalMethodTables], m_pNgenStats->MethodTableRestoreNumReasons[TotalMethodTables]); |
8949 | } |
8950 | } |
8951 | |
8952 | |
8953 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
8954 | // |
8955 | // We call these methods to seal the |
8956 | // lists: m_pAvailableClasses and m_pAvailableParamTypes |
8957 | // |
8958 | void Module::SealGenericTypesAndMethods() |
8959 | { |
8960 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
8961 | // Enforce that after this point in ngen that no more types or methods will be loaded. |
8962 | // |
8963 | // We increment the seal count here and only decrement it after we have completed the ngen image |
8964 | // |
8965 | if (m_pAvailableParamTypes != NULL) |
8966 | { |
8967 | m_pAvailableParamTypes->Seal(); |
8968 | } |
8969 | if (m_pInstMethodHashTable != NULL) |
8970 | { |
8971 | m_pInstMethodHashTable->Seal(); |
8972 | } |
8973 | } |
8974 | // |
8975 | // We call these methods to unseal the |
8976 | // lists: m_pAvailableClasses and m_pAvailableParamTypes |
8977 | // |
8978 | void Module::UnsealGenericTypesAndMethods() |
8979 | { |
8980 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
8981 | // Allow us to create generic types and methods again |
8982 | // |
8983 | // We only decrement it after we have completed the ngen image |
8984 | // |
8985 | if (m_pAvailableParamTypes != NULL) |
8986 | { |
8987 | m_pAvailableParamTypes->Unseal(); |
8988 | } |
8989 | if (m_pInstMethodHashTable != NULL) |
8990 | { |
8991 | m_pInstMethodHashTable->Unseal(); |
8992 | } |
8993 | } |
8994 | #endif |
8995 | |
8996 | |
8997 | void Module::PrepopulateDictionaries(DataImage *image, BOOL nonExpansive) |
8998 | { |
8999 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
9000 | |
9001 | // Prepopulating the dictionaries for instantiated types |
9002 | // is in theory an iteraive process, i.e. filling in |
9003 | // a dictionary slot may result in a class load of a new type whose |
9004 | // dictionary may itself need to be prepopulated. The type expressions |
9005 | // involved can get larger, so there's no a-priori reason to expect this |
9006 | // process to terminate. |
9007 | // |
9008 | // Given a starting set of instantiated types, several strategies are |
9009 | // thus possible - no prepopulation (call this PP0), or |
9010 | // prepopulate only the dictionaries of the types that are in the initial |
9011 | // set (call this PP1), or do two iterations (call this PP2) etc. etc. |
9012 | // Whichever strategy we choose we can always afford to do |
9013 | // one round of prepopulation where we populate slots |
9014 | // whose corresponding resulting method/types are already loaded. |
9015 | // Call this PPn+PP-FINAL. |
9016 | // |
9017 | // Below we implement PP1+PP-FINAL for instantiated types and PP0+PP-FINAL |
9018 | // for instantiations of generic methods. We use PP1 because most collection |
9019 | // classes (List, Dictionary etc.) only require one pass of prepopulation in order |
9020 | // to fully prepopulate the dictionary. |
9021 | |
9022 | // Do PP1 for instantiated types... Do one iteration where we force type loading... |
9023 | // Because this phase may cause new entries to appear in the hash table we |
9024 | // copy the array of types to the stack before we do anything else. |
9025 | if (!nonExpansive && CLRConfig::GetConfigValue(CLRConfig::EXTERNAL_Prepopulate1)) |
9026 | { |
9027 | if (m_pAvailableParamTypes != NULL) |
9028 | { |
9029 | // Create a local copy in case the new elements are added to the hashtable during population |
9030 | InlineSArray<TypeHandle, 20> pTypes; |
9031 | |
9032 | EETypeHashTable::Iterator it(m_pAvailableParamTypes); |
9033 | EETypeHashEntry *pEntry; |
9034 | while (m_pAvailableParamTypes->FindNext(&it, &pEntry)) |
9035 | { |
9036 | TypeHandle th = pEntry->GetTypeHandle(); |
9037 | if (th.IsTypeDesc()) |
9038 | continue; |
9039 | |
9040 | // Don't do prepopulation for open types - they shouldn't really have dictionaries anyway. |
9041 | MethodTable * pMT = th.AsMethodTable(); |
9042 | if (pMT->ContainsGenericVariables()) |
9043 | continue; |
9044 | |
9045 | // Only do PP1 on things that land in their preferred Zap module. |
9046 | // Forcing the load of dictionary entries in the case where we are |
9047 | // speculatively saving a copy of an instantiation outside its preferred |
9048 | // zap module is too expensive for the common collection class cases. |
9049 | /// |
9050 | // Invalid generic instantiations will not be fully loaded. |
9051 | // We want to ignore them as touching them will re-raise the TypeLoadException |
9052 | if (pMT->IsFullyLoaded() && image->GetModule() == GetPreferredZapModuleForMethodTable(pMT)) |
9053 | { |
9054 | pTypes.Append(th); |
9055 | } |
9056 | } |
9057 | it.Reset(); |
9058 | |
9059 | for(COUNT_T i = 0; i < pTypes.GetCount(); i ++) |
9060 | { |
9061 | TypeHandle th = pTypes[i]; |
9062 | _ASSERTE(image->GetModule() == GetPreferredZapModuleForTypeHandle(th) ); |
9063 | _ASSERTE(!th.IsTypeDesc() && !th.ContainsGenericVariables()); |
9064 | th.AsMethodTable()->PrepopulateDictionary(image, FALSE /* not nonExpansive, i.e. can load types */); |
9065 | } |
9066 | } |
9067 | } |
9068 | |
9069 | // PP-FINAL for instantiated types. |
9070 | // This is the final stage where we hardbind any remaining entries that map |
9071 | // to results that have already been loaded... |
9072 | // Thus we set the "nonExpansive" flag on PrepopulateDictionary |
9073 | // below, which may in turn greatly limit the amount of prepopulating we do |
9074 | // (partly because it's quite difficult to determine if some potential entries |
9075 | // in the dictionary are already loaded) |
9076 | |
9077 | if (m_pAvailableParamTypes != NULL) |
9078 | { |
9079 | INDEBUG(DWORD nTypes = m_pAvailableParamTypes->GetCount()); |
9080 | |
9081 | EETypeHashTable::Iterator it(m_pAvailableParamTypes); |
9082 | EETypeHashEntry *pEntry; |
9083 | while (m_pAvailableParamTypes->FindNext(&it, &pEntry)) |
9084 | { |
9085 | TypeHandle th = pEntry->GetTypeHandle(); |
9086 | if (th.IsTypeDesc()) |
9087 | continue; |
9088 | |
9089 | MethodTable * pMT = th.AsMethodTable(); |
9090 | if (pMT->ContainsGenericVariables()) |
9091 | continue; |
9092 | |
9093 | pMT->PrepopulateDictionary(image, TRUE /* nonExpansive */); |
9094 | } |
9095 | |
9096 | // No new instantiations should be added by nonExpansive prepopulation |
9097 | _ASSERTE(nTypes == m_pAvailableParamTypes->GetCount()); |
9098 | } |
9099 | |
9100 | // PP-FINAL for instantiations of generic methods. |
9101 | if (m_pInstMethodHashTable != NULL) |
9102 | { |
9103 | INDEBUG(DWORD nMethods = m_pInstMethodHashTable->GetCount()); |
9104 | |
9105 | InstMethodHashTable::Iterator it(m_pInstMethodHashTable); |
9106 | InstMethodHashEntry *pEntry; |
9107 | while (m_pInstMethodHashTable->FindNext(&it, &pEntry)) |
9108 | { |
9109 | MethodDesc *pMD = pEntry->GetMethod(); |
9110 | if (!pMD->ContainsGenericVariables()) |
9111 | { |
9112 | pMD->PrepopulateDictionary(image, TRUE /* nonExpansive */); |
9113 | } |
9114 | } |
9115 | |
9116 | // No new instantiations should be added by nonExpansive prepopulation |
9117 | _ASSERTE(nMethods == m_pInstMethodHashTable->GetCount()); |
9118 | } |
9119 | } |
9120 | |
9121 | void Module::PlaceType(DataImage *image, TypeHandle th, DWORD profilingFlags) |
9122 | { |
9123 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
9124 | |
9125 | if (th.IsNull()) |
9126 | return; |
9127 | |
9128 | MethodTable *pMT = th.GetMethodTable(); |
9129 | |
9130 | if (pMT && pMT->GetLoaderModule() == this) |
9131 | { |
9132 | EEClass *pClass = pMT->GetClass(); |
9133 | |
9134 | if (profilingFlags & (1 << WriteMethodTableWriteableData)) |
9135 | { |
9136 | image->PlaceStructureForAddress(pMT->GetWriteableData(),CORCOMPILE_SECTION_WRITE); |
9137 | } |
9138 | |
9139 | if (profilingFlags & (1 << ReadMethodTable)) |
9140 | { |
9141 | CorCompileSection section = CORCOMPILE_SECTION_READONLY_HOT; |
9142 | if (pMT->IsWriteable()) |
9143 | section = CORCOMPILE_SECTION_HOT_WRITEABLE; |
9144 | image->PlaceStructureForAddress(pMT, section); |
9145 | |
9146 | if (pMT->HasInterfaceMap()) |
9147 | image->PlaceInternedStructureForAddress(pMT->GetInterfaceMap(), CORCOMPILE_SECTION_READONLY_SHARED_HOT, CORCOMPILE_SECTION_READONLY_HOT); |
9148 | |
9149 | MethodTable::VtableIndirectionSlotIterator it = pMT->IterateVtableIndirectionSlots(); |
9150 | while (it.Next()) |
9151 | { |
9152 | image->PlaceInternedStructureForAddress(it.GetIndirectionSlot(), CORCOMPILE_SECTION_READONLY_SHARED_HOT, CORCOMPILE_SECTION_READONLY_HOT); |
9153 | } |
9154 | |
9155 | image->PlaceStructureForAddress(pMT->GetWriteableData(), CORCOMPILE_SECTION_HOT); |
9156 | } |
9157 | |
9158 | if (profilingFlags & (1 << ReadNonVirtualSlots)) |
9159 | { |
9160 | if (pMT->HasNonVirtualSlotsArray()) |
9161 | image->PlaceStructureForAddress(pMT->GetNonVirtualSlotsArray(), CORCOMPILE_SECTION_READONLY_HOT); |
9162 | } |
9163 | |
9164 | if (profilingFlags & (1 << ReadDispatchMap) && pMT->HasDispatchMapSlot()) |
9165 | { |
9166 | image->PlaceInternedStructureForAddress(pMT->GetDispatchMap(), CORCOMPILE_SECTION_READONLY_SHARED_HOT, CORCOMPILE_SECTION_READONLY_HOT); |
9167 | } |
9168 | |
9169 | if (profilingFlags & (1 << WriteEEClass)) |
9170 | { |
9171 | image->PlaceStructureForAddress(pClass, CORCOMPILE_SECTION_WRITE); |
9172 | |
9173 | if (pClass->HasOptionalFields()) |
9174 | image->PlaceStructureForAddress(pClass->GetOptionalFields(), CORCOMPILE_SECTION_WRITE); |
9175 | } |
9176 | |
9177 | else if (profilingFlags & (1 << ReadEEClass)) |
9178 | { |
9179 | image->PlaceStructureForAddress(pClass, CORCOMPILE_SECTION_HOT); |
9180 | |
9181 | if (pClass->HasOptionalFields()) |
9182 | image->PlaceStructureForAddress(pClass->GetOptionalFields(), CORCOMPILE_SECTION_HOT); |
9183 | |
9184 | if (pClass->GetVarianceInfo() != NULL) |
9185 | image->PlaceInternedStructureForAddress(pClass->GetVarianceInfo(), CORCOMPILE_SECTION_READONLY_WARM, CORCOMPILE_SECTION_READONLY_WARM); |
9186 | |
9187 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
9188 | if (pClass->GetSparseCOMInteropVTableMap() != NULL) |
9189 | { |
9190 | image->PlaceStructureForAddress(pClass->GetSparseCOMInteropVTableMap(), CORCOMPILE_SECTION_WARM); |
9191 | image->PlaceInternedStructureForAddress(pClass->GetSparseCOMInteropVTableMap()->GetMapList(), CORCOMPILE_SECTION_READONLY_WARM, CORCOMPILE_SECTION_READONLY_WARM); |
9192 | } |
9193 | #endif |
9194 | } |
9195 | |
9196 | if (profilingFlags & (1 << ReadFieldDescs)) |
9197 | { |
9198 | image->PlaceStructureForAddress(pMT->GetApproxFieldDescListRaw(), CORCOMPILE_SECTION_READONLY_HOT); |
9199 | } |
9200 | |
9201 | if (profilingFlags != 0) |
9202 | { |
9203 | if (pMT->HasPerInstInfo()) |
9204 | { |
9205 | DPTR(MethodTable::PerInstInfoElem_t) pPerInstInfo = pMT->GetPerInstInfo(); |
9206 | |
9207 | BOOL fIsEagerBound = pMT->CanEagerBindToParentDictionaries(image, NULL); |
9208 | |
9209 | if (fIsEagerBound) |
9210 | { |
9211 | if (MethodTable::PerInstInfoElem_t::isRelative) |
9212 | { |
9213 | image->PlaceStructureForAddress(pPerInstInfo, CORCOMPILE_SECTION_READONLY_HOT); |
9214 | } |
9215 | else |
9216 | { |
9217 | image->PlaceInternedStructureForAddress(pPerInstInfo, CORCOMPILE_SECTION_READONLY_SHARED_HOT, CORCOMPILE_SECTION_READONLY_HOT); |
9218 | } |
9219 | } |
9220 | else |
9221 | { |
9222 | image->PlaceStructureForAddress(pPerInstInfo, CORCOMPILE_SECTION_WRITE); |
9223 | } |
9224 | } |
9225 | |
9226 | Dictionary * pDictionary = pMT->GetDictionary(); |
9227 | if (pDictionary != NULL) |
9228 | { |
9229 | BOOL fIsWriteable; |
9230 | |
9231 | if (!pMT->IsCanonicalMethodTable()) |
9232 | { |
9233 | // CanEagerBindToMethodTable would not work for targeted patching here. The dictionary |
9234 | // layout is sensitive to compilation order that can be changed by TP compatible changes. |
9235 | BOOL canSaveSlots = (image->GetModule() == pMT->GetCanonicalMethodTable()->GetLoaderModule()); |
9236 | |
9237 | fIsWriteable = pDictionary->IsWriteable(image, canSaveSlots, |
9238 | pMT->GetNumGenericArgs(), |
9239 | pMT->GetModule(), |
9240 | pClass->GetDictionaryLayout()); |
9241 | } |
9242 | else |
9243 | { |
9244 | fIsWriteable = FALSE; |
9245 | } |
9246 | |
9247 | if (fIsWriteable) |
9248 | { |
9249 | image->PlaceStructureForAddress(pDictionary, CORCOMPILE_SECTION_HOT_WRITEABLE); |
9250 | image->PlaceStructureForAddress(pClass->GetDictionaryLayout(), CORCOMPILE_SECTION_WARM); |
9251 | } |
9252 | else |
9253 | { |
9254 | image->PlaceInternedStructureForAddress(pDictionary, CORCOMPILE_SECTION_READONLY_SHARED_HOT, CORCOMPILE_SECTION_READONLY_HOT); |
9255 | } |
9256 | } |
9257 | } |
9258 | |
9259 | if (profilingFlags & (1 << ReadFieldMarshalers)) |
9260 | { |
9261 | if (pClass->HasLayout() && pClass->GetLayoutInfo()->GetNumCTMFields() > 0) |
9262 | { |
9263 | image->PlaceStructureForAddress((void *)pClass->GetLayoutInfo()->GetFieldMarshalers(), CORCOMPILE_SECTION_HOT); |
9264 | } |
9265 | } |
9266 | } |
9267 | if (th.IsTypeDesc()) |
9268 | { |
9269 | if (profilingFlags & (1 << WriteTypeDesc)) |
9270 | image->PlaceStructureForAddress(th.AsTypeDesc(), CORCOMPILE_SECTION_WRITE); |
9271 | else if (profilingFlags & (1 << ReadTypeDesc)) |
9272 | image->PlaceStructureForAddress(th.AsTypeDesc(), CORCOMPILE_SECTION_HOT); |
9273 | else |
9274 | image->PlaceStructureForAddress(th.AsTypeDesc(), CORCOMPILE_SECTION_WARM); |
9275 | } |
9276 | } |
9277 | |
9278 | void Module::PlaceMethod(DataImage *image, MethodDesc *pMD, DWORD profilingFlags) |
9279 | { |
9280 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
9281 | |
9282 | if (pMD == NULL) |
9283 | return; |
9284 | |
9285 | if (pMD->GetLoaderModule() != this) |
9286 | return; |
9287 | |
9288 | if (profilingFlags & (1 << ReadMethodCode)) |
9289 | { |
9290 | if (pMD->IsNDirect()) |
9291 | { |
9292 | NDirectMethodDesc *pNMD = (NDirectMethodDesc *)pMD; |
9293 | image->PlaceStructureForAddress((void*) pNMD->GetWriteableData(), CORCOMPILE_SECTION_WRITE); |
9294 | |
9295 | #ifdef HAS_NDIRECT_IMPORT_PRECODE |
9296 | // The NDirect import thunk glue is used only if no marshaling is required |
9297 | if (!pNMD->MarshalingRequired()) |
9298 | { |
9299 | image->PlaceStructureForAddress((void*) pNMD->GetNDirectImportThunkGlue(), CORCOMPILE_SECTION_METHOD_PRECODE_HOT); |
9300 | } |
9301 | #endif // HAS_NDIRECT_IMPORT_PRECODE |
9302 | |
9303 | // Late bound NDirect methods require their LibName at startup. |
9304 | if (!pNMD->IsQCall()) |
9305 | { |
9306 | image->PlaceStructureForAddress((void*) pNMD->GetLibName(), CORCOMPILE_SECTION_READONLY_HOT); |
9307 | image->PlaceStructureForAddress((void*) pNMD->GetEntrypointName(), CORCOMPILE_SECTION_READONLY_HOT); |
9308 | } |
9309 | } |
9310 | |
9311 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
9312 | if (pMD->IsComPlusCall()) |
9313 | { |
9314 | ComPlusCallMethodDesc *pCMD = (ComPlusCallMethodDesc *)pMD; |
9315 | |
9316 | // If the ComPlusCallMethodDesc was actually used for interop, its ComPlusCallInfo should be hot. |
9317 | image->PlaceStructureForAddress((void*) pCMD->m_pComPlusCallInfo, CORCOMPILE_SECTION_HOT); |
9318 | } |
9319 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
9320 | |
9321 | // Stubs-as-IL have writeable signatures sometimes, so can't place them |
9322 | // into read-only section. We should not get here for stubs-as-il anyway, |
9323 | // but we will filter them out just to be sure. |
9324 | if (pMD->HasStoredSig() && !pMD->IsILStub()) |
9325 | { |
9326 | StoredSigMethodDesc *pSMD = (StoredSigMethodDesc*) pMD; |
9327 | |
9328 | if (pSMD->HasStoredMethodSig()) |
9329 | { |
9330 | image->PlaceInternedStructureForAddress((void*) pSMD->GetStoredMethodSig(), CORCOMPILE_SECTION_READONLY_SHARED_HOT, CORCOMPILE_SECTION_READONLY_HOT); |
9331 | } |
9332 | } |
9333 | } |
9334 | |
9335 | // We store the entire hot chunk in the SECTION_WRITE section |
9336 | if (profilingFlags & (1 << WriteMethodDesc)) |
9337 | { |
9338 | image->PlaceStructureForAddress(pMD, CORCOMPILE_SECTION_WRITE); |
9339 | } |
9340 | |
9341 | |
9342 | if (profilingFlags & (1 << WriteMethodPrecode)) |
9343 | { |
9344 | Precode* pPrecode = pMD->GetSavedPrecodeOrNull(image); |
9345 | // protect against stale IBC data |
9346 | if (pPrecode != NULL) |
9347 | { |
9348 | CorCompileSection section = CORCOMPILE_SECTION_METHOD_PRECODE_WRITE; |
9349 | if (pPrecode->IsPrebound(image)) |
9350 | section = CORCOMPILE_SECTION_METHOD_PRECODE_HOT; |
9351 | // Note: This is going to place the entire PRECODE_FIXUP chunk if we have one |
9352 | image->PlaceStructureForAddress(pPrecode, section); |
9353 | } |
9354 | } |
9355 | else if (profilingFlags & (1 << ReadMethodPrecode)) |
9356 | { |
9357 | Precode* pPrecode = pMD->GetSavedPrecodeOrNull(image); |
9358 | // protect against stale IBC data |
9359 | if (pPrecode != NULL) |
9360 | { |
9361 | // Note: This is going to place the entire PRECODE_FIXUP chunk if we have one |
9362 | image->PlaceStructureForAddress(pPrecode, CORCOMPILE_SECTION_METHOD_PRECODE_HOT); |
9363 | } |
9364 | } |
9365 | } |
9366 | |
9367 | void Module::Arrange(DataImage *image) |
9368 | { |
9369 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
9370 | |
9371 | // We collect IBC logging profiling data and use that to guide the layout of the image. |
9372 | image->PlaceStructureForAddress(this, CORCOMPILE_SECTION_MODULE); |
9373 | |
9374 | // The stub method table is shared by all IL stubs in the module, so place it into the hot section |
9375 | MethodTable * pStubMT = GetILStubCache()->GetStubMethodTable(); |
9376 | if (pStubMT != NULL) |
9377 | PlaceType(image, pStubMT, ReadMethodTable); |
9378 | |
9379 | CorProfileData * profileData = GetProfileData(); |
9380 | if (profileData) |
9381 | { |
9382 | // |
9383 | // Place hot type structues in the order specifiled by TypeProfilingData array |
9384 | // |
9385 | CORBBTPROF_TOKEN_INFO * pTypeProfilingData = profileData->GetTokenFlagsData(TypeProfilingData); |
9386 | DWORD cTypeProfilingData = profileData->GetTokenFlagsCount(TypeProfilingData); |
9387 | for (unsigned int i = 0; (i < cTypeProfilingData); i++) |
9388 | { |
9389 | CORBBTPROF_TOKEN_INFO * entry = &pTypeProfilingData[i]; |
9390 | mdToken token = entry->token; |
9391 | DWORD flags = entry->flags; |
9392 | #if defined(_DEBUG) && !defined(DACCESS_COMPILE) |
9393 | g_pConfig->DebugCheckAndForceIBCFailure(EEConfig::CallSite_6); |
9394 | #endif |
9395 | |
9396 | if (TypeFromToken(token) == mdtTypeDef) |
9397 | { |
9398 | TypeHandle th = LookupTypeDef(token); |
9399 | // |
9400 | // Place a hot normal type and it's data |
9401 | // |
9402 | PlaceType(image, th, flags); |
9403 | } |
9404 | else if (TypeFromToken(token) == ibcTypeSpec) |
9405 | { |
9406 | CORBBTPROF_BLOB_PARAM_SIG_ENTRY *pBlobSigEntry = profileData->GetBlobSigEntry(token); |
9407 | |
9408 | if (pBlobSigEntry == NULL) |
9409 | { |
9410 | // |
9411 | // Print an error message for the type load failure |
9412 | // |
9413 | StackSString msg(W("Did not find definition for type token " )); |
9414 | |
9415 | char buff[16]; |
9416 | sprintf_s(buff, COUNTOF(buff), "%08x" , token); |
9417 | StackSString szToken(SString::Ascii, &buff[0]); |
9418 | msg += szToken; |
9419 | msg += W(" in profile data.\n" ); |
9420 | |
9421 | GetSvcLogger()->Log(msg, LogLevel_Info); |
9422 | } |
9423 | else // (pBlobSigEntry != NULL) |
9424 | { |
9425 | _ASSERTE(pBlobSigEntry->blob.token == token); |
9426 | // |
9427 | // decode generic type signature |
9428 | // |
9429 | TypeHandle th = LoadIBCTypeHelper(image, pBlobSigEntry); |
9430 | |
9431 | // |
9432 | // Place a hot instantiated type and it's data |
9433 | // |
9434 | PlaceType(image, th, flags); |
9435 | } |
9436 | } |
9437 | else if (TypeFromToken(token) == mdtFieldDef) |
9438 | { |
9439 | FieldDesc *pFD = LookupFieldDef(token); |
9440 | if (pFD && pFD->IsRVA()) |
9441 | { |
9442 | if (entry->flags & (1 << RVAFieldData)) |
9443 | { |
9444 | BYTE *pRVAData = (BYTE*) pFD->GetStaticAddressHandle(NULL); |
9445 | // |
9446 | // Place a hot RVA static field |
9447 | // |
9448 | image->PlaceStructureForAddress(pRVAData, CORCOMPILE_SECTION_RVA_STATICS_HOT); |
9449 | } |
9450 | } |
9451 | } |
9452 | } |
9453 | |
9454 | // |
9455 | // Place hot methods and method data in the order specifiled by MethodProfilingData array |
9456 | // |
9457 | CORBBTPROF_TOKEN_INFO * pMethodProfilingData = profileData->GetTokenFlagsData(MethodProfilingData); |
9458 | DWORD cMethodProfilingData = profileData->GetTokenFlagsCount(MethodProfilingData); |
9459 | for (unsigned int i = 0; (i < cMethodProfilingData); i++) |
9460 | { |
9461 | mdToken token = pMethodProfilingData[i].token; |
9462 | DWORD profilingFlags = pMethodProfilingData[i].flags; |
9463 | #if defined(_DEBUG) && !defined(DACCESS_COMPILE) |
9464 | g_pConfig->DebugCheckAndForceIBCFailure(EEConfig::CallSite_7); |
9465 | #endif |
9466 | |
9467 | if (TypeFromToken(token) == mdtMethodDef) |
9468 | { |
9469 | MethodDesc * pMD = LookupMethodDef(token); |
9470 | // |
9471 | // Place a hot normal method and it's data |
9472 | // |
9473 | PlaceMethod(image, pMD, profilingFlags); |
9474 | } |
9475 | else if (TypeFromToken(token) == ibcMethodSpec) |
9476 | { |
9477 | CORBBTPROF_BLOB_PARAM_SIG_ENTRY *pBlobSigEntry = profileData->GetBlobSigEntry(token); |
9478 | |
9479 | if (pBlobSigEntry == NULL) |
9480 | { |
9481 | // |
9482 | // Print an error message for the type load failure |
9483 | // |
9484 | StackSString msg(W("Did not find definition for method token " )); |
9485 | |
9486 | char buff[16]; |
9487 | sprintf_s(buff, COUNTOF(buff), "%08x" , token); |
9488 | StackSString szToken(SString::Ascii, &buff[0]); |
9489 | msg += szToken; |
9490 | msg += W(" in profile data.\n" ); |
9491 | |
9492 | GetSvcLogger()->Log(msg, LogLevel_Info); |
9493 | } |
9494 | else // (pBlobSigEntry != NULL) |
9495 | { |
9496 | _ASSERTE(pBlobSigEntry->blob.token == token); |
9497 | MethodDesc * pMD = LoadIBCMethodHelper(image, pBlobSigEntry); |
9498 | |
9499 | if (pMD != NULL) |
9500 | { |
9501 | // |
9502 | // Place a hot instantiated method and it's data |
9503 | // |
9504 | PlaceMethod(image, pMD, profilingFlags); |
9505 | } |
9506 | } |
9507 | } |
9508 | } |
9509 | } |
9510 | |
9511 | // Now place all remaining items |
9512 | image->PlaceRemainingStructures(); |
9513 | } |
9514 | |
9515 | void ModuleCtorInfo::Fixup(DataImage *image) |
9516 | { |
9517 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
9518 | |
9519 | if (numElementsHot > 0) |
9520 | { |
9521 | image->FixupPointerField(this, offsetof(ModuleCtorInfo, cctorInfoHot)); |
9522 | image->FixupPointerField(this, offsetof(ModuleCtorInfo, hotHashOffsets)); |
9523 | } |
9524 | else |
9525 | { |
9526 | image->ZeroPointerField(this, offsetof(ModuleCtorInfo, cctorInfoHot)); |
9527 | image->ZeroPointerField(this, offsetof(ModuleCtorInfo, hotHashOffsets)); |
9528 | } |
9529 | |
9530 | _ASSERTE(numElements > numElementsHot || numElements == numElementsHot); |
9531 | if (numElements > numElementsHot) |
9532 | { |
9533 | image->FixupPointerField(this, offsetof(ModuleCtorInfo, cctorInfoCold)); |
9534 | image->FixupPointerField(this, offsetof(ModuleCtorInfo, coldHashOffsets)); |
9535 | } |
9536 | else |
9537 | { |
9538 | image->ZeroPointerField(this, offsetof(ModuleCtorInfo, cctorInfoCold)); |
9539 | image->ZeroPointerField(this, offsetof(ModuleCtorInfo, coldHashOffsets)); |
9540 | } |
9541 | |
9542 | if (numElements > 0) |
9543 | { |
9544 | image->FixupPointerField(this, offsetof(ModuleCtorInfo, ppMT)); |
9545 | |
9546 | for (DWORD i=0; i<numElements; i++) |
9547 | { |
9548 | image->FixupRelativePointerField(ppMT, i * sizeof(ppMT[0])); |
9549 | } |
9550 | } |
9551 | else |
9552 | { |
9553 | image->ZeroPointerField(this, offsetof(ModuleCtorInfo, ppMT)); |
9554 | } |
9555 | |
9556 | if (numHotGCStaticsMTs > 0) |
9557 | { |
9558 | image->FixupPointerField(this, offsetof(ModuleCtorInfo, ppHotGCStaticsMTs)); |
9559 | |
9560 | image->BeginRegion(CORINFO_REGION_HOT); |
9561 | for (DWORD i=0; i < numHotGCStaticsMTs; i++) |
9562 | { |
9563 | image->FixupMethodTablePointer(ppHotGCStaticsMTs, &ppHotGCStaticsMTs[i]); |
9564 | } |
9565 | image->EndRegion(CORINFO_REGION_HOT); |
9566 | } |
9567 | else |
9568 | { |
9569 | image->ZeroPointerField(this, offsetof(ModuleCtorInfo, ppHotGCStaticsMTs)); |
9570 | } |
9571 | |
9572 | if (numColdGCStaticsMTs > 0) |
9573 | { |
9574 | image->FixupPointerField(this, offsetof(ModuleCtorInfo, ppColdGCStaticsMTs)); |
9575 | |
9576 | image->BeginRegion(CORINFO_REGION_COLD); |
9577 | for (DWORD i=0; i < numColdGCStaticsMTs; i++) |
9578 | { |
9579 | image->FixupMethodTablePointer(ppColdGCStaticsMTs, &ppColdGCStaticsMTs[i]); |
9580 | } |
9581 | image->EndRegion(CORINFO_REGION_COLD); |
9582 | } |
9583 | else |
9584 | { |
9585 | image->ZeroPointerField(this, offsetof(ModuleCtorInfo, ppColdGCStaticsMTs)); |
9586 | } |
9587 | } |
9588 | |
9589 | #ifdef _PREFAST_ |
9590 | #pragma warning(push) |
9591 | #pragma warning(disable:21000) // Suppress PREFast warning about overly large function |
9592 | #endif |
9593 | void Module::Fixup(DataImage *image) |
9594 | { |
9595 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
9596 | |
9597 | // Propagate all changes to the image copy |
9598 | memcpy(image->GetImagePointer(this), (void*)this, sizeof(Module)); |
9599 | |
9600 | // |
9601 | // Zero out VTable |
9602 | // |
9603 | |
9604 | image->ZeroPointerField(this, 0); |
9605 | |
9606 | image->FixupPointerField(this, offsetof(Module, m_pNGenLayoutInfo)); |
9607 | |
9608 | image->ZeroField(this, offsetof(Module, m_pSimpleName), sizeof(m_pSimpleName)); |
9609 | |
9610 | image->ZeroField(this, offsetof(Module, m_file), sizeof(m_file)); |
9611 | |
9612 | image->FixupPointerField(this, offsetof(Module, m_pDllMain)); |
9613 | |
9614 | image->ZeroField(this, offsetof(Module, m_dwTransientFlags), sizeof(m_dwTransientFlags)); |
9615 | |
9616 | image->ZeroField(this, offsetof(Module, m_pVASigCookieBlock), sizeof(m_pVASigCookieBlock)); |
9617 | image->ZeroField(this, offsetof(Module, m_pAssembly), sizeof(m_pAssembly)); |
9618 | image->ZeroField(this, offsetof(Module, m_moduleRef), sizeof(m_moduleRef)); |
9619 | |
9620 | image->ZeroField(this, offsetof(Module, m_Crst), sizeof(m_Crst)); |
9621 | image->ZeroField(this, offsetof(Module, m_FixupCrst), sizeof(m_FixupCrst)); |
9622 | |
9623 | image->ZeroField(this, offsetof(Module, m_pProfilingBlobTable), sizeof(m_pProfilingBlobTable)); |
9624 | image->ZeroField(this, offsetof(Module, m_pProfileData), sizeof(m_pProfileData)); |
9625 | |
9626 | image->ZeroPointerField(this, offsetof(Module, m_pNgenStats)); |
9627 | |
9628 | // fixup the pointer for NeutralResourcesLanguage, if we have it cached |
9629 | if(!!(m_dwPersistedFlags & NEUTRAL_RESOURCES_LANGUAGE_IS_CACHED)) { |
9630 | image->FixupPointerField(this, offsetof(Module, m_pszCultureName)); |
9631 | } |
9632 | |
9633 | // Fixup the property name set |
9634 | image->FixupPointerField(this, offsetof(Module, m_propertyNameSet)); |
9635 | |
9636 | // |
9637 | // Fixup the method table |
9638 | // |
9639 | |
9640 | image->ZeroField(this, offsetof(Module, m_pISymUnmanagedReader), sizeof(m_pISymUnmanagedReader)); |
9641 | image->ZeroField(this, offsetof(Module, m_ISymUnmanagedReaderCrst), sizeof(m_ISymUnmanagedReaderCrst)); |
9642 | |
9643 | image->ZeroField(this, offsetof(Module, m_LookupTableCrst), sizeof(m_LookupTableCrst)); |
9644 | |
9645 | m_TypeDefToMethodTableMap.Fixup(image); |
9646 | m_TypeRefToMethodTableMap.Fixup(image, FALSE); |
9647 | m_MethodDefToDescMap.Fixup(image); |
9648 | m_FieldDefToDescMap.Fixup(image); |
9649 | if(m_pMemberRefToDescHashTable != NULL) |
9650 | { |
9651 | image->FixupPointerField(this, offsetof(Module, m_pMemberRefToDescHashTable)); |
9652 | m_pMemberRefToDescHashTable->Fixup(image); |
9653 | } |
9654 | m_GenericParamToDescMap.Fixup(image); |
9655 | m_GenericTypeDefToCanonMethodTableMap.Fixup(image); |
9656 | m_FileReferencesMap.Fixup(image, FALSE); |
9657 | m_ManifestModuleReferencesMap.Fixup(image, FALSE); |
9658 | m_MethodDefToPropertyInfoMap.Fixup(image, FALSE); |
9659 | |
9660 | image->ZeroPointerField(this, offsetof(Module, m_pILStubCache)); |
9661 | |
9662 | if (m_pAvailableClasses != NULL) { |
9663 | image->FixupPointerField(this, offsetof(Module, m_pAvailableClasses)); |
9664 | m_pAvailableClasses->Fixup(image); |
9665 | } |
9666 | |
9667 | image->ZeroField(this, offsetof(Module, m_pAvailableClassesCaseIns), sizeof(m_pAvailableClassesCaseIns)); |
9668 | image->ZeroField(this, offsetof(Module, m_InstMethodHashTableCrst), sizeof(m_InstMethodHashTableCrst)); |
9669 | |
9670 | image->BeginRegion(CORINFO_REGION_COLD); |
9671 | |
9672 | if (m_pAvailableParamTypes) { |
9673 | image->FixupPointerField(this, offsetof(Module, m_pAvailableParamTypes)); |
9674 | m_pAvailableParamTypes->Fixup(image); |
9675 | } |
9676 | |
9677 | if (m_pInstMethodHashTable) { |
9678 | image->FixupPointerField(this, offsetof(Module, m_pInstMethodHashTable)); |
9679 | m_pInstMethodHashTable->Fixup(image); |
9680 | } |
9681 | |
9682 | { |
9683 | MethodTable * pStubMT = GetILStubCache()->GetStubMethodTable(); |
9684 | if (pStubMT != NULL) |
9685 | pStubMT->Fixup(image); |
9686 | } |
9687 | |
9688 | if (m_pStubMethodHashTable) { |
9689 | image->FixupPointerField(this, offsetof(Module, m_pStubMethodHashTable)); |
9690 | m_pStubMethodHashTable->Fixup(image); |
9691 | } |
9692 | |
9693 | #ifdef FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
9694 | if (m_pGuidToTypeHash) { |
9695 | image->FixupPointerField(this, offsetof(Module, m_pGuidToTypeHash)); |
9696 | m_pGuidToTypeHash->Fixup(image); |
9697 | } |
9698 | #endif // FEATURE_COMINTEROP |
9699 | |
9700 | image->EndRegion(CORINFO_REGION_COLD); |
9701 | |
9702 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
9703 | // |
9704 | // Unseal the generic tables: |
9705 | // |
9706 | // - We need to run managed code to serialize the Security attributes of the ngen image |
9707 | // and we are now using generic types in the Security/Reflection code. |
9708 | // - Compilation of other modules of multimodule assemblies may add more types |
9709 | // to the generic tables. |
9710 | // |
9711 | UnsealGenericTypesAndMethods(); |
9712 | #endif |
9713 | |
9714 | m_ModuleCtorInfo.Fixup(image); |
9715 | |
9716 | // |
9717 | // Fixup binder |
9718 | // |
9719 | |
9720 | if (m_pBinder != NULL) |
9721 | { |
9722 | image->FixupPointerField(this, offsetof(Module, m_pBinder)); |
9723 | m_pBinder->Fixup(image); |
9724 | } |
9725 | |
9726 | |
9727 | // |
9728 | // Fixup classes |
9729 | // |
9730 | |
9731 | { |
9732 | LookupMap<PTR_MethodTable>::Iterator typeDefIter(&m_TypeDefToMethodTableMap); |
9733 | |
9734 | image->BeginRegion(CORINFO_REGION_COLD); |
9735 | while (typeDefIter.Next()) |
9736 | { |
9737 | MethodTable * t = typeDefIter.GetElement(); |
9738 | if (image->IsStored(t)) |
9739 | t->Fixup(image); |
9740 | } |
9741 | image->EndRegion(CORINFO_REGION_COLD); |
9742 | } |
9743 | |
9744 | { |
9745 | LookupMap<PTR_TypeRef>::Iterator typeRefIter(&m_TypeRefToMethodTableMap); |
9746 | DWORD rid = 0; |
9747 | |
9748 | image->BeginRegion(CORINFO_REGION_HOT); |
9749 | while (typeRefIter.Next()) |
9750 | { |
9751 | TADDR flags; |
9752 | TypeHandle th = TypeHandle::FromTAddr(dac_cast<TADDR>(typeRefIter.GetElementAndFlags(&flags))); |
9753 | |
9754 | if (!th.IsNull()) |
9755 | { |
9756 | if (th.GetLoaderModule() != this || image->IsStored(th.AsPtr())) |
9757 | { |
9758 | PTR_TADDR hotItemValuePtr = m_TypeRefToMethodTableMap.FindHotItemValuePtr(rid); |
9759 | BOOL fSet = FALSE; |
9760 | |
9761 | if (image->CanEagerBindToTypeHandle(th)) |
9762 | { |
9763 | if (image->CanHardBindToZapModule(th.GetLoaderModule())) |
9764 | { |
9765 | PVOID pTarget = th.IsTypeDesc() ? th.AsTypeDesc() : th.AsPtr(); |
9766 | SSIZE_T offset = th.IsTypeDesc() ? 2 : 0; |
9767 | |
9768 | _ASSERTE((flags & offset) == 0); |
9769 | |
9770 | image->FixupField(m_TypeRefToMethodTableMap.pTable, rid * sizeof(TADDR), |
9771 | pTarget, flags | offset, IMAGE_REL_BASED_RelativePointer); |
9772 | |
9773 | // In case this item is also in the hot item subtable, fix it up there as well |
9774 | if (hotItemValuePtr != NULL) |
9775 | { |
9776 | image->FixupField(m_TypeRefToMethodTableMap.hotItemList, |
9777 | (BYTE *)hotItemValuePtr - (BYTE *)m_TypeRefToMethodTableMap.hotItemList, |
9778 | pTarget, flags | offset, IMAGE_REL_BASED_RelativePointer); |
9779 | } |
9780 | fSet = TRUE; |
9781 | } |
9782 | else |
9783 | // Create the indirection only if the entry is hot or we do have indirection cell already |
9784 | if (hotItemValuePtr != NULL || image->GetExistingTypeHandleImport(th) != NULL) |
9785 | { |
9786 | _ASSERTE((flags & FIXUP_POINTER_INDIRECTION) == 0); |
9787 | |
9788 | ZapNode * pImport = image->GetTypeHandleImport(th); |
9789 | image->FixupFieldToNode(m_TypeRefToMethodTableMap.pTable, rid * sizeof(TADDR), |
9790 | pImport, flags | FIXUP_POINTER_INDIRECTION, IMAGE_REL_BASED_RelativePointer); |
9791 | if (hotItemValuePtr != NULL) |
9792 | { |
9793 | image->FixupFieldToNode(m_TypeRefToMethodTableMap.hotItemList, |
9794 | (BYTE *)hotItemValuePtr - (BYTE *)m_TypeRefToMethodTableMap.hotItemList, |
9795 | pImport, flags | FIXUP_POINTER_INDIRECTION, IMAGE_REL_BASED_RelativePointer); |
9796 | } |
9797 | fSet = TRUE; |
9798 | } |
9799 | } |
9800 | |
9801 | if (!fSet) |
9802 | { |
9803 | image->ZeroPointerField(m_TypeRefToMethodTableMap.pTable, rid * sizeof(TADDR)); |
9804 | // In case this item is also in the hot item subtable, fix it up there as well |
9805 | if (hotItemValuePtr != NULL) |
9806 | { |
9807 | image->ZeroPointerField(m_TypeRefToMethodTableMap.hotItemList, |
9808 | (BYTE *)hotItemValuePtr - (BYTE *)m_TypeRefToMethodTableMap.hotItemList); |
9809 | } |
9810 | } |
9811 | } |
9812 | } |
9813 | |
9814 | rid++; |
9815 | } |
9816 | image->EndRegion(CORINFO_REGION_HOT); |
9817 | } |
9818 | |
9819 | { |
9820 | LookupMap<PTR_TypeVarTypeDesc>::Iterator genericParamIter(&m_GenericParamToDescMap); |
9821 | |
9822 | while (genericParamIter.Next()) |
9823 | { |
9824 | TypeVarTypeDesc * pTypeDesc = genericParamIter.GetElement(); |
9825 | |
9826 | if (pTypeDesc != NULL) |
9827 | { |
9828 | _ASSERTE(image->IsStored(pTypeDesc)); |
9829 | pTypeDesc->Fixup(image); |
9830 | } |
9831 | } |
9832 | } |
9833 | |
9834 | // |
9835 | // Fixup the assembly reference map table |
9836 | // |
9837 | |
9838 | { |
9839 | LookupMap<PTR_Module>::Iterator manifestModuleIter(&m_ManifestModuleReferencesMap); |
9840 | DWORD rid = 0; |
9841 | |
9842 | while (manifestModuleIter.Next()) |
9843 | { |
9844 | TADDR flags; |
9845 | Module * pModule = manifestModuleIter.GetElementAndFlags(&flags); |
9846 | |
9847 | if (pModule != NULL) |
9848 | { |
9849 | if (image->CanEagerBindToModule(pModule)) |
9850 | { |
9851 | if (image->CanHardBindToZapModule(pModule)) |
9852 | { |
9853 | image->FixupField(m_ManifestModuleReferencesMap.pTable, rid * sizeof(TADDR), |
9854 | pModule, flags, IMAGE_REL_BASED_RelativePointer); |
9855 | } |
9856 | else |
9857 | { |
9858 | image->ZeroPointerField(m_ManifestModuleReferencesMap.pTable, rid * sizeof(TADDR)); |
9859 | } |
9860 | } |
9861 | else |
9862 | { |
9863 | image->ZeroPointerField(m_ManifestModuleReferencesMap.pTable, rid * sizeof(TADDR)); |
9864 | } |
9865 | } |
9866 | |
9867 | rid++; |
9868 | } |
9869 | } |
9870 | |
9871 | // |
9872 | // Zero out file references table. |
9873 | // |
9874 | image->ZeroField(m_FileReferencesMap.pTable, 0, |
9875 | m_FileReferencesMap.GetSize() * sizeof(void*)); |
9876 | |
9877 | |
9878 | image->ZeroField(this, offsetof(Module, m_debuggerSpecificData), sizeof(m_debuggerSpecificData)); |
9879 | |
9880 | image->ZeroField(this, offsetof(Module, m_AssemblyRefByNameCount), sizeof(m_AssemblyRefByNameCount)); |
9881 | image->ZeroPointerField(this, offsetof(Module, m_AssemblyRefByNameTable)); |
9882 | |
9883 | image->ZeroPointerField(this,offsetof(Module, m_NativeMetadataAssemblyRefMap)); |
9884 | |
9885 | // |
9886 | // Fixup statics |
9887 | // |
9888 | LOG((LF_CLASSLOADER, LL_INFO10000, "STATICS: fixing up module static data\n" )); |
9889 | |
9890 | image->ZeroPointerField(this, offsetof(Module, m_ModuleID)); |
9891 | image->ZeroField(this, offsetof(Module, m_ModuleIndex), sizeof(m_ModuleIndex)); |
9892 | |
9893 | image->FixupPointerField(this, offsetof(Module, m_pDynamicStaticsInfo)); |
9894 | |
9895 | DynamicStaticsInfo* pDSI = m_pDynamicStaticsInfo; |
9896 | for (DWORD i = 0; i < m_cDynamicEntries; i++, pDSI++) |
9897 | { |
9898 | if (pDSI->pEnclosingMT->GetLoaderModule() == this && |
9899 | // CEEPreloader::TriageTypeForZap() could have rejected this type |
9900 | image->IsStored(pDSI->pEnclosingMT)) |
9901 | { |
9902 | image->FixupPointerField(m_pDynamicStaticsInfo, (BYTE *)&pDSI->pEnclosingMT - (BYTE *)m_pDynamicStaticsInfo); |
9903 | } |
9904 | else |
9905 | { |
9906 | // Some other (mutually-recursive) dependency must have loaded |
9907 | // a generic instantiation whose static were pumped into the |
9908 | // assembly being ngenned. |
9909 | image->ZeroPointerField(m_pDynamicStaticsInfo, (BYTE *)&pDSI->pEnclosingMT - (BYTE *)m_pDynamicStaticsInfo); |
9910 | } |
9911 | } |
9912 | |
9913 | // If we failed to load some types we need to reset the pointers to the static offset tables so they'll be |
9914 | // rebuilt at runtime. |
9915 | if (m_pRegularStaticOffsets != (PTR_DWORD)NGEN_STATICS_ALLCLASSES_WERE_LOADED) |
9916 | { |
9917 | _ASSERTE(m_pThreadStaticOffsets != (PTR_DWORD)NGEN_STATICS_ALLCLASSES_WERE_LOADED); |
9918 | image->ZeroPointerField(this, offsetof(Module, m_pRegularStaticOffsets)); |
9919 | image->ZeroPointerField(this, offsetof(Module, m_pThreadStaticOffsets)); |
9920 | } |
9921 | |
9922 | // Fix up inlining data |
9923 | if(m_pPersistentInlineTrackingMapNGen) |
9924 | { |
9925 | image->FixupPointerField(this, offsetof(Module, m_pPersistentInlineTrackingMapNGen)); |
9926 | m_pPersistentInlineTrackingMapNGen->Fixup(image); |
9927 | } |
9928 | else |
9929 | { |
9930 | image->ZeroPointerField(this, offsetof(Module, m_pPersistentInlineTrackingMapNGen)); |
9931 | } |
9932 | |
9933 | SetIsModuleSaved(); |
9934 | } |
9935 | #ifdef _PREFAST_ |
9936 | #pragma warning(pop) |
9937 | #endif |
9938 | |
9939 | #endif // FEATURE_NATIVE_IMAGE_GENERATION |
9940 | |
9941 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT |
9942 | // |
9943 | // Is "address" a data-structure in the native image? |
9944 | // |
9945 | |
9946 | BOOL Module::IsPersistedObject(void *address) |
9947 | { |
9948 | CONTRACTL |
9949 | { |
9950 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
9951 | NOTHROW; |
9952 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
9953 | MODE_ANY; |
9954 | FORBID_FAULT; |
9955 | } |
9956 | CONTRACTL_END; |
9957 | |
9958 | if (!HasNativeImage()) |
9959 | return FALSE; |
9960 | |
9961 | PEImageLayout *pLayout = GetNativeImage(); |
9962 | _ASSERTE(pLayout->IsMapped()); |
9963 | |
9964 | return (address >= pLayout->GetBase() |
9965 | && address < (BYTE*)pLayout->GetBase() + pLayout->GetVirtualSize()); |
9966 | } |
9967 | |
9968 | Module *Module::GetModuleFromIndex(DWORD ix) |
9969 | { |
9970 | CONTRACT(Module*) |
9971 | { |
9972 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
9973 | THROWS; |
9974 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
9975 | MODE_ANY; |
9976 | POSTCONDITION(CheckPointer(RETVAL, NULL_OK)); |
9977 | } |
9978 | CONTRACT_END; |
9979 | |
9980 | if (HasNativeImage()) |
9981 | { |
9982 | RETURN ZapSig::DecodeModuleFromIndex(this, ix); |
9983 | } |
9984 | else |
9985 | { |
9986 | mdAssemblyRef mdAssemblyRefToken = TokenFromRid(ix, mdtAssemblyRef); |
9987 | Assembly *pAssembly = this->LookupAssemblyRef(mdAssemblyRefToken); |
9988 | if (pAssembly) |
9989 | { |
9990 | RETURN pAssembly->GetManifestModule(); |
9991 | } |
9992 | else |
9993 | { |
9994 | // GetModuleFromIndex failed |
9995 | RETURN NULL; |
9996 | } |
9997 | } |
9998 | } |
9999 | #endif // FEATURE_PREJIT |
10000 | |
10001 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE |
10002 | |
10003 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT |
10004 | |
10005 | Module *Module::GetModuleFromIndexIfLoaded(DWORD ix) |
10006 | { |
10007 | CONTRACT(Module*) |
10008 | { |
10009 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
10010 | NOTHROW; |
10011 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
10012 | MODE_ANY; |
10013 | PRECONDITION(HasNativeImage()); |
10014 | POSTCONDITION(CheckPointer(RETVAL, NULL_OK)); |
10015 | } |
10016 | CONTRACT_END; |
10017 | |
10018 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
10019 | RETURN ZapSig::DecodeModuleFromIndexIfLoaded(this, ix); |
10020 | #else // DACCESS_COMPILE |
10021 | DacNotImpl(); |
10022 | RETURN NULL; |
10023 | #endif // DACCESS_COMPILE |
10024 | } |
10025 | |
10026 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
10027 | |
10028 | BYTE *Module::GetNativeFixupBlobData(RVA rva) |
10029 | { |
10030 | CONTRACT(BYTE *) |
10031 | { |
10032 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
10033 | NOTHROW; |
10034 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
10035 | MODE_ANY; |
10036 | SO_TOLERANT; |
10037 | POSTCONDITION(CheckPointer(RETVAL)); |
10038 | } |
10039 | CONTRACT_END; |
10040 | |
10041 | RETURN (BYTE *) GetNativeOrReadyToRunImage()->GetRvaData(rva); |
10042 | } |
10043 | |
10044 | IMDInternalImport *Module::GetNativeAssemblyImport(BOOL loadAllowed) |
10045 | { |
10046 | CONTRACT(IMDInternalImport *) |
10047 | { |
10048 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
10049 | if (loadAllowed) GC_TRIGGERS; else GC_NOTRIGGER; |
10050 | if (loadAllowed) THROWS; else NOTHROW; |
10051 | if (loadAllowed) INJECT_FAULT(COMPlusThrowOM()); else FORBID_FAULT; |
10052 | MODE_ANY; |
10053 | PRECONDITION(HasNativeImage()); |
10054 | POSTCONDITION(CheckPointer(RETVAL)); |
10055 | } |
10056 | CONTRACT_END; |
10057 | |
10058 | RETURN GetFile()->GetPersistentNativeImage()->GetNativeMDImport(loadAllowed); |
10059 | } |
10060 | |
10061 | |
10062 | /*static*/ |
10063 | void Module::RestoreMethodTablePointerRaw(MethodTable ** ppMT, |
10064 | Module *pContainingModule, |
10065 | ClassLoadLevel level) |
10066 | { |
10067 | CONTRACTL |
10068 | { |
10069 | THROWS; |
10070 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
10071 | MODE_ANY; |
10072 | } |
10073 | CONTRACTL_END; |
10074 | |
10075 | // Ensure that the compiler won't fetch the value twice |
10076 | TADDR fixup = VolatileLoadWithoutBarrier((TADDR *)ppMT); |
10077 | |
10078 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
10079 | if (pContainingModule != NULL) |
10080 | { |
10081 | Module * dbg_pZapModule = ExecutionManager::FindZapModule(dac_cast<TADDR>(ppMT)); |
10082 | _ASSERTE((dbg_pZapModule == NULL) || (pContainingModule == dbg_pZapModule)); |
10083 | } |
10084 | #endif //_DEBUG |
10085 | |
10086 | if (CORCOMPILE_IS_POINTER_TAGGED(fixup)) |
10087 | { |
10088 | #ifdef _WIN64 |
10089 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK((CORCOMPILE_UNTAG_TOKEN(fixup)>>32) == 0); |
10090 | #endif |
10091 | |
10092 | RVA fixupRva = (RVA) CORCOMPILE_UNTAG_TOKEN(fixup); |
10093 | |
10094 | if (pContainingModule == NULL) |
10095 | pContainingModule = ExecutionManager::FindZapModule(dac_cast<TADDR>(ppMT)); |
10096 | PREFIX_ASSUME(pContainingModule != NULL); |
10097 | |
10098 | _ASSERTE((*pContainingModule->GetNativeFixupBlobData(fixupRva) & ~ENCODE_MODULE_OVERRIDE) == ENCODE_TYPE_HANDLE); |
10099 | |
10100 | Module * pInfoModule; |
10101 | PCCOR_SIGNATURE pBlobData = pContainingModule->GetEncodedSig(fixupRva, &pInfoModule); |
10102 | |
10103 | TypeHandle th = ZapSig::DecodeType(pContainingModule, |
10104 | pInfoModule, |
10105 | pBlobData, |
10106 | level); |
10107 | *EnsureWritablePages(ppMT) = th.AsMethodTable(); |
10108 | } |
10109 | else if (*ppMT) |
10110 | { |
10111 | ClassLoader::EnsureLoaded(*ppMT, level); |
10112 | } |
10113 | } |
10114 | |
10115 | /*static*/ |
10116 | void Module::RestoreMethodTablePointer(FixupPointer<PTR_MethodTable> * ppMT, |
10117 | Module *pContainingModule, |
10118 | ClassLoadLevel level) |
10119 | { |
10120 | CONTRACTL |
10121 | { |
10122 | THROWS; |
10123 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
10124 | MODE_ANY; |
10125 | } |
10126 | CONTRACTL_END; |
10127 | |
10128 | if (ppMT->IsNull()) |
10129 | return; |
10130 | |
10131 | if (ppMT->IsTagged()) |
10132 | { |
10133 | RestoreMethodTablePointerRaw(ppMT->GetValuePtr(), pContainingModule, level); |
10134 | } |
10135 | else |
10136 | { |
10137 | ClassLoader::EnsureLoaded(ppMT->GetValue(), level); |
10138 | } |
10139 | } |
10140 | |
10141 | /*static*/ |
10142 | void Module::RestoreMethodTablePointer(RelativeFixupPointer<PTR_MethodTable> * ppMT, |
10143 | Module *pContainingModule, |
10144 | ClassLoadLevel level) |
10145 | { |
10146 | CONTRACTL |
10147 | { |
10148 | THROWS; |
10149 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
10150 | MODE_ANY; |
10151 | } |
10152 | CONTRACTL_END; |
10153 | |
10154 | if (ppMT->IsNull()) |
10155 | return; |
10156 | |
10157 | if (ppMT->IsTagged((TADDR)ppMT)) |
10158 | { |
10159 | RestoreMethodTablePointerRaw(ppMT->GetValuePtr(), pContainingModule, level); |
10160 | } |
10161 | else |
10162 | { |
10163 | ClassLoader::EnsureLoaded(ppMT->GetValue(), level); |
10164 | } |
10165 | } |
10166 | |
10167 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE |
10168 | |
10169 | BOOL Module::IsZappedCode(PCODE code) |
10170 | { |
10171 | CONTRACTL |
10172 | { |
10173 | NOTHROW; |
10174 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
10175 | SO_TOLERANT; |
10176 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
10177 | } |
10178 | CONTRACTL_END; |
10179 | |
10180 | if (!HasNativeImage()) |
10181 | return FALSE; |
10182 | |
10183 | PEImageLayout *pNativeImage = GetNativeImage(); |
10184 | |
10185 | UINT32 cCode = 0; |
10186 | PCODE pCodeSection; |
10187 | |
10188 | pCodeSection = pNativeImage->GetNativeHotCode(&cCode); |
10189 | if ((pCodeSection <= code) && (code < pCodeSection + cCode)) |
10190 | { |
10191 | return TRUE; |
10192 | } |
10193 | |
10194 | pCodeSection = pNativeImage->GetNativeCode(&cCode); |
10195 | if ((pCodeSection <= code) && (code < pCodeSection + cCode)) |
10196 | { |
10197 | return TRUE; |
10198 | } |
10199 | |
10200 | return FALSE; |
10201 | } |
10202 | |
10203 | BOOL Module::IsZappedPrecode(PCODE code) |
10204 | { |
10205 | CONTRACTL |
10206 | { |
10207 | NOTHROW; |
10208 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
10209 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
10210 | SO_TOLERANT; |
10211 | } |
10212 | CONTRACTL_END; |
10213 | |
10214 | if (m_pNGenLayoutInfo == NULL) |
10215 | return FALSE; |
10216 | |
10217 | for (SIZE_T i = 0; i < COUNTOF(m_pNGenLayoutInfo->m_Precodes); i++) |
10218 | { |
10219 | if (m_pNGenLayoutInfo->m_Precodes[i].IsInRange(code)) |
10220 | return TRUE; |
10221 | } |
10222 | |
10223 | return FALSE; |
10224 | } |
10225 | |
10226 | PCCOR_SIGNATURE Module::GetEncodedSig(RVA fixupRva, Module **ppDefiningModule) |
10227 | { |
10228 | CONTRACT(PCCOR_SIGNATURE) |
10229 | { |
10230 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
10231 | THROWS; |
10232 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
10233 | MODE_ANY; |
10234 | SO_INTOLERANT; |
10235 | POSTCONDITION(CheckPointer(RETVAL)); |
10236 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
10237 | } |
10238 | CONTRACT_END; |
10239 | |
10240 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
10241 | PCCOR_SIGNATURE pBuffer = GetNativeFixupBlobData(fixupRva); |
10242 | |
10243 | BYTE kind = *pBuffer++; |
10244 | |
10245 | *ppDefiningModule = (kind & ENCODE_MODULE_OVERRIDE) ? GetModuleFromIndex(CorSigUncompressData(pBuffer)) : this; |
10246 | |
10247 | RETURN pBuffer; |
10248 | #else |
10249 | RETURN NULL; |
10250 | #endif // DACCESS_COMPILE |
10251 | } |
10252 | |
10253 | PCCOR_SIGNATURE Module::GetEncodedSigIfLoaded(RVA fixupRva, Module **ppDefiningModule) |
10254 | { |
10255 | CONTRACT(PCCOR_SIGNATURE) |
10256 | { |
10257 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
10258 | NOTHROW; |
10259 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
10260 | MODE_ANY; |
10261 | SO_INTOLERANT; |
10262 | POSTCONDITION(CheckPointer(RETVAL)); |
10263 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
10264 | } |
10265 | CONTRACT_END; |
10266 | |
10267 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
10268 | PCCOR_SIGNATURE pBuffer = GetNativeFixupBlobData(fixupRva); |
10269 | |
10270 | BYTE kind = *pBuffer++; |
10271 | |
10272 | *ppDefiningModule = (kind & ENCODE_MODULE_OVERRIDE) ? GetModuleFromIndexIfLoaded(CorSigUncompressData(pBuffer)) : this; |
10273 | |
10274 | RETURN pBuffer; |
10275 | #else |
10276 | *ppDefiningModule = NULL; |
10277 | RETURN NULL; |
10278 | #endif // DACCESS_COMPILE |
10279 | } |
10280 | |
10281 | /*static*/ |
10282 | PTR_Module Module::RestoreModulePointerIfLoaded(DPTR(RelativeFixupPointer<PTR_Module>) ppModule, Module *pContainingModule) |
10283 | { |
10284 | CONTRACTL |
10285 | { |
10286 | NOTHROW; |
10287 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
10288 | MODE_ANY; |
10289 | FORBID_FAULT; |
10290 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
10291 | } |
10292 | CONTRACTL_END; |
10293 | |
10294 | if (!ppModule->IsTagged(dac_cast<TADDR>(ppModule))) |
10295 | return ppModule->GetValue(dac_cast<TADDR>(ppModule)); |
10296 | |
10297 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
10298 | PTR_Module * ppValue = ppModule->GetValuePtr(); |
10299 | |
10300 | // Ensure that the compiler won't fetch the value twice |
10301 | TADDR fixup = VolatileLoadWithoutBarrier((TADDR *)ppValue); |
10302 | |
10303 | if (CORCOMPILE_IS_POINTER_TAGGED(fixup)) |
10304 | { |
10305 | |
10306 | #ifdef _WIN64 |
10307 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK((CORCOMPILE_UNTAG_TOKEN(fixup)>>32) == 0); |
10308 | #endif |
10309 | |
10310 | RVA fixupRva = (RVA) CORCOMPILE_UNTAG_TOKEN(fixup); |
10311 | |
10312 | _ASSERTE((*pContainingModule->GetNativeFixupBlobData(fixupRva) & ~ENCODE_MODULE_OVERRIDE) == ENCODE_MODULE_HANDLE); |
10313 | |
10314 | Module * pInfoModule; |
10315 | PCCOR_SIGNATURE pBlobData = pContainingModule->GetEncodedSigIfLoaded(fixupRva, &pInfoModule); |
10316 | |
10317 | if (pInfoModule) |
10318 | { |
10319 | if (EnsureWritablePagesNoThrow(ppValue, sizeof(*ppValue))) |
10320 | *ppValue = pInfoModule; |
10321 | } |
10322 | return pInfoModule; |
10323 | } |
10324 | else |
10325 | { |
10326 | return PTR_Module(fixup); |
10327 | } |
10328 | #else |
10329 | DacNotImpl(); |
10330 | return NULL; |
10331 | #endif |
10332 | } |
10333 | |
10334 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
10335 | |
10336 | /*static*/ |
10337 | void Module::RestoreModulePointer(RelativeFixupPointer<PTR_Module> * ppModule, Module *pContainingModule) |
10338 | { |
10339 | CONTRACTL |
10340 | { |
10341 | THROWS; |
10342 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
10343 | MODE_ANY; |
10344 | INJECT_FAULT(COMPlusThrowOM()); |
10345 | } |
10346 | CONTRACTL_END; |
10347 | |
10348 | if (!ppModule->IsTagged((TADDR)ppModule)) |
10349 | return; |
10350 | |
10351 | PTR_Module * ppValue = ppModule->GetValuePtr(); |
10352 | |
10353 | // Ensure that the compiler won't fetch the value twice |
10354 | TADDR fixup = VolatileLoadWithoutBarrier((TADDR *)ppValue); |
10355 | |
10356 | if (CORCOMPILE_IS_POINTER_TAGGED(fixup)) |
10357 | { |
10358 | #ifdef _WIN64 |
10359 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK((CORCOMPILE_UNTAG_TOKEN(fixup)>>32) == 0); |
10360 | #endif |
10361 | |
10362 | RVA fixupRva = (RVA) CORCOMPILE_UNTAG_TOKEN(fixup); |
10363 | |
10364 | _ASSERTE((*pContainingModule->GetNativeFixupBlobData(fixupRva) & ~ENCODE_MODULE_OVERRIDE) == ENCODE_MODULE_HANDLE); |
10365 | |
10366 | Module * pInfoModule; |
10367 | PCCOR_SIGNATURE pBlobData = pContainingModule->GetEncodedSig(fixupRva, &pInfoModule); |
10368 | |
10369 | *EnsureWritablePages(ppValue) = pInfoModule; |
10370 | } |
10371 | } |
10372 | |
10373 | /*static*/ |
10374 | void Module::RestoreTypeHandlePointerRaw(TypeHandle *pHandle, Module* pContainingModule, ClassLoadLevel level) |
10375 | { |
10376 | CONTRACTL |
10377 | { |
10378 | if (FORBIDGC_LOADER_USE_ENABLED()) NOTHROW; else THROWS; |
10379 | if (FORBIDGC_LOADER_USE_ENABLED()) GC_NOTRIGGER; else GC_TRIGGERS; |
10380 | if (FORBIDGC_LOADER_USE_ENABLED()) FORBID_FAULT; else {INJECT_FAULT(COMPlusThrowOM(););} |
10381 | MODE_ANY; |
10382 | } |
10383 | CONTRACTL_END; |
10384 | |
10385 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
10386 | if (pContainingModule != NULL) |
10387 | { |
10388 | Module * dbg_pZapModule = ExecutionManager::FindZapModule(dac_cast<TADDR>(pHandle)); |
10389 | _ASSERTE((dbg_pZapModule == NULL) || (pContainingModule == dbg_pZapModule)); |
10390 | } |
10391 | #endif //_DEBUG |
10392 | |
10393 | TADDR fixup; |
10394 | |
10395 | if (IS_ALIGNED(pHandle, sizeof(TypeHandle))) |
10396 | { |
10397 | // Ensure that the compiler won't fetch the value twice |
10398 | fixup = VolatileLoadWithoutBarrier((TADDR *)pHandle); |
10399 | } |
10400 | else |
10401 | { |
10402 | // This is necessary to handle in-place fixups (see by FixupTypeHandlePointerInplace) |
10403 | // in stubs-as-il signatures. |
10404 | |
10405 | // |
10406 | // protect this unaligned read with the Module Crst for the rare case that |
10407 | // the TypeHandle to fixup is in a signature and unaligned. |
10408 | // |
10409 | if (NULL == pContainingModule) |
10410 | { |
10411 | pContainingModule = ExecutionManager::FindZapModule(dac_cast<TADDR>(pHandle)); |
10412 | } |
10413 | CrstHolder ch(&pContainingModule->m_Crst); |
10414 | fixup = *(TADDR UNALIGNED *)pHandle; |
10415 | } |
10416 | |
10417 | if (CORCOMPILE_IS_POINTER_TAGGED(fixup)) |
10418 | { |
10419 | #ifdef _WIN64 |
10420 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK((CORCOMPILE_UNTAG_TOKEN(fixup)>>32) == 0); |
10421 | #endif |
10422 | |
10423 | RVA fixupRva = (RVA) CORCOMPILE_UNTAG_TOKEN(fixup); |
10424 | |
10425 | if (NULL == pContainingModule) |
10426 | { |
10427 | pContainingModule = ExecutionManager::FindZapModule(dac_cast<TADDR>(pHandle)); |
10428 | } |
10429 | PREFIX_ASSUME(pContainingModule != NULL); |
10430 | |
10431 | _ASSERTE((*pContainingModule->GetNativeFixupBlobData(fixupRva) & ~ENCODE_MODULE_OVERRIDE) == ENCODE_TYPE_HANDLE); |
10432 | |
10433 | Module * pInfoModule; |
10434 | PCCOR_SIGNATURE pBlobData = pContainingModule->GetEncodedSig(fixupRva, &pInfoModule); |
10435 | |
10436 | TypeHandle thResolved = ZapSig::DecodeType(pContainingModule, |
10437 | pInfoModule, |
10438 | pBlobData, |
10439 | level); |
10440 | EnsureWritablePages(pHandle); |
10441 | if (IS_ALIGNED(pHandle, sizeof(TypeHandle))) |
10442 | { |
10443 | *pHandle = thResolved; |
10444 | } |
10445 | else |
10446 | { |
10447 | // |
10448 | // protect this unaligned write with the Module Crst for the rare case that |
10449 | // the TypeHandle to fixup is in a signature and unaligned. |
10450 | // |
10451 | CrstHolder ch(&pContainingModule->m_Crst); |
10452 | *(TypeHandle UNALIGNED *)pHandle = thResolved; |
10453 | } |
10454 | } |
10455 | else if (fixup != NULL) |
10456 | { |
10457 | ClassLoader::EnsureLoaded(TypeHandle::FromTAddr(fixup), level); |
10458 | } |
10459 | } |
10460 | |
10461 | /*static*/ |
10462 | void Module::RestoreTypeHandlePointer(FixupPointer<TypeHandle> * pHandle, |
10463 | Module *pContainingModule, |
10464 | ClassLoadLevel level) |
10465 | { |
10466 | CONTRACTL |
10467 | { |
10468 | THROWS; |
10469 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
10470 | MODE_ANY; |
10471 | } |
10472 | CONTRACTL_END; |
10473 | |
10474 | if (pHandle->IsNull()) |
10475 | return; |
10476 | |
10477 | if (pHandle->IsTagged()) |
10478 | { |
10479 | RestoreTypeHandlePointerRaw(pHandle->GetValuePtr(), pContainingModule, level); |
10480 | } |
10481 | else |
10482 | { |
10483 | ClassLoader::EnsureLoaded(pHandle->GetValue(), level); |
10484 | } |
10485 | } |
10486 | |
10487 | /*static*/ |
10488 | void Module::RestoreTypeHandlePointer(RelativeFixupPointer<TypeHandle> * pHandle, |
10489 | Module *pContainingModule, |
10490 | ClassLoadLevel level) |
10491 | { |
10492 | CONTRACTL |
10493 | { |
10494 | THROWS; |
10495 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
10496 | MODE_ANY; |
10497 | } |
10498 | CONTRACTL_END; |
10499 | |
10500 | if (pHandle->IsNull()) |
10501 | return; |
10502 | |
10503 | if (pHandle->IsTagged((TADDR)pHandle)) |
10504 | { |
10505 | RestoreTypeHandlePointerRaw(pHandle->GetValuePtr(), pContainingModule, level); |
10506 | } |
10507 | else |
10508 | { |
10509 | ClassLoader::EnsureLoaded(pHandle->GetValue((TADDR)pHandle), level); |
10510 | } |
10511 | } |
10512 | |
10513 | /*static*/ |
10514 | void Module::RestoreMethodDescPointerRaw(PTR_MethodDesc * ppMD, Module *pContainingModule, ClassLoadLevel level) |
10515 | { |
10516 | CONTRACTL |
10517 | { |
10518 | THROWS; |
10519 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
10520 | MODE_ANY; |
10521 | } |
10522 | CONTRACTL_END; |
10523 | |
10524 | // Ensure that the compiler won't fetch the value twice |
10525 | TADDR fixup = VolatileLoadWithoutBarrier((TADDR *)ppMD); |
10526 | |
10527 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
10528 | if (pContainingModule != NULL) |
10529 | { |
10530 | Module * dbg_pZapModule = ExecutionManager::FindZapModule(dac_cast<TADDR>(ppMD)); |
10531 | _ASSERTE((dbg_pZapModule == NULL) || (pContainingModule == dbg_pZapModule)); |
10532 | } |
10533 | #endif //_DEBUG |
10534 | |
10535 | if (CORCOMPILE_IS_POINTER_TAGGED(fixup)) |
10536 | { |
10537 | GCX_PREEMP(); |
10538 | |
10539 | #ifdef _WIN64 |
10540 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK((CORCOMPILE_UNTAG_TOKEN(fixup)>>32) == 0); |
10541 | #endif |
10542 | |
10543 | RVA fixupRva = (RVA) CORCOMPILE_UNTAG_TOKEN(fixup); |
10544 | |
10545 | if (pContainingModule == NULL) |
10546 | pContainingModule = ExecutionManager::FindZapModule(dac_cast<TADDR>(ppMD)); |
10547 | PREFIX_ASSUME(pContainingModule != NULL); |
10548 | |
10549 | _ASSERTE((*pContainingModule->GetNativeFixupBlobData(fixupRva) & ~ENCODE_MODULE_OVERRIDE) == ENCODE_METHOD_HANDLE); |
10550 | |
10551 | Module * pInfoModule; |
10552 | PCCOR_SIGNATURE pBlobData = pContainingModule->GetEncodedSig(fixupRva, &pInfoModule); |
10553 | |
10554 | *EnsureWritablePages(ppMD) = ZapSig::DecodeMethod(pContainingModule, |
10555 | pInfoModule, |
10556 | pBlobData); |
10557 | } |
10558 | else if (*ppMD) { |
10559 | (*ppMD)->CheckRestore(level); |
10560 | } |
10561 | } |
10562 | |
10563 | /*static*/ |
10564 | void Module::RestoreMethodDescPointer(FixupPointer<PTR_MethodDesc> * ppMD, |
10565 | Module *pContainingModule, |
10566 | ClassLoadLevel level) |
10567 | { |
10568 | CONTRACTL |
10569 | { |
10570 | THROWS; |
10571 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
10572 | MODE_ANY; |
10573 | } |
10574 | CONTRACTL_END; |
10575 | |
10576 | if (ppMD->IsNull()) |
10577 | return; |
10578 | |
10579 | if (ppMD->IsTagged()) |
10580 | { |
10581 | RestoreMethodDescPointerRaw(ppMD->GetValuePtr(), pContainingModule, level); |
10582 | } |
10583 | else |
10584 | { |
10585 | ppMD->GetValue()->CheckRestore(level); |
10586 | } |
10587 | } |
10588 | |
10589 | /*static*/ |
10590 | void Module::RestoreMethodDescPointer(RelativeFixupPointer<PTR_MethodDesc> * ppMD, |
10591 | Module *pContainingModule, |
10592 | ClassLoadLevel level) |
10593 | { |
10594 | CONTRACTL |
10595 | { |
10596 | THROWS; |
10597 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
10598 | MODE_ANY; |
10599 | } |
10600 | CONTRACTL_END; |
10601 | |
10602 | if (ppMD->IsNull()) |
10603 | return; |
10604 | |
10605 | if (ppMD->IsTagged((TADDR)ppMD)) |
10606 | { |
10607 | RestoreMethodDescPointerRaw(ppMD->GetValuePtr(), pContainingModule, level); |
10608 | } |
10609 | else |
10610 | { |
10611 | ppMD->GetValue((TADDR)ppMD)->CheckRestore(level); |
10612 | } |
10613 | } |
10614 | |
10615 | /*static*/ |
10616 | void Module::RestoreFieldDescPointer(RelativeFixupPointer<PTR_FieldDesc> * ppFD) |
10617 | { |
10618 | CONTRACTL |
10619 | { |
10620 | THROWS; |
10621 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
10622 | MODE_ANY; |
10623 | } |
10624 | CONTRACTL_END; |
10625 | |
10626 | if (!ppFD->IsTagged()) |
10627 | return; |
10628 | |
10629 | PTR_FieldDesc * ppValue = ppFD->GetValuePtr(); |
10630 | |
10631 | // Ensure that the compiler won't fetch the value twice |
10632 | TADDR fixup = VolatileLoadWithoutBarrier((TADDR *)ppValue); |
10633 | |
10634 | if (CORCOMPILE_IS_POINTER_TAGGED(fixup)) |
10635 | { |
10636 | #ifdef _WIN64 |
10637 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK((CORCOMPILE_UNTAG_TOKEN(fixup)>>32) == 0); |
10638 | #endif |
10639 | |
10640 | Module * pContainingModule = ExecutionManager::FindZapModule((TADDR)ppValue); |
10641 | PREFIX_ASSUME(pContainingModule != NULL); |
10642 | |
10643 | RVA fixupRva = (RVA) CORCOMPILE_UNTAG_TOKEN(fixup); |
10644 | |
10645 | _ASSERTE((*pContainingModule->GetNativeFixupBlobData(fixupRva) & ~ENCODE_MODULE_OVERRIDE) == ENCODE_FIELD_HANDLE); |
10646 | |
10647 | Module * pInfoModule; |
10648 | PCCOR_SIGNATURE pBlobData = pContainingModule->GetEncodedSig(fixupRva, &pInfoModule); |
10649 | |
10650 | *EnsureWritablePages(ppValue) = ZapSig::DecodeField(pContainingModule, |
10651 | pInfoModule, |
10652 | pBlobData); |
10653 | } |
10654 | } |
10655 | |
10656 | |
10657 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
10658 | |
10659 | #if 0 |
10660 | |
10661 | This diagram illustrates the layout of fixups in the ngen image. |
10662 | This is the case where function foo2 has a class-restore fixup |
10663 | for class C1 in b.dll. |
10664 | |
10665 | zapBase+curTableVA+rva / FixupList (see Fixup Encoding below) |
10666 | m_pFixupBlobs |
10667 | +-------------------+ |
10668 | pEntry->VA +--------------------+ | non-NULL | foo1 |
10669 | |Handles | +-------------------+ |
10670 | ZapHeader.ImportTable | | | non-NULL | |
10671 | | | +-------------------+ |
10672 | +------------+ +--------------------+ | non-NULL | |
10673 | |a.dll | |Class cctors |<---+ +-------------------+ |
10674 | | | | | \ | 0 | |
10675 | | | p->VA/ | |<---+ \ +===================+ |
10676 | | | blobs +--------------------+ \ +-------non-NULL | foo2 |
10677 | +------------+ |Class restore | \ +-------------------+ |
10678 | |b.dll | | | +-------non-NULL | |
10679 | | | | | +-------------------+ |
10680 | | token_C1 |<--------------blob(=>fixedUp/0) |<--pBlob--------index | |
10681 | | | \ | | +-------------------+ |
10682 | | | \ +--------------------+ | non-NULL | |
10683 | | | \ | | +-------------------+ |
10684 | | | \ | . | | 0 | |
10685 | | | \ | . | +===================+ |
10686 | +------------+ \ | . | | 0 | foo3 |
10687 | \ | | +===================+ |
10688 | \ +--------------------+ | non-NULL | foo4 |
10689 | \ |Various fixups that | +-------------------+ |
10690 | \ |need too happen | | 0 | |
10691 | \| | +===================+ |
10692 | |(CorCompileTokenTable) |
10693 | | | |
10694 | pEntryEnd->VA +--------------------+ |
10695 | |
10696 | |
10697 | |
10698 | #endif // 0 |
10699 | |
10700 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
10701 | |
10702 | BOOL Module::FixupNativeEntry(CORCOMPILE_IMPORT_SECTION * pSection, SIZE_T fixupIndex, SIZE_T *fixupCell) |
10703 | { |
10704 | CONTRACTL |
10705 | { |
10706 | STANDARD_VM_CHECK; |
10707 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(fixupCell)); |
10708 | } |
10709 | CONTRACTL_END; |
10710 | |
10711 | // Ensure that the compiler won't fetch the value twice |
10712 | SIZE_T fixup = VolatileLoadWithoutBarrier(fixupCell); |
10713 | |
10714 | if (pSection->Signatures != NULL) |
10715 | { |
10716 | if (fixup == NULL) |
10717 | { |
10718 | PTR_DWORD pSignatures = dac_cast<PTR_DWORD>(GetNativeOrReadyToRunImage()->GetRvaData(pSection->Signatures)); |
10719 | |
10720 | if (!LoadDynamicInfoEntry(this, pSignatures[fixupIndex], fixupCell)) |
10721 | return FALSE; |
10722 | |
10723 | _ASSERTE(*fixupCell != NULL); |
10724 | } |
10725 | } |
10726 | else |
10727 | { |
10728 | if (CORCOMPILE_IS_FIXUP_TAGGED(fixup, pSection)) |
10729 | { |
10730 | // Fixup has not been fixed up yet |
10731 | if (!LoadDynamicInfoEntry(this, (RVA)CORCOMPILE_UNTAG_TOKEN(fixup), fixupCell)) |
10732 | return FALSE; |
10733 | |
10734 | _ASSERTE(!CORCOMPILE_IS_FIXUP_TAGGED(*fixupCell, pSection)); |
10735 | } |
10736 | else |
10737 | { |
10738 | // |
10739 | // Handle tables are special. We may need to restore static handle or previous |
10740 | // attempts to load handle could have been partial. |
10741 | // |
10742 | if (pSection->Type == CORCOMPILE_IMPORT_TYPE_TYPE_HANDLE) |
10743 | { |
10744 | TypeHandle::FromPtr((void *)fixup).CheckRestore(); |
10745 | } |
10746 | else |
10747 | if (pSection->Type == CORCOMPILE_IMPORT_TYPE_METHOD_HANDLE) |
10748 | { |
10749 | ((MethodDesc *)(fixup))->CheckRestore(); |
10750 | } |
10751 | } |
10752 | } |
10753 | |
10754 | return TRUE; |
10755 | } |
10756 | |
10757 | //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
10758 | |
10759 | void Module::RunEagerFixups() |
10760 | { |
10761 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
10762 | |
10763 | COUNT_T nSections; |
10764 | PTR_CORCOMPILE_IMPORT_SECTION pSections = GetImportSections(&nSections); |
10765 | |
10766 | if (nSections == 0) |
10767 | return; |
10768 | |
10769 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
10770 | // Loading types during eager fixup is not a tested scenario. Make bugs out of any attempts to do so in a |
10771 | // debug build. Use holder to recover properly in case of exception. |
10772 | class ForbidTypeLoadHolder |
10773 | { |
10774 | public: |
10775 | ForbidTypeLoadHolder() |
10776 | { |
10777 | BEGIN_FORBID_TYPELOAD(); |
10778 | } |
10779 | |
10780 | ~ForbidTypeLoadHolder() |
10781 | { |
10782 | END_FORBID_TYPELOAD(); |
10783 | } |
10784 | } |
10785 | forbidTypeLoad; |
10786 | #endif |
10787 | |
10788 | // TODO: Verify that eager fixup dependency graphs can contain no cycles |
10789 | OVERRIDE_TYPE_LOAD_LEVEL_LIMIT(CLASS_LOADED); |
10790 | |
10791 | PEImageLayout *pNativeImage = GetNativeOrReadyToRunImage(); |
10792 | |
10793 | for (COUNT_T iSection = 0; iSection < nSections; iSection++) |
10794 | { |
10795 | PTR_CORCOMPILE_IMPORT_SECTION pSection = pSections + iSection; |
10796 | |
10797 | if ((pSection->Flags & CORCOMPILE_IMPORT_FLAGS_EAGER) == 0) |
10798 | continue; |
10799 | |
10800 | COUNT_T tableSize; |
10801 | TADDR tableBase = pNativeImage->GetDirectoryData(&pSection->Section, &tableSize); |
10802 | |
10803 | if (pSection->Signatures != NULL) |
10804 | { |
10805 | PTR_DWORD pSignatures = dac_cast<PTR_DWORD>(pNativeImage->GetRvaData(pSection->Signatures)); |
10806 | |
10807 | for (SIZE_T * fixupCell = (SIZE_T *)tableBase; fixupCell < (SIZE_T *)(tableBase + tableSize); fixupCell++) |
10808 | { |
10809 | SIZE_T fixupIndex = fixupCell - (SIZE_T *)tableBase; |
10810 | if (!LoadDynamicInfoEntry(this, pSignatures[fixupIndex], fixupCell)) |
10811 | { |
10812 | _ASSERTE(!"LoadDynamicInfoEntry failed" ); |
10813 | ThrowHR(COR_E_BADIMAGEFORMAT); |
10814 | } |
10815 | _ASSERTE(*fixupCell != NULL); |
10816 | } |
10817 | } |
10818 | else |
10819 | { |
10820 | for (SIZE_T * fixupCell = (SIZE_T *)tableBase; fixupCell < (SIZE_T *)(tableBase + tableSize); fixupCell++) |
10821 | { |
10822 | // Ensure that the compiler won't fetch the value twice |
10823 | SIZE_T fixup = VolatileLoadWithoutBarrier(fixupCell); |
10824 | |
10825 | // This method may execute multiple times in multi-domain scenarios. Check that the fixup has not been |
10826 | // fixed up yet. |
10827 | if (CORCOMPILE_IS_FIXUP_TAGGED(fixup, pSection)) |
10828 | { |
10829 | if (!LoadDynamicInfoEntry(this, (RVA)CORCOMPILE_UNTAG_TOKEN(fixup), fixupCell)) |
10830 | { |
10831 | _ASSERTE(!"LoadDynamicInfoEntry failed" ); |
10832 | ThrowHR(COR_E_BADIMAGEFORMAT); |
10833 | } |
10834 | _ASSERTE(!CORCOMPILE_IS_FIXUP_TAGGED(*fixupCell, pSection)); |
10835 | } |
10836 | } |
10837 | } |
10838 | } |
10839 | } |
10840 | |
10841 | void Module::LoadTokenTables() |
10842 | { |
10843 | CONTRACTL |
10844 | { |
10845 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
10846 | THROWS; |
10847 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
10848 | MODE_ANY; |
10849 | PRECONDITION(HasNativeImage()); |
10850 | } |
10851 | CONTRACTL_END; |
10852 | |
10853 | #ifndef CROSSGEN_COMPILE |
10854 | if (NingenEnabled()) |
10855 | return; |
10856 | |
10857 | CORCOMPILE_EE_INFO_TABLE *pEEInfo = GetNativeImage()->GetNativeEEInfoTable(); |
10858 | PREFIX_ASSUME(pEEInfo != NULL); |
10859 | |
10860 | pEEInfo->inlinedCallFrameVptr = InlinedCallFrame::GetMethodFrameVPtr(); |
10861 | pEEInfo->addrOfCaptureThreadGlobal = (LONG *)&g_TrapReturningThreads; |
10862 | |
10863 | //CoreClr doesn't always have the debugger loaded |
10864 | //patch up the ngen image to point to this address so that the JIT bypasses JMC if there is no debugger |
10865 | static DWORD g_dummyJMCFlag = 0; |
10866 | pEEInfo->addrOfJMCFlag = g_pDebugInterface ? g_pDebugInterface->GetJMCFlagAddr(this) : &g_dummyJMCFlag; |
10867 | |
10868 | pEEInfo->gsCookie = GetProcessGSCookie(); |
10869 | |
10870 | if (!IsSystem()) |
10871 | { |
10872 | pEEInfo->emptyString = (CORINFO_Object **)StringObject::GetEmptyStringRefPtr(); |
10873 | } |
10874 | |
10875 | pEEInfo->threadTlsIndex = TLS_OUT_OF_INDEXES; |
10876 | pEEInfo->rvaStaticTlsIndex = NULL; |
10877 | #endif // CROSSGEN_COMPILE |
10878 | } |
10879 | |
10880 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE |
10881 | |
10882 | // Returns the RVA to the compressed debug information blob for the given method |
10883 | |
10884 | CORCOMPILE_DEBUG_ENTRY Module::GetMethodDebugInfoOffset(MethodDesc *pMD) |
10885 | { |
10886 | CONTRACT(CORCOMPILE_DEBUG_ENTRY) |
10887 | { |
10888 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
10889 | PRECONDITION(HasNativeImage()); |
10890 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pMD) && pMD->IsPreImplemented()); |
10891 | POSTCONDITION(GetNativeImage()->CheckRva(RETVAL, NULL_OK)); |
10892 | NOTHROW; |
10893 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
10894 | MODE_ANY; |
10895 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
10896 | } |
10897 | CONTRACT_END; |
10898 | |
10899 | if (!GetNativeImage()->HasNativeDebugMap() || pMD->IsRuntimeSupplied()) |
10900 | RETURN 0; |
10901 | |
10902 | COUNT_T size; |
10903 | PTR_CORCOMPILE_DEBUG_RID_ENTRY ridTable = |
10904 | dac_cast<PTR_CORCOMPILE_DEBUG_RID_ENTRY>(GetNativeImage()->GetNativeDebugMap(&size)); |
10905 | |
10906 | COUNT_T count = size / sizeof(CORCOMPILE_DEBUG_RID_ENTRY); |
10907 | // The size should be odd for better hashing |
10908 | _ASSERTE((count & 1) != 0); |
10909 | |
10910 | CORCOMPILE_DEBUG_RID_ENTRY ridEntry = ridTable[GetDebugRidEntryHash(pMD->GetMemberDef()) % count]; |
10911 | |
10912 | // Do we have multiple code corresponding to the same RID |
10913 | if (!IsMultipleLabelledEntries(ridEntry)) |
10914 | { |
10915 | RETURN(ridEntry); |
10916 | } |
10917 | |
10918 | PTR_CORCOMPILE_DEBUG_LABELLED_ENTRY pLabelledEntry = |
10919 | PTR_CORCOMPILE_DEBUG_LABELLED_ENTRY |
10920 | (GetNativeImage()->GetRvaData(ridEntry & |
10921 | ~CORCOMPILE_DEBUG_MULTIPLE_ENTRIES)); |
10922 | |
10923 | DWORD codeRVA = GetNativeImage()-> |
10924 | GetDataRva((const TADDR)pMD->GetNativeCode()); |
10925 | #if defined(_TARGET_ARM_) |
10926 | // Since the Thumb Bit is set on ARM, the RVA calculated above will have it set as well |
10927 | // and will result in the failure of checks in the loop below. Hence, mask off the |
10928 | // bit before proceeding ahead. |
10929 | codeRVA = ThumbCodeToDataPointer<DWORD, DWORD>(codeRVA); |
10930 | #endif // _TARGET_ARM_ |
10931 | |
10932 | for (;;) |
10933 | { |
10934 | if (pLabelledEntry->nativeCodeRVA == codeRVA) |
10935 | { |
10936 | RETURN (pLabelledEntry->debugInfoOffset & ~CORCOMPILE_DEBUG_MULTIPLE_ENTRIES); |
10937 | } |
10938 | |
10939 | if (!IsMultipleLabelledEntries(pLabelledEntry->debugInfoOffset)) |
10940 | { |
10941 | break; |
10942 | } |
10943 | |
10944 | pLabelledEntry++; |
10945 | } |
10946 | |
10947 | _ASSERTE(!"Debug info not found - corrupted ngen image?" ); |
10948 | RETURN (0); |
10949 | } |
10950 | |
10951 | PTR_BYTE Module::GetNativeDebugInfo(MethodDesc * pMD) |
10952 | { |
10953 | CONTRACTL |
10954 | { |
10955 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
10956 | PRECONDITION(HasNativeImage()); |
10957 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pMD)); |
10958 | PRECONDITION(pMD->GetZapModule() == this); |
10959 | THROWS; |
10960 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
10961 | MODE_ANY; |
10962 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
10963 | } |
10964 | CONTRACTL_END; |
10965 | |
10966 | CORCOMPILE_DEBUG_ENTRY debugInfoOffset = GetMethodDebugInfoOffset(pMD); |
10967 | |
10968 | if (debugInfoOffset == 0) |
10969 | return NULL; |
10970 | |
10971 | return dac_cast<PTR_BYTE>(GetNativeImage()->GetRvaData(debugInfoOffset)); |
10972 | } |
10973 | #endif //FEATURE_PREJIT |
10974 | |
10975 | |
10976 | |
10977 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
10978 | |
10979 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT |
10980 | // |
10981 | // Profile data management |
10982 | // |
10983 | |
10984 | ICorJitInfo::ProfileBuffer * Module::AllocateProfileBuffer(mdToken _token, DWORD _count, DWORD _ILSize) |
10985 | { |
10986 | CONTRACT (ICorJitInfo::ProfileBuffer*) |
10987 | { |
10988 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
10989 | THROWS; |
10990 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
10991 | MODE_ANY; |
10992 | INJECT_FAULT(CONTRACT_RETURN NULL;); |
10993 | POSTCONDITION(CheckPointer(RETVAL, NULL_OK)); |
10994 | } |
10995 | CONTRACT_END; |
10996 | |
10997 | assert(_ILSize != 0); |
10998 | |
10999 | DWORD listSize = sizeof(CORCOMPILE_METHOD_PROFILE_LIST); |
11000 | DWORD headerSize = sizeof(CORBBTPROF_METHOD_HEADER); |
11001 | DWORD blockSize = _count * sizeof(CORBBTPROF_BLOCK_DATA); |
11002 | DWORD totalSize = listSize + headerSize + blockSize; |
11003 | |
11004 | BYTE * memory = (BYTE *) (void *) this->m_pAssembly->GetLowFrequencyHeap()->AllocMem(S_SIZE_T(totalSize)); |
11005 | |
11006 | CORCOMPILE_METHOD_PROFILE_LIST * methodProfileList = (CORCOMPILE_METHOD_PROFILE_LIST *) (memory + 0); |
11007 | CORBBTPROF_METHOD_HEADER * methodProfileData = (CORBBTPROF_METHOD_HEADER *) (memory + listSize); |
11008 | |
11009 | // Note: Memory allocated on the LowFrequencyHeap is zero filled |
11010 | |
11011 | methodProfileData->size = headerSize + blockSize; |
11012 | methodProfileData->method.token = _token; |
11013 | methodProfileData->method.ILSize = _ILSize; |
11014 | methodProfileData->method.cBlock = _count; |
11015 | |
11016 | assert(methodProfileData->size == methodProfileData->Size()); |
11017 | |
11018 | // Link it to the per module list of profile data buffers |
11019 | |
11020 | methodProfileList->next = m_methodProfileList; |
11021 | m_methodProfileList = methodProfileList; |
11022 | |
11023 | RETURN ((ICorJitInfo::ProfileBuffer *) &methodProfileData->method.block[0]); |
11024 | } |
11025 | |
11026 | HANDLE Module::OpenMethodProfileDataLogFile(GUID mvid) |
11027 | { |
11028 | CONTRACTL |
11029 | { |
11030 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
11031 | THROWS; |
11032 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
11033 | MODE_ANY; |
11034 | } |
11035 | CONTRACTL_END; |
11036 | |
11037 | HANDLE profileDataFile = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE; |
11038 | |
11039 | SString path; |
11040 | LPCWSTR assemblyPath = m_file->GetPath(); |
11041 | LPCWSTR ibcDir = g_pConfig->GetZapBBInstrDir(); // should we put the ibc data into a particular directory? |
11042 | if (ibcDir == 0) { |
11043 | path.Set(assemblyPath); // no, then put it beside the IL dll |
11044 | } |
11045 | else { |
11046 | LPCWSTR assemblyFileName = wcsrchr(assemblyPath, DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR_CHAR_W); |
11047 | if (assemblyFileName) |
11048 | assemblyFileName++; // skip past the \ char |
11049 | else |
11050 | assemblyFileName = assemblyPath; |
11051 | |
11052 | path.Set(ibcDir); // yes, put it in the directory, named with the assembly name. |
11053 | path.Append(DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR_CHAR_W); |
11054 | path.Append(assemblyFileName); |
11055 | } |
11056 | |
11057 | SString::Iterator ext = path.End(); // remove the extension |
11058 | if (path.FindBack(ext, '.')) |
11059 | path.Truncate(ext); |
11060 | path.Append(W(".ibc" )); // replace with .ibc extension |
11061 | |
11062 | profileDataFile = WszCreateFile(path, GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE, 0, NULL, |
11063 | OPEN_ALWAYS, |
11064 | FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL | FILE_FLAG_SEQUENTIAL_SCAN, |
11065 | NULL); |
11066 | |
11067 | if (profileDataFile == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) COMPlusThrowWin32(); |
11068 | |
11069 | DWORD count; |
11070 | CORBBTPROF_FILE_HEADER fileHeader; |
11071 | |
11072 | SetFilePointer(profileDataFile, 0, NULL, FILE_BEGIN); |
11073 | BOOL result = ReadFile(profileDataFile, &fileHeader, sizeof(fileHeader), &count, NULL); |
11074 | if (result && |
11075 | (count == sizeof(fileHeader)) && |
11076 | (fileHeader.HeaderSize == sizeof(CORBBTPROF_FILE_HEADER)) && |
11077 | (fileHeader.Magic == CORBBTPROF_MAGIC) && |
11078 | (fileHeader.Version == CORBBTPROF_CURRENT_VERSION) && |
11079 | (fileHeader.MVID == mvid)) |
11080 | { |
11081 | // |
11082 | // The existing file was from the same assembly version - just append to it. |
11083 | // |
11084 | |
11085 | SetFilePointer(profileDataFile, 0, NULL, FILE_END); |
11086 | } |
11087 | else |
11088 | { |
11089 | // |
11090 | // Either this is a new file, or it's from a previous version. Replace the contents. |
11091 | // |
11092 | |
11093 | SetFilePointer(profileDataFile, 0, NULL, FILE_BEGIN); |
11094 | } |
11095 | |
11096 | return profileDataFile; |
11097 | } |
11098 | |
11099 | // Note that this method cleans up the profile buffers, so it's crucial that |
11100 | // no managed code in the module is allowed to run once this method has |
11101 | // been called! |
11102 | |
11103 | class ProfileMap |
11104 | { |
11105 | public: |
11106 | SIZE_T getCurrentOffset() {WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; return buffer.Size();} |
11107 | |
11108 | void * getOffsetPtr(SIZE_T offset) |
11109 | { |
11110 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
11111 | _ASSERTE(offset <= buffer.Size()); |
11112 | return ((void *) (((char *) buffer.Ptr()) + offset)); |
11113 | } |
11114 | |
11115 | void *Allocate(SIZE_T size) |
11116 | { |
11117 | CONTRACT(void *) |
11118 | { |
11119 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
11120 | THROWS; |
11121 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
11122 | MODE_ANY; |
11123 | INJECT_FAULT(CONTRACT_RETURN NULL;); |
11124 | POSTCONDITION(CheckPointer(RETVAL, NULL_OK)); |
11125 | } |
11126 | CONTRACT_END; |
11127 | |
11128 | SIZE_T oldSize = buffer.Size(); |
11129 | buffer.ReSizeThrows(oldSize + size); |
11130 | RETURN getOffsetPtr(oldSize); |
11131 | } |
11132 | |
11133 | private: |
11134 | CQuickBytes buffer; |
11135 | }; |
11136 | |
11137 | class ProfileEmitter |
11138 | { |
11139 | public: |
11140 | |
11141 | ProfileEmitter() |
11142 | { |
11143 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
11144 | pSectionList = NULL; |
11145 | } |
11146 | |
11147 | ~ProfileEmitter() |
11148 | { |
11149 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
11150 | while (pSectionList) |
11151 | { |
11152 | SectionList *temp = pSectionList->next; |
11153 | delete pSectionList; |
11154 | pSectionList = temp; |
11155 | } |
11156 | } |
11157 | |
11158 | ProfileMap *EmitNewSection(SectionFormat format) |
11159 | { |
11160 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
11161 | SectionList *s = new SectionList(); |
11162 | |
11163 | s->format = format; |
11164 | s->next = pSectionList; |
11165 | pSectionList = s; |
11166 | |
11167 | return &s->profileMap; |
11168 | } |
11169 | |
11170 | // |
11171 | // Serialize the profile sections into pMap |
11172 | // |
11173 | |
11174 | void Serialize(ProfileMap *profileMap, GUID mvid) |
11175 | { |
11176 | CONTRACTL |
11177 | { |
11178 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
11179 | THROWS; |
11180 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
11181 | MODE_ANY; |
11182 | INJECT_FAULT(COMPlusThrowOM()); |
11183 | } |
11184 | CONTRACTL_END; |
11185 | |
11186 | // |
11187 | // Allocate the file header |
11188 | // |
11189 | { |
11190 | CORBBTPROF_FILE_HEADER *fileHeader; |
11191 | fileHeader = (CORBBTPROF_FILE_HEADER *) profileMap->Allocate(sizeof(CORBBTPROF_FILE_HEADER)); |
11192 | |
11193 | fileHeader->HeaderSize = sizeof(CORBBTPROF_FILE_HEADER); |
11194 | fileHeader->Magic = CORBBTPROF_MAGIC; |
11195 | fileHeader->Version = CORBBTPROF_CURRENT_VERSION; |
11196 | fileHeader->MVID = mvid; |
11197 | } |
11198 | |
11199 | // |
11200 | // Count the number of sections |
11201 | // |
11202 | ULONG32 numSections = 0; |
11203 | for (SectionList *p = pSectionList; p; p = p->next) |
11204 | { |
11205 | numSections++; |
11206 | } |
11207 | |
11208 | // |
11209 | // Allocate the section table |
11210 | // |
11211 | SIZE_T tableEntryOffset; |
11212 | { |
11213 | CORBBTPROF_SECTION_TABLE_HEADER *tableHeader; |
11214 | tableHeader = (CORBBTPROF_SECTION_TABLE_HEADER *) |
11215 | profileMap->Allocate(sizeof(CORBBTPROF_SECTION_TABLE_HEADER)); |
11216 | |
11217 | tableHeader->NumEntries = numSections; |
11218 | tableEntryOffset = profileMap->getCurrentOffset(); |
11219 | |
11220 | CORBBTPROF_SECTION_TABLE_ENTRY *tableEntry; |
11221 | tableEntry = (CORBBTPROF_SECTION_TABLE_ENTRY *) |
11222 | profileMap->Allocate(sizeof(CORBBTPROF_SECTION_TABLE_ENTRY) * numSections); |
11223 | } |
11224 | |
11225 | // |
11226 | // Allocate the data sections |
11227 | // |
11228 | { |
11229 | ULONG secCount = 0; |
11230 | for (SectionList *pSec = pSectionList; pSec; pSec = pSec->next, secCount++) |
11231 | { |
11232 | SIZE_T offset = profileMap->getCurrentOffset(); |
11233 | assert((offset & 0x3) == 0); |
11234 | |
11235 | SIZE_T actualSize = pSec->profileMap.getCurrentOffset(); |
11236 | SIZE_T alignUpSize = AlignUp(actualSize, sizeof(DWORD)); |
11237 | |
11238 | profileMap->Allocate(alignUpSize); |
11239 | |
11240 | memcpy(profileMap->getOffsetPtr(offset), pSec->profileMap.getOffsetPtr(0), actualSize); |
11241 | if (alignUpSize > actualSize) |
11242 | { |
11243 | memset(((BYTE*)profileMap->getOffsetPtr(offset))+actualSize, 0, (alignUpSize - actualSize)); |
11244 | } |
11245 | |
11246 | CORBBTPROF_SECTION_TABLE_ENTRY *tableEntry; |
11247 | tableEntry = (CORBBTPROF_SECTION_TABLE_ENTRY *) profileMap->getOffsetPtr(tableEntryOffset); |
11248 | tableEntry += secCount; |
11249 | tableEntry->FormatID = pSec->format; |
11250 | tableEntry->Data.Offset = offset; |
11251 | tableEntry->Data.Size = alignUpSize; |
11252 | } |
11253 | } |
11254 | |
11255 | // |
11256 | // Allocate the end token marker |
11257 | // |
11258 | { |
11259 | ULONG *endToken; |
11260 | endToken = (ULONG *) profileMap->Allocate(sizeof(ULONG)); |
11261 | |
11262 | *endToken = CORBBTPROF_END_TOKEN; |
11263 | } |
11264 | } |
11265 | |
11266 | private: |
11267 | struct SectionList |
11268 | { |
11269 | SectionFormat format; |
11270 | ProfileMap profileMap; |
11271 | SectionList *next; |
11272 | }; |
11273 | SectionList * pSectionList; |
11274 | }; |
11275 | |
11276 | |
11277 | /*static*/ idTypeSpec TypeSpecBlobEntry::s_lastTypeSpecToken = idTypeSpecNil; |
11278 | /*static*/ idMethodSpec MethodSpecBlobEntry::s_lastMethodSpecToken = idMethodSpecNil; |
11279 | /*static*/ idExternalNamespace ExternalNamespaceBlobEntry::s_lastExternalNamespaceToken = idExternalNamespaceNil; |
11280 | /*static*/ idExternalType ExternalTypeBlobEntry::s_lastExternalTypeToken = idExternalTypeNil; |
11281 | /*static*/ idExternalSignature ExternalSignatureBlobEntry::s_lastExternalSignatureToken = idExternalSignatureNil; |
11282 | /*static*/ idExternalMethod ExternalMethodBlobEntry::s_lastExternalMethodToken = idExternalMethodNil; |
11283 | |
11284 | |
11285 | inline static size_t HashCombine(size_t h1, size_t h2) |
11286 | { |
11287 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
11288 | |
11289 | size_t result = (h1 * 129) ^ h2; |
11290 | return result; |
11291 | } |
11292 | |
11293 | bool TypeSpecBlobEntry::IsEqual(const ProfilingBlobEntry * other) const |
11294 | { |
11295 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
11296 | |
11297 | if (this->kind() != other->kind()) |
11298 | return false; |
11299 | |
11300 | const TypeSpecBlobEntry * other2 = static_cast<const TypeSpecBlobEntry *>(other); |
11301 | |
11302 | if (this->cbSig() != other2->cbSig()) |
11303 | return false; |
11304 | |
11305 | PCCOR_SIGNATURE p1 = this->pSig(); |
11306 | PCCOR_SIGNATURE p2 = other2->pSig(); |
11307 | |
11308 | for (DWORD i=0; (i < this->cbSig()); i++) |
11309 | if (p1[i] != p2[i]) |
11310 | return false; |
11311 | |
11312 | return true; |
11313 | } |
11314 | |
11315 | size_t TypeSpecBlobEntry::Hash() const |
11316 | { |
11317 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
11318 | |
11319 | size_t hashValue = HashInit(); |
11320 | |
11321 | PCCOR_SIGNATURE p1 = pSig(); |
11322 | for (DWORD i=0; (i < cbSig()); i++) |
11323 | hashValue = HashCombine(hashValue, p1[i]); |
11324 | |
11325 | return hashValue; |
11326 | } |
11327 | |
11328 | TypeSpecBlobEntry::TypeSpecBlobEntry(DWORD _cbSig, PCCOR_SIGNATURE _pSig) |
11329 | { |
11330 | CONTRACTL |
11331 | { |
11332 | NOTHROW; |
11333 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
11334 | PRECONDITION(_cbSig > 0); |
11335 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(_pSig)); |
11336 | } |
11337 | CONTRACTL_END; |
11338 | |
11339 | m_token = idTypeSpecNil; |
11340 | m_flags = 0; |
11341 | m_cbSig = 0; |
11342 | |
11343 | COR_SIGNATURE * pNewSig = (COR_SIGNATURE *) new (nothrow) BYTE[_cbSig]; |
11344 | if (pNewSig != NULL) |
11345 | { |
11346 | m_flags = 0; |
11347 | m_cbSig = _cbSig; |
11348 | memcpy(pNewSig, _pSig, _cbSig); |
11349 | } |
11350 | m_pSig = const_cast<PCCOR_SIGNATURE>(pNewSig); |
11351 | } |
11352 | |
11353 | /* static */ const TypeSpecBlobEntry * TypeSpecBlobEntry::FindOrAdd(PTR_Module pModule, |
11354 | DWORD _cbSig, |
11355 | PCCOR_SIGNATURE _pSig) |
11356 | { |
11357 | CONTRACTL |
11358 | { |
11359 | NOTHROW; |
11360 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
11361 | } |
11362 | CONTRACTL_END; |
11363 | |
11364 | if ((_cbSig == 0) || (_pSig == NULL)) |
11365 | return NULL; |
11366 | |
11367 | TypeSpecBlobEntry sEntry(_cbSig, _pSig); |
11368 | |
11369 | const ProfilingBlobEntry * pEntry = pModule->GetProfilingBlobTable()->Lookup(&sEntry); |
11370 | if (pEntry == NULL) |
11371 | { |
11372 | // |
11373 | // Not Found, add a new type spec profiling blob entry |
11374 | // |
11375 | TypeSpecBlobEntry * newEntry = new (nothrow) TypeSpecBlobEntry(_cbSig, _pSig); |
11376 | if (newEntry == NULL) |
11377 | return NULL; |
11378 | |
11379 | newEntry->newToken(); // Assign a new ibc type spec token |
11380 | CONTRACT_VIOLATION(ThrowsViolation); |
11381 | pModule->GetProfilingBlobTable()->Add(newEntry); |
11382 | pEntry = newEntry; |
11383 | } |
11384 | |
11385 | // |
11386 | // Return the type spec entry that we found or the new one that we just created |
11387 | // |
11388 | _ASSERTE(pEntry->kind() == ParamTypeSpec); |
11389 | return static_cast<const TypeSpecBlobEntry *>(pEntry); |
11390 | } |
11391 | |
11392 | bool MethodSpecBlobEntry::IsEqual(const ProfilingBlobEntry * other) const |
11393 | { |
11394 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
11395 | |
11396 | if (this->kind() != other->kind()) |
11397 | return false; |
11398 | |
11399 | const MethodSpecBlobEntry * other2 = static_cast<const MethodSpecBlobEntry *>(other); |
11400 | |
11401 | if (this->cbSig() != other2->cbSig()) |
11402 | return false; |
11403 | |
11404 | PCCOR_SIGNATURE p1 = this->pSig(); |
11405 | PCCOR_SIGNATURE p2 = other2->pSig(); |
11406 | |
11407 | for (DWORD i=0; (i < this->cbSig()); i++) |
11408 | if (p1[i] != p2[i]) |
11409 | return false; |
11410 | |
11411 | return true; |
11412 | } |
11413 | |
11414 | size_t MethodSpecBlobEntry::Hash() const |
11415 | { |
11416 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
11417 | |
11418 | size_t hashValue = HashInit(); |
11419 | |
11420 | PCCOR_SIGNATURE p1 = pSig(); |
11421 | for (DWORD i=0; (i < cbSig()); i++) |
11422 | hashValue = HashCombine(hashValue, p1[i]); |
11423 | |
11424 | return hashValue; |
11425 | } |
11426 | |
11427 | MethodSpecBlobEntry::MethodSpecBlobEntry(DWORD _cbSig, PCCOR_SIGNATURE _pSig) |
11428 | { |
11429 | CONTRACTL |
11430 | { |
11431 | NOTHROW; |
11432 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
11433 | PRECONDITION(_cbSig > 0); |
11434 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(_pSig)); |
11435 | } |
11436 | CONTRACTL_END; |
11437 | |
11438 | m_token = idMethodSpecNil; |
11439 | m_flags = 0; |
11440 | m_cbSig = 0; |
11441 | |
11442 | COR_SIGNATURE * pNewSig = (COR_SIGNATURE *) new (nothrow) BYTE[_cbSig]; |
11443 | if (pNewSig != NULL) |
11444 | { |
11445 | m_flags = 0; |
11446 | m_cbSig = _cbSig; |
11447 | memcpy(pNewSig, _pSig, _cbSig); |
11448 | } |
11449 | m_pSig = const_cast<PCCOR_SIGNATURE>(pNewSig); |
11450 | } |
11451 | |
11452 | /* static */ const MethodSpecBlobEntry * MethodSpecBlobEntry::FindOrAdd(PTR_Module pModule, |
11453 | DWORD _cbSig, |
11454 | PCCOR_SIGNATURE _pSig) |
11455 | { |
11456 | CONTRACTL |
11457 | { |
11458 | NOTHROW; |
11459 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
11460 | } |
11461 | CONTRACTL_END; |
11462 | |
11463 | if ((_cbSig == 0) || (_pSig == NULL)) |
11464 | return NULL; |
11465 | |
11466 | MethodSpecBlobEntry sEntry(_cbSig, _pSig); |
11467 | |
11468 | const ProfilingBlobEntry * pEntry = pModule->GetProfilingBlobTable()->Lookup(&sEntry); |
11469 | if (pEntry == NULL) |
11470 | { |
11471 | // |
11472 | // Not Found, add a new method spec profiling blob entry |
11473 | // |
11474 | MethodSpecBlobEntry * newEntry = new (nothrow) MethodSpecBlobEntry(_cbSig, _pSig); |
11475 | if (newEntry == NULL) |
11476 | return NULL; |
11477 | |
11478 | newEntry->newToken(); // Assign a new ibc method spec token |
11479 | CONTRACT_VIOLATION(ThrowsViolation); |
11480 | pModule->GetProfilingBlobTable()->Add(newEntry); |
11481 | pEntry = newEntry; |
11482 | } |
11483 | |
11484 | // |
11485 | // Return the method spec entry that we found or the new one that we just created |
11486 | // |
11487 | _ASSERTE(pEntry->kind() == ParamMethodSpec); |
11488 | return static_cast<const MethodSpecBlobEntry *>(pEntry); |
11489 | } |
11490 | |
11491 | bool ExternalNamespaceBlobEntry::IsEqual(const ProfilingBlobEntry * other) const |
11492 | { |
11493 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
11494 | |
11495 | if (this->kind() != other->kind()) |
11496 | return false; |
11497 | |
11498 | const ExternalNamespaceBlobEntry * other2 = static_cast<const ExternalNamespaceBlobEntry *>(other); |
11499 | |
11500 | if (this->cbName() != other2->cbName()) |
11501 | return false; |
11502 | |
11503 | LPCSTR p1 = this->pName(); |
11504 | LPCSTR p2 = other2->pName(); |
11505 | |
11506 | for (DWORD i=0; (i < this->cbName()); i++) |
11507 | if (p1[i] != p2[i]) |
11508 | return false; |
11509 | |
11510 | return true; |
11511 | } |
11512 | |
11513 | size_t ExternalNamespaceBlobEntry::Hash() const |
11514 | { |
11515 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
11516 | |
11517 | size_t hashValue = HashInit(); |
11518 | |
11519 | LPCSTR p1 = pName(); |
11520 | for (DWORD i=0; (i < cbName()); i++) |
11521 | hashValue = HashCombine(hashValue, p1[i]); |
11522 | |
11523 | return hashValue; |
11524 | } |
11525 | |
11526 | ExternalNamespaceBlobEntry::ExternalNamespaceBlobEntry(LPCSTR _pName) |
11527 | { |
11528 | CONTRACTL |
11529 | { |
11530 | NOTHROW; |
11531 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
11532 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(_pName)); |
11533 | } |
11534 | CONTRACTL_END; |
11535 | |
11536 | m_token = idExternalNamespaceNil; |
11537 | m_cbName = 0; |
11538 | m_pName = NULL; |
11539 | |
11540 | DWORD _cbName = (DWORD) strlen(_pName) + 1; |
11541 | LPSTR * pName = (LPSTR *) new (nothrow) CHAR[_cbName]; |
11542 | if (pName != NULL) |
11543 | { |
11544 | m_cbName = _cbName; |
11545 | memcpy(pName, _pName, _cbName); |
11546 | m_pName = (LPCSTR) pName; |
11547 | } |
11548 | } |
11549 | |
11550 | /* static */ const ExternalNamespaceBlobEntry * ExternalNamespaceBlobEntry::FindOrAdd(PTR_Module pModule, LPCSTR _pName) |
11551 | { |
11552 | CONTRACTL |
11553 | { |
11554 | NOTHROW; |
11555 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
11556 | } |
11557 | CONTRACTL_END; |
11558 | |
11559 | if ((_pName == NULL) || (::strlen(_pName) == 0)) |
11560 | return NULL; |
11561 | |
11562 | ExternalNamespaceBlobEntry sEntry(_pName); |
11563 | |
11564 | const ProfilingBlobEntry * pEntry = pModule->GetProfilingBlobTable()->Lookup(&sEntry); |
11565 | if (pEntry == NULL) |
11566 | { |
11567 | // |
11568 | // Not Found, add a new external namespace blob entry |
11569 | // |
11570 | ExternalNamespaceBlobEntry * newEntry = new (nothrow) ExternalNamespaceBlobEntry(_pName); |
11571 | if (newEntry == NULL) |
11572 | return NULL; |
11573 | |
11574 | newEntry->newToken(); // Assign a new ibc external namespace token |
11575 | CONTRACT_VIOLATION(ThrowsViolation); |
11576 | pModule->GetProfilingBlobTable()->Add(newEntry); |
11577 | pEntry = newEntry; |
11578 | } |
11579 | |
11580 | // |
11581 | // Return the external namespace entry that we found or the new one that we just created |
11582 | // |
11583 | _ASSERTE(pEntry->kind() == ExternalNamespaceDef); |
11584 | return static_cast<const ExternalNamespaceBlobEntry *>(pEntry); |
11585 | } |
11586 | |
11587 | bool ExternalTypeBlobEntry::IsEqual(const ProfilingBlobEntry * other) const |
11588 | { |
11589 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
11590 | |
11591 | if (this->kind() != other->kind()) |
11592 | return false; |
11593 | |
11594 | const ExternalTypeBlobEntry * other2 = static_cast<const ExternalTypeBlobEntry *>(other); |
11595 | |
11596 | if (this->assemblyRef() != other2->assemblyRef()) |
11597 | return false; |
11598 | |
11599 | if (this->nestedClass() != other2->nestedClass()) |
11600 | return false; |
11601 | |
11602 | if (this->nameSpace() != other2->nameSpace()) |
11603 | return false; |
11604 | |
11605 | if (this->cbName() != other2->cbName()) |
11606 | return false; |
11607 | |
11608 | LPCSTR p1 = this->pName(); |
11609 | LPCSTR p2 = other2->pName(); |
11610 | |
11611 | for (DWORD i=0; (i < this->cbName()); i++) |
11612 | if (p1[i] != p2[i]) |
11613 | return false; |
11614 | |
11615 | return true; |
11616 | } |
11617 | |
11618 | size_t ExternalTypeBlobEntry::Hash() const |
11619 | { |
11620 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
11621 | |
11622 | size_t hashValue = HashInit(); |
11623 | |
11624 | hashValue = HashCombine(hashValue, assemblyRef()); |
11625 | hashValue = HashCombine(hashValue, nestedClass()); |
11626 | hashValue = HashCombine(hashValue, nameSpace()); |
11627 | |
11628 | LPCSTR p1 = pName(); |
11629 | |
11630 | for (DWORD i=0; (i < cbName()); i++) |
11631 | hashValue = HashCombine(hashValue, p1[i]); |
11632 | |
11633 | return hashValue; |
11634 | } |
11635 | |
11636 | ExternalTypeBlobEntry::ExternalTypeBlobEntry(mdToken _assemblyRef, |
11637 | mdToken _nestedClass, |
11638 | mdToken _nameSpace, |
11639 | LPCSTR _pName) |
11640 | { |
11641 | CONTRACTL |
11642 | { |
11643 | NOTHROW; |
11644 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
11645 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(_pName)); |
11646 | } |
11647 | CONTRACTL_END; |
11648 | |
11649 | m_token = idExternalTypeNil; |
11650 | m_assemblyRef = mdAssemblyRefNil; |
11651 | m_nestedClass = idExternalTypeNil; |
11652 | m_nameSpace = idExternalNamespaceNil; |
11653 | m_cbName = 0; |
11654 | m_pName = NULL; |
11655 | |
11656 | DWORD _cbName = (DWORD) strlen(_pName) + 1; |
11657 | LPSTR * pName = (LPSTR *) new (nothrow) CHAR[_cbName]; |
11658 | if (pName != NULL) |
11659 | { |
11660 | m_assemblyRef = _assemblyRef; |
11661 | m_nestedClass = _nestedClass; |
11662 | m_nameSpace = _nameSpace; |
11663 | m_cbName = _cbName; |
11664 | memcpy(pName, _pName, _cbName); |
11665 | m_pName = (LPCSTR) pName; |
11666 | } |
11667 | } |
11668 | |
11669 | /* static */ const ExternalTypeBlobEntry * ExternalTypeBlobEntry::FindOrAdd(PTR_Module pModule, |
11670 | mdToken _assemblyRef, |
11671 | mdToken _nestedClass, |
11672 | mdToken _nameSpace, |
11673 | LPCSTR _pName) |
11674 | { |
11675 | CONTRACTL |
11676 | { |
11677 | NOTHROW; |
11678 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
11679 | } |
11680 | CONTRACTL_END; |
11681 | |
11682 | if ((_pName == NULL) || (::strlen(_pName) == 0)) |
11683 | return NULL; |
11684 | |
11685 | ExternalTypeBlobEntry sEntry(_assemblyRef, _nestedClass, _nameSpace, _pName); |
11686 | |
11687 | const ProfilingBlobEntry * pEntry = pModule->GetProfilingBlobTable()->Lookup(&sEntry); |
11688 | if (pEntry == NULL) |
11689 | { |
11690 | // |
11691 | // Not Found, add a new external type blob entry |
11692 | // |
11693 | ExternalTypeBlobEntry * newEntry = new (nothrow) ExternalTypeBlobEntry(_assemblyRef, _nestedClass, _nameSpace, _pName); |
11694 | if (newEntry == NULL) |
11695 | return NULL; |
11696 | |
11697 | newEntry->newToken(); // Assign a new ibc external type token |
11698 | CONTRACT_VIOLATION(ThrowsViolation); |
11699 | pModule->GetProfilingBlobTable()->Add(newEntry); |
11700 | pEntry = newEntry; |
11701 | } |
11702 | |
11703 | // |
11704 | // Return the external type entry that we found or the new one that we just created |
11705 | // |
11706 | _ASSERTE(pEntry->kind() == ExternalTypeDef); |
11707 | return static_cast<const ExternalTypeBlobEntry *>(pEntry); |
11708 | } |
11709 | |
11710 | bool ExternalSignatureBlobEntry::IsEqual(const ProfilingBlobEntry * other) const |
11711 | { |
11712 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
11713 | |
11714 | if (this->kind() != other->kind()) |
11715 | return false; |
11716 | |
11717 | const ExternalSignatureBlobEntry * other2 = static_cast<const ExternalSignatureBlobEntry *>(other); |
11718 | |
11719 | if (this->cbSig() != other2->cbSig()) |
11720 | return false; |
11721 | |
11722 | PCCOR_SIGNATURE p1 = this->pSig(); |
11723 | PCCOR_SIGNATURE p2 = other2->pSig(); |
11724 | |
11725 | for (DWORD i=0; (i < this->cbSig()); i++) |
11726 | if (p1[i] != p2[i]) |
11727 | return false; |
11728 | |
11729 | return true; |
11730 | } |
11731 | |
11732 | size_t ExternalSignatureBlobEntry::Hash() const |
11733 | { |
11734 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
11735 | |
11736 | size_t hashValue = HashInit(); |
11737 | |
11738 | hashValue = HashCombine(hashValue, cbSig()); |
11739 | |
11740 | PCCOR_SIGNATURE p1 = pSig(); |
11741 | |
11742 | for (DWORD i=0; (i < cbSig()); i++) |
11743 | hashValue = HashCombine(hashValue, p1[i]); |
11744 | |
11745 | return hashValue; |
11746 | } |
11747 | |
11748 | ExternalSignatureBlobEntry::ExternalSignatureBlobEntry(DWORD _cbSig, PCCOR_SIGNATURE _pSig) |
11749 | { |
11750 | CONTRACTL |
11751 | { |
11752 | NOTHROW; |
11753 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
11754 | PRECONDITION(_cbSig > 0); |
11755 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(_pSig)); |
11756 | } |
11757 | CONTRACTL_END; |
11758 | |
11759 | m_token = idExternalSignatureNil; |
11760 | m_cbSig = 0; |
11761 | |
11762 | COR_SIGNATURE * pNewSig = (COR_SIGNATURE *) new (nothrow) BYTE[_cbSig]; |
11763 | if (pNewSig != NULL) |
11764 | { |
11765 | m_cbSig = _cbSig; |
11766 | memcpy(pNewSig, _pSig, _cbSig); |
11767 | } |
11768 | m_pSig = const_cast<PCCOR_SIGNATURE>(pNewSig); |
11769 | } |
11770 | |
11771 | /* static */ const ExternalSignatureBlobEntry * ExternalSignatureBlobEntry::FindOrAdd(PTR_Module pModule, |
11772 | DWORD _cbSig, |
11773 | PCCOR_SIGNATURE _pSig) |
11774 | { |
11775 | CONTRACTL |
11776 | { |
11777 | NOTHROW; |
11778 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
11779 | } |
11780 | CONTRACTL_END; |
11781 | |
11782 | if ((_cbSig == 0) || (_pSig == NULL)) |
11783 | return NULL; |
11784 | |
11785 | ExternalSignatureBlobEntry sEntry(_cbSig, _pSig); |
11786 | |
11787 | const ProfilingBlobEntry * pEntry = pModule->GetProfilingBlobTable()->Lookup(&sEntry); |
11788 | if (pEntry == NULL) |
11789 | { |
11790 | // |
11791 | // Not Found, add a new external signature blob entry |
11792 | // |
11793 | ExternalSignatureBlobEntry * newEntry = new (nothrow) ExternalSignatureBlobEntry(_cbSig, _pSig); |
11794 | if (newEntry == NULL) |
11795 | return NULL; |
11796 | |
11797 | newEntry->newToken(); // Assign a new ibc external signature token |
11798 | CONTRACT_VIOLATION(ThrowsViolation); |
11799 | pModule->GetProfilingBlobTable()->Add(newEntry); |
11800 | pEntry = newEntry; |
11801 | } |
11802 | |
11803 | // |
11804 | // Return the external signature entry that we found or the new one that we just created |
11805 | // |
11806 | _ASSERTE(pEntry->kind() == ExternalSignatureDef); |
11807 | return static_cast<const ExternalSignatureBlobEntry *>(pEntry); |
11808 | } |
11809 | |
11810 | bool ExternalMethodBlobEntry::IsEqual(const ProfilingBlobEntry * other) const |
11811 | { |
11812 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
11813 | |
11814 | if (this->kind() != other->kind()) |
11815 | return false; |
11816 | |
11817 | const ExternalMethodBlobEntry * other2 = static_cast<const ExternalMethodBlobEntry *>(other); |
11818 | |
11819 | if (this->nestedClass() != other2->nestedClass()) |
11820 | return false; |
11821 | |
11822 | if (this->signature() != other2->signature()) |
11823 | return false; |
11824 | |
11825 | if (this->cbName() != other2->cbName()) |
11826 | return false; |
11827 | |
11828 | LPCSTR p1 = this->pName(); |
11829 | LPCSTR p2 = other2->pName(); |
11830 | |
11831 | for (DWORD i=0; (i < this->cbName()); i++) |
11832 | if (p1[i] != p2[i]) |
11833 | return false; |
11834 | |
11835 | return true; |
11836 | } |
11837 | |
11838 | size_t ExternalMethodBlobEntry::Hash() const |
11839 | { |
11840 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
11841 | |
11842 | size_t hashValue = HashInit(); |
11843 | |
11844 | hashValue = HashCombine(hashValue, nestedClass()); |
11845 | hashValue = HashCombine(hashValue, signature()); |
11846 | |
11847 | LPCSTR p1 = pName(); |
11848 | |
11849 | for (DWORD i=0; (i < cbName()); i++) |
11850 | hashValue = HashCombine(hashValue, p1[i]); |
11851 | |
11852 | return hashValue; |
11853 | } |
11854 | |
11855 | ExternalMethodBlobEntry::ExternalMethodBlobEntry(mdToken _nestedClass, |
11856 | mdToken _signature, |
11857 | LPCSTR _pName) |
11858 | { |
11859 | CONTRACTL |
11860 | { |
11861 | NOTHROW; |
11862 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
11863 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(_pName)); |
11864 | } |
11865 | CONTRACTL_END; |
11866 | |
11867 | m_token = idExternalMethodNil; |
11868 | m_nestedClass = idExternalTypeNil; |
11869 | m_signature = idExternalSignatureNil; |
11870 | m_cbName = 0; |
11871 | |
11872 | DWORD _cbName = (DWORD) strlen(_pName) + 1; |
11873 | LPSTR * pName = (LPSTR *) new (nothrow) CHAR[_cbName]; |
11874 | if (pName != NULL) |
11875 | { |
11876 | m_nestedClass = _nestedClass; |
11877 | m_signature = _signature; |
11878 | m_cbName = _cbName; |
11879 | memcpy(pName, _pName, _cbName); |
11880 | m_pName = (LPSTR) pName; |
11881 | } |
11882 | } |
11883 | |
11884 | /* static */ const ExternalMethodBlobEntry * ExternalMethodBlobEntry::FindOrAdd( |
11885 | PTR_Module pModule, |
11886 | mdToken _nestedClass, |
11887 | mdToken _signature, |
11888 | LPCSTR _pName) |
11889 | { |
11890 | CONTRACTL |
11891 | { |
11892 | NOTHROW; |
11893 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
11894 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(_pName)); |
11895 | } |
11896 | CONTRACTL_END; |
11897 | |
11898 | if ((_pName == NULL) || (::strlen(_pName) == 0)) |
11899 | return NULL; |
11900 | |
11901 | ExternalMethodBlobEntry sEntry(_nestedClass, _signature, _pName); |
11902 | |
11903 | const ProfilingBlobEntry * pEntry = pModule->GetProfilingBlobTable()->Lookup(&sEntry); |
11904 | if (pEntry == NULL) |
11905 | { |
11906 | // |
11907 | // Not Found, add a new external type blob entry |
11908 | // |
11909 | ExternalMethodBlobEntry * newEntry; |
11910 | newEntry = new (nothrow) ExternalMethodBlobEntry(_nestedClass, _signature, _pName); |
11911 | if (newEntry == NULL) |
11912 | return NULL; |
11913 | |
11914 | newEntry->newToken(); // Assign a new ibc external method token |
11915 | CONTRACT_VIOLATION(ThrowsViolation); |
11916 | pModule->GetProfilingBlobTable()->Add(newEntry); |
11917 | pEntry = newEntry; |
11918 | } |
11919 | |
11920 | // |
11921 | // Return the external method entry that we found or the new one that we just created |
11922 | // |
11923 | _ASSERTE(pEntry->kind() == ExternalMethodDef); |
11924 | return static_cast<const ExternalMethodBlobEntry *>(pEntry); |
11925 | } |
11926 | |
11927 | |
11928 | static bool GetBasename(LPCWSTR _src, __out_ecount(dstlen) __out_z LPWSTR _dst, int dstlen) |
11929 | { |
11930 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
11931 | LPCWSTR src = _src; |
11932 | LPWSTR dst = _dst; |
11933 | |
11934 | if ((src == NULL) || (dstlen <= 0)) |
11935 | return false; |
11936 | |
11937 | bool inQuotes = false; |
11938 | LPWSTR dstLast = dst + (dstlen - 1); |
11939 | while (dst < dstLast) |
11940 | { |
11941 | WCHAR wch = *src++; |
11942 | if (wch == W('"')) |
11943 | { |
11944 | inQuotes = !inQuotes; |
11945 | continue; |
11946 | } |
11947 | |
11948 | if (wch == 0) |
11949 | break; |
11950 | |
11951 | *dst++ = wch; |
11952 | |
11953 | if (!inQuotes) |
11954 | { |
11955 | if ((wch == W('\\')) || (wch == W(':'))) |
11956 | { |
11957 | dst = _dst; |
11958 | } |
11959 | else if (wch == W(' ')) |
11960 | { |
11961 | dst--; |
11962 | break; |
11963 | } |
11964 | } |
11965 | } |
11966 | *dst++ = 0; |
11967 | return true; |
11968 | } |
11969 | |
11970 | static void ProfileDataAllocateScenarioInfo(ProfileEmitter * pEmitter, LPCSTR scopeName, GUID* pMvid) |
11971 | { |
11972 | CONTRACTL |
11973 | { |
11974 | THROWS; |
11975 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
11976 | MODE_ANY; |
11977 | INJECT_FAULT(COMPlusThrowOM()); |
11978 | } |
11979 | CONTRACTL_END; |
11980 | |
11981 | ProfileMap *profileMap = pEmitter->EmitNewSection(ScenarioInfo); |
11982 | |
11983 | // |
11984 | // Allocate and initialize the scenario info section |
11985 | // |
11986 | { |
11987 | CORBBTPROF_SCENARIO_INFO_SECTION_HEADER *siHeader; |
11988 | siHeader = (CORBBTPROF_SCENARIO_INFO_SECTION_HEADER *) profileMap->Allocate(sizeof(CORBBTPROF_SCENARIO_INFO_SECTION_HEADER)); |
11989 | |
11990 | siHeader->NumScenarios = 1; |
11991 | siHeader->TotalNumRuns = 1; |
11992 | } |
11993 | |
11994 | // |
11995 | // Allocate and initialize the scenario header section |
11996 | // |
11997 | { |
11998 | LPCWSTR pCmdLine = GetCommandLineW(); |
11999 | S_SIZE_T cCmdLine = S_SIZE_T(wcslen(pCmdLine)); |
12000 | cCmdLine += 1; |
12001 | if (cCmdLine.IsOverflow()) |
12002 | { |
12003 | ThrowHR(COR_E_OVERFLOW); |
12004 | } |
12005 | |
12006 | LPCWSTR pSystemInfo = W("<machine,OS>" ); |
12007 | S_SIZE_T cSystemInfo = S_SIZE_T(wcslen(pSystemInfo)); |
12008 | cSystemInfo += 1; |
12009 | if (cSystemInfo.IsOverflow()) |
12010 | { |
12011 | ThrowHR(COR_E_OVERFLOW); |
12012 | } |
12013 | |
12014 | FILETIME runTime, unused1, unused2, unused3; |
12015 | GetProcessTimes(GetCurrentProcess(), &runTime, &unused1, &unused2, &unused3); |
12016 | |
12017 | WCHAR scenarioName[256]; |
12018 | GetBasename(pCmdLine, &scenarioName[0], 256); |
12019 | |
12020 | LPCWSTR pName = &scenarioName[0]; |
12021 | S_SIZE_T cName = S_SIZE_T(wcslen(pName)); |
12022 | cName += 1; |
12023 | if (cName.IsOverflow()) |
12024 | { |
12025 | ThrowHR(COR_E_OVERFLOW); |
12026 | } |
12027 | |
12028 | S_SIZE_T sizeHeader = S_SIZE_T(sizeof(CORBBTPROF_SCENARIO_HEADER)); |
12029 | sizeHeader += cName * S_SIZE_T(sizeof(WCHAR)); |
12030 | if (sizeHeader.IsOverflow()) |
12031 | { |
12032 | ThrowHR(COR_E_OVERFLOW); |
12033 | } |
12034 | |
12035 | S_SIZE_T sizeRun = S_SIZE_T(sizeof(CORBBTPROF_SCENARIO_RUN)); |
12036 | sizeRun += cCmdLine * S_SIZE_T(sizeof(WCHAR)); |
12037 | sizeRun += cSystemInfo * S_SIZE_T(sizeof(WCHAR)); |
12038 | if (sizeRun.IsOverflow()) |
12039 | { |
12040 | ThrowHR(COR_E_OVERFLOW); |
12041 | } |
12042 | |
12043 | // |
12044 | // Allocate the Scenario Header struct |
12045 | // |
12046 | SIZE_T sHeaderOffset; |
12047 | { |
12048 | CORBBTPROF_SCENARIO_HEADER *sHeader; |
12049 | S_SIZE_T sHeaderSize = sizeHeader + sizeRun; |
12050 | if (sHeaderSize.IsOverflow()) |
12051 | { |
12052 | ThrowHR(COR_E_OVERFLOW); |
12053 | } |
12054 | |
12055 | sHeaderOffset = profileMap->getCurrentOffset(); |
12056 | sHeader = (CORBBTPROF_SCENARIO_HEADER *) profileMap->Allocate(sizeHeader.Value()); |
12057 | |
12058 | sHeader->size = sHeaderSize.Value(); |
12059 | sHeader->scenario.ordinal = 1; |
12060 | sHeader->scenario.mask = 1; |
12061 | sHeader->scenario.priority = 0; |
12062 | sHeader->scenario.numRuns = 1; |
12063 | sHeader->scenario.cName = cName.Value(); |
12064 | wcscpy_s(sHeader->scenario.name, cName.Value(), pName); |
12065 | } |
12066 | |
12067 | // |
12068 | // Allocate the Scenario Run struct |
12069 | // |
12070 | { |
12071 | CORBBTPROF_SCENARIO_RUN *sRun; |
12072 | sRun = (CORBBTPROF_SCENARIO_RUN *) profileMap->Allocate(sizeRun.Value()); |
12073 | |
12074 | sRun->runTime = runTime; |
12075 | sRun->mvid = *pMvid; |
12076 | sRun->cCmdLine = cCmdLine.Value(); |
12077 | sRun->cSystemInfo = cSystemInfo.Value(); |
12078 | wcscpy_s(sRun->cmdLine, cCmdLine.Value(), pCmdLine); |
12079 | wcscpy_s(sRun->cmdLine+cCmdLine.Value(), cSystemInfo.Value(), pSystemInfo); |
12080 | } |
12081 | #ifdef _DEBUG |
12082 | { |
12083 | CORBBTPROF_SCENARIO_HEADER * sHeader; |
12084 | sHeader = (CORBBTPROF_SCENARIO_HEADER *) profileMap->getOffsetPtr(sHeaderOffset); |
12085 | assert(sHeader->size == sHeader->Size()); |
12086 | } |
12087 | #endif |
12088 | } |
12089 | } |
12090 | |
12091 | static void ProfileDataAllocateMethodBlockCounts(ProfileEmitter * pEmitter, CORCOMPILE_METHOD_PROFILE_LIST * pMethodProfileListHead) |
12092 | { |
12093 | CONTRACTL |
12094 | { |
12095 | THROWS; |
12096 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
12097 | MODE_ANY; |
12098 | INJECT_FAULT(COMPlusThrowOM()); |
12099 | } |
12100 | CONTRACTL_END; |
12101 | |
12102 | ProfileMap *profileMap = pEmitter->EmitNewSection(MethodBlockCounts); |
12103 | |
12104 | // |
12105 | // Allocate and initialize the method block count section |
12106 | // |
12107 | SIZE_T mbcHeaderOffset; |
12108 | { |
12109 | CORBBTPROF_METHOD_BLOCK_COUNTS_SECTION_HEADER *mbcHeader; |
12110 | mbcHeaderOffset = profileMap->getCurrentOffset(); |
12111 | mbcHeader = (CORBBTPROF_METHOD_BLOCK_COUNTS_SECTION_HEADER *) |
12112 | profileMap->Allocate(sizeof(CORBBTPROF_METHOD_BLOCK_COUNTS_SECTION_HEADER)); |
12113 | mbcHeader->NumMethods = 0; // This gets filled in later |
12114 | } |
12115 | |
12116 | ULONG numMethods = 0; // We count the number of methods that were executed |
12117 | |
12118 | for (CORCOMPILE_METHOD_PROFILE_LIST * methodProfileList = pMethodProfileListHead; |
12119 | methodProfileList; |
12120 | methodProfileList = methodProfileList->next) |
12121 | { |
12122 | CORBBTPROF_METHOD_HEADER * pInfo = methodProfileList->GetInfo(); |
12123 | |
12124 | assert(pInfo->size == pInfo->Size()); |
12125 | |
12126 | // |
12127 | // We set methodWasExecuted based upon the ExecutionCount of the very first block |
12128 | // |
12129 | bool methodWasExecuted = (pInfo->method.block[0].ExecutionCount > 0); |
12130 | |
12131 | // |
12132 | // If the method was not executed then we don't need to output this methods block counts |
12133 | // |
12134 | SIZE_T methodHeaderOffset; |
12135 | if (methodWasExecuted) |
12136 | { |
12137 | DWORD profileDataSize = pInfo->size; |
12138 | methodHeaderOffset = profileMap->getCurrentOffset(); |
12139 | CORBBTPROF_METHOD_HEADER *methodHeader = (CORBBTPROF_METHOD_HEADER *) profileMap->Allocate(profileDataSize); |
12140 | memcpy(methodHeader, pInfo, profileDataSize); |
12141 | numMethods++; |
12142 | } |
12143 | |
12144 | // Reset all of the basic block counts to zero |
12145 | for (ULONG i=0; (i < pInfo->method.cBlock); i++ ) |
12146 | { |
12147 | // |
12148 | // If methodWasExecuted is false then every block's ExecutionCount should also be zero |
12149 | // |
12150 | _ASSERTE(methodWasExecuted || (pInfo->method.block[i].ExecutionCount == 0)); |
12151 | |
12152 | pInfo->method.block[i].ExecutionCount = 0; |
12153 | } |
12154 | } |
12155 | |
12156 | { |
12157 | CORBBTPROF_METHOD_BLOCK_COUNTS_SECTION_HEADER *mbcHeader; |
12158 | // We have to refetch the mbcHeader as calls to Allocate will resize and thus move the mbcHeader |
12159 | mbcHeader = (CORBBTPROF_METHOD_BLOCK_COUNTS_SECTION_HEADER *) profileMap->getOffsetPtr(mbcHeaderOffset); |
12160 | mbcHeader->NumMethods = numMethods; |
12161 | } |
12162 | } |
12163 | |
12164 | /*static*/ void Module::ProfileDataAllocateTokenLists(ProfileEmitter * pEmitter, Module::TokenProfileData* pTokenProfileData) |
12165 | { |
12166 | CONTRACTL |
12167 | { |
12168 | THROWS; |
12169 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
12170 | MODE_ANY; |
12171 | INJECT_FAULT(COMPlusThrowOM()); |
12172 | } |
12173 | CONTRACTL_END; |
12174 | |
12175 | // |
12176 | // Allocate and initialize the token list sections |
12177 | // |
12178 | if (pTokenProfileData) |
12179 | { |
12180 | for (int format = 0; format < (int)SectionFormatCount; format++) |
12181 | { |
12182 | CQuickArray<CORBBTPROF_TOKEN_INFO> *pTokenArray = &(pTokenProfileData->m_formats[format].tokenArray); |
12183 | |
12184 | if (pTokenArray->Size() != 0) |
12185 | { |
12186 | ProfileMap * profileMap = pEmitter->EmitNewSection((SectionFormat) format); |
12187 | |
12188 | CORBBTPROF_TOKEN_LIST_SECTION_HEADER *header; |
12189 | header = (CORBBTPROF_TOKEN_LIST_SECTION_HEADER *) |
12190 | profileMap->Allocate(sizeof(CORBBTPROF_TOKEN_LIST_SECTION_HEADER) + |
12191 | pTokenArray->Size() * sizeof(CORBBTPROF_TOKEN_INFO)); |
12192 | |
12193 | header->NumTokens = pTokenArray->Size(); |
12194 | memcpy( (header + 1), &((*pTokenArray)[0]), pTokenArray->Size() * sizeof(CORBBTPROF_TOKEN_INFO)); |
12195 | |
12196 | // Reset the collected tokens |
12197 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < CORBBTPROF_TOKEN_MAX_NUM_FLAGS; i++) |
12198 | { |
12199 | pTokenProfileData->m_formats[format].tokenBitmaps[i].Reset(); |
12200 | } |
12201 | pTokenProfileData->m_formats[format].tokenArray.ReSizeNoThrow(0); |
12202 | } |
12203 | } |
12204 | } |
12205 | } |
12206 | |
12207 | static void ProfileDataAllocateTokenDefinitions(ProfileEmitter * pEmitter, Module * pModule) |
12208 | { |
12209 | CONTRACTL |
12210 | { |
12211 | THROWS; |
12212 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
12213 | MODE_ANY; |
12214 | INJECT_FAULT(COMPlusThrowOM()); |
12215 | } |
12216 | CONTRACTL_END; |
12217 | |
12218 | // |
12219 | // Allocate and initialize the ibc token definition section (aka the Blob stream) |
12220 | // |
12221 | ProfileMap * profileMap = pEmitter->EmitNewSection(BlobStream); |
12222 | |
12223 | // Compute the size of the metadata section: |
12224 | // It is the sum of all of the Metadata Profile pool entries |
12225 | // plus the sum of all of the Param signature entries |
12226 | // |
12227 | size_t totalSize = 0; |
12228 | |
12229 | for (ProfilingBlobTable::Iterator cur = pModule->GetProfilingBlobTable()->Begin(), |
12230 | end = pModule->GetProfilingBlobTable()->End(); |
12231 | (cur != end); |
12232 | cur++) |
12233 | { |
12234 | const ProfilingBlobEntry * pEntry = *cur; |
12235 | size_t blobElementSize = pEntry->varSize(); |
12236 | switch (pEntry->kind()) { |
12237 | case ParamTypeSpec: |
12238 | case ParamMethodSpec: |
12239 | blobElementSize += sizeof(CORBBTPROF_BLOB_PARAM_SIG_ENTRY); |
12240 | break; |
12241 | |
12242 | case ExternalNamespaceDef: |
12243 | blobElementSize += sizeof(CORBBTPROF_BLOB_NAMESPACE_DEF_ENTRY); |
12244 | break; |
12245 | |
12246 | case ExternalTypeDef: |
12247 | blobElementSize += sizeof(CORBBTPROF_BLOB_TYPE_DEF_ENTRY); |
12248 | break; |
12249 | |
12250 | case ExternalSignatureDef: |
12251 | blobElementSize += sizeof(CORBBTPROF_BLOB_SIGNATURE_DEF_ENTRY); |
12252 | break; |
12253 | |
12254 | case ExternalMethodDef: |
12255 | blobElementSize += sizeof(CORBBTPROF_BLOB_METHOD_DEF_ENTRY); |
12256 | break; |
12257 | |
12258 | default: |
12259 | _ASSERTE(!"Unexpected blob type" ); |
12260 | break; |
12261 | } |
12262 | totalSize += blobElementSize; |
12263 | } |
12264 | |
12265 | profileMap->Allocate(totalSize); |
12266 | |
12267 | size_t currentPos = 0; |
12268 | |
12269 | // Traverse each element and record it |
12270 | size_t blobElementSize = 0; |
12271 | for (ProfilingBlobTable::Iterator cur = pModule->GetProfilingBlobTable()->Begin(), |
12272 | end = pModule->GetProfilingBlobTable()->End(); |
12273 | (cur != end); |
12274 | cur++, currentPos += blobElementSize) |
12275 | { |
12276 | const ProfilingBlobEntry * pEntry = *cur; |
12277 | blobElementSize = pEntry->varSize(); |
12278 | void *profileData = profileMap->getOffsetPtr(currentPos); |
12279 | |
12280 | switch (pEntry->kind()) { |
12281 | case ParamTypeSpec: |
12282 | { |
12283 | CORBBTPROF_BLOB_PARAM_SIG_ENTRY * bProfileData = (CORBBTPROF_BLOB_PARAM_SIG_ENTRY*) profileData; |
12284 | const TypeSpecBlobEntry * typeSpecBlobEntry = static_cast<const TypeSpecBlobEntry *>(pEntry); |
12285 | |
12286 | blobElementSize += sizeof(CORBBTPROF_BLOB_PARAM_SIG_ENTRY); |
12287 | bProfileData->blob.size = static_cast<DWORD>(blobElementSize); |
12288 | bProfileData->blob.type = typeSpecBlobEntry->kind(); |
12289 | bProfileData->blob.token = typeSpecBlobEntry->token(); |
12290 | _ASSERTE(typeSpecBlobEntry->cbSig() > 0); |
12291 | bProfileData->cSig = typeSpecBlobEntry->cbSig(); |
12292 | memcpy(&bProfileData->sig[0], typeSpecBlobEntry->pSig(), typeSpecBlobEntry->cbSig()); |
12293 | break; |
12294 | } |
12295 | |
12296 | case ParamMethodSpec: |
12297 | { |
12298 | CORBBTPROF_BLOB_PARAM_SIG_ENTRY * bProfileData = (CORBBTPROF_BLOB_PARAM_SIG_ENTRY*) profileData; |
12299 | const MethodSpecBlobEntry * methodSpecBlobEntry = static_cast<const MethodSpecBlobEntry *>(pEntry); |
12300 | |
12301 | blobElementSize += sizeof(CORBBTPROF_BLOB_PARAM_SIG_ENTRY); |
12302 | bProfileData->blob.size = static_cast<DWORD>(blobElementSize); |
12303 | bProfileData->blob.type = methodSpecBlobEntry->kind(); |
12304 | bProfileData->blob.token = methodSpecBlobEntry->token(); |
12305 | _ASSERTE(methodSpecBlobEntry->cbSig() > 0); |
12306 | bProfileData->cSig = methodSpecBlobEntry->cbSig(); |
12307 | memcpy(&bProfileData->sig[0], methodSpecBlobEntry->pSig(), methodSpecBlobEntry->cbSig()); |
12308 | break; |
12309 | } |
12310 | |
12311 | case ExternalNamespaceDef: |
12312 | { |
12313 | CORBBTPROF_BLOB_NAMESPACE_DEF_ENTRY * bProfileData = (CORBBTPROF_BLOB_NAMESPACE_DEF_ENTRY*) profileData; |
12314 | const ExternalNamespaceBlobEntry * namespaceBlobEntry = static_cast<const ExternalNamespaceBlobEntry *>(pEntry); |
12315 | |
12316 | blobElementSize += sizeof(CORBBTPROF_BLOB_NAMESPACE_DEF_ENTRY); |
12317 | bProfileData->blob.size = static_cast<DWORD>(blobElementSize); |
12318 | bProfileData->blob.type = namespaceBlobEntry->kind(); |
12319 | bProfileData->blob.token = namespaceBlobEntry->token(); |
12320 | _ASSERTE(namespaceBlobEntry->cbName() > 0); |
12321 | bProfileData->cName = namespaceBlobEntry->cbName(); |
12322 | memcpy(&bProfileData->name[0], namespaceBlobEntry->pName(), namespaceBlobEntry->cbName()); |
12323 | break; |
12324 | } |
12325 | |
12326 | case ExternalTypeDef: |
12327 | { |
12328 | CORBBTPROF_BLOB_TYPE_DEF_ENTRY * bProfileData = (CORBBTPROF_BLOB_TYPE_DEF_ENTRY*) profileData; |
12329 | const ExternalTypeBlobEntry * typeBlobEntry = static_cast<const ExternalTypeBlobEntry *>(pEntry); |
12330 | |
12331 | blobElementSize += sizeof(CORBBTPROF_BLOB_TYPE_DEF_ENTRY); |
12332 | bProfileData->blob.size = static_cast<DWORD>(blobElementSize); |
12333 | bProfileData->blob.type = typeBlobEntry->kind(); |
12334 | bProfileData->blob.token = typeBlobEntry->token(); |
12335 | bProfileData->assemblyRefToken = typeBlobEntry->assemblyRef(); |
12336 | bProfileData->nestedClassToken = typeBlobEntry->nestedClass(); |
12337 | bProfileData->nameSpaceToken = typeBlobEntry->nameSpace(); |
12338 | _ASSERTE(typeBlobEntry->cbName() > 0); |
12339 | bProfileData->cName = typeBlobEntry->cbName(); |
12340 | memcpy(&bProfileData->name[0], typeBlobEntry->pName(), typeBlobEntry->cbName()); |
12341 | break; |
12342 | } |
12343 | |
12344 | case ExternalSignatureDef: |
12345 | { |
12346 | CORBBTPROF_BLOB_SIGNATURE_DEF_ENTRY * bProfileData = (CORBBTPROF_BLOB_SIGNATURE_DEF_ENTRY*) profileData; |
12347 | const ExternalSignatureBlobEntry * signatureBlobEntry = static_cast<const ExternalSignatureBlobEntry *>(pEntry); |
12348 | |
12349 | blobElementSize += sizeof(CORBBTPROF_BLOB_SIGNATURE_DEF_ENTRY); |
12350 | bProfileData->blob.size = static_cast<DWORD>(blobElementSize); |
12351 | bProfileData->blob.type = signatureBlobEntry->kind(); |
12352 | bProfileData->blob.token = signatureBlobEntry->token(); |
12353 | _ASSERTE(signatureBlobEntry->cbSig() > 0); |
12354 | bProfileData->cSig = signatureBlobEntry->cbSig(); |
12355 | memcpy(&bProfileData->sig[0], signatureBlobEntry->pSig(), signatureBlobEntry->cbSig()); |
12356 | break; |
12357 | } |
12358 | |
12359 | case ExternalMethodDef: |
12360 | { |
12361 | CORBBTPROF_BLOB_METHOD_DEF_ENTRY * bProfileData = (CORBBTPROF_BLOB_METHOD_DEF_ENTRY*) profileData; |
12362 | const ExternalMethodBlobEntry * methodBlobEntry = static_cast<const ExternalMethodBlobEntry *>(pEntry); |
12363 | |
12364 | blobElementSize += sizeof(CORBBTPROF_BLOB_METHOD_DEF_ENTRY); |
12365 | bProfileData->blob.size = static_cast<DWORD>(blobElementSize); |
12366 | bProfileData->blob.type = methodBlobEntry->kind(); |
12367 | bProfileData->blob.token = methodBlobEntry->token(); |
12368 | bProfileData->nestedClassToken = methodBlobEntry->nestedClass(); |
12369 | bProfileData->signatureToken = methodBlobEntry->signature(); |
12370 | _ASSERTE(methodBlobEntry->cbName() > 0); |
12371 | bProfileData->cName = methodBlobEntry->cbName(); |
12372 | memcpy(&bProfileData->name[0], methodBlobEntry->pName(), methodBlobEntry->cbName()); |
12373 | break; |
12374 | } |
12375 | |
12376 | default: |
12377 | _ASSERTE(!"Unexpected blob type" ); |
12378 | break; |
12379 | } |
12380 | } |
12381 | |
12382 | _ASSERTE(currentPos == totalSize); |
12383 | |
12384 | // Emit a terminating entry with type EndOfBlobStream to mark the end |
12385 | DWORD mdElementSize = sizeof(CORBBTPROF_BLOB_ENTRY); |
12386 | void *profileData = profileMap->Allocate(mdElementSize); |
12387 | memset(profileData, 0, mdElementSize); |
12388 | |
12389 | CORBBTPROF_BLOB_ENTRY* mdProfileData = (CORBBTPROF_BLOB_ENTRY*) profileData; |
12390 | mdProfileData->type = EndOfBlobStream; |
12391 | mdProfileData->size = sizeof(CORBBTPROF_BLOB_ENTRY); |
12392 | } |
12393 | |
12394 | // Responsible for writing out the profile data if the COMPlus_BBInstr |
12395 | // environment variable is set. This is called when the module is unloaded |
12396 | // (usually at shutdown). |
12397 | HRESULT Module::WriteMethodProfileDataLogFile(bool cleanup) |
12398 | { |
12399 | CONTRACTL |
12400 | { |
12401 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
12402 | NOTHROW; |
12403 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
12404 | MODE_ANY; |
12405 | INJECT_FAULT(return E_OUTOFMEMORY;); |
12406 | } |
12407 | CONTRACTL_END; |
12408 | |
12409 | HRESULT hr = S_OK; |
12410 | |
12411 | if (IsResource()) |
12412 | return S_OK; |
12413 | |
12414 | EX_TRY |
12415 | { |
12416 | if (GetAssembly()->IsInstrumented() && (m_pProfilingBlobTable != NULL) && (m_tokenProfileData != NULL)) |
12417 | { |
12418 | ProfileEmitter * pEmitter = new ProfileEmitter(); |
12419 | |
12420 | // Get this ahead of time - metadata access may be logged, which will |
12421 | // take the m_tokenProfileData->crst, which we take a couple lines below |
12422 | LPCSTR pszName; |
12423 | GUID mvid; |
12424 | IfFailThrow(GetMDImport()->GetScopeProps(&pszName, &mvid)); |
12425 | |
12426 | CrstHolder ch(&m_tokenProfileData->crst); |
12427 | |
12428 | // |
12429 | // Create the scenario info section |
12430 | // |
12431 | ProfileDataAllocateScenarioInfo(pEmitter, pszName, &mvid); |
12432 | |
12433 | // |
12434 | // Create the method block count section |
12435 | // |
12436 | ProfileDataAllocateMethodBlockCounts(pEmitter, m_methodProfileList); |
12437 | |
12438 | // |
12439 | // Create the token list sections |
12440 | // |
12441 | ProfileDataAllocateTokenLists(pEmitter, m_tokenProfileData); |
12442 | |
12443 | // |
12444 | // Create the ibc token definition section (aka the Blob stream) |
12445 | // |
12446 | ProfileDataAllocateTokenDefinitions(pEmitter, this); |
12447 | |
12448 | // |
12449 | // Now store the profile data in the ibc file |
12450 | // |
12451 | ProfileMap profileImage; |
12452 | pEmitter->Serialize(&profileImage, mvid); |
12453 | |
12454 | HandleHolder profileDataFile(OpenMethodProfileDataLogFile(mvid)); |
12455 | |
12456 | ULONG count; |
12457 | BOOL result = WriteFile(profileDataFile, profileImage.getOffsetPtr(0), profileImage.getCurrentOffset(), &count, NULL); |
12458 | if (!result || (count != profileImage.getCurrentOffset())) |
12459 | { |
12460 | DWORD lasterror = GetLastError(); |
12461 | _ASSERTE(!"Error writing ibc profile data to file" ); |
12462 | hr = HRESULT_FROM_WIN32(lasterror); |
12463 | } |
12464 | } |
12465 | |
12466 | if (cleanup) |
12467 | { |
12468 | DeleteProfilingData(); |
12469 | } |
12470 | } |
12471 | EX_CATCH |
12472 | { |
12473 | hr = E_FAIL; |
12474 | } |
12475 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions) |
12476 | |
12477 | return hr; |
12478 | } |
12479 | |
12480 | |
12481 | /* static */ |
12482 | void Module::WriteAllModuleProfileData(bool cleanup) |
12483 | { |
12484 | CONTRACTL |
12485 | { |
12486 | NOTHROW; |
12487 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
12488 | MODE_ANY; |
12489 | } |
12490 | CONTRACTL_END; |
12491 | |
12492 | // Iterate over all the app domains; for each one iterator over its |
12493 | // assemblies; for each one iterate over its modules. |
12494 | EX_TRY |
12495 | { |
12496 | AppDomainIterator appDomainIterator(FALSE); |
12497 | while(appDomainIterator.Next()) |
12498 | { |
12499 | AppDomain * appDomain = appDomainIterator.GetDomain(); |
12500 | AppDomain::AssemblyIterator assemblyIterator = appDomain->IterateAssembliesEx( |
12501 | (AssemblyIterationFlags)(kIncludeLoaded | kIncludeExecution)); |
12502 | CollectibleAssemblyHolder<DomainAssembly *> pDomainAssembly; |
12503 | |
12504 | while (assemblyIterator.Next(pDomainAssembly.This())) |
12505 | { |
12506 | DomainModuleIterator i = pDomainAssembly->IterateModules(kModIterIncludeLoaded); |
12507 | while (i.Next()) |
12508 | { |
12509 | /*hr=*/i.GetModule()->WriteMethodProfileDataLogFile(cleanup); |
12510 | } |
12511 | } |
12512 | } |
12513 | } |
12514 | EX_CATCH |
12515 | { } |
12516 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions); |
12517 | } |
12518 | |
12519 | PTR_ProfilingBlobTable Module::GetProfilingBlobTable() |
12520 | { |
12521 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
12522 | return m_pProfilingBlobTable; |
12523 | } |
12524 | |
12525 | void Module::CreateProfilingData() |
12526 | { |
12527 | TokenProfileData *tpd = TokenProfileData::CreateNoThrow(); |
12528 | |
12529 | PVOID pv = InterlockedCompareExchangeT(&m_tokenProfileData, tpd, NULL); |
12530 | if (pv != NULL) |
12531 | { |
12532 | delete tpd; |
12533 | } |
12534 | |
12535 | PTR_ProfilingBlobTable ppbt = new (nothrow) ProfilingBlobTable(); |
12536 | |
12537 | if (ppbt != NULL) |
12538 | { |
12539 | pv = InterlockedCompareExchangeT(&m_pProfilingBlobTable, ppbt, NULL); |
12540 | if (pv != NULL) |
12541 | { |
12542 | delete ppbt; |
12543 | } |
12544 | } |
12545 | } |
12546 | |
12547 | void Module::DeleteProfilingData() |
12548 | { |
12549 | if (m_pProfilingBlobTable != NULL) |
12550 | { |
12551 | for (ProfilingBlobTable::Iterator cur = m_pProfilingBlobTable->Begin(), |
12552 | end = m_pProfilingBlobTable->End(); |
12553 | (cur != end); |
12554 | cur++) |
12555 | { |
12556 | const ProfilingBlobEntry * pCurrentEntry = *cur; |
12557 | delete pCurrentEntry; |
12558 | } |
12559 | delete m_pProfilingBlobTable; |
12560 | m_pProfilingBlobTable = NULL; |
12561 | } |
12562 | |
12563 | if (m_tokenProfileData != NULL) |
12564 | { |
12565 | delete m_tokenProfileData; |
12566 | m_tokenProfileData = NULL; |
12567 | } |
12568 | |
12569 | // the metadataProfileData is free'ed in destructor of the corresponding MetaDataTracker |
12570 | } |
12571 | #endif //FEATURE_PREJIT |
12572 | |
12573 | void Module::SetIsIJWFixedUp() |
12574 | { |
12575 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
12576 | FastInterlockOr(&m_dwTransientFlags, IS_IJW_FIXED_UP); |
12577 | } |
12578 | |
12579 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT |
12580 | /* static */ |
12581 | Module::TokenProfileData *Module::TokenProfileData::CreateNoThrow(void) |
12582 | { |
12583 | STATIC_CONTRACT_NOTHROW; |
12584 | |
12585 | TokenProfileData *tpd = NULL; |
12586 | |
12587 | EX_TRY |
12588 | { |
12589 | // |
12590 | // This constructor calls crst.Init(), which may throw. So putting (nothrow) doesn't |
12591 | // do what we would want it to. Thus I wrap it here in a TRY/CATCH and revert to NULL |
12592 | // if it fails. |
12593 | // |
12594 | tpd = new TokenProfileData(); |
12595 | } |
12596 | EX_CATCH |
12597 | { |
12598 | tpd = NULL; |
12599 | } |
12600 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions); |
12601 | |
12602 | return tpd; |
12603 | } |
12604 | |
12605 | #endif // FEATURE_PREJIT |
12606 | |
12607 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE |
12608 | |
12609 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
12610 | void Module::SetBeingUnloaded() |
12611 | { |
12612 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
12613 | FastInterlockOr((ULONG*)&m_dwTransientFlags, IS_BEING_UNLOADED); |
12614 | } |
12615 | #endif |
12616 | |
12617 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT |
12618 | void Module::LogTokenAccess(mdToken token, SectionFormat format, ULONG flagnum) |
12619 | { |
12620 | CONTRACTL |
12621 | { |
12622 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
12623 | NOTHROW; |
12624 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
12625 | MODE_ANY; |
12626 | PRECONDITION(g_IBCLogger.InstrEnabled()); |
12627 | PRECONDITION(flagnum < CORBBTPROF_TOKEN_MAX_NUM_FLAGS); |
12628 | } |
12629 | CONTRACTL_END; |
12630 | |
12631 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
12632 | |
12633 | // |
12634 | // If we are in ngen instrumentation mode, then we should record this token. |
12635 | // |
12636 | |
12637 | if (!m_nativeImageProfiling) |
12638 | return; |
12639 | |
12640 | if (flagnum >= CORBBTPROF_TOKEN_MAX_NUM_FLAGS) |
12641 | { |
12642 | return; |
12643 | } |
12644 | |
12645 | mdToken rid = RidFromToken(token); |
12646 | CorTokenType tkType = (CorTokenType) TypeFromToken(token); |
12647 | SectionFormat tkKind = (SectionFormat) (tkType >> 24); |
12648 | |
12649 | if ((rid == 0) && (tkKind < (SectionFormat) TBL_COUNT)) |
12650 | return; |
12651 | |
12652 | FAULT_NOT_FATAL(); |
12653 | |
12654 | _ASSERTE(TypeProfilingData == FirstTokenFlagSection + TBL_TypeDef); |
12655 | _ASSERTE(MethodProfilingData == FirstTokenFlagSection + TBL_Method); |
12656 | _ASSERTE(SectionFormatCount >= FirstTokenFlagSection + TBL_COUNT + 4); |
12657 | |
12658 | if (!m_tokenProfileData) |
12659 | { |
12660 | CreateProfilingData(); |
12661 | } |
12662 | |
12663 | if (!m_tokenProfileData) |
12664 | { |
12665 | return; |
12666 | } |
12667 | |
12668 | if (tkKind == (SectionFormat) (ibcTypeSpec >> 24)) |
12669 | tkKind = IbcTypeSpecSection; |
12670 | else if (tkKind == (SectionFormat) (ibcMethodSpec >> 24)) |
12671 | tkKind = IbcMethodSpecSection; |
12672 | |
12673 | _ASSERTE(tkKind >= 0); |
12674 | _ASSERTE(tkKind < SectionFormatCount); |
12675 | if (tkKind < 0 || tkKind >= SectionFormatCount) |
12676 | { |
12677 | return; |
12678 | } |
12679 | |
12680 | CQuickArray<CORBBTPROF_TOKEN_INFO> * pTokenArray = &m_tokenProfileData->m_formats[format].tokenArray; |
12681 | RidBitmap * pTokenBitmap = &m_tokenProfileData->m_formats[tkKind].tokenBitmaps[flagnum]; |
12682 | |
12683 | // Have we seen this token with this flag already? |
12684 | if (pTokenBitmap->IsTokenInBitmap(token)) |
12685 | { |
12686 | return; |
12687 | } |
12688 | |
12689 | // Insert the token to the bitmap |
12690 | if (FAILED(pTokenBitmap->InsertToken(token))) |
12691 | { |
12692 | return; |
12693 | } |
12694 | |
12695 | ULONG flag = 1 << flagnum; |
12696 | |
12697 | // [ToDo] Fix: this is a sequential search and can be very slow |
12698 | for (unsigned int i = 0; i < pTokenArray->Size(); i++) |
12699 | { |
12700 | if ((*pTokenArray)[i].token == token) |
12701 | { |
12702 | _ASSERTE(! ((*pTokenArray)[i].flags & flag)); |
12703 | (*pTokenArray)[i].flags |= flag; |
12704 | return; |
12705 | } |
12706 | } |
12707 | |
12708 | if (FAILED(pTokenArray->ReSizeNoThrow(pTokenArray->Size() + 1))) |
12709 | { |
12710 | return; |
12711 | } |
12712 | |
12713 | (*pTokenArray)[pTokenArray->Size() - 1].token = token; |
12714 | (*pTokenArray)[pTokenArray->Size() - 1].flags = flag; |
12715 | (*pTokenArray)[pTokenArray->Size() - 1].scenarios = 0; |
12716 | |
12717 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE |
12718 | } |
12719 | |
12720 | void Module::LogTokenAccess(mdToken token, ULONG flagNum) |
12721 | { |
12722 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
12723 | SectionFormat format = (SectionFormat)((TypeFromToken(token)>>24) + FirstTokenFlagSection); |
12724 | if (FirstTokenFlagSection <= format && format < SectionFormatCount) |
12725 | { |
12726 | LogTokenAccess(token, format, flagNum); |
12727 | } |
12728 | } |
12729 | #endif // FEATURE_PREJIT |
12730 | |
12731 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
12732 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT |
12733 | |
12734 | // |
12735 | // Encoding callbacks |
12736 | // |
12737 | |
12738 | /*static*/ DWORD Module::EncodeModuleHelper(void * pModuleContext, Module *pReferencedModule) |
12739 | { |
12740 | Module* pReferencingModule = (Module *) pModuleContext; |
12741 | _ASSERTE(pReferencingModule != pReferencedModule); |
12742 | |
12743 | Assembly *pReferencingAssembly = pReferencingModule->GetAssembly(); |
12744 | Assembly *pReferencedAssembly = pReferencedModule->GetAssembly(); |
12745 | |
12746 | _ASSERTE(pReferencingAssembly != pReferencedAssembly); |
12747 | |
12748 | if (pReferencedAssembly == pReferencingAssembly) |
12749 | { |
12750 | return 0; |
12751 | } |
12752 | |
12753 | mdAssemblyRef token = pReferencingModule->FindAssemblyRef(pReferencedAssembly); |
12754 | |
12755 | if (IsNilToken(token)) |
12756 | { |
12757 | return ENCODE_MODULE_FAILED; |
12758 | } |
12759 | |
12760 | return RidFromToken(token); |
12761 | } |
12762 | |
12763 | /*static*/ void Module::TokenDefinitionHelper(void* pModuleContext, Module *pReferencedModule, DWORD index, mdToken* pToken) |
12764 | { |
12765 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
12766 | HRESULT hr; |
12767 | Module * pReferencingModule = (Module *) pModuleContext; |
12768 | mdAssemblyRef mdAssemblyRef = TokenFromRid(index, mdtAssemblyRef); |
12769 | IMDInternalImport * pImport = pReferencedModule->GetMDImport(); |
12770 | LPCUTF8 szName = NULL; |
12771 | |
12772 | if (TypeFromToken(*pToken) == mdtTypeDef) |
12773 | { |
12774 | // |
12775 | // Compute nested type (if any) |
12776 | // |
12777 | mdTypeDef mdEnclosingType = idExternalTypeNil; |
12778 | hr = pImport->GetNestedClassProps(*pToken, &mdEnclosingType); |
12779 | // If there's not enclosing type, then hr=CLDB_E_RECORD_NOTFOUND and mdEnclosingType is unchanged |
12780 | _ASSERTE((hr == S_OK) || (hr == CLDB_E_RECORD_NOTFOUND)); |
12781 | |
12782 | if (!IsNilToken(mdEnclosingType)) |
12783 | { |
12784 | _ASSERT(TypeFromToken(mdEnclosingType) == mdtTypeDef); |
12785 | TokenDefinitionHelper(pModuleContext, pReferencedModule, index, &mdEnclosingType); |
12786 | } |
12787 | _ASSERT(TypeFromToken(mdEnclosingType) == ibcExternalType); |
12788 | |
12789 | // |
12790 | // Compute type name and namespace. |
12791 | // |
12792 | LPCUTF8 szNamespace = NULL; |
12793 | hr = pImport->GetNameOfTypeDef(*pToken, &szName, &szNamespace); |
12794 | _ASSERTE(hr == S_OK); |
12795 | |
12796 | // |
12797 | // Transform namespace string into ibc external namespace token |
12798 | // |
12799 | idExternalNamespace idNamespace = idExternalNamespaceNil; |
12800 | if (szNamespace != NULL) |
12801 | { |
12802 | const ExternalNamespaceBlobEntry * pNamespaceEntry; |
12803 | pNamespaceEntry = ExternalNamespaceBlobEntry::FindOrAdd(pReferencingModule, szNamespace); |
12804 | if (pNamespaceEntry != NULL) |
12805 | { |
12806 | idNamespace = pNamespaceEntry->token(); |
12807 | } |
12808 | } |
12809 | _ASSERTE(TypeFromToken(idNamespace) == ibcExternalNamespace); |
12810 | |
12811 | // |
12812 | // Transform type name into ibc external type token |
12813 | // |
12814 | idExternalType idType = idExternalTypeNil; |
12815 | _ASSERTE(szName != NULL); |
12816 | const ExternalTypeBlobEntry * pTypeEntry = NULL; |
12817 | pTypeEntry = ExternalTypeBlobEntry::FindOrAdd(pReferencingModule, |
12818 | mdAssemblyRef, |
12819 | mdEnclosingType, |
12820 | idNamespace, |
12821 | szName); |
12822 | if (pTypeEntry != NULL) |
12823 | { |
12824 | idType = pTypeEntry->token(); |
12825 | } |
12826 | _ASSERTE(TypeFromToken(idType) == ibcExternalType); |
12827 | |
12828 | *pToken = idType; // Remap pToken to our idExternalType token |
12829 | } |
12830 | else if (TypeFromToken(*pToken) == mdtMethodDef) |
12831 | { |
12832 | // |
12833 | // Compute nested type (if any) |
12834 | // |
12835 | mdTypeDef mdEnclosingType = idExternalTypeNil; |
12836 | hr = pImport->GetParentToken(*pToken, &mdEnclosingType); |
12837 | _ASSERTE(!FAILED(hr)); |
12838 | |
12839 | if (!IsNilToken(mdEnclosingType)) |
12840 | { |
12841 | _ASSERT(TypeFromToken(mdEnclosingType) == mdtTypeDef); |
12842 | TokenDefinitionHelper(pModuleContext, pReferencedModule, index, &mdEnclosingType); |
12843 | } |
12844 | _ASSERT(TypeFromToken(mdEnclosingType) == ibcExternalType); |
12845 | |
12846 | // |
12847 | // Compute the method name and signature |
12848 | // |
12849 | PCCOR_SIGNATURE pSig = NULL; |
12850 | DWORD cbSig = 0; |
12851 | hr = pImport->GetNameAndSigOfMethodDef(*pToken, &pSig, &cbSig, &szName); |
12852 | _ASSERTE(hr == S_OK); |
12853 | |
12854 | // |
12855 | // Transform signature into ibc external signature token |
12856 | // |
12857 | idExternalSignature idSignature = idExternalSignatureNil; |
12858 | if (pSig != NULL) |
12859 | { |
12860 | const ExternalSignatureBlobEntry * pSignatureEntry; |
12861 | pSignatureEntry = ExternalSignatureBlobEntry::FindOrAdd(pReferencingModule, cbSig, pSig); |
12862 | if (pSignatureEntry != NULL) |
12863 | { |
12864 | idSignature = pSignatureEntry->token(); |
12865 | } |
12866 | } |
12867 | _ASSERTE(TypeFromToken(idSignature) == ibcExternalSignature); |
12868 | |
12869 | // |
12870 | // Transform method name into ibc external method token |
12871 | // |
12872 | idExternalMethod idMethod = idExternalMethodNil; |
12873 | _ASSERTE(szName != NULL); |
12874 | const ExternalMethodBlobEntry * pMethodEntry = NULL; |
12875 | pMethodEntry = ExternalMethodBlobEntry::FindOrAdd(pReferencingModule, |
12876 | mdEnclosingType, |
12877 | idSignature, |
12878 | szName); |
12879 | if (pMethodEntry != NULL) |
12880 | { |
12881 | idMethod = pMethodEntry->token(); |
12882 | } |
12883 | _ASSERTE(TypeFromToken(idMethod) == ibcExternalMethod); |
12884 | |
12885 | *pToken = idMethod; // Remap pToken to our idMethodSpec token |
12886 | } |
12887 | else |
12888 | { |
12889 | _ASSERTE(!"Unexpected token type" ); |
12890 | } |
12891 | } |
12892 | |
12893 | idTypeSpec Module::LogInstantiatedType(TypeHandle typeHnd, ULONG flagNum) |
12894 | { |
12895 | CONTRACT(idTypeSpec) |
12896 | { |
12897 | NOTHROW; |
12898 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
12899 | MODE_ANY; |
12900 | PRECONDITION(g_IBCLogger.InstrEnabled()); |
12901 | PRECONDITION(!typeHnd.HasUnrestoredTypeKey()); |
12902 | // We want to report the type only in its own loader module as a type's |
12903 | // MethodTable can only live in its own loader module. |
12904 | // We can relax this if we allow a (duplicate) MethodTable to live |
12905 | // in any module (which might be needed for ngen of generics) |
12906 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT |
12907 | // All callsites already do this... |
12908 | // PRECONDITION(this == GetPreferredZapModuleForTypeHandle(typeHnd)); |
12909 | #endif |
12910 | } |
12911 | CONTRACT_END; |
12912 | |
12913 | idTypeSpec result = idTypeSpecNil; |
12914 | |
12915 | if (m_nativeImageProfiling) |
12916 | { |
12917 | CONTRACT_VIOLATION(ThrowsViolation|FaultViolation|GCViolation); |
12918 | |
12919 | SigBuilder sigBuilder; |
12920 | |
12921 | ZapSig zapSig(this, this, ZapSig::IbcTokens, |
12922 | Module::EncodeModuleHelper, Module::TokenDefinitionHelper); |
12923 | BOOL fSuccess = zapSig.GetSignatureForTypeHandle(typeHnd, &sigBuilder); |
12924 | |
12925 | // a return value of 0 indicates a failure to create the signature |
12926 | if (fSuccess) |
12927 | { |
12928 | DWORD cbSig; |
12929 | PCCOR_SIGNATURE pSig = (PCCOR_SIGNATURE)sigBuilder.GetSignature(&cbSig); |
12930 | |
12931 | ULONG flag = (1 << flagNum); |
12932 | TypeSpecBlobEntry * pEntry = const_cast<TypeSpecBlobEntry *>(TypeSpecBlobEntry::FindOrAdd(this, cbSig, pSig)); |
12933 | if (pEntry != NULL) |
12934 | { |
12935 | // Update the flags with any new bits |
12936 | pEntry->orFlag(flag); |
12937 | result = pEntry->token(); |
12938 | } |
12939 | } |
12940 | } |
12941 | _ASSERTE(TypeFromToken(result) == ibcTypeSpec); |
12942 | |
12943 | RETURN result; |
12944 | } |
12945 | |
12946 | idMethodSpec Module::LogInstantiatedMethod(const MethodDesc * md, ULONG flagNum) |
12947 | { |
12948 | CONTRACT(idMethodSpec) |
12949 | { |
12950 | NOTHROW; |
12951 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
12952 | MODE_ANY; |
12953 | PRECONDITION( md != NULL ); |
12954 | } |
12955 | CONTRACT_END; |
12956 | |
12957 | idMethodSpec result = idMethodSpecNil; |
12958 | |
12959 | if (m_nativeImageProfiling) |
12960 | { |
12961 | CONTRACT_VIOLATION(ThrowsViolation|FaultViolation|GCViolation); |
12962 | |
12963 | // get data |
12964 | SigBuilder sigBuilder; |
12965 | |
12966 | BOOL fSuccess; |
12967 | fSuccess = ZapSig::EncodeMethod(const_cast<MethodDesc *>(md), this, &sigBuilder, |
12968 | (LPVOID) this, |
12969 | (ENCODEMODULE_CALLBACK) Module::EncodeModuleHelper, |
12970 | (DEFINETOKEN_CALLBACK) Module::TokenDefinitionHelper); |
12971 | |
12972 | if (fSuccess) |
12973 | { |
12974 | DWORD dataSize; |
12975 | BYTE * pBlob = (BYTE *)sigBuilder.GetSignature(&dataSize); |
12976 | |
12977 | ULONG flag = (1 << flagNum); |
12978 | MethodSpecBlobEntry * pEntry = const_cast<MethodSpecBlobEntry *>(MethodSpecBlobEntry::FindOrAdd(this, dataSize, pBlob)); |
12979 | if (pEntry != NULL) |
12980 | { |
12981 | // Update the flags with any new bits |
12982 | pEntry->orFlag(flag); |
12983 | result = pEntry->token(); |
12984 | } |
12985 | } |
12986 | } |
12987 | |
12988 | _ASSERTE(TypeFromToken(result) == ibcMethodSpec); |
12989 | RETURN result; |
12990 | } |
12991 | #endif // DACCESS_COMPILE |
12992 | #endif //FEATURE_PREJIT |
12993 | |
12994 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
12995 | |
12996 | #ifndef CROSSGEN_COMPILE |
12997 | // =========================================================================== |
12998 | // ReflectionModule |
12999 | // =========================================================================== |
13000 | |
13001 | /* static */ |
13002 | ReflectionModule *ReflectionModule::Create(Assembly *pAssembly, PEFile *pFile, AllocMemTracker *pamTracker, LPCWSTR szName, BOOL fIsTransient) |
13003 | { |
13004 | CONTRACT(ReflectionModule *) |
13005 | { |
13006 | STANDARD_VM_CHECK; |
13007 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pAssembly)); |
13008 | PRECONDITION(CheckPointer(pFile)); |
13009 | PRECONDITION(pFile->IsDynamic()); |
13010 | POSTCONDITION(CheckPointer(RETVAL)); |
13011 | } |
13012 | CONTRACT_END; |
13013 | |
13014 | // Hoist CONTRACT into separate routine because of EX incompatibility |
13015 | |
13016 | mdFile token; |
13017 | _ASSERTE(pFile->IsAssembly()); |
13018 | token = mdFileNil; |
13019 | |
13020 | // Initial memory block for Modules must be zero-initialized (to make it harder |
13021 | // to introduce Destruct crashes arising from OOM's during initialization.) |
13022 | |
13023 | void* pMemory = pamTracker->Track(pAssembly->GetHighFrequencyHeap()->AllocMem(S_SIZE_T(sizeof(ReflectionModule)))); |
13024 | ReflectionModuleHolder pModule(new (pMemory) ReflectionModule(pAssembly, token, pFile)); |
13025 | |
13026 | pModule->DoInit(pamTracker, szName); |
13027 | |
13028 | // Set this at module creation time. The m_fIsTransient field should never change during the lifetime of this ReflectionModule. |
13029 | pModule->SetIsTransient(fIsTransient ? true : false); |
13030 | |
13031 | RETURN pModule.Extract(); |
13032 | } |
13033 | |
13034 | |
13035 | // Module initialization occurs in two phases: the constructor phase and the Initialize phase. |
13036 | // |
13037 | // The constructor phase initializes just enough so that Destruct() can be safely called. |
13038 | // It cannot throw or fail. |
13039 | // |
13040 | ReflectionModule::ReflectionModule(Assembly *pAssembly, mdFile token, PEFile *pFile) |
13041 | : Module(pAssembly, token, pFile) |
13042 | { |
13043 | CONTRACTL |
13044 | { |
13045 | NOTHROW; |
13046 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
13047 | FORBID_FAULT; |
13048 | } |
13049 | CONTRACTL_END |
13050 | |
13051 | m_pInMemoryWriter = NULL; |
13052 | m_sdataSection = NULL; |
13053 | m_pISymUnmanagedWriter = NULL; |
13054 | m_pCreatingAssembly = NULL; |
13055 | m_pCeeFileGen = NULL; |
13056 | m_pDynamicMetadata = NULL; |
13057 | m_fSuppressMetadataCapture = false; |
13058 | m_fIsTransient = false; |
13059 | } |
13060 | |
13061 | HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE CreateICeeGen(REFIID riid, void **pCeeGen); |
13062 | |
13063 | // Module initialization occurs in two phases: the constructor phase and the Initialize phase. |
13064 | // |
13065 | // The Initialize() phase completes the initialization after the constructor has run. |
13066 | // It can throw exceptions but whether it throws or succeeds, it must leave the Module |
13067 | // in a state where Destruct() can be safely called. |
13068 | // |
13069 | void ReflectionModule::Initialize(AllocMemTracker *pamTracker, LPCWSTR szName) |
13070 | { |
13071 | CONTRACTL |
13072 | { |
13073 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
13074 | STANDARD_VM_CHECK; |
13075 | PRECONDITION(szName != NULL); |
13076 | } |
13077 | CONTRACTL_END; |
13078 | |
13079 | Module::Initialize(pamTracker); |
13080 | |
13081 | IfFailThrow(CreateICeeGen(IID_ICeeGen, (void **)&m_pCeeFileGen)); |
13082 | |
13083 | // Collectible modules should try to limit the growth of their associate IL section, as common scenarios for collectible |
13084 | // modules include single type modules |
13085 | if (IsCollectible()) |
13086 | { |
13087 | ReleaseHolder<ICeeGenInternal> pCeeGenInternal(NULL); |
13088 | IfFailThrow(m_pCeeFileGen->QueryInterface(IID_ICeeGenInternal, (void **)&pCeeGenInternal)); |
13089 | IfFailThrow(pCeeGenInternal->SetInitialGrowth(CEE_FILE_GEN_GROWTH_COLLECTIBLE)); |
13090 | } |
13091 | |
13092 | m_pInMemoryWriter = new RefClassWriter(); |
13093 | |
13094 | IfFailThrow(m_pInMemoryWriter->Init(GetCeeGen(), GetEmitter(), szName)); |
13095 | |
13096 | m_CrstLeafLock.Init(CrstLeafLock); |
13097 | } |
13098 | |
13099 | void ReflectionModule::Destruct() |
13100 | { |
13101 | CONTRACTL |
13102 | { |
13103 | NOTHROW; |
13104 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
13105 | MODE_PREEMPTIVE; |
13106 | } |
13107 | CONTRACTL_END; |
13108 | |
13109 | delete m_pInMemoryWriter; |
13110 | |
13111 | if (m_pISymUnmanagedWriter) |
13112 | { |
13113 | m_pISymUnmanagedWriter->Close(); |
13114 | m_pISymUnmanagedWriter->Release(); |
13115 | m_pISymUnmanagedWriter = NULL; |
13116 | } |
13117 | |
13118 | if (m_pCeeFileGen) |
13119 | m_pCeeFileGen->Release(); |
13120 | |
13121 | Module::Destruct(); |
13122 | |
13123 | delete m_pDynamicMetadata; |
13124 | m_pDynamicMetadata = NULL; |
13125 | |
13126 | m_CrstLeafLock.Destroy(); |
13127 | } |
13128 | |
13129 | // Returns true iff metadata capturing is suppressed. |
13130 | // |
13131 | // Notes: |
13132 | // This is during the window after code:ReflectionModule.SuppressMetadataCapture and before |
13133 | // code:ReflectionModule.ResumeMetadataCapture. |
13134 | // |
13135 | // If metadata updates are suppressed, then class-load notifications should be suppressed too. |
13136 | bool ReflectionModule::IsMetadataCaptureSuppressed() |
13137 | { |
13138 | return m_fSuppressMetadataCapture; |
13139 | } |
13140 | // |
13141 | // Holder of changed value of MDUpdateMode via IMDInternalEmit::SetMDUpdateMode. |
13142 | // Returns back the original value on release. |
13143 | // |
13144 | class MDUpdateModeHolder |
13145 | { |
13146 | public: |
13147 | MDUpdateModeHolder() |
13148 | { |
13149 | m_pInternalEmitter = NULL; |
13150 | m_OriginalMDUpdateMode = ULONG_MAX; |
13151 | } |
13152 | ~MDUpdateModeHolder() |
13153 | { |
13154 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
13155 | (void)Release(); |
13156 | } |
13157 | HRESULT SetMDUpdateMode(IMetaDataEmit *pEmitter, ULONG updateMode) |
13158 | { |
13159 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
13160 | HRESULT hr = S_OK; |
13161 | |
13162 | _ASSERTE(updateMode != ULONG_MAX); |
13163 | |
13164 | IfFailRet(pEmitter->QueryInterface(IID_IMDInternalEmit, (void **)&m_pInternalEmitter)); |
13165 | _ASSERTE(m_pInternalEmitter != NULL); |
13166 | |
13167 | IfFailRet(m_pInternalEmitter->SetMDUpdateMode(updateMode, &m_OriginalMDUpdateMode)); |
13168 | _ASSERTE(m_OriginalMDUpdateMode != ULONG_MAX); |
13169 | |
13170 | return hr; |
13171 | } |
13172 | HRESULT Release(ULONG expectedPreviousUpdateMode = ULONG_MAX) |
13173 | { |
13174 | HRESULT hr = S_OK; |
13175 | |
13176 | if (m_OriginalMDUpdateMode != ULONG_MAX) |
13177 | { |
13178 | _ASSERTE(m_pInternalEmitter != NULL); |
13179 | ULONG previousUpdateMode; |
13180 | // Ignore the error when releasing |
13181 | hr = m_pInternalEmitter->SetMDUpdateMode(m_OriginalMDUpdateMode, &previousUpdateMode); |
13182 | m_OriginalMDUpdateMode = ULONG_MAX; |
13183 | |
13184 | if (expectedPreviousUpdateMode != ULONG_MAX) |
13185 | { |
13186 | if ((hr == S_OK) && (expectedPreviousUpdateMode != previousUpdateMode)) |
13187 | { |
13188 | hr = S_FALSE; |
13189 | } |
13190 | } |
13191 | } |
13192 | if (m_pInternalEmitter != NULL) |
13193 | { |
13194 | (void)m_pInternalEmitter->Release(); |
13195 | m_pInternalEmitter = NULL; |
13196 | } |
13197 | return hr; |
13198 | } |
13199 | ULONG GetOriginalMDUpdateMode() |
13200 | { |
13201 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
13202 | _ASSERTE(m_OriginalMDUpdateMode != LONG_MAX); |
13203 | return m_OriginalMDUpdateMode; |
13204 | } |
13205 | private: |
13206 | IMDInternalEmit *m_pInternalEmitter; |
13207 | ULONG m_OriginalMDUpdateMode; |
13208 | }; |
13209 | |
13210 | // Called in live paths to fetch metadata for dynamic modules. This makes the metadata available to the |
13211 | // debugger from out-of-process. |
13212 | // |
13213 | // Notes: |
13214 | // This buffer can be retrieved by the debugger via code:ReflectionModule.GetDynamicMetadataBuffer |
13215 | // |
13216 | // Threading: |
13217 | // - Callers must ensure nobody else is adding to the metadata. |
13218 | // - This function still takes its own locks to cooperate with the Debugger's out-of-process access. |
13219 | // The debugger can slip this thread outside the locks to ensure the data is consistent. |
13220 | // |
13221 | // This does not raise a debug notification to invalidate the metadata. Reasoning is that this only |
13222 | // happens in two cases: |
13223 | // 1) manifest module is updated with the name of a new dynamic module. |
13224 | // 2) on each class load, in which case we already send a debug event. In this case, we already send a |
13225 | // class-load notification, so sending a separate "metadata-refresh" would make the eventing twice as |
13226 | // chatty. Class-load events are high-volume and events are slow. |
13227 | // Thus we can avoid the chatiness by ensuring the debugger knows that Class-load also means "refresh |
13228 | // metadata". |
13229 | // |
13230 | void ReflectionModule::CaptureModuleMetaDataToMemory() |
13231 | { |
13232 | CONTRACTL |
13233 | { |
13234 | THROWS; |
13235 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
13236 | } |
13237 | CONTRACTL_END; |
13238 | |
13239 | // If we've suppresed metadata capture, then skip this. We'll recapture when we enable it. This allows |
13240 | // for batching up capture. |
13241 | // If a debugger is attached, then the CLR will still send ClassLoad notifications for dynamic modules, |
13242 | // which mean we still need to keep the metadata available. This is the same as Whidbey. |
13243 | // An alternative (and better) design would be to suppress ClassLoad notifications too, but then we'd |
13244 | // need some way of sending a "catchup" notification to the debugger after we re-enable notifications. |
13245 | if (IsMetadataCaptureSuppressed() && !CORDebuggerAttached()) |
13246 | { |
13247 | return; |
13248 | } |
13249 | |
13250 | // Do not release the emitter. This is a weak reference. |
13251 | IMetaDataEmit *pEmitter = this->GetEmitter(); |
13252 | _ASSERTE(pEmitter != NULL); |
13253 | |
13254 | HRESULT hr; |
13255 | |
13256 | MDUpdateModeHolder hMDUpdateMode; |
13257 | IfFailThrow(hMDUpdateMode.SetMDUpdateMode(pEmitter, MDUpdateExtension)); |
13258 | _ASSERTE(hMDUpdateMode.GetOriginalMDUpdateMode() == MDUpdateFull); |
13259 | |
13260 | DWORD numBytes; |
13261 | hr = pEmitter->GetSaveSize(cssQuick, &numBytes); |
13262 | IfFailThrow(hr); |
13263 | |
13264 | // Operate on local data, and then persist it into the module once we know it's valid. |
13265 | NewHolder<SBuffer> pBuffer(new SBuffer()); |
13266 | _ASSERTE(pBuffer != NULL); // allocation would throw first |
13267 | |
13268 | // ReflectionModule is still in a consistent state, and now we're just operating on local data to |
13269 | // assemble the new metadata buffer. If this fails, then worst case is that metadata does not include |
13270 | // recently generated classes. |
13271 | |
13272 | // Caller ensures serialization that guarantees that the metadata doesn't grow underneath us. |
13273 | BYTE * pRawData = pBuffer->OpenRawBuffer(numBytes); |
13274 | hr = pEmitter->SaveToMemory(pRawData, numBytes); |
13275 | pBuffer->CloseRawBuffer(); |
13276 | |
13277 | IfFailThrow(hr); |
13278 | |
13279 | // Now that we're successful, transfer ownership back into the module. |
13280 | { |
13281 | CrstHolder ch(&m_CrstLeafLock); |
13282 | |
13283 | delete m_pDynamicMetadata; |
13284 | |
13285 | m_pDynamicMetadata = pBuffer.Extract(); |
13286 | } |
13287 | |
13288 | // |
13289 | |
13290 | hr = hMDUpdateMode.Release(MDUpdateExtension); |
13291 | // Will be S_FALSE if someone changed the MDUpdateMode (from MDUpdateExtension) meanwhile |
13292 | _ASSERTE(hr == S_OK); |
13293 | } |
13294 | |
13295 | // Suppress the eager metadata serialization. |
13296 | // |
13297 | // Notes: |
13298 | // This casues code:ReflectionModule.CaptureModuleMetaDataToMemory to be a nop. |
13299 | // This is not nestable. |
13300 | // This exists purely for performance reasons. |
13301 | // |
13302 | // Don't call this directly. Use a SuppressMetadataCaptureHolder holder to ensure it's |
13303 | // balanced with code:ReflectionModule.ResumeMetadataCapture |
13304 | // |
13305 | // Types generating while eager metadata-capture is suppressed should not actually be executed until |
13306 | // after metadata capture is restored. |
13307 | void ReflectionModule::SuppressMetadataCapture() |
13308 | { |
13309 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
13310 | // If this fires, then you probably missed a call to ResumeMetadataCapture. |
13311 | CONSISTENCY_CHECK_MSG(!m_fSuppressMetadataCapture, "SuppressMetadataCapture is not nestable" ); |
13312 | m_fSuppressMetadataCapture = true; |
13313 | } |
13314 | |
13315 | // Resumes eager metadata serialization. |
13316 | // |
13317 | // Notes: |
13318 | // This casues code:ReflectionModule.CaptureModuleMetaDataToMemory to resume eagerly serializing metadata. |
13319 | // This must be called after code:ReflectionModule.SuppressMetadataCapture. |
13320 | // |
13321 | void ReflectionModule::ResumeMetadataCapture() |
13322 | { |
13323 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
13324 | _ASSERTE(m_fSuppressMetadataCapture); |
13325 | m_fSuppressMetadataCapture = false; |
13326 | |
13327 | CaptureModuleMetaDataToMemory(); |
13328 | } |
13329 | |
13330 | void ReflectionModule::ReleaseILData() |
13331 | { |
13332 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
13333 | |
13334 | if (m_pISymUnmanagedWriter) |
13335 | { |
13336 | m_pISymUnmanagedWriter->Release(); |
13337 | m_pISymUnmanagedWriter = NULL; |
13338 | } |
13339 | |
13340 | Module::ReleaseILData(); |
13341 | } |
13342 | #endif // !CROSSGEN_COMPILE |
13343 | |
13344 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE |
13345 | |
13346 | #ifdef DACCESS_COMPILE |
13347 | // Accessor to expose m_pDynamicMetadata to debugger. |
13348 | // |
13349 | // Returns: |
13350 | // Pointer to SBuffer containing metadata buffer. May be null. |
13351 | // |
13352 | // Notes: |
13353 | // Only used by the debugger, so only accessible via DAC. |
13354 | // The buffer is updated via code:ReflectionModule.CaptureModuleMetaDataToMemory |
13355 | PTR_SBuffer ReflectionModule::GetDynamicMetadataBuffer() const |
13356 | { |
13357 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
13358 | |
13359 | // If we ask for metadata, but have been suppressing capture, then we're out of date. |
13360 | // However, the debugger may be debugging already baked types in the module and so may need the metadata |
13361 | // for that. So we return what we do have. |
13362 | // |
13363 | // Debugger will get the next metadata update: |
13364 | // 1) with the next load class |
13365 | // 2) or if this is right after the last class, see code:ReflectionModule.CaptureModuleMetaDataToMemory |
13366 | |
13367 | return m_pDynamicMetadata; |
13368 | } |
13369 | #endif |
13370 | |
13371 | TADDR ReflectionModule::GetIL(RVA il) // virtual |
13372 | { |
13373 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
13374 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
13375 | |
13376 | BYTE* pByte = NULL; |
13377 | m_pCeeFileGen->GetMethodBuffer(il, &pByte); |
13378 | return TADDR(pByte); |
13379 | #else // DACCESS_COMPILE |
13380 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
13381 | DacNotImpl(); |
13382 | return NULL; |
13383 | #endif // DACCESS_COMPILE |
13384 | } |
13385 | |
13386 | PTR_VOID ReflectionModule::GetRvaField(RVA field, BOOL fZapped) // virtual |
13387 | { |
13388 | _ASSERTE(!fZapped); |
13389 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
13390 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
13391 | // This function should be call only if the target is a field or a field with RVA. |
13392 | PTR_BYTE pByte = NULL; |
13393 | m_pCeeFileGen->ComputePointer(m_sdataSection, field, &pByte); |
13394 | return dac_cast<PTR_VOID>(pByte); |
13395 | #else // DACCESS_COMPILE |
13396 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
13397 | DacNotImpl(); |
13398 | return NULL; |
13399 | #endif // DACCESS_COMPILE |
13400 | } |
13401 | |
13402 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
13403 | |
13404 | // =========================================================================== |
13405 | // VASigCookies |
13406 | // =========================================================================== |
13407 | |
13408 | //========================================================================== |
13409 | // Enregisters a VASig. |
13410 | //========================================================================== |
13411 | VASigCookie *Module::GetVASigCookie(Signature vaSignature) |
13412 | { |
13413 | CONTRACT(VASigCookie*) |
13414 | { |
13415 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
13416 | THROWS; |
13417 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
13418 | MODE_ANY; |
13419 | POSTCONDITION(CheckPointer(RETVAL)); |
13420 | INJECT_FAULT(COMPlusThrowOM()); |
13421 | } |
13422 | CONTRACT_END; |
13423 | |
13424 | VASigCookieBlock *pBlock; |
13425 | VASigCookie *pCookie; |
13426 | |
13427 | pCookie = NULL; |
13428 | |
13429 | // First, see if we already enregistered this sig. |
13430 | // Note that we're outside the lock here, so be a bit careful with our logic |
13431 | for (pBlock = m_pVASigCookieBlock; pBlock != NULL; pBlock = pBlock->m_Next) |
13432 | { |
13433 | for (UINT i = 0; i < pBlock->m_numcookies; i++) |
13434 | { |
13435 | if (pBlock->m_cookies[i].signature.GetRawSig() == vaSignature.GetRawSig()) |
13436 | { |
13437 | pCookie = &(pBlock->m_cookies[i]); |
13438 | break; |
13439 | } |
13440 | } |
13441 | } |
13442 | |
13443 | if (!pCookie) |
13444 | { |
13445 | // If not, time to make a new one. |
13446 | |
13447 | // Compute the size of args first, outside of the lock. |
13448 | |
13449 | // @TODO GENERICS: We may be calling a varargs method from a |
13450 | // generic type/method. Using an empty context will make such a |
13451 | // case cause an unexpected exception. To make this work, |
13452 | // we need to create a specialized signature for every instantiation |
13453 | SigTypeContext typeContext; |
13454 | |
13455 | MetaSig metasig(vaSignature, this, &typeContext); |
13456 | ArgIterator argit(&metasig); |
13457 | |
13458 | // Upper estimate of the vararg size |
13459 | DWORD sizeOfArgs = argit.SizeOfArgStack(); |
13460 | |
13461 | // enable gc before taking lock |
13462 | { |
13463 | CrstHolder ch(&m_Crst); |
13464 | |
13465 | // Note that we were possibly racing to create the cookie, and another thread |
13466 | // may have already created it. We could put another check |
13467 | // here, but it's probably not worth the effort, so we'll just take an |
13468 | // occasional duplicate cookie instead. |
13469 | |
13470 | // Is the first block in the list full? |
13471 | if (m_pVASigCookieBlock && m_pVASigCookieBlock->m_numcookies |
13472 | < VASigCookieBlock::kVASigCookieBlockSize) |
13473 | { |
13474 | // Nope, reserve a new slot in the existing block. |
13475 | pCookie = &(m_pVASigCookieBlock->m_cookies[m_pVASigCookieBlock->m_numcookies]); |
13476 | } |
13477 | else |
13478 | { |
13479 | // Yes, create a new block. |
13480 | VASigCookieBlock *pNewBlock = new VASigCookieBlock(); |
13481 | |
13482 | pNewBlock->m_Next = m_pVASigCookieBlock; |
13483 | pNewBlock->m_numcookies = 0; |
13484 | m_pVASigCookieBlock = pNewBlock; |
13485 | pCookie = &(pNewBlock->m_cookies[0]); |
13486 | } |
13487 | |
13488 | // Now, fill in the new cookie (assuming we had enough memory to create one.) |
13489 | pCookie->pModule = this; |
13490 | pCookie->pNDirectILStub = NULL; |
13491 | pCookie->sizeOfArgs = sizeOfArgs; |
13492 | pCookie->signature = vaSignature; |
13493 | |
13494 | // Finally, now that it's safe for asynchronous readers to see it, |
13495 | // update the count. |
13496 | m_pVASigCookieBlock->m_numcookies++; |
13497 | } |
13498 | } |
13499 | |
13500 | RETURN pCookie; |
13501 | } |
13502 | |
13503 | // =========================================================================== |
13504 | // LookupMap |
13505 | // =========================================================================== |
13506 | #ifdef FEATURE_NATIVE_IMAGE_GENERATION |
13507 | |
13508 | int __cdecl LookupMapBase::HotItem::Cmp(const void* a_, const void* b_) |
13509 | { |
13510 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
13511 | const HotItem *a = (const HotItem *)a_; |
13512 | const HotItem *b = (const HotItem *)b_; |
13513 | |
13514 | if (a->rid < b->rid) |
13515 | return -1; |
13516 | else if (a->rid > b->rid) |
13517 | return 1; |
13518 | else |
13519 | return 0; |
13520 | } |
13521 | |
13522 | void LookupMapBase::CreateHotItemList(DataImage *image, CorProfileData *profileData, int table, BOOL fSkipNullEntries /*= FALSE*/) |
13523 | { |
13524 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
13525 | _ASSERTE(!MapIsCompressed()); |
13526 | |
13527 | if (profileData) |
13528 | { |
13529 | DWORD numInTokenList = profileData->GetHotTokens(table, 1<<RidMap, 1<<RidMap, NULL, 0); |
13530 | |
13531 | if (numInTokenList > 0) |
13532 | { |
13533 | HotItem *itemList = (HotItem*)(void*)image->GetModule()->GetLoaderAllocator()->GetHighFrequencyHeap()->AllocMem(S_SIZE_T(sizeof(HotItem)) * S_SIZE_T(numInTokenList)); |
13534 | mdToken *tokenList = (mdToken*)(void*)image->GetModule()->GetLoaderAllocator()->GetHighFrequencyHeap()->AllocMem(S_SIZE_T(sizeof(mdToken)) * S_SIZE_T(numInTokenList)); |
13535 | |
13536 | profileData->GetHotTokens(table, 1<<RidMap, 1<<RidMap, tokenList, numInTokenList); |
13537 | DWORD numItems = 0; |
13538 | for (DWORD i = 0; i < numInTokenList; i++) |
13539 | { |
13540 | DWORD rid = RidFromToken(tokenList[i]); |
13541 | TADDR value = RelativePointer<TADDR>::GetValueMaybeNullAtPtr(dac_cast<TADDR>(GetElementPtr(RidFromToken(tokenList[i])))); |
13542 | if (!fSkipNullEntries || value != NULL) |
13543 | { |
13544 | itemList[numItems].rid = rid; |
13545 | itemList[numItems].value = value; |
13546 | ++numItems; |
13547 | } |
13548 | } |
13549 | |
13550 | if (numItems > 0) |
13551 | { |
13552 | qsort(itemList, // start of array |
13553 | numItems, // array size in elements |
13554 | sizeof(HotItem), // element size in bytes |
13555 | HotItem::Cmp); // comparer function |
13556 | |
13557 | // Eliminate any duplicates in the list. Due to the qsort, they must be adjacent now. |
13558 | // We do this by walking the array and copying entries that are not duplicates of the previous one. |
13559 | // We can start the loop at +1, because 0 is not a duplicate of the previous entry, and does not |
13560 | // need to be copied either. |
13561 | DWORD j = 1; |
13562 | for (DWORD i = 1; i < numItems; i++) |
13563 | { |
13564 | if (itemList[i].rid != itemList[i-1].rid) |
13565 | { |
13566 | itemList[j].rid = itemList[i].rid; |
13567 | itemList[j].value = itemList[i].value; |
13568 | j++; |
13569 | } |
13570 | } |
13571 | _ASSERTE(j <= numItems); |
13572 | numItems = j; |
13573 | |
13574 | // We have treated the values as normal TADDRs to let qsort move them around freely. |
13575 | // Fix them up to be the relative pointers now. |
13576 | for (DWORD ii = 0; ii < numItems; ii++) |
13577 | { |
13578 | if (itemList[ii].value != NULL) |
13579 | { |
13580 | RelativePointer<TADDR> *pRelPtr = (RelativePointer<TADDR> *)&itemList[ii].value; |
13581 | pRelPtr->SetValueMaybeNull(itemList[ii].value); |
13582 | } |
13583 | } |
13584 | |
13585 | if (itemList != NULL) |
13586 | image->StoreStructure(itemList, sizeof(HotItem)*numItems, |
13587 | DataImage::ITEM_RID_MAP_HOT); |
13588 | |
13589 | hotItemList = itemList; |
13590 | dwNumHotItems = numItems; |
13591 | } |
13592 | } |
13593 | } |
13594 | } |
13595 | |
13596 | void LookupMapBase::Save(DataImage *image, DataImage::ItemKind kind, CorProfileData *profileData, int table, BOOL fCopyValues /*= FALSE*/) |
13597 | { |
13598 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
13599 | |
13600 | // the table index that comes in is a token mask, the upper 8 bits are the table type for the tokens, that's all we want |
13601 | table >>= 24; |
13602 | |
13603 | dwNumHotItems = 0; |
13604 | hotItemList = NULL; |
13605 | |
13606 | if (table != 0) |
13607 | { |
13608 | // Because we use the same IBC encoding to record a touch to the m_GenericTypeDefToCanonMethodTableMap as |
13609 | // to the m_TypeDefToMethodTableMap, the hot items we get in both will be the union of the touches. This limitation |
13610 | // in the IBC infrastructure does not hurt us much because touching an entry for a generic type in one map often if |
13611 | // not always implies touching the corresponding entry in the other. But when saving the GENERICTYPEDEF_MAP it |
13612 | // does mean that we need to be prepared to see "hot" items whose data is NULL in this map (specifically, the non- |
13613 | // generic types). We don't want the hot list to be unnecessarily big with these entries, so tell CreateHotItemList to |
13614 | // skip them. |
13615 | BOOL fSkipNullEntries = (kind == DataImage::ITEM_GENERICTYPEDEF_MAP); |
13616 | CreateHotItemList(image, profileData, table, fSkipNullEntries); |
13617 | } |
13618 | |
13619 | // Determine whether we want to compress this lookup map (to improve density of cold pages in the map on |
13620 | // hot item cache misses). We only enable this optimization for the TypeDefToMethodTable, the |
13621 | // GenericTypeDefToCanonMethodTable, and the MethodDefToDesc maps since (a) they're the largest and |
13622 | // as a result reap the most space savings and (b) these maps are fully populated in an ngen image and immutable |
13623 | // at runtime, something that's important when dealing with a compressed version of the table. |
13624 | if (kind == DataImage::ITEM_TYPEDEF_MAP || kind == DataImage::ITEM_GENERICTYPEDEF_MAP || kind == DataImage::ITEM_METHODDEF_MAP) |
13625 | { |
13626 | // The bulk of the compression work is done in the later stages of ngen image generation (since it |
13627 | // relies on knowing the final RVAs of each value stored in the table). So we create a specialzed |
13628 | // ZapNode that knows how to perform the compression for us. |
13629 | image->StoreCompressedLayoutMap(this, DataImage::ITEM_COMPRESSED_MAP); |
13630 | |
13631 | // We need to know we decided to compress during the Fixup stage but the table kind is not available |
13632 | // there. So we use the cIndexEntryBits field as a flag (this will be initialized to zero and is only |
13633 | // set to a meaningful value near the end of ngen image generation, during the compression of the |
13634 | // table itself). |
13635 | cIndexEntryBits = 1; |
13636 | |
13637 | // The ZapNode we allocated above takes care of all the rest of the processing for this map, so we're |
13638 | // done here. |
13639 | return; |
13640 | } |
13641 | |
13642 | SaveUncompressedMap(image, kind, fCopyValues); |
13643 | } |
13644 | |
13645 | void LookupMapBase::SaveUncompressedMap(DataImage *image, DataImage::ItemKind kind, BOOL fCopyValues /*= FALSE*/) |
13646 | { |
13647 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
13648 | |
13649 | // We should only be calling this once per map |
13650 | _ASSERTE(!image->IsStored(pTable)); |
13651 | |
13652 | // |
13653 | // We will only store one (big) node instead of the full list, |
13654 | // and make the one node large enough to fit all the RIDs |
13655 | // |
13656 | |
13657 | ZapStoredStructure * pTableNode = image->StoreStructure(NULL, GetSize() * sizeof(TADDR), kind); |
13658 | |
13659 | LookupMapBase *map = this; |
13660 | DWORD offsetIntoCombo = 0; |
13661 | while (map != NULL) |
13662 | { |
13663 | DWORD len = map->dwCount * sizeof(void*); |
13664 | |
13665 | if (fCopyValues) |
13666 | image->CopyDataToOffset(pTableNode, offsetIntoCombo, map->pTable, len); |
13667 | |
13668 | image->BindPointer(map->pTable,pTableNode,offsetIntoCombo); |
13669 | offsetIntoCombo += len; |
13670 | map = map->pNext; |
13671 | } |
13672 | } |
13673 | |
13674 | void LookupMapBase::ConvertSavedMapToUncompressed(DataImage *image, DataImage::ItemKind kind) |
13675 | { |
13676 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
13677 | |
13678 | // Check whether we decided to compress this map (see Save() above). |
13679 | if (cIndexEntryBits == 0) |
13680 | return; |
13681 | |
13682 | cIndexEntryBits = 0; |
13683 | SaveUncompressedMap(image, kind); |
13684 | } |
13685 | |
13686 | void LookupMapBase::Fixup(DataImage *image, BOOL fFixupEntries /*=TRUE*/) |
13687 | { |
13688 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
13689 | |
13690 | if (hotItemList != NULL) |
13691 | image->FixupPointerField(this, offsetof(LookupMapBase, hotItemList)); |
13692 | |
13693 | // Find the biggest RID supported by the entire list of LookupMaps. |
13694 | // We will only store one LookupMap node instead of the full list, |
13695 | // and make it big enough to fit all RIDs. |
13696 | *(DWORD *)image->GetImagePointer(this, offsetof(LookupMapBase, dwCount)) = GetSize(); |
13697 | |
13698 | // Persist the supportedFlags that this particular instance was created with. |
13699 | *(TADDR *)image->GetImagePointer(this, offsetof(LookupMapBase, supportedFlags)) = supportedFlags; |
13700 | |
13701 | image->ZeroPointerField(this, offsetof(LookupMapBase, pNext)); |
13702 | |
13703 | // Check whether we've decided to compress this map (see Save() above). |
13704 | if (cIndexEntryBits == 1) |
13705 | { |
13706 | // In the compressed case most of the Fixup logic is performed by the specialized ZapNode we allocated |
13707 | // during Save(). But we still have to record fixups for any hot items we've cached (these aren't |
13708 | // compressed). |
13709 | for (DWORD i = 0; i < dwNumHotItems; i++) |
13710 | { |
13711 | TADDR *pHotValueLoc = &hotItemList[i].value; |
13712 | TADDR pHotValue = RelativePointer<TADDR>::GetValueMaybeNullAtPtr((TADDR)pHotValueLoc); |
13713 | TADDR flags = pHotValue & supportedFlags; |
13714 | pHotValue -= flags; |
13715 | |
13716 | if (image->IsStored((PVOID)pHotValue)) |
13717 | { |
13718 | image->FixupField(hotItemList, |
13719 | (BYTE *)pHotValueLoc - (BYTE *)hotItemList, |
13720 | (PVOID)pHotValue, flags, IMAGE_REL_BASED_RelativePointer); |
13721 | } |
13722 | else |
13723 | { |
13724 | image->ZeroPointerField(hotItemList, (BYTE *)pHotValueLoc - (BYTE *)hotItemList); |
13725 | } |
13726 | } |
13727 | |
13728 | // The ZapNode will handle everything else so we're done. |
13729 | return; |
13730 | } |
13731 | |
13732 | // Note that the caller is responsible for calling FixupPointerField() |
13733 | // or zeroing out the contents of pTable as appropriate |
13734 | image->FixupPointerField(this, offsetof(LookupMapBase, pTable)); |
13735 | |
13736 | if (fFixupEntries) |
13737 | { |
13738 | LookupMap<PVOID>::Iterator iter((LookupMap<PVOID> *)this); |
13739 | DWORD rid = 0; |
13740 | |
13741 | while (iter.Next()) |
13742 | { |
13743 | TADDR flags; |
13744 | PVOID p = iter.GetElementAndFlags(&flags); |
13745 | PTR_TADDR hotItemValuePtr = FindHotItemValuePtr(rid); |
13746 | |
13747 | if (image->IsStored(p)) |
13748 | { |
13749 | image->FixupField(pTable, rid * sizeof(TADDR), |
13750 | p, flags, IMAGE_REL_BASED_RelativePointer); |
13751 | |
13752 | // In case this item is also in the hot item subtable, fix it up there as well |
13753 | if (hotItemValuePtr != NULL) |
13754 | image->FixupField(hotItemList, |
13755 | (BYTE *)hotItemValuePtr - (BYTE *)hotItemList, |
13756 | p, flags, IMAGE_REL_BASED_RelativePointer); |
13757 | } |
13758 | else |
13759 | { |
13760 | image->ZeroPointerField(pTable, rid * sizeof(TADDR)); |
13761 | // In case this item is also in the hot item subtable, zero it there as well |
13762 | if (hotItemValuePtr != NULL) |
13763 | image->ZeroPointerField(hotItemList, |
13764 | (BYTE *)hotItemValuePtr - (BYTE *)hotItemList); |
13765 | } |
13766 | |
13767 | rid++; |
13768 | } |
13769 | } |
13770 | } |
13771 | #endif // FEATURE_NATIVE_IMAGE_GENERATION |
13772 | |
13773 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE |
13774 | |
13775 | #ifdef DACCESS_COMPILE |
13776 | |
13777 | void |
13778 | LookupMapBase::EnumMemoryRegions(CLRDataEnumMemoryFlags flags, |
13779 | bool enumThis) |
13780 | { |
13781 | CONTRACTL |
13782 | { |
13783 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
13784 | NOTHROW; |
13785 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
13786 | MODE_ANY; |
13787 | FORBID_FAULT; |
13788 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
13789 | } |
13790 | CONTRACTL_END; |
13791 | |
13792 | if (enumThis) |
13793 | { |
13794 | DacEnumHostDPtrMem(this); |
13795 | } |
13796 | if (pTable.IsValid()) |
13797 | { |
13798 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT |
13799 | if (MapIsCompressed()) |
13800 | { |
13801 | // Compressed maps have tables whose size cannot be calculated cheaply. Plus they have an |
13802 | // additional index blob. |
13803 | DacEnumMemoryRegion(dac_cast<TADDR>(pTable), |
13804 | cbTable); |
13805 | DacEnumMemoryRegion(dac_cast<TADDR>(pIndex), |
13806 | cbIndex); |
13807 | } |
13808 | else |
13809 | #endif // FEATURE_PREJIT |
13810 | DacEnumMemoryRegion(dac_cast<TADDR>(pTable), |
13811 | dwCount * sizeof(TADDR)); |
13812 | } |
13813 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT |
13814 | if (dwNumHotItems && hotItemList.IsValid()) |
13815 | { |
13816 | DacEnumMemoryRegion(dac_cast<TADDR>(hotItemList), |
13817 | dwNumHotItems * sizeof(HotItem)); |
13818 | } |
13819 | #endif // FEATURE_PREJIT |
13820 | } |
13821 | |
13822 | |
13823 | /* static */ |
13824 | void |
13825 | LookupMapBase::ListEnumMemoryRegions(CLRDataEnumMemoryFlags flags) |
13826 | { |
13827 | CONTRACTL |
13828 | { |
13829 | NOTHROW; |
13830 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
13831 | MODE_ANY; |
13832 | FORBID_FAULT; |
13833 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
13834 | } |
13835 | CONTRACTL_END; |
13836 | |
13837 | LookupMapBase * headMap = this; |
13838 | bool enumHead = false; |
13839 | while (headMap) |
13840 | { |
13841 | headMap->EnumMemoryRegions(flags, enumHead); |
13842 | |
13843 | if (!headMap->pNext.IsValid()) |
13844 | { |
13845 | break; |
13846 | } |
13847 | |
13848 | headMap = headMap->pNext; |
13849 | enumHead = true; |
13850 | } |
13851 | } |
13852 | |
13853 | #endif // DACCESS_COMPILE |
13854 | |
13855 | |
13856 | // Optimization intended for Module::EnsureActive only |
13857 | #include <optsmallperfcritical.h> |
13858 | |
13859 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
13860 | VOID Module::EnsureActive() |
13861 | { |
13862 | CONTRACTL |
13863 | { |
13864 | THROWS; |
13865 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
13866 | MODE_ANY; |
13867 | } |
13868 | CONTRACTL_END; |
13869 | GetDomainFile()->EnsureActive(); |
13870 | } |
13871 | #endif // DACCESS_COMPILE |
13872 | |
13873 | #include <optdefault.h> |
13874 | |
13875 | |
13876 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
13877 | |
13878 | VOID Module::EnsureAllocated() |
13879 | { |
13880 | CONTRACTL |
13881 | { |
13882 | THROWS; |
13883 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
13884 | MODE_ANY; |
13885 | } |
13886 | CONTRACTL_END; |
13887 | |
13888 | GetDomainFile()->EnsureAllocated(); |
13889 | } |
13890 | |
13891 | VOID Module::EnsureLibraryLoaded() |
13892 | { |
13893 | STANDARD_VM_CONTRACT; |
13894 | GetDomainFile()->EnsureLibraryLoaded(); |
13895 | } |
13896 | #endif // !DACCESS_COMPILE |
13897 | |
13898 | CHECK Module::CheckActivated() |
13899 | { |
13900 | CONTRACTL |
13901 | { |
13902 | NOTHROW; |
13903 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
13904 | MODE_ANY; |
13905 | } |
13906 | CONTRACTL_END; |
13907 | |
13908 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
13909 | DomainFile *pDomainFile = FindDomainFile(GetAppDomain()); |
13910 | CHECK(pDomainFile != NULL); |
13911 | PREFIX_ASSUME(pDomainFile != NULL); |
13912 | CHECK(pDomainFile->CheckActivated()); |
13913 | #endif |
13914 | CHECK_OK; |
13915 | } |
13916 | |
13917 | #ifdef DACCESS_COMPILE |
13918 | |
13919 | void |
13920 | ModuleCtorInfo::EnumMemoryRegions(CLRDataEnumMemoryFlags flags) |
13921 | { |
13922 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
13923 | |
13924 | // This class is contained so do not enumerate 'this'. |
13925 | DacEnumMemoryRegion(dac_cast<TADDR>(ppMT), numElements * |
13926 | sizeof(RelativePointer<MethodTable *>)); |
13927 | DacEnumMemoryRegion(dac_cast<TADDR>(cctorInfoHot), numElementsHot * |
13928 | sizeof(ClassCtorInfoEntry)); |
13929 | DacEnumMemoryRegion(dac_cast<TADDR>(cctorInfoCold), |
13930 | (numElements - numElementsHot) * |
13931 | sizeof(ClassCtorInfoEntry)); |
13932 | DacEnumMemoryRegion(dac_cast<TADDR>(hotHashOffsets), numHotHashes * |
13933 | sizeof(DWORD)); |
13934 | DacEnumMemoryRegion(dac_cast<TADDR>(coldHashOffsets), numColdHashes * |
13935 | sizeof(DWORD)); |
13936 | } |
13937 | |
13938 | void Module::EnumMemoryRegions(CLRDataEnumMemoryFlags flags, |
13939 | bool enumThis) |
13940 | { |
13941 | CONTRACTL |
13942 | { |
13943 | INSTANCE_CHECK; |
13944 | NOTHROW; |
13945 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
13946 | MODE_ANY; |
13947 | FORBID_FAULT; |
13948 | SUPPORTS_DAC; |
13949 | } |
13950 | CONTRACTL_END; |
13951 | |
13952 | if (enumThis) |
13953 | { |
13954 | DAC_ENUM_VTHIS(); |
13955 | EMEM_OUT(("MEM: %p Module\n" , dac_cast<TADDR>(this))); |
13956 | } |
13957 | |
13958 | //Save module id data only if it a real pointer, not a tagged sugestion to use ModuleIndex. |
13959 | if (!Module::IsEncodedModuleIndex(GetModuleID())) |
13960 | { |
13961 | if (m_ModuleID.IsValid()) |
13962 | { |
13963 | m_ModuleID->EnumMemoryRegions(flags); |
13964 | } |
13965 | } |
13966 | |
13967 | // TODO: Enumerate DomainLocalModules? It's not clear if we need all AppDomains |
13968 | // in the multi-domain case (where m_ModuleID has it's low-bit set). |
13969 | if (m_file.IsValid()) |
13970 | { |
13971 | m_file->EnumMemoryRegions(flags); |
13972 | } |
13973 | if (m_pAssembly.IsValid()) |
13974 | { |
13975 | m_pAssembly->EnumMemoryRegions(flags); |
13976 | } |
13977 | |
13978 | m_TypeRefToMethodTableMap.ListEnumMemoryRegions(flags); |
13979 | m_TypeDefToMethodTableMap.ListEnumMemoryRegions(flags); |
13980 | |
13981 | if (flags != CLRDATA_ENUM_MEM_MINI && flags != CLRDATA_ENUM_MEM_TRIAGE) |
13982 | { |
13983 | if (m_pAvailableClasses.IsValid()) |
13984 | { |
13985 | m_pAvailableClasses->EnumMemoryRegions(flags); |
13986 | } |
13987 | if (m_pAvailableParamTypes.IsValid()) |
13988 | { |
13989 | m_pAvailableParamTypes->EnumMemoryRegions(flags); |
13990 | } |
13991 | if (m_pInstMethodHashTable.IsValid()) |
13992 | { |
13993 | m_pInstMethodHashTable->EnumMemoryRegions(flags); |
13994 | } |
13995 | if (m_pAvailableClassesCaseIns.IsValid()) |
13996 | { |
13997 | m_pAvailableClassesCaseIns->EnumMemoryRegions(flags); |
13998 | } |
13999 | #ifdef FEATURE_PREJIT |
14000 | if (m_pStubMethodHashTable.IsValid()) |
14001 | { |
14002 | m_pStubMethodHashTable->EnumMemoryRegions(flags); |
14003 | } |
14004 | #endif // FEATURE_PREJIT |
14005 | if (m_pBinder.IsValid()) |
14006 | { |
14007 | m_pBinder->EnumMemoryRegions(flags); |
14008 | } |
14009 | m_ModuleCtorInfo.EnumMemoryRegions(flags); |
14010 | |
14011 | // Save the LookupMap structures. |
14012 | m_MethodDefToDescMap.ListEnumMemoryRegions(flags); |
14013 | m_FieldDefToDescMap.ListEnumMemoryRegions(flags); |
14014 | m_pMemberRefToDescHashTable->EnumMemoryRegions(flags); |
14015 | m_GenericParamToDescMap.ListEnumMemoryRegions(flags); |
14016 | m_GenericTypeDefToCanonMethodTableMap.ListEnumMemoryRegions(flags); |
14017 | m_FileReferencesMap.ListEnumMemoryRegions(flags); |
14018 | m_ManifestModuleReferencesMap.ListEnumMemoryRegions(flags); |
14019 | m_MethodDefToPropertyInfoMap.ListEnumMemoryRegions(flags); |
14020 | |
14021 | LookupMap<PTR_MethodTable>::Iterator typeDefIter(&m_TypeDefToMethodTableMap); |
14022 | while (typeDefIter.Next()) |
14023 | { |
14024 | if (typeDefIter.GetElement()) |
14025 | { |
14026 | typeDefIter.GetElement()->EnumMemoryRegions(flags); |
14027 | } |
14028 | } |
14029 | |
14030 | LookupMap<PTR_TypeRef>::Iterator typeRefIter(&m_TypeRefToMethodTableMap); |
14031 | while (typeRefIter.Next()) |
14032 | { |
14033 | if (typeRefIter.GetElement()) |
14034 | { |
14035 | TypeHandle th = TypeHandle::FromTAddr(dac_cast<TADDR>(typeRefIter.GetElement())); |
14036 | th.EnumMemoryRegions(flags); |
14037 | } |
14038 | } |
14039 | |
14040 | LookupMap<PTR_MethodDesc>::Iterator methodDefIter(&m_MethodDefToDescMap); |
14041 | while (methodDefIter.Next()) |
14042 | { |
14043 | if (methodDefIter.GetElement()) |
14044 | { |
14045 | methodDefIter.GetElement()->EnumMemoryRegions(flags); |
14046 | } |
14047 | } |
14048 | |
14049 | LookupMap<PTR_FieldDesc>::Iterator fieldDefIter(&m_FieldDefToDescMap); |
14050 | while (fieldDefIter.Next()) |
14051 | { |
14052 | if (fieldDefIter.GetElement()) |
14053 | { |
14054 | fieldDefIter.GetElement()->EnumMemoryRegions(flags); |
14055 | } |
14056 | } |
14057 | |
14058 | LookupMap<PTR_TypeVarTypeDesc>::Iterator genericParamIter(&m_GenericParamToDescMap); |
14059 | while (genericParamIter.Next()) |
14060 | { |
14061 | if (genericParamIter.GetElement()) |
14062 | { |
14063 | genericParamIter.GetElement()->EnumMemoryRegions(flags); |
14064 | } |
14065 | } |
14066 | |
14067 | LookupMap<PTR_MethodTable>::Iterator genericTypeDefIter(&m_GenericTypeDefToCanonMethodTableMap); |
14068 | while (genericTypeDefIter.Next()) |
14069 | { |
14070 | if (genericTypeDefIter.GetElement()) |
14071 | { |
14072 | genericTypeDefIter.GetElement()->EnumMemoryRegions(flags); |
14073 | } |
14074 | } |
14075 | |
14076 | } // !CLRDATA_ENUM_MEM_MINI && !CLRDATA_ENUM_MEM_TRIAGE |
14077 | |
14078 | |
14079 | LookupMap<PTR_Module>::Iterator fileRefIter(&m_FileReferencesMap); |
14080 | while (fileRefIter.Next()) |
14081 | { |
14082 | if (fileRefIter.GetElement()) |
14083 | { |
14084 | fileRefIter.GetElement()->EnumMemoryRegions(flags, true); |
14085 | } |
14086 | } |
14087 | |
14088 | LookupMap<PTR_Module>::Iterator asmRefIter(&m_ManifestModuleReferencesMap); |
14089 | while (asmRefIter.Next()) |
14090 | { |
14091 | if (asmRefIter.GetElement()) |
14092 | { |
14093 | asmRefIter.GetElement()->GetAssembly()->EnumMemoryRegions(flags); |
14094 | } |
14095 | } |
14096 | |
14097 | ECall::EnumFCallMethods(); |
14098 | } |
14099 | |
14100 | FieldDesc *Module::LookupFieldDef(mdFieldDef token) |
14101 | { |
14102 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
14103 | _ASSERTE(TypeFromToken(token) == mdtFieldDef); |
14104 | g_IBCLogger.LogRidMapAccess( MakePair( this, token ) ); |
14105 | return m_FieldDefToDescMap.GetElement(RidFromToken(token)); |
14106 | } |
14107 | |
14108 | #endif // DACCESS_COMPILE |
14109 | |
14110 | |
14111 | |
14112 | |
14113 | |
14114 | //------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
14115 | // Make best-case effort to obtain an image name for use in an error message. |
14116 | // |
14117 | // This routine must expect to be called before the this object is fully loaded. |
14118 | // It can return an empty if the name isn't available or the object isn't initialized |
14119 | // enough to get a name, but it mustn't crash. |
14120 | //------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
14121 | LPCWSTR Module::GetPathForErrorMessages() |
14122 | { |
14123 | CONTRACTL |
14124 | { |
14125 | THROWS; |
14126 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
14127 | if (FORBIDGC_LOADER_USE_ENABLED()) FORBID_FAULT; else { INJECT_FAULT(COMPlusThrowOM()); } |
14128 | } |
14129 | CONTRACTL_END |
14130 | |
14131 | PEFile *pFile = GetFile(); |
14132 | |
14133 | if (pFile) |
14134 | { |
14135 | return pFile->GetPathForErrorMessages(); |
14136 | } |
14137 | else |
14138 | { |
14139 | return W("" ); |
14140 | } |
14141 | } |
14142 | |
14143 | #if defined(_DEBUG) && !defined(DACCESS_COMPILE) && !defined(CROSS_COMPILE) |
14144 | void Module::ExpandAll() |
14145 | { |
14146 | CONTRACTL |
14147 | { |
14148 | THROWS; |
14149 | GC_TRIGGERS; |
14150 | MODE_ANY; |
14151 | } |
14152 | CONTRACTL_END; |
14153 | |
14154 | //This is called from inside EEStartupHelper, so it breaks the SO rules. However, this is debug only |
14155 | //(and only supported for limited jit testing), so it's ok here. |
14156 | CONTRACT_VIOLATION(SOToleranceViolation); |
14157 | |
14158 | //If the EE isn't started yet, it's not safe to jit. We fail in COM jitting a p/invoke. |
14159 | if (!g_fEEStarted) |
14160 | return; |
14161 | struct Local |
14162 | { |
14163 | static void CompileMethodDesc(MethodDesc * pMD) |
14164 | { |
14165 | //Must have a method body |
14166 | if (pMD->HasILHeader() |
14167 | //Can't jit open instantiations |
14168 | && !pMD->IsGenericMethodDefinition() |
14169 | //These are the only methods we can jit |
14170 | && (pMD->IsStatic() || pMD->GetNumGenericMethodArgs() == 0 |
14171 | || pMD->HasClassInstantiation()) |
14172 | && (pMD->MayHaveNativeCode() && !pMD->IsFCallOrIntrinsic())) |
14173 | { |
14174 | pMD->PrepareInitialCode(); |
14175 | } |
14176 | } |
14177 | static void CompileMethodsForMethodTable(MethodTable * pMT) |
14178 | { |
14179 | MethodTable::MethodIterator it(pMT); |
14180 | for (; it.IsValid(); it.Next()) |
14181 | { |
14182 | MethodDesc * pMD = it.GetMethodDesc(); |
14183 | CompileMethodDesc(pMD); |
14184 | } |
14185 | } |
14186 | #if 0 |
14187 | static void CompileMethodsForTypeDef(Module * pModule, mdTypeDef td) |
14188 | { |
14189 | TypeHandle th = ClassLoader::LoadTypeDefThrowing(pModule, td, ClassLoader::ThrowIfNotFound, |
14190 | ClassLoader::PermitUninstDefOrRef); |
14191 | |
14192 | MethodTable * pMT = th.GetMethodTable(); |
14193 | CompileMethodsForMethodTable(pMT); |
14194 | } |
14195 | #endif |
14196 | static void CompileMethodsForTypeDefRefSpec(Module * pModule, mdToken tok) |
14197 | { |
14198 | TypeHandle th; |
14199 | HRESULT hr = S_OK; |
14200 | |
14201 | EX_TRY |
14202 | { |
14203 | th = ClassLoader::LoadTypeDefOrRefOrSpecThrowing( |
14204 | pModule, |
14205 | tok, |
14206 | NULL /*SigTypeContext*/); |
14207 | } |
14208 | EX_CATCH |
14209 | { |
14210 | hr = GET_EXCEPTION()->GetHR(); |
14211 | } |
14212 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions); |
14213 | |
14214 | //Only do this for non-generic types and unshared generic types |
14215 | //(canonical generics and value type generic instantiations). |
14216 | if (SUCCEEDED(hr) && !th.IsTypeDesc() |
14217 | && th.AsMethodTable()->IsCanonicalMethodTable()) |
14218 | { |
14219 | CompileMethodsForMethodTable(th.AsMethodTable()); |
14220 | } |
14221 | } |
14222 | static void CompileMethodsForMethodDefRefSpec(Module * pModule, mdToken tok) |
14223 | { |
14224 | HRESULT hr = S_OK; |
14225 | EX_TRY |
14226 | { |
14227 | MethodDesc * pMD = |
14228 | MemberLoader::GetMethodDescFromMemberDefOrRefOrSpec(pModule, tok, |
14229 | /*SigTypeContext*/NULL, |
14230 | TRUE, TRUE); |
14231 | CompileMethodDesc(pMD); |
14232 | } |
14233 | EX_CATCH |
14234 | { |
14235 | hr = GET_EXCEPTION()->GetHR(); |
14236 | //@telesto what should we do with this HR? the Silverlight code doesn't seem |
14237 | //to do anything...but that doesn't seem safe... |
14238 | } |
14239 | EX_END_CATCH(SwallowAllExceptions); |
14240 | } |
14241 | }; |
14242 | //Jit all methods eagerly |
14243 | |
14244 | IMDInternalImport * pMDI = GetMDImport(); |
14245 | HENUMTypeDefInternalHolder hEnum(pMDI); |
14246 | mdTypeDef td; |
14247 | hEnum.EnumTypeDefInit(); |
14248 | |
14249 | //verify global methods |
14250 | if (GetGlobalMethodTable()) |
14251 | { |
14252 | //jit everything in the MT. |
14253 | Local::CompileMethodsForTypeDefRefSpec(this, COR_GLOBAL_PARENT_TOKEN); |
14254 | } |
14255 | while (pMDI->EnumTypeDefNext(&hEnum, &td)) |
14256 | { |
14257 | //jit everything |
14258 | Local::CompileMethodsForTypeDefRefSpec(this, td); |
14259 | } |
14260 | |
14261 | //Get the type refs. They're always awesome. |
14262 | HENUMInternalHolder hEnumTypeRefs(pMDI); |
14263 | mdToken tr; |
14264 | |
14265 | hEnumTypeRefs.EnumAllInit(mdtTypeRef); |
14266 | while (hEnumTypeRefs.EnumNext(&tr)) |
14267 | { |
14268 | Local::CompileMethodsForTypeDefRefSpec(this, tr); |
14269 | } |
14270 | |
14271 | //make sure to get the type specs |
14272 | HENUMInternalHolder hEnumTypeSpecs(pMDI); |
14273 | mdToken ts; |
14274 | |
14275 | hEnumTypeSpecs.EnumAllInit(mdtTypeSpec); |
14276 | while (hEnumTypeSpecs.EnumNext(&ts)) |
14277 | { |
14278 | Local::CompileMethodsForTypeDefRefSpec(this, ts); |
14279 | } |
14280 | |
14281 | |
14282 | //And now for the interesting generic methods |
14283 | HENUMInternalHolder hEnumMethodSpecs(pMDI); |
14284 | mdToken ms; |
14285 | |
14286 | hEnumMethodSpecs.EnumAllInit(mdtMethodSpec); |
14287 | while (hEnumMethodSpecs.EnumNext(&ms)) |
14288 | { |
14289 | Local::CompileMethodsForMethodDefRefSpec(this, ms); |
14290 | } |
14291 | } |
14292 | #endif //_DEBUG && !DACCESS_COMPILE && !CROSS_COMPILE |
14293 | |
14294 | //------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
14295 | |
14296 | // Verify consistency of asmconstants.h |
14297 | |
14298 | // Wrap all C_ASSERT's in asmconstants.h with a class definition. Many of the |
14299 | // fields referenced below are private, and this class is a friend of the |
14300 | // enclosing type. (A C_ASSERT isn't a compiler intrinsic, just a magic |
14301 | // typedef that produces a compiler error when the condition is false.) |
14302 | #include "clrvarargs.h" /* for VARARG C_ASSERTs in asmconstants.h */ |
14303 | class CheckAsmOffsets |
14304 | { |
14305 | #ifndef CROSSBITNESS_COMPILE |
14306 | #define ASMCONSTANTS_C_ASSERT(cond) static_assert(cond, #cond); |
14307 | #include "asmconstants.h" |
14308 | #endif // CROSSBITNESS_COMPILE |
14309 | }; |
14310 | |
14311 | //------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
14312 | |
14313 | #ifndef DACCESS_COMPILE |
14314 | |
14315 | void Module::CreateAssemblyRefByNameTable(AllocMemTracker *pamTracker) |
14316 | { |
14317 | CONTRACTL |
14318 | { |
14319 | THROWS; |
14320 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
14321 | INJECT_FAULT(COMPlusThrowOM();); |
14322 | } |
14323 | CONTRACTL_END |
14324 | |
14325 | LoaderHeap * pHeap = GetLoaderAllocator()->GetLowFrequencyHeap(); |
14326 | IMDInternalImport * pImport = GetMDImport(); |
14327 | |
14328 | DWORD dwMaxRid = pImport->GetCountWithTokenKind(mdtAssemblyRef); |
14329 | if (dwMaxRid == 0) |
14330 | return; |
14331 | |
14332 | S_SIZE_T dwAllocSize = S_SIZE_T(sizeof(LPWSTR)) * S_SIZE_T(dwMaxRid); |
14333 | m_AssemblyRefByNameTable = (LPCSTR *) pamTracker->Track( pHeap->AllocMem(dwAllocSize) ); |
14334 | |
14335 | DWORD dwCount = 0; |
14336 | for (DWORD rid=1; rid <= dwMaxRid; rid++) |
14337 | { |
14338 | mdAssemblyRef mdToken = TokenFromRid(rid,mdtAssemblyRef); |
14339 | LPCSTR szName; |
14340 | HRESULT hr; |
14341 | |
14342 | hr = pImport->GetAssemblyRefProps(mdToken, NULL, NULL, &szName, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL); |
14343 | |
14344 | if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) |
14345 | { |
14346 | m_AssemblyRefByNameTable[dwCount++] = szName; |
14347 | } |
14348 | } |
14349 | m_AssemblyRefByNameCount = dwCount; |
14350 | } |
14351 | |
14352 | bool Module::HasReferenceByName(LPCUTF8 pModuleName) |
14353 | { |
14354 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
14355 | |
14356 | for (DWORD i=0; i < m_AssemblyRefByNameCount; i++) |
14357 | { |
14358 | if (0 == strcmp(pModuleName, m_AssemblyRefByNameTable[i])) |
14359 | return true; |
14360 | } |
14361 | |
14362 | return false; |
14363 | } |
14364 | #endif |
14365 | |
14366 | #ifdef _MSC_VER |
14367 | #pragma warning(pop) |
14368 | #endif // _MSC_VER: warning C4244 |
14369 | |
14370 | #if defined(_DEBUG) && !defined(DACCESS_COMPILE) |
14371 | NOINLINE void NgenForceFailure_AV() |
14372 | { |
14373 | LIMITED_METHOD_CONTRACT; |
14374 | static int* alwaysNull = 0; |
14375 | *alwaysNull = 0; |
14376 | } |
14377 | |
14378 | NOINLINE void NgenForceFailure_TypeLoadException() |
14379 | { |
14380 | WRAPPER_NO_CONTRACT; |
14381 | ::ThrowTypeLoadException("ForceIBC" , "Failure" , W("Assembly" ), NULL, IDS_CLASSLOAD_BADFORMAT); |
14382 | } |
14383 | |
14384 | void EEConfig::DebugCheckAndForceIBCFailure(BitForMask bitForMask) |
14385 | { |
14386 | CONTRACTL |
14387 | { |
14388 | THROWS; |
14389 | GC_NOTRIGGER; |
14390 | MODE_ANY; |
14391 | } |
14392 | CONTRACTL_END; |
14393 | static DWORD s_ibcCheckCount = 0; |
14394 | |
14395 | // Both of these must be set to non-zero values for us to force a failure |
14396 | // |
14397 | if ((NgenForceFailureCount() == 0) || (NgenForceFailureKind() == 0)) |
14398 | return; |
14399 | |
14400 | // The bitForMask value must also beset in the FailureMask |
14401 | // |
14402 | if ((((DWORD) bitForMask) & NgenForceFailureMask()) == 0) |
14403 | return; |
14404 | |
14405 | s_ibcCheckCount++; |
14406 | if (s_ibcCheckCount < NgenForceFailureCount()) |
14407 | return; |
14408 | |
14409 | // We force one failure every NgenForceFailureCount() |
14410 | // |
14411 | s_ibcCheckCount = 0; |
14412 | switch (NgenForceFailureKind()) |
14413 | { |
14414 | case 1: |
14415 | NgenForceFailure_TypeLoadException(); |
14416 | break; |
14417 | case 2: |
14418 | NgenForceFailure_AV(); |
14419 | break; |
14420 | } |
14421 | } |
14422 | #endif // defined(_DEBUG) && !defined(DACCESS_COMPILE) |
14423 | |
14424 | |